Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 21, 2016.

Registration No. 333-208857


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  8099
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  46-5726437
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

228 Strawbridge Drive, Suite 100
Moorestown, NJ 08057
(866) 648 - 2767

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton, Ph.D.
Chief Executive Officer
Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.
228 Strawbridge Drive, Suite 100
Moorestown, NJ 08057
(866) 648 - 2767

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

James W. McKenzie, Jr.
Jeffrey P. Bodle
Kevin S. Shmelzer
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
1701 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
(215) 963 - 5000

 

Brian W. Adams
Chief Financial Officer
Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.
228 Strawbridge Drive, Suite 100
Moorestown, NJ 08057
(866) 648 - 2767

 

Charles S. Kim
Brent B. Siler
Divakar Gupta
Cooley LLP
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
(212) 479 - 6000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

           If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



            The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 21, 2016

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                    Shares

LOGO

Common Stock


This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are offering                      shares of common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TRHC." We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share of common stock.


We are an "emerging growth company" under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be eligible for reduced public company disclosure requirements.

 
  Per Share   Total  

Initial public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Tabula Rasa

  $     $    

(1)
See "Underwriting" for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.



We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional                      shares of common stock from us.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15.



Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                      , 2016.



Wells Fargo Securities

 

 

 

UBS Investment Bank


 

 

Piper Jaffray

 

 



Baird       Stifel

Prospectus dated                                  , 2016.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary

  1

The Offering

  9

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

  11

Risk Factors

  15

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  43

Trademarks and Trade Names

  44

Market and Industry Data

  45

Use of Proceeds

  46

Dividend Policy

  48

Capitalization

  49

Dilution

  52

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  55

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  59

Business

  88

Management

  113

Executive Compensation

  121

Transactions with Related Persons

  143

Principal Stockholders

  150

Description of Capital Stock

  154

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  161

Material U.S. Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

  164

Underwriting

  168

Legal Matters

  174

Experts

  174

Where You Can Find More Information

  174

Index to Financial Statements

  F-1

           We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

          Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required other than in the United States. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

i


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY

           This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read and carefully consider the entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the matters discussed in the sections "Risk Factors," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," before deciding to invest in our common stock.

           Except as otherwise indicated herein or as the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to "Tabula Rasa," "the company," "we," "us" and "our" refer, prior to the Reorganization Transaction discussed below, to CareKinesis, Inc., or CareKinesis, and, after the Reorganization Transaction, to Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., in each case together with its consolidated subsidiaries.


Overview

          We are a leader in providing patient-specific, data-driven technology and solutions that enable healthcare organizations to optimize medication regimens to improve patient outcomes, reduce hospitalizations, lower healthcare costs and manage risk. We deliver our solutions through a comprehensive suite of technology-enabled products and services for medication risk management, which includes bundled prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services for client populations with complex prescription needs. We also provide risk adjustment services, which help our clients to properly characterize a patient's acuity, or severity of health condition, and optimize the associated payments for care. With approximately 4.4 billion prescriptions filled in the United States in 2015, medication treatment is the most common medical intervention, and its imprecise use represents the fourth leading cause of death and contributes to an estimated 45 to 50 million adverse drug events, or ADEs, annually with 2.5 to 4.0 million of those ADEs considered serious, disabling or fatal. ADEs result in more than 100,000 deaths annually in the United States and approximately 125,000 hospitalizations, one million emergency room visits, two million affected hospital stays and 3.5 million physician office visits every year. The incidence of ADEs is highly correlated to the number of medications an individual is taking and non-adherence to prescribed regimens, and thus is particularly relevant to populations with complex healthcare needs. Our technology-driven approach to medication risk management represents an evolution from prevailing non-personalized approaches that primarily rely on single drug-to-drug interaction analysis. We currently serve approximately 122 healthcare organizations that focus on populations with complex healthcare needs and extensive medication requirements.

          Our suite of cloud-based software solutions provides prescribers, pharmacists and healthcare organizations with sophisticated and innovative tools to better manage the medication-related needs of patients. We believe we offer the first prospective clinical approach to medication risk management, which is designed to increase patient safety and promote adherence to a patient's personalized medication regimen. Furthermore, our medication risk management technology helps healthcare organizations lower costs by reducing ADEs, enhancing quality of care and avoiding preventable hospital admissions. Our products and services are built around our novel and proprietary Medication Risk Mitigation Matrix, or MRM Matrix, which enables optimization of a patient's medication regimen, involving personalizing medication selection, dosage levels, time-of-day administration and reducing the total medication burden by eliminating unnecessary prescriptions. The MRM Matrix analyzes a combination of clinical and pharmacology data, population-based algorithms and extensive patient-specific data, including medical history, lab results, medication lists and individual medication-related genomic information, to deliver "precision medicine." We provide software-enabled solutions that can be bundled with prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services, which are informed by a patient's personalized MRM Matrix to increase adherence to a patient's optimized regimen, through our three prescription fulfillment pharmacies serving clients across the United States. Our team of clinical pharmacists is available to support prescribers at the point of care through our proprietary technology platform, including real-time secure messaging, with more than 130,000 messages exchanged in June

 

1


Table of Contents

2016. In 2015, we began offering software solutions on a standalone software-as-a-service basis, although to date, all of our medication risk management clients have contracted for a bundled offering of our software-enabled solutions, prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services. While prescription medication revenue has comprised substantially all of our revenue to date, we do not offer prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services on a standalone basis.

          As the U.S. healthcare market continues to evolve from fee-for-service to value-based models of care, healthcare organizations require new and emerging technologies to optimize treatment and manage risk on a patient-specific, customized basis. Our solutions are targeted currently to "at-risk" healthcare organizations that are clinically and financially responsible for the populations they serve, receiving a fixed payment for the care provided to each patient for an entire episode of care or enrollment period. According to the Congressional Budget Office, or CBO, there were approximately 136 million people in the United States covered under government-sponsored programs in 2015, and this number is expected to reach 162 million by 2020. Government-sponsored programs are leading the shift to value-based care. Our solutions support our clients in achieving the Institute for Healthcare Improvement, or IHI, "Triple Aim" of improving a patient's experience, while managing the health of a client's population and controlling costs.

          We are led by highly experienced and entrepreneurial executive officers with more than 70 years of cumulative experience in the healthcare industry. Our co-founder, Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton, founded excelleRx, Inc. and, along with Dr. Orsula Knowlton and other members of our management team, built it into the largest national hospice medication management pharmacy in the United States, servicing approximately 400 hospice agencies with approximately 48,000 patients in 46 states, at the time it was sold to Omnicare, Inc. in 2005.

          Since our first year of active operations in 2011, our revenue has grown to $70.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, and $20.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, with a net loss of $2.9 million and net income of $209 thousand, respectively, and adjusted EBITDA of $8.6 million and $2.8 million, respectively, for those periods. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data — Adjusted EBITDA" for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss). We had an annual revenue retention rate of 99% and client retention rate of 96% in 2015. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics" for our definitions of revenue retention rate and client retention rate.


Market Opportunity

          We believe the following market trends drive a growing need for our medication risk management and risk adjustment products and services.

Pervasive Use of Medication is Driving Increased Complexity in Healthcare

          Medication treatment is the most common medical intervention. In any given month, 48% of Americans take a prescription drug and 11% take five or more prescription drugs. The number of prescription drugs individuals are using in the United States is increasing as the number of medication therapies rises, the population ages and chronic diseases become more prevalent. We believe the pervasive and rising use of prescription and non-prescription drugs is increasing the complexity of medication management for healthcare organizations and making adherence to medication regimens more difficult for patients.

Imprecise Use of Medication Harms Patients and Increases Healthcare Costs

          Given the extensive and increasing use of medication in the United States, the potential for harm from ADEs and patient medication non-adherence constitutes a critical patient safety and public health challenge. According to the Alliance for Human Research Protection, 2.5 to 4 million serious, disabling or fatal ADEs occur on an annual basis in the United States. In 2012, the IMS Institute of Healthcare

 

2


Table of Contents

Informatics estimated that medication non-adherence and unnecessary use of medicines are responsible for more than $200 billion in otherwise avoidable medical spending annually in the United States alone, and ADEs contribute $3.5 billion to U.S. healthcare costs on a yearly basis, according to the Institute of Medicine.

Healthcare Organizations Have a Significant Unmet Need for Comprehensive, Personalized Medication Risk Management

          The current tools for medication safety produce inconsistent results and are widely viewed as ineffective. Personalized and precision-based methods are typically absent in prevailing trial-and-error approaches to medication selection, rendering providers ineffective and ultimately limited in their ability to deliver optimal patient care due to insufficient data at the point of prescribing. Research suggests that a majority of ADEs are preventable. According to the American Academy of Pediatrics, ADEs account for up to 25% of all hospital admissions and 12% of emergency room visits in adults, of which up to 70% are preventable.

Industry Dynamics Favor a Personalized Approach to Medication Safety

          The shift to value-based healthcare has increasingly placed healthcare organizations at financial risk related to imprecise medication usage, providing new incentives to reduce costs and improve quality. Rising healthcare costs and strained government budgets have driven both federal and state government agencies to expand the role of value-based, capitated payment models, which shift the incentives of healthcare organizations away from volume and toward quality and value. In these at-risk models, the provider is incentivized to deliver efficient care, increasing pressure on providers to simultaneously lower costs and improve care quality, safety and the patient experience. As a result of this transition, data on patient-specific disease states and co-morbidities, clinical and quality outcomes, resource utilization and individualized patient information have become increasingly relevant to healthcare delivery.

Accurate Coding is Critical for Optimizing Reimbursement

          Accurate coding of medical procedures and diagnoses is increasingly complex and is required throughout the healthcare landscape for proper reimbursement and regulatory compliance. Coding is particularly important in at-risk, value-based care models as healthcare organizations bear financial risk for their patients' medical expenses. Risk scoring based on accurate coding is a significant factor in determining premium reimbursement rates and payments in many government-sponsored healthcare programs. In addition, government agencies, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, regularly perform audits of healthcare organizations to validate coding practices.


Our Solutions

          Medication risk management is our leading offering, and our cloud-based software applications, including EireneRx and MedWise Advisor , together with our bundled prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services, provide solutions for a range of payors, providers and other healthcare organizations. Our products and services are built around our proprietary MRM Matrix, which combines clinical and pharmacology data, population-based algorithms and extensive patient-specific data, including medical history, lab results, medication lists and personal genomic information, to deliver what the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, refers to as "precision medicine." Our suite of technology products is built on a powerful rules engine that houses comprehensive pharmacotherapy profiles, provides risk alerts and includes a combination of proprietary decision-support tools, real-time secure messaging, e-prescribing and advanced precision-dosing functionality, among other functions. Our software applications help reduce ADEs, enhance medication adherence and quality of care, improve medication safety at the individual patient level and reduce the total medication burden by eliminating unnecessary prescriptions. We also provide risk adjustment services and pharmacy cost management

 

3


Table of Contents

services to help our clients achieve correct reimbursement, maintain regulatory compliance and optimize pharmacy spend.

Precision-Based Approach to Deliver Patient-Specific Solutions

          We believe we are at the forefront of precision medicine with solutions that help our clients tailor medical treatment to the individual characteristics of each patient. Our cloud-based software solutions are designed to identify high-risk individuals, detect susceptibility to ADEs and embed proper dosing guidelines. Our optional medication-adherence technology promotes adherence to a patient's personalized regimen and dosing schedule. By providing patient-specific, data-driven analytical insights and medication safety solutions, we help clients reduce trial-and-error-based medication selection, unintentional medication overdoses and other causes of ADEs.

Demonstrated Ability to Produce Higher Quality Outcomes, Reduce the Cost of Care and Improve the Patient Experience

          By offering solutions that improve outcomes in a cost-effective manner, we are aligned with healthcare organizations that are transitioning to value-based healthcare. Our clients have reported that our medication risk management services have resulted in significant reductions in hospital admissions, length of hospital stays and emergency room visits for their patients, thereby reducing their medical expenditures. Our pharmacy cost management services saved our clients more than $48 million in recovered or prevented overpayments in 2015, and our risk adjustment clients realized revenue increases of approximately $385 per patient per month on average in 2015.


Our Strengths

Innovative Technology Solutions for Medication Risk Management Aligned with Transformative Shifts in Healthcare

          We believe our innovative technology platform is uniquely equipped to provide comprehensive medication risk management solutions to a variety of healthcare organizations. The shift from a fee-for-service to a value-based model of care, which focuses on outcomes and quality, is driving the rapid adoption of risk-based arrangements across many healthcare organizations.

First-Mover Advantage with Track Record of Improved Outcomes

          We believe the seven years we have devoted to developing and optimizing our solutions, and our intellectual property portfolio, provide a significant competitive advantage over potential competitors. Leveraging our industry experience, we believe we offer the first prospective clinical approach to medication risk management, utilizing advanced patient safety tools and medication-adherence technology that enable depth and breadth of data-driven analytical insights and actionable interventions. In addition, we integrate directly with many industry-leading electronic health record systems, or EHRs, that are used by many of our clients.

Expertise in Serving At-Risk Healthcare Organizations with Complex Patient Populations

          Since our founding, we have leveraged our knowledge of medication risk management and risk adjustment to develop expertise in serving the growing at-risk segment of the healthcare system. Our focus on medication risk management is highly relevant to populations with complex care requirements, and we have developed solutions to address the needs of these patients and their providers and payors.

Highly Scalable Platform

          We believe the scalability of our technology platform allows us to rapidly and cost-effectively pursue new opportunities and meet rising market demand. Our clients access our products and services

 

4


Table of Contents

through an efficient and scalable cloud-based technology platform that allows for on-demand capacity expansion, rapid deployment capabilities and accelerated speed of execution.

Recurring Revenue Model with Significant Operating Leverage

          We believe we have an attractive business model due to the recurring and predictable nature of our revenue, embedded growth opportunities within our existing client base and significant operating leverage. Our client contracts are typically exclusive and multi-year and, while they do not include minimum member or prescription volume or mix requirements, based on our experience, patient populations at our clients do not generally decline over time, the number of medications per patient have been consistent following an initial onboarding period and the overall mix of medications dispensed is generally predictable. As such, our contracts provide significant visibility into our future cash flows. The revenue models under these contracts typically include charges and dispensing fees for medication fulfillment for our clients' patients, which are often high-acuity patients with long-term prescription needs, payments on a per-member per-month basis and payments on a subscription basis. Our annual revenue retention rate was 95% and 99% for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and our client retention rate was 97% and 96%, respectively. As we grow our revenue base, we expect our operating expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue, providing for substantial operating leverage.

Experienced Management Team

          We are led by highly experienced and entrepreneurial executive officers with more than 70 years of cumulative experience in the healthcare industry. Prior to our founding in April of 2009, our co-founder, Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton, founded excelleRx, Inc., which became the largest national hospice medication management pharmacy in the United States. excelleRx was sold to Omnicare, Inc. in 2005. We believe that our experienced management team and a strong commitment to our culture are key drivers of our success and position us well for long-term growth.


Our Strategy

Further Penetrate and Grow with the Expansion of Our Current At-Risk Markets

          By leveraging our industry expertise and thought leadership and expanding our sales and marketing efforts, we believe that we can increasingly penetrate the market for existing and new at-risk clients. We are the market leader in providing medication risk management to Program of All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly, or PACE, a CMS sponsored program through which participating healthcare organizations provide fully integrated healthcare delivery on an at-risk basis for elderly adults, most of whom are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid, where we believe we have a significant opportunity to continue to grow. The number of participants enrolled in PACE organizations, who have a typical length of stay exceeding four years, has doubled over the last five years, yet, according to a study we commissioned from AEC Consulting, LLC, an independent healthcare consulting firm, represents only 4% of the total eligible individuals within current PACE service areas. We expect our clients to continue to grow to cover more eligible lives. We are also the market leader in risk adjustment and front-end coding for PACE organizations and we plan to continue to expand these services to other Medicare Advantage programs.

Continue Expansion into Emerging At-Risk Provider and Payor Markets

          We intend to leverage our expertise and experience from our existing clients to expand to other at-risk providers and payors through increased investment in our sales force and marketing efforts. We believe that the growth in government healthcare programs and the shift to value-based care models are creating opportunities for many organizations to capture growing portions of the expanding healthcare market. Accordingly, we are actively targeting at-risk, value-based markets, including managed care organizations, physician provider groups, self-insured companies and Accountable Care Organizations,

 

5


Table of Contents

or ACOs, which are healthcare organizations characterized by a payment and care delivery model that ties provider reimbursement to quality metrics and the total cost of care for an assigned population. We also target post-acute healthcare organizations, which provide a range of medical services to support an individual's recovery or manage chronic illness after a period of in-patient care. As the market leader in pharmacy cost management solutions in the post-acute market, we believe we are also well positioned to further serve these organizations with medication risk management solutions as they migrate to an at-risk reimbursement structure.

Expand Offerings to a Large and Growing Behavioral Health Market

          We believe our solutions have the potential to offer substantial value to the behavioral health market. Behavioral health medications are powerful, are subject to trial-and-error prescribing methods and are prone to side effects and ADEs. The behavioral health market is growing, in part as a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, which significantly expanded coverage for mental health and substance use disorder services. Accordingly, we are currently pursuing intervention studies or pilot programs to evaluate the benefits of our medication risk management solutions in the behavioral health population.

Continue to Innovate and Expand Platform Offerings to Meet Evolving Market Needs

          We believe our investments in human capital, technology and services capabilities position us to continue to pursue rapid innovation and expand our medication risk management solutions and other platform offerings to the broader healthcare marketplace. We are developing or piloting new technologies and offerings to capitalize on these opportunities.

Selectively Pursue Strategic Acquisitions, Joint Ventures and Partnerships

          Since our founding in 2009, we have completed and integrated four acquisitions. We plan to continue to acquire assets and businesses and may enter into joint ventures and partnerships that strengthen or expand our service offerings, capabilities and geographic reach and facilitate our entry into new markets.

Develop International Market Opportunities

          We believe we are well positioned to provide our products and services to international healthcare organizations that face challenges similar to those that our clients face domestically. Our solutions are readily scalable and can be utilized by healthcare organizations abroad seeking to achieve the IHI Triple Aim.


Risks Associated with Our Business

          Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the section titled "Risk Factors." If any of these risks actually occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Below is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:

    the market for technology-enabled healthcare products and services is in its early stages, which makes it difficult to forecast demand for our technology-enabled products and services;

    consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to the elimination of some of our clients and make others larger, which could decrease demand for our solutions or create pricing pressure;

    if we are unable to offer new and innovative products and services or our products and services fail to keep pace with our clients' needs, our clients may terminate or fail to renew their relationships with us;

 

6


Table of Contents

    we have incurred significant net losses and we may not be able to generate net income in the future;

    we may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may indicate growth;

    we derive a significant portion of our revenue from PACE organizations, and any changes in laws or regulations or any other factors that cause a decline in the use of PACE organizations to provide healthcare, could hurt our ability to generate revenue and grow our business;

    a few clients account for a significant portion of our revenue and the loss of one or more of these clients could cause us to lose significant revenue;

    our sales and implementation cycle can be long and unpredictable and can require considerable time and expense, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate;

    we may face competition and aggressive business tactics in our markets by potential competitors and may lack sufficient financial or other resources to compete successfully;

    data loss or corruption due to failures or errors in our systems may expose us to liability, hurt our reputation and relationships with existing clients and force us to incur significant costs;

    upon the completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately         % of our capital stock and, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs;

    complying with, and changes to, significant state and federal regulations could restrict our ability to conduct our business or cause us to incur significant costs; and

    we may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.


Our Corporate Information

          We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware on May 21, 2014 under the name Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 228 Strawbridge Drive, Suite 100, Moorestown, NJ 08057 and our telephone number is (866) 648-2767. Our website address is www.tabularasahealthcare.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.


Reorganization Transaction

          Effective June 30, 2014, in order to facilitate the administration, management and development of our business and the proposed initial public offering, we implemented a holding company reorganization pursuant to which we became the new parent company and CareKinesis became our direct, wholly owned subsidiary. To implement the reorganization, we formed CK Merger Sub, Inc. The holding company structure was implemented by the merger of CK Merger Sub, Inc. with and into CareKinesis, with CareKinesis surviving the merger as our direct, wholly owned subsidiary. As a result of the reorganization, each share of CareKinesis issued and outstanding immediately prior to the merger automatically converted into the same share, with the same rights and preferences, in our company. The business conducted by CareKinesis immediately prior to the corporate reorganization continues to be conducted by CareKinesis following the reorganization. In addition, in connection with the reorganization, CareKinesis distributed all of the equity interests in two of its wholly owned subsidiaries, Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, or Capstone, and CareVentions, Inc., to us.

 

7


Table of Contents


Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

          As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from specified disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

    being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" disclosure;

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

    not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

          We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of some reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

          In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered

                   shares

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

                 shares

Option to purchase additional shares

 

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase a maximum of       additional shares of our common stock.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We currently expect that we will use the net proceeds from this offering to repay approximately $             of our outstanding indebtedness, to continue to develop new product offerings, to enter into new market segments with our existing solutions, to expand our sales and marketing infrastructure, to fund acquisitions of businesses and technologies and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds" for a more complete description of the expected use of proceeds from this offering.

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

 

"TRHC"

          The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on                 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, which includes:

    9,873,511 shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 9,873,511 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

                     shares of our common stock issuable upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

                     shares of restricted common stock issuable under our Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, or the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, to certain members of management immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

          The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

    312,500 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.80 per share, which warrants are

 

9


Table of Contents

      exercisable to purchase shares of our Series A-1 preferred stock prior to the completion of this offering;

    586,868 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of March 31, 2016, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.96 per share, which warrants are exercisable to purchase shares of our Series B preferred stock prior to the completion of this offering;

    5,287,489 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, under our 2014 Equity Compensation Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.72 per share; and

    an additional                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, or the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, upon the completion of this offering.

          Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

    the redesignation of all of our Class A Non-Voting common stock and Class B Voting common stock into shares of our common stock;

    no exercise of the other outstanding warrants or options described above;

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                 shares of our common stock;

    a                 -for-                 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on                          , 2016; and

    the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

10


Table of Contents

 


Summary Consolidated Financial Data

          The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data and other data for the periods and at the dates indicated. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements.

          Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year. The following summary of consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled "Capitalization", "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

          See notes 3 and 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 12 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, and the unaudited pro forma weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding used in computing the pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

11


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (In thousands, except share and
per share amounts)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue:

                         

Product revenue

  $ 46,878   $ 60,060   $ 12,940   $ 17,785  

Service revenue

    1,550     9,979     2,562     2,372  

Total revenue

    48,428     70,039     15,502     20,157  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortizaton shown below:

                         

Product cost

    37,073     45,829     10,148     12,982  

Service cost

    739     3,299     780     951  

Total cost of revenue

    37,812     49,128     10,928     13,933  

Gross profit

    10,616     20,911     4,574     6,224  

Operating (income) expenses:

                         

Research and development

    1,660     2,877     552     889  

Sales and marketing

    2,272     2,880     660     770  

General and administrative

    3,970     7,115     1,546     1,893  

Change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration (income) expense

    790     (2,059 )       54  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,817     3,933     963     1,004  

Total operating expenses

    10,509     14,746     3,721     4,610  

Income from operations

    107     6,165     853     1,614  

Other (income) expense:

                         

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    269     2,786     (93 )   (134 )

Interest expense

    1,354     5,915     1,460     1,503  

Total other expense

    1,623     8,701     1,367     1,369  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,516 )   (2,536 )   (514 )   245  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (409 )   328     88     36  

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,107 ) $ (2,864 ) $ (602 ) $ 209  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders:

                         

Basic

  $ (4,991 ) $ (12,830 ) $ (696 ) $ 293  

Diluted

  $ (4,991 ) $ (12,830 ) $ (696 ) $ 94  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                         

Basic

  $ (0.63 ) $ (1.53 ) $ (0.09 ) $ 0.03  

Diluted

  $ (0.63 ) $ (1.53 ) $ (0.09 ) $ 0.00  

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                         

Basic

    7,862,025     8,378,431     8,050,493     9,062,022  

Diluted

    7,862,025     8,378,431     8,050,493     24,110,108  

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(1):

                         

Basic

        $           $    

Diluted

        $           $    

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (unaudited)(1):

                         

Basic

                         

Diluted

                         

Other Financial Data:

                         

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ 2,968   $ 8,604   $ 1,967   $ 2,799  

(1)
See "Selected Consolidated Financial Statements" for more information regarding the calculation of pro forma net loss per share.

(2)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA" for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, why we present Adjusted EBITDA, limitations on the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most nearly comparable GAAP measurement.

 

12


Table of Contents

          The following sets forth our consolidated summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 on:

    an actual basis;

    a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 9,873,511 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the reclassification to additional paid-in capital of the warrant liability related to warrants to purchase preferred stock, (2) the issuance of             shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, (3) the issuance of             shares of restricted common stock under our 2014 Equity Compensation Plan to members of management immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, (4) our borrowing of an aggregate of $31.5 million under our July 1, 2016 term loan credit facility with ABC Funding, LLC, an affiliate of Summit Partners, L.P., or the ABC Credit Facility, and our 2015 Line of Credit, as amended on July 1, 2016, with Western Alliance Bank, or Western Alliance, successor in interest to Bridge Bank, National Association, or the 2015 Line of Credit, (5) our repayment of an aggregate of $30.5 million in promissory notes relating to our acquisition of Medliance LLC, or the Medliance Notes, the December 2014 Eastward Loan and the April 2014 Eastward Loan and (6) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

    a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to (1) our issuance and sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, (2) our receipt of the net proceeds of this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (3) our application of a portion of such net proceeds to repay indebtedness as set forth under "Use of Proceeds."

 
  As of March 31, 2016  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
as Adjusted(1)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash

  $ 2,287              

Working capital

    (985 )            

Total assets

    60,838              

Line of credit

    12,000              

Long-term debt, including current portion

    12,863              

Notes payable to related parties

    250              

Notes payable related to acquisition

    15,982              

Warrant liability

    5,435              

Total liabilities

    63,122              

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    28,570              

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (30,854 )            

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase

 

13


Table of Contents

    or decrease of 1.0 million shares offered by us would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by $              million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

14


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. The risks below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could be harmed. In such event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.


Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

The healthcare industry in the United States is undergoing significant structural change and is rapidly evolving, and the market for technology-enabled healthcare products and services is in its early stages, which makes it difficult to forecast demand for our technology-enabled products and services. If we are not successful in promoting the benefits of our products and services, our growth may be limited.

          The healthcare industry in the United States is undergoing significant structural change and is rapidly evolving. We believe demand for our products and services has been driven in large part by price pressure in traditional fee-for-service healthcare, a regulatory environment that is incentivizing value-based care models, the movement toward patient-centricity and personalized healthcare and advances in technology. Widespread acceptance of the value-based care model is critical to our future growth and success. A reduction in the growth of value-based care or patient-centric models could reduce the demand for our products and services and result in a lower revenue growth rate or decreased revenue.

          The market for technology-enabled healthcare products and services is in the early stages and it is uncertain whether it will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market adoption. Our future financial performance will depend in part on growth in this market and on our ability to adapt to emerging demands of our clients. It is difficult to predict the future growth rate and size of our target market.

          Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of healthcare organizations to increase their use of our technology and our ability to demonstrate the value of our technology to our existing clients and potential clients. If healthcare organizations do not recognize or acknowledge the benefits of our products and services or if we are unable to reduce healthcare costs or drive positive health outcomes, then the market for our products and services might not develop at all, or it might develop more slowly than we expect.

If we are unable to offer innovative products and services or our products and services fail to keep pace with our clients' needs, our clients may terminate or fail to renew their agreements with us and our revenue and results of operations may suffer.

          Our success depends on providing innovative, high-quality products and services that healthcare providers and payors use to improve clinical, financial and operational performance. If we cannot adapt to rapidly evolving industry standards, technology and increasingly sophisticated and varied client needs, our existing technology could become undesirable, obsolete or harm our reputation. In order to remain competitive, we must continue to invest significant resources in our personnel and technology in a timely and cost-effective manner in order to enhance our existing products and services and introduce new high-quality products and services that existing clients and potential new clients will want. We are continually involved in a number of projects to develop new products and services, including the further refinement of our proprietary MRM Matrix. If our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our existing clients or potential new clients, are not appropriately timed with market opportunity, are not

15


Table of Contents

effectively brought to market or significantly increase our operating costs, we may lose existing clients or be unable to obtain new clients and our results of operations may suffer.

Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

          We commenced active operations in 2011 and our operations to date have included organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital and developing and marketing our product and services. As an early stage business, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors.

We have incurred significant net losses and we may not be able to generate net income in the future.

          For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, we reported a net loss of $1.1 million and $2.9 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $30.9 million. Substantially all of our operating losses resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development program, acquisitions and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. Our ability to generate net income is dependent upon, among other things, the acceptance of our products and services by, and the strength of, our existing and potential clients.

If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

          We have expanded our operations significantly since our inception. For example, we grew from 29 employees on January 1, 2011, the beginning of our first year of active operations, to 193 employees as of June 30, 2016, and our revenue increased from $15.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $20.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, and from $48.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $70.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. If we do not effectively manage our growth as we continue to expand, the quality of our products and services could suffer and our revenue could decline. Our growth to date has increased the significant demands on our management, our operational and financial systems, IT infrastructure, security mechanisms and other resources. In order to successfully expand our business, we must effectively recruit, integrate and motivate new employees, while maintaining the beneficial aspects of our corporate culture. We may not be able to hire new employees, including software engineers, quickly enough to meet our needs. If we fail to effectively manage our hiring needs and successfully integrate our new hires, our efficiency and ability to meet our forecasts and our employee morale, productivity and retention could suffer, and our business and results of operations could be harmed. We must also continue to improve our existing systems for operational and financial management, including our reporting systems, procedures and controls. These improvements could require significant capital expenditures and place increasing demands on our management. We may not be successful in managing or expanding our operations or in maintaining adequate financial and operating systems and controls. If we do not successfully manage these processes, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

We may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may indicate growth, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

          We have experienced significant growth since 2011, our first year of active operations, with total revenue growing from $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $70.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, and from $15.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, to $20.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Future revenue may not grow at these same rates or may decline. Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our revenue from existing clients, to complete sales to new clients and to expand our client base in the healthcare industry and with provider and payor organizations. We may not be successful in executing on our

16


Table of Contents

growth strategies and may not continue to grow our revenue at similar rates as we have in the past. Our ability to execute on our existing sales pipeline, create additional sales pipelines and expand our client base depends on, among other things, the attractiveness of our products and services relative to those offered by our competitors, our ability to demonstrate the value of our existing and future products and services and our ability to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified sales and marketing personnel. In addition, clients in some market segments in which we have a more limited presence may be slower to adopt our products and services than we currently anticipate.

To date, we have derived substantially all of our product revenue from sales of prescription medications, and revenue from sales of prescription medications is dependent upon factors outside of our control.

          To date, substantially all of our product revenue has been derived from sales of prescription medications, and we expect to continue to derive the substantial majority of our product revenue from sales of prescription medications for the foreseeable future. Revenue from prescription medication fulfillment is dependent upon a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control, such as growth or contraction in patient populations at our clients and the number and mix of medications each patient is prescribed. Any change in these factors could harm our financial results.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from PACE organizations, and any changes in laws or regulations, or any other factors that cause a decline in the use of PACE organizations to provide healthcare could hurt our ability to generate revenue and grow our business.

          We derive a significant portion of our revenue from PACE organizations, which are our largest clients, accounting for 87.7% and 90.0% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016, respectively. PACE organizations reflect a relatively new, value-based model for providing healthcare to the elderly and are funded by both Medicare and Medicaid. If the laws and regulations that currently promote PACE organizations were to change in a way that makes operating a PACE organization less attractive, if other Medicare or Medicaid reimbursement models are developed that are more attractive to the healthcare providers that operate PACE organizations or if the prevalence of PACE organizations were to decline for any other reason, our ability to generate revenue and grow our business may be compromised.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to the elimination of some of our clients and make others larger, which could decrease demand for our solutions or create pricing pressure.

          Many healthcare industry participants are consolidating to create larger and more integrated healthcare delivery systems. If regulatory and economic conditions continue to facilitate additional consolidation in the healthcare industry, some of our current clients, and possibly our future clients, may be eliminated. Such market fluctuations may result in decreased need for some or all of our products and services as some of our clients disappear, and others acquire larger market power, which may be used to develop various solutions in-house, rather than purchasing them from us, or negotiate fee reductions for our products and services.

Failure by PACE organization clients to meet applicable penetration benchmarks could result in loss of their service area, which could lead to our loss of that business and a corresponding decline in our revenue.

          PACE organizations in many states are subject to penetration benchmarks regarding the number of eligible lives in their service areas that have been captured by the program. If the number of members covered by any of our PACE organization clients were to be reduced by a material amount, such decrease may lead to a loss of their service area, which could result in our loss of the client and a corresponding decline in our revenue.

17


Table of Contents

The growth of our business relies, in part, on the growth of our clients, which is difficult to predict and is affected by factors outside of our control.

          We enter into agreements with our clients under which a portion of our fees are dependent upon the number of members that are covered by our clients' programs each month. The number of members covered by a client's program is often affected by factors outside of our control, such as the client's pricing, overall quality of service and member retention initiatives. If the number of members covered by one or more of our client's programs were to be reduced, such decrease would lead to a decrease in our revenue. In addition, the growth forecasts of our clients are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the markets in which our clients compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted, their program membership could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

A few clients account for a significant portion of our revenue and, as a result, the loss of one or more of these clients could hurt our revenue.

          Our largest ten clients accounted for 53% and 50% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016, respectively. No single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our largest client, Viecare Beaver and Viecare Butler, together under common control, accounted for 9.8% of our revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our largest clients, Viecare Beaver and Viecare Butler, together under common control, and On Lok Senior Health Services, accounted for 11% and 10% of our revenue, respectively, and 21% of our revenue in the aggregate. Our engagement with these clients is generally covered through contracts that are multi-year in their duration. One or more of these clients may decline to renew their existing contracts with us upon expiration and any such failure to renew could have a negative impact on our revenue and compromise our growth strategy. Further, if one or more of these clients significantly decreases its use of our solutions, we would lose revenue and our growth would be compromised.

Because we generally bill our clients and recognize revenue over the term of the contract, near-term declines in new or renewed agreements may not be reflected immediately in our operating results.

          Most of our revenue in each quarter is derived from agreements entered into with our clients during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed agreements in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in our revenue for that quarter because, although we enter into multi-year arrangements with our clients and recognize revenue over the term of the contract, such revenue is not recognized ratably. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenue in future periods. The effect of any significant downturns in sales of, and market demand for, our products and services, as well as any potential changes in our rate of renewals or renewal terms, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. In addition, we may be unable to adjust our cost structure rapidly or at all, to take account of reduced revenue.

If we do not continue to attract new clients, we may not be able to grow our business.

          In order to grow our business, we must continually attract new clients. Our ability to do so depends in large part on the success of our sales and marketing efforts. Potential clients may seek out other options. Therefore, we must demonstrate that our products and services provide a viable solution for potential clients. If we fail to provide high-quality solutions and convince individual clients of our value proposition, we may not be able to attract new clients. If the market for our products and services declines or grows more slowly than we expect, or if the number of individual clients that use our solutions declines or fails to increase as we expect, our financial results could be harmed.

18


Table of Contents

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition, our business will be harmed.

          Maintaining and enhancing our reputation and brand recognition is critical to our relationships with existing clients and to our ability to attract new clients. The promotion of our brand may require us to make substantial investments and we anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, these marketing initiatives may become more difficult and expensive. Our marketing activities may not be successful or yield increased revenue, and to the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, the increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur. In addition, any factor that diminishes our reputation or that of our management, including failing to meet the expectations of our clients, could make it substantially more difficult for us to attract new clients. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition, our business may not grow and we could lose our relationships with clients.

Initial positive outcomes and cost reductions for our clients have not been statistically analyzed, are not necessarily attributable to our services, and are not necessarily predictive of future outcomes or costs.

          Although several of our clients have reported improved outcomes for their patients and cost reductions on a per member per month basis, these initial outcomes have not been statistically analyzed and are not necessarily predictive of future outcomes. Other factors, including changes in healthcare regulations or other business practices or our clients' implementation of other cost saving measures may have contributed to positive outcomes or reduced costs. Moreover, outcome and cost reduction data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that believed their technologies and services were effective initially were unable to maintain positive results over time. If we fail to produce positive outcomes and reduce costs for our clients, they may not continue to use our services and we may be unable to attract new clients, each of which could harm our business.

Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to receive positive references from our existing clients.

          Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to call on our current clients to provide positive references to new, potential clients. Given our limited number of long-term clients, the loss or dissatisfaction of any client could substantially harm our brand and reputation, inhibit the market adoption of our products and services, impair our ability to attract new clients and maintain existing clients and, ultimately, harm our financial results.

Our sales and implementation cycle can be long and unpredictable and can require considerable time and expense, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate.

          The sales cycle for our products and services from initial sales activity with a potential client to contract execution and implementation can be long and varies widely by client, typically ranging from three to 12 months. Some of our clients undertake pilot programs for our products and services which range from six to 18 months in length. These pilot programs may result in extended sales cycles and upfront sales costs as the potential client evaluates our products and services. Our sales efforts involve educating our clients about the use, technical capabilities and benefits of our products and services. It is possible that in the future we may experience even longer sales cycles, more complex client requirements, higher upfront sales costs and less predictability in completing some of our sales as we continue to expand into new territories and add additional products and services. If our sales cycle lengthens or our substantial upfront sales and implementation investments do not result in sufficient sales to justify our investments, our operating results may be harmed.

19


Table of Contents

Any failure to offer high-quality client support services may adversely affect our relationships with our clients and harm our financial results.

          Our clients depend on our technical support to resolve any issues relating to our offering and technology solutions and to provide initial and ongoing training and education, when necessary. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on the quality of our offering, our business reputation and on strong recommendations from our existing clients. Any failure to maintain high-quality and highly-responsive technical support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality and highly-responsive support, could harm our reputation and compromise our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective clients.

          We offer client support services with our offering and may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in client demand for support services, particularly as we increase the size of our client base. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. It is difficult to predict client demand for our support services and if client demand increases significantly, we may be unable to provide satisfactory support services to our clients. Additionally, increased client demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and hurt our ability to achieve profitability.

Our proprietary products and services may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to a variety of claims against us or divert our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

          Technology-enabled product and service development is time-consuming, expensive and complex and may involve unforeseen difficulties. We may encounter technical obstacles, and we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary products and services from operating properly. If our products and services do not function reliably or fail to achieve client expectations in terms of performance, clients could assert liability claims against us and attempt to cancel their contracts with us. Moreover, material performance problems, defects or errors in our existing or new products and services may arise in the future and may result from, among other things, the lack of interoperability of our software with systems and data that we did not develop and the function of which are outside of our control or undetected in our testing. Defects or errors in our products or services might discourage existing or potential clients from purchasing services from us. Correction of defects or errors could prove to be time consuming, costly, impossible or impracticable. The existence of errors or defects in our products and services and the correction of such errors could divert our resources from other matters relating to our business, damage our reputation and increase our costs.

Adverse drug events resulting from optimizing a patient's medication regimen through recommendations made by our technology or our pharmacists could give rise to claims against us and could damage our reputation.

          We provide medication risk management services which includes answering prescriber questions and making recommendations to prescribers at the point-of-prescribing, during pharmacist consultation and at periodic patient review. In the event that optimizing a patient's medication regimen through recommendations made by our technology or our pharmacists contribute to an ADE, clients and patients could assert liability claims against us, which may not be subject to a contractually agreed upon liability cap, and clients could attempt to cancel their contracts with us. Such instances may also generate significant negative publicity that could harm our reputation, increase our costs and materially affect our results of operations.

20


Table of Contents

Future sales to clients outside the United States or clients with international operations might expose us to risks inherent in international markets, which could hurt our business.

          An element of our growth strategy is to expand internationally. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. We currently do not have any international operations. Because of our lack of experience with international operations, any international expansion efforts might not be successful in creating demand for our products and services outside of the United States or in effectively selling our products and services in the international markets we enter. In addition, we will face risks in doing business internationally that could hurt our business, including:

We purchase a significant portion of our pharmaceutical products from one wholesaler.

          Effective March 2016, we entered into a prime vendor agreement with AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation, or AmerisourceBergen, a drug wholesaler, to provide us with the pharmaceutical products we sell. The prime vendor agreement was subsequently amended and restated effective May 1, 2016. As part of this agreement, we are obligated to purchase at least 95% of the total dollar amount of prescription pharmaceutical products we sell from AmerisourceBergen. The contract also commits us to a monthly minimum purchase obligation of approximately $1.75 million. Our amended and restated contract with AmerisourceBergen has an initial term of three years expiring April 30, 2019, and can be terminated by, among other things, either party's material breach that continues for 30 days, or a payment default that continues for five days after notice thereof. If we are no longer able to purchase our pharmaceutical products from AmerisourceBergen, there can be no assurance that our operations would not be disrupted or that we could obtain the necessary pharmaceutical products at similar cost or at all. In this event, failure to satisfy our clients' requirements would result in defaults under client contracts subjecting us to damages and the potential termination of those contracts.

21


Table of Contents

Any restrictions on our ability to license or share data and integrate third-party technologies could harm our business.

          We depend upon licenses from third parties for some of the technology and data used in our products and services, and for some of the technology platforms upon which these products and services are built and operate. Most of our third-party licenses are non-exclusive and our competitors may obtain the right to use any of the technology covered by these licenses to compete directly with us. We also license some of our technology and share data we collect with our clients, including under agreements with health systems and providers of electronic health records. We expect that we will need to obtain additional licenses from third parties in the future in connection with the development of our products and services. In addition, we obtain a portion of the data that we use from public records and from our clients for specific client engagements. Our licenses for information may not be sufficient to allow us to use the data that is incorporated into our products and services for all potential or contemplated applications and products.

          In the future, data providers could withdraw their data from us or restrict our usage for any reason, including if there is a competitive reason to do so, if legislation is passed restricting the use of the data or if judicial interpretations are issued restricting use of the data that we currently use in our products and services. In addition, data providers could fail to adhere to our quality control standards in the future, causing us to incur additional expense to appropriately utilize the data. If a substantial number of data providers were to withdraw or restrict their data, or if they fail to adhere to our quality control standards, and if we are unable to identify and contract with suitable alternative data suppliers and integrate these data sources into our service offerings, our ability to provide products and services to our clients would be compromised and our future growth and success could be delayed or limited.

          We also integrate into our proprietary applications and use third-party software to maintain and enhance, among other things, content generation and delivery, and to support our technology infrastructure. Some of this software is proprietary and some is open source software. Our use of third-party technologies exposes us to increased risks, including, but not limited to, risks associated with the integration of new technology into our solutions, the diversion of our resources from development of our own proprietary technology and our inability to generate revenue from licensed technology sufficient to offset associated acquisition and maintenance costs. These technologies may not be available to us in the future on commercially reasonable terms or at all and could be difficult to replace once integrated into our own proprietary applications. Most of these licenses can be renewed only by mutual consent and may be terminated if we breach the terms of the license and fail to cure the breach within a specified period of time. Our inability to obtain, maintain or comply with any of these licenses could delay development until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed and integrated, which could delay or limit our future growth.

Data loss or corruption due to failures or errors in our systems may expose us to liability, hurt our reputation and relationships with existing clients and force us to incur significant costs.

          Hardware failures or errors in our systems could result in data loss or corruption or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our clients regard as significant. Complex software such as ours may contain errors or failures that are not detected until after the software is introduced or updates and new versions are released. We continually introduce new software and updates and enhancements to our existing software. Despite testing by us, we may discover defects or errors in our software. Any defects or errors could expose us to risk of liability to clients and the government, and could cause delays in the introduction of new products and services, result in increased costs and diversion of development resources, require design modifications, decrease market acceptance or client satisfaction with our products and services or cause harm to our reputation. Data losses related to personal health records could result in additional risks, see "— We are subject to data privacy and security laws and regulations and contractual obligations governing the transmission, security and privacy of health and other sensitive or proprietary information, which may impose

22


Table of Contents

restrictions on the manner in which we access, store, transmit, use and disclose such information and subject us to penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws or contractual provisions."

          Furthermore, our clients might use our software together with products from other companies. As a result, when problems occur, it might be difficult to identify the source of the problem. Even when our software does not cause these problems, the existence of these errors might cause us to incur significant costs, divert the attention of our technical personnel from our product development efforts, hurt our reputation and lead to significant client relations problems.

Our business is subject to online security risks, and if we are unable to safeguard the security and privacy of confidential data, our reputation and business will be harmed.

          Our products and services involve the collection, storage and analysis of confidential or proprietary information. If a cyber incident, such as a phishing attack, virus, malware installation, server malfunction, software or hardware failure, impairment of data integrity, loss of data or other computer assets, adware or other similar issue, impairs or shuts down one or more of our computing systems or our IT network, we may be subject to negative treatment and lawsuits by our clients. In addition, attention to remediating cyber incidents may distract our technical or management personnel from their normal responsibilities. Public announcements of such cyber incidents could occur and negative perception of such cyber incidents could adversely affect the price of our common stock, and we could lose sales and clients.

          In certain cases, confidential or proprietary information is provided to third parties, such as the service providers that host our technology platform, and we may be unable to control the use of our information or the security protections used by third parties. Cyber incidents and malicious internet-based activity continue to increase generally, and providers of hosting and cloud-based services are often targeted. If the third parties with whom we work violate applicable laws, contracts or our security policies, these violations could also put our confidential or proprietary information at risk and otherwise hurt our business. In addition, if the security measures of our clients are compromised, even without any actual compromise of our own systems, we may face negative publicity or reputational harm if our clients or anyone else incorrectly attributes the blame for such security breaches to us or our systems.

          We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security incidents caused by known cyber vulnerabilities or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches. Despite our implementation of security measures, techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to information or to sabotage information technology systems change frequently and unknown cyber vulnerabilities caused by third-party software or services may exist within our system. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate such techniques or vulnerabilities or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any compromise or perceived compromise of our security could damage our reputation and our relationship with our clients, could reduce demand for our products and services and could subject us to significant liability or regulatory actions. In addition, in the event that new privacy or data security laws are implemented, we may not be able to timely comply with such requirements, or such requirements may not be compatible with our current processes. Changing our processes could be time consuming and expensive, and failure to timely implement required changes could subject us to liability for non-compliance.

23


Table of Contents

We rely on internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, other third parties and our own systems to provide services to our clients, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and hurt our reputation and relationships with clients.

          Our ability to deliver our products and services, particularly our cloud-based solutions, is dependent on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the internet and other telecommunications services by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network connection with the necessary speed, data capacity and security for providing reliable internet access and services and reliable telephone and facsimile services. Our services are designed to operate without perceptible interruption in accordance with our service level commitments.

          We have, however, experienced limited interruptions in these systems in the past, including server failures that temporarily slow down the performance of our services, and we may experience similar or more significant interruptions in the future. We rely on internal systems as well as third-party suppliers, including bandwidth and telecommunications equipment providers, to provide our services. We do not currently maintain redundant systems or facilities for some of these services. Interruptions in these systems or services, whether due to system failures, cyber incidents, physical or electronic break-ins or other events, could affect the security or availability of our services and prevent or inhibit the ability of our clients and their patients to access our services. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of these systems or facilities, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could result in substantial costs to remedy those problems or harm our relationship with our clients and our business.

          Additionally, any disruption in the network access, telecommunications or co-location services provided by third-party providers or any failure of or by third-party providers' systems or our own systems to handle current or higher volume of use could significantly harm our business. We exercise limited control over our third-party suppliers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with services they provide. Any errors, failures, interruptions or delays experienced in connection with these third-party technologies and information services or our own systems could hurt our relationships with clients and expose us to third-party liabilities. Although we maintain insurance for our business, the coverage under our policies may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. In addition, we might not continue to be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost.

          The reliability and performance of our internet connection may be harmed by increased usage or by denial-of-service attacks or related cyber incidents. The services of other companies delivered through the internet have experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damages to portions of the internet's infrastructure, and such outages and delays could affect our systems and services in the future. These outages and delays could reduce the level of internet usage as well as the availability of the internet to us for delivery of our internet-based services.

We rely on third-party vendors to host and maintain our technology platform.

          We rely on third-party vendors to host and maintain our technology platform, including our EireneRx and MedWise Advisor software. Our ability to offer our products and services and operate our business is dependent on maintaining our relationships with third-party vendors, particularly Amazon Web Services, and entering into new relationships to meet the changing needs of our business. Any deterioration in our relationships with such vendors or our failure to enter into agreements with vendors in the future could harm our business and our ability to pursue our growth strategy. Because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that, despite precautions taken at our vendors' facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, cyber incident, decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. These service interruptions could cause our platform to be unavailable to our clients and impair

24


Table of Contents

our ability to deliver products and services and to manage our relationships with new and existing clients.

          If our vendors are unable or unwilling to provide the services necessary to support our business, or if our agreements with such vendors are terminated, our operations could be significantly disrupted. Some of our vendor agreements may be unilaterally terminated by the licensor for convenience, and if such agreements are terminated, we may not be able to enter into similar relationships in the future on reasonable terms or at all. We may also incur substantial costs, delays and disruptions to our business in transitioning such services to ourselves or other third-party vendors. In addition, third-party vendors may not be able to provide the services required in order to meet the changing needs of our business.

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy and grow our business.

          Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key employees. We do not maintain "key person" insurance for our executive officers, other than for our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton, or any of our other key employees. From time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. We are highly dependent on Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton, our Chief Executive Officer, and Dr. Orsula Knowlton, our President. All of our employees' employment is at-will, including the employment of Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton, which means that any of these employees could leave our employment at any time. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

          In addition, competition for qualified management in our industry is intense. Many of the companies with which we compete for management personnel have greater financial and other resources than we do. As a result, we may experience difficulty hiring and retaining qualified personnel. The departure of key personnel could also hurt our business. In such event, we would be required to hire other personnel to manage and operate our business, and we might not be able to employ a suitable replacement for the departing individual, or a replacement might not be willing to work for us on terms that are favorable to us.

          In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the technology industry, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity instruments they are to receive in connection with their employment. Volatility in the price of our common stock might, therefore, compromise our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Furthermore, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity instruments might discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join our company. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be harmed.

We may make future acquisitions and investments that may be difficult to integrate, divert management resources, result in unanticipated costs or dilute our stockholders.

          Part of our business strategy is to acquire or invest in companies, products or technologies that complement our current products and services, enhance our market coverage or technical capabilities or offer growth opportunities. Future acquisitions and investments could pose numerous risks to our operations, including:

25


Table of Contents

          In connection with these acquisitions or investments, we could incur debt, amortization expenses related to intangible assets or large and immediate write-offs, assume liabilities or issue stock that would dilute our current stockholders' ownership. We may be unable to complete acquisitions or integrate the operations, products or personnel gained through any such acquisition successfully or without adversely affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Substantially all of our assets are pledged as collateral under our existing line of credit and term loan.

          As of March 31, 2016, our total indebtedness, net of debt discounts of $1.3 million, was $41.1 million, and after giving effect to this offering and the application of a portion of the net proceeds to repay indebtedness, our total indebtedness as of March 31, 2016 would have been $1.1 million on a pro forma as adjusted basis. Although we expect to repay all outstanding amounts due under the 2015 Line of Credit with the proceeds received from this offering, the 2015 Line of Credit will remain in place following the completion of this offering even though there will be no borrowings outstanding. The 2015 Line of Credit provides for borrowings, on a revolving basis, in an aggregate amount up to $25.0 million to be used for general corporate purposes. The 2015 Line of Credit is secured by all of our personal property, whether presently existing or created or acquired in the future, as well as our intellectual property. We plan to repay all amounts due under the ABC Credit Facility with the proceeds received from this offering. The ABC Credit Facility provides for the provision of term loans, in an aggregate amount up to $50.0 million, of which (a) $30.0 million of proceeds was used to repay the Medliance Notes, the December 2014 Eastward Loan and the April 2014 Eastward Loan, and (b) $20.0 million remains available for future draws for use in connection with buy backs of outstanding warrants and to fund future acquisitions, if any. The ABC Credit Facility has a maturity date of December 30, 2021, and is secured by a subordinated security interest in all of our personal property, whether presently existing or created or acquired in the future, as well as our intellectual property. If we are unable to repay any secured borrowings that remain outstanding or that we make following this offering when due, whether at maturity or if declared due and payable following a default, the lenders would have the right to proceed against the collateral pledged to the indebtedness and may sell the assets pledged as collateral in order to repay those borrowings.

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

          Our operations have required a significant investment of cash since inception and we intend to continue to make significant investments to support our business growth, respond to business challenges or opportunities, develop new applications and services, enhance our existing platform and services, hire additional sales and marketing personnel, enhance our operating infrastructure and

26


Table of Contents

potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. As of March 31, 2016, we had $2.3 million of cash, which was held for working capital purposes.

          Our future capital requirements may be significantly different from our current estimates and will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, renewal activity, the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced products and services and the continuing market acceptance of our products and services. Accordingly, we might need to engage in equity or debt financings or collaborative arrangements to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which might make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We might have to obtain funds through arrangements with collaborators or others that may require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or offering that we otherwise would not consider. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be limited.

Our pro forma financial information may not be representative of our future performance.

          In preparing the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information included in this prospectus, we have made adjustments to our historical financial information based upon currently available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of acquisitions and as further adjusted for this offering and the contemplated use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also reflects the application of purchase accounting. The estimates and assumptions used in the calculation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information in this prospectus may be materially different from our actual experience. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information included in this prospectus does not purport to indicate the results that would have actually been achieved had the acquisitions been completed on the assumed date or for the periods presented, or which may be realized in the future, nor does it give effect to any events other than those described in our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

We may become subject to litigation, which could be costly and result in significant liability.

          We may become subject to litigation in the future. Any future claims may result in significant defense costs and potentially significant judgments against us, some of which we are not insured against. We generally intend to defend ourselves vigorously; however, we cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against us may result in our having to pay significant fines, judgments or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments and settlements exceed insured levels, could diminish our financial resources. Litigation or the resolution of litigation may also affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage, which could increase our costs, expose us to increased risks that would be uninsured and compromise our ability to attract directors and officers.

27


Table of Contents


Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology and products or if the scope of our intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, others may be able to develop and commercialize technology and products substantially similar to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be compromised.

          Our business depends on proprietary technology and content, including software, databases, confidential information and know-how, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, trade-secret and copyright laws, confidentiality procedures, cyber security practices and contractual provisions to protect the intellectual property rights of our proprietary technology and content. We are pursuing the registration of additional trademarks and service marks in the United States, as well as patent protection related to certain business methods employed by us. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional trademark, patent and other intellectual property filings, which could be expensive and time-consuming. We may not be able to obtain protection for our technology and even if we are successful in attaining effective patent, trademark, trade-secret and copyright protection, it is expensive to maintain these rights and the costs of defending our rights could be substantial. Furthermore, recent changes to U.S. intellectual property laws may jeopardize the enforceability and validity of our intellectual property portfolio and harm our ability to obtain patent protection of some of our unique business methods.

          In addition, these measures may not be sufficient to offer us meaningful protection or provide us with any competitive advantages. If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our competitive position and our business could be harmed, as third parties may be able to commercialize and use technologies and software products that are substantially the same as ours without incurring the development and licensing costs that we have incurred. Any of our owned or licensed intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated, our trade secrets and other confidential information could be disclosed in an unauthorized manner to third parties, or our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or to otherwise to provide us with competitive advantages, which could result in costly redesign efforts, discontinuance of some of our offerings or other competitive harm.

          Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors' products and services, and may in the future seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to enforce our rights as against infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully protect our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete and reduce demand for our products and services. Moreover, our failure to develop and properly manage new intellectual property could hurt our market position and business opportunities. Also, some of our products and services rely on technologies, data and software developed by or licensed from third parties, and we may not be able to maintain our relationships with such third parties or enter into similar relationships in the future on reasonable terms or at all. Any loss of the right to use any third-party technologies, data or software could result in delays in implementing or provisioning our products and services until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business.

          We may also be required to protect our proprietary technology and content in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful, or which we may not pursue in every location. In addition, effective intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country, and the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual

28


Table of Contents

property rights as those in the United States. Additional uncertainty may result from changes to intellectual property legislation enacted in the United States and elsewhere, and from interpretations of intellectual property laws by applicable courts and agencies. Accordingly, we may be unable to obtain, maintain and enforce the intellectual property rights necessary to provide us with a competitive advantage. Our failure to obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights could therefore adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our competitive position may be harmed.

          The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential clients. In addition, third parties may in the future file for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to develop brand recognition of our technologies, products or services. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively.

If we cannot protect our domain names, our ability to successfully promote our brand will be impaired.

          We currently own the web domain names www.tabularasahealthcare.com, www.trhc.com, www.carekinesis.com, www.careventions.com, www.medliance.com, www.capstoneperformancesystems.com, www.eirenerx.com, www.medwiseadvisor.com and www.niarx.com, which are critical to the operation of our business. The acquisition and maintenance of domain names is generally regulated by governmental agencies and their designees. The regulation of domain names in the United States and in foreign countries is subject to change. Governing bodies may establish additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may be unable to acquire or maintain relevant domain names in all countries in which we conduct business. Furthermore, it is unclear whether laws protecting trademarks and similar proprietary rights will be extended to protect domain names. Therefore, we may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights. We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy of establishing a strong brand if we cannot prevent others from using similar domain names or trademarks. This failure could impair our ability to increase our market share and revenue.

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party's intellectual property rights.

          Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to develop and commercialize our products and services without infringing or being claimed to have infringed the intellectual property or proprietary rights of third parties. Intellectual property disputes can be costly to defend and may cause our business, operating results and financial condition to suffer. As the market for technology-enabled healthcare solutions in the United States expands and intellectual property protections asserted by others increase, the risk increases that there may be intellectual property asserted by others and patents issued to third parties that relate to our products and technology of which we are not aware or that we must challenge to continue our operations as currently contemplated. Whether merited or not, we may face allegations that we, our clients, our licensees or parties indemnified by us have infringed or otherwise violated the patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property rights of third parties. In addition, we have received letters from third parties in the past claiming that our software, technologies and methodologies are covered by their patents, and future claims may require us to

29


Table of Contents

expend time and money to address and resolve these claims. Such claims may be made by competitors seeking to obtain a competitive advantage or by other parties. Additionally, in recent years, individuals and groups have begun purchasing intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from other technology-reliant companies. We may also face allegations that our employees or consultants have misappropriated the intellectual property or proprietary rights of their former employers or other third parties, as the case may be. It may be necessary for us to initiate litigation to defend ourselves in order to determine the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party intellectual property or proprietary rights, or to establish our respective rights. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights have merit, such claims can be time-consuming, divert management's attention and financial resources and can be costly to evaluate and defend. Results of any such litigation are difficult to predict and may require us to stop commercializing or using our products or technology, obtain licenses, modify our products and technology while we develop non-infringing substitutes, incur substantial damages or settlement costs, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or providing the affected products and services. If we require a third-party license, it may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, and we may have to pay substantial royalties, upfront fees or grant cross-licenses to intellectual property rights for our products and services. We may also have to redesign our products or services so they do not infringe third-party intellectual property rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time, during which our technology and products may not be available for commercialization or use. Even if we have an agreement to indemnify us against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations. If we cannot or do not obtain a third-party license to the infringed technology at all, license the technology on reasonable terms or obtain similar technology from another source, our ability to operate our business could be compromised.

Our use of open source software could compromise our ability to offer our services and subject us to possible litigation.

          We use open source software in connection with our products and services. Companies that incorporate open source software into their products have, from time to time, faced claims challenging the use of open source software and compliance with open source license terms. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute software containing open source software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to the licensee's software that incorporates, links or uses such open source software, and make available to third parties for no cost, any derivative works of the open source code created by the licensee, which could include the licensee's own valuable proprietary code. While we monitor our use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur, or could be claimed to have occurred, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. Any actual or claimed requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could harm our business and could help our competitors develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

          Competitors may infringe our issued patents or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to monitor for such infringement and file infringement claims, both of which can be expensive and time consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or may construe the patent's claims narrowly or

30


Table of Contents

refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in a proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees, our consultants or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

          Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other technology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees and our consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that our employees, our consultants, or we have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee's former employer. Costly litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

          In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our and their assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

          If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

          Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings against us relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information, the value of our technology, products and services could be hurt.

          We may not be able to protect our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information adequately. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect this proprietary information and technology, our employees, consultants and other parties may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information or technology to competitors. In addition, our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information may be accessed or disclosed during a cyber incident, which could have a significant negative impact on us. Further, such cyber incidents, if disclosed publicly, could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

31


Table of Contents

          Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using any of our proprietary information or technology is expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information. We rely, in part, on non-disclosure, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and other parties to protect our trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property and proprietary information. These agreements may not be self-executing, or they may be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for such breach. Moreover, third parties may independently develop similar or equivalent proprietary information or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information.


Risks Related to Industry Regulation and Other Legal Compliance Matters

The healthcare regulatory and political framework is uncertain and evolving.

          Healthcare laws and regulations are rapidly evolving and may change significantly in the future. For example, in March 2010, the ACA was adopted, which is a healthcare reform measure that seeks to contain healthcare costs while improving quality and access to coverage. The ACA includes a variety of healthcare reform provisions and requirements that have already become effective or will become effective at varying times through 2018 and substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, which may significantly affect our industry and our business. Many of the provisions of the ACA will phase in over the course of the next several years, and we may be unable to predict accurately what effect the ACA or other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, including amendments to the ACA, will have on our business. In addition, provisions of the ACA may be challenged in the courts. For example, in 2015 the U.S. Supreme Court determined that the IRS can extend tax credits to individuals enrolled in a plan offered by the federal health insurance exchanges established by the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, or HHS, despite language in the ACA that was alleged to authorize tax credits only for individuals enrolled in a plan offered by exchanges established by states.

          In addition, we are subject to various other healthcare laws and regulations, including, among others, the Stark Law relating to self-referrals, anti-kickback laws, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, antitrust laws and the data privacy and security laws and regulations described below. See "Business — Healthcare Regulatory Environment". If we were to become subject to litigation or liabilities or found to be out of compliance with these or other laws, our business could be hurt. See "— We may become subject to litigation, which could be costly and result in significant liability."

We are subject to data privacy and security laws, regulations and contractual obligations governing the transmission, security and privacy of health and other sensitive or proprietary information, which may impose restrictions on the manner in which we access, store, transmit, use and disclose such information and subject us to penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws or contractual provisions.

          As described below, we are required to comply with numerous federal and state laws and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure, storage and transmission of individually identifiable health information that we may obtain or have access to in connection with the provision of our services. These laws and regulations, including their interpretation by governmental agencies, are subject to frequent change. These laws and regulations include the following.

32


Table of Contents

          There is ongoing concern from privacy advocates, regulators and others regarding data protection and privacy issues, and the number of jurisdictions with data protection and privacy laws has been increasing. In addition, the scope of protection afforded to data subjects by many of these data protection and privacy laws has been increasing. Also, there are ongoing public policy discussions regarding whether the standards for deidentified, anonymous or pseudonomized health information are sufficient, and the risk of re-identification sufficiently small, to adequately protect patient privacy. These discussions may lead to further restrictions on the use of such information. These initiatives or future initiatives could compromise our ability to access and use data or to develop or market current or future services.

          The security measures that we and our third-party vendors and subcontractors have in place to ensure compliance with privacy and data protection laws and contractual commitments may not protect our facilities and systems from security breaches, acts of vandalism or theft, cyber incidents, misplaced or lost data, programming and human errors or other similar events. The occurrence of a cyber incident that affects either individually identifiable health information or other confidential or proprietary information with which we have been entrusted may result in liability and hurt our reputation.

          Additionally, as a business associate under HIPAA, we may also be liable for privacy and security breaches of protected health information and certain similar failures of our subcontractors. Even though we contractually require our subcontractors to safeguard protected health information as required by law, we still have limited control over their actions and practices. An actual or perceived breach of privacy or

33


Table of Contents

security of individually identifiable health information held by us or by our subcontractor may result in an enforcement action, including criminal and civil liability, against us, as well as negative publicity, reputational harm and contractual ramifications with our clients.

          We are not able to predict the full extent of the impact such incidents may have on our business if such incidents occur. Any failure we may have in complying with HIPAA may result in criminal or civil liability, and due to the heightened enforcement climate and recent changes to the law, the potential for enforcement action against business associates under HIPAA is now greater than in prior years. Enforcement actions against us could be costly and could interrupt regular operations, which may harm our business. While we have not received any notices of violation of the applicable privacy and data protection laws and believe we adequately protect our information, including in compliance with such laws, there can be no assurance that we will not receive such notices in the future. Further, costly breaches can occur regardless of our compliance infrastructure.

We operate in a highly regulated industry and must comply with a significant number of complex and evolving requirements. Achieving and sustaining compliance with state and federal statutes and regulation related to the healthcare industry may prove costly. Changes in these laws could restrict our ability to conduct our business. Further, if we fail to comply with these requirements, we could incur significant penalties and our reputation could suffer.

          In addition to HIPAA, additional federal and state statutes, regulations, guidance and contractual provisions regarding healthcare that may apply to our business activities, including:

34


Table of Contents

35


Table of Contents

Further modifications to the Medicare Part D program and changes in pricing benchmarks may reduce revenue and impose additional costs to the industry.

          The Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 included a major expansion of the Medicare program with the addition of a prescription drug benefit under the new Medicare Part D program. The continued impact of these regulations depends upon a variety of factors, including our ongoing relationships with the Part D Plans and the patient mix of our clients. Future modifications to the Medicare Part D program may reduce revenue and impose additional costs to the industry. In addition, contracts and fee schedules in the prescription drug industry, including our contracts with certain of our clients use certain published benchmarks, including average wholesale price, or AWP, to establish pricing for prescription drugs. Most of our contracts utilize the AWP standard. However, there can be no assurance that our clients will continue to utilize AWP, as previously calculated, or that other pricing benchmarks will not be adopted to establish prices for prescription drugs within the industry.


Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

          Upon the completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors, combined with our stockholders who own more than five percent of our outstanding capital stock before this offering will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately         % of our capital stock. As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership control may:

As a result, these executive officers, directors and current five percent or greater stockholders could pursue transactions that may not be in our best interests and which could harm our business.

36


Table of Contents

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may deter third parties from acquiring us.

          We expect that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will, among other things:

          In addition, Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, may affect the ability of an "interested stockholder" to engage in specified business combinations, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an "interested stockholder". We intend to elect in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Nevertheless, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the DGCL.

          These and other provisions could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a transaction involving a change in control of our company or could make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or to cause us to take other corporate actions that you desire. See "Description of Capital Stock".

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, (d) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or (e) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. We refer to each of these proceedings as a covered proceeding. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that if any action the subject matter

37


Table of Contents

of which is a covered proceeding is filed in a court other than the specified Delaware courts without the approval of our board of directors, which we refer to as a foreign action, the claiming party will be deemed to have consented to (1) the personal jurisdiction of the specified Delaware courts in connection with any action brought in any such courts to enforce the exclusive forum provision described above and (2) having service of process made upon such claiming party in any such enforcement action by service upon such claiming party's counsel in the foreign action as agent for such claiming party. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions. These provisions may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

          The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of capital stock. To the extent shares subsequently are issued pursuant to the exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, you will incur further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section of this prospectus titled "Dilution".

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common stock and may impair our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using our common stock as consideration.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock could be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price will likely decline. If one or more of these analysts fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline.

38


Table of Contents

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

          Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for smaller healthcare technology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

          Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could harm our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay further development of our products. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are eligible to be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

          Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding             shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. Of the remaining shares,             shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will become eligible to be sold at various times after the offering. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of             shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to specified conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or, along with holders of additional shares

39


Table of Contents

of our common stock, to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriting" section of this prospectus.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

          We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from some disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

          We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

          As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2016, provide a management report on the internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to audit the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an "emerging growth company," as defined

40


Table of Contents

in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

          If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our consolidated financial statements may be materially misstated. In connection with the audit for the year ended December 31, 2015, we identified certain deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting, including a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting during 2015 related to the determination of the fair value of stock-based compensation, the redemption value of our preferred stock and the preferred stock warrant liability. Specifically, as part of the valuation process, we provided our third-party valuation specialist our consolidated forecast file, which included computational errors which arose as a result of a lack of (i) adequate resources to conduct a more thorough review of a complex area of accounting and (ii) systems with built in controls to assist in the prevention of computational errors. We are taking the following actions to remediate the internal control deficiencies identified: (I) adding resources to the accounting organization; (II) adding new accounting software that would significantly cut down on the potential for computational errors and (III) increasing management oversight. If we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected and we could become subject to investigations by the NASDAQ Global Market, on which our securities will be listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require us to obtain additional financial and management resources.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company".

          Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with various regulatory and reporting requirements, including those required by the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market. Complying with these reporting and other regulatory requirements will be time-consuming and will result in increased costs to us. As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, we may need to commit significant resources, hire additional staff and provide additional management oversight. We will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. Sustaining our growth as a public company will also require us to commit additional management, operational and financial resources to identify new professionals to join our company and to maintain appropriate operational and financial systems to adequately support expansion. These activities may also divert management's attention from other business concerns.

          As an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements.

          When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the

41


Table of Contents

amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

Our business and stock price may suffer as a result of our lack of public company operating experience.

          We have been a privately held company since we began operations in 2009. Our lack of public company operating experience may make it difficult to forecast and evaluate our future prospects. If we are unable to execute our business strategy, either as a result of our inability to effectively manage our business in a public company environment or for any other reason, our stock price may be harmed.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

          We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

          Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change," generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation's ability to use its pre-change federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, and other pre-change federal tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income may be limited. We have experienced ownership changes in the past, but have not determined if such changes could limit the use of our NOLs. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of the completion of this offering and subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. State NOL carryforwards may be similarly or more stringently limited. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change NOLs to offset United States federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us.

42


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management, are forward-looking statements. The words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "might," "plan," "predict," "project," "target," "potential," "will," "would," "could," "should," "continue," and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

          The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

          We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make, and accordingly you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the "Risk Factors" section that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

          You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

43


Table of Contents


TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

          Our material trademarks, service marks and other marks include EireneRx®, Medication Risk Mitigation by CareKinesis®, MedWise Advisor®, NiaRx®, Capstone Performance Systems™, CareVentions™, Medication Risk Mitigation™, Medication Risk Mitigation Matrix™, Medliance™ and Tabula Rasa HealthCare™. We also have trademark applications pending to register marks in the United States. We have proprietary and licensed rights to trademarks used in this prospectus which are important to our business, many of which are registered under applicable intellectual property laws. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the "®" or "™" symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus is the property of its respective holder.

44


Table of Contents


MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

          This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data, including those relating to our industry and the market in which we operate, that we have obtained or derived from industry publications and reports, including reports from the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Alliance for Human Research Protection and the Kaiser Family Foundation. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. Based on our industry experience, we believe that the publications and reports are reliable and that the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled "Risk Factors." These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the industry publications and reports.

          Information referenced in this prospectus regarding the total eligible individuals within current PACE service areas is based upon estimates of the eligible individuals as of July 2015, prepared by AEC Consulting, LLC, an Altitude Edge company, an independent healthcare consulting firm. We have included these estimates in reliance on the authority of such firm as an expert in such matters.

45


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $              million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $              million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

          In April 2015, we entered into the 2015 Line of Credit with Western Alliance which was amended on July 1, 2016, pursuant to which we can request up to an aggregate amount of $25.0 million in revolving advances. The proceeds of the 2015 Line of Credit were used to repay all outstanding amounts owed under the December 2013 Revolving Credit Facility with Silicon Valley Bank and to fund acquisition-related activities. Amounts outstanding under the 2015 Line of Credit bear interest at a variable rate based upon Western Alliance's prime rate plus 1.0%, with Western Alliance's prime rate having a floor of 3.5%. Interest is payable monthly. The 2015 Line of Credit has a maturity date of July 1, 2018, and is secured by all of our personal property, whether presently existing or created or acquired in the future, as well as our intellectual property.

          In July 2016, we entered into the ABC Credit Facility with ABC Funding pursuant to which we can request up to an aggregate amount of $50.0 million in term loan advances. The proceeds of the initial term loan advance of $30.0 million under the ABC Credit Facility were used to repay all outstanding

46


Table of Contents

amounts under the Medliance Notes, the December 2014 Eastward Loan and the April 2014 Eastward Loan. Any future term loan advances under the ABC Credit Facility will be used to buy back outstanding warrants and fund future acquisitions, if any. Amounts outstanding under the ABC Credit Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 12.0% payable monthly in arrears. The ABC Credit Facility has a maturity date of December 30, 2021, and is secured by a subordinated security interest in all of our personal property, whether presently existing or created or acquired in the future, as well as our intellectual property.

          The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors including the factors described in the section titled "Risk Factors." As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. In addition, our anticipated use of proceeds does not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments that we may make. We have no current understandings, agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or licenses of any products, businesses or technologies. Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

47


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends to our stockholders in the foreseeable future. In addition, under the terms of our loan and security agreement with Western Alliance and our term loan credit facility with ABC Funding we may not declare or pay any cash dividends or distributions without the consent of Western Alliance and ABC Funding respectively.

48


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of March 31, 2016 on:

          The information in this table is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with the information contained in the sections titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," along with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

49


Table of Contents

 
  March 31, 2016  
 
  Actual   Pro
Forma
  Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Cash

  $ 2,287   $             $            

Line of credit

  $ 12,000   $             $    

Notes payable to related parties

    250              

Notes payable related to acquisition

    15,982              

Long-term debt, including current portion

    12,863              

Warrant liability

    5,435              

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

                   

Series A and A-1 preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 7,224,266 shares authorized, 6,911,766 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    6,653              

Series B preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 3,548,614 shares authorized, 2,961,745 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    21,917              

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    28,570              

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

               

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 27,836,869 shares authorized, 9,429,969 shares issued and outstanding, actual;          shares authorized, 19,303,480 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;         shares authorized,               shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    1              

Additional paid-in capital

                 

Accumulated deficit

    (30,855 )            

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (30,854 )            

Total capitalization

  $ 44,246   $     $            

          A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share would increase or decrease each of the pro forma as adjusted cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity (deficit) and total capitalization by $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of pro forma as adjusted cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity (deficit) and total capitalization by $              million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

50


Table of Contents

          The table above does not include:

51


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share of our common stock is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock from the amount of our total tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of our common stock deemed outstanding at that date.

          The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2016 was a deficit of $(69.6) million, or $(7.38) per share, based on 9,429,969 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016.

          The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2016 was a deficit of $          million, or $          per share, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 9,873,511 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the reclassification to additional paid-in capital of the warrant liability related to warrants to purchase preferred stock, (2) the issuance of              shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (3) the issuance of              shares of restricted common stock under our 2014 Equity Compensation Plan to members of management immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

          After giving further effect to (1) our issuance and sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, (2) our receipt of the net proceeds of this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (3) our borrowing of an aggregate of $31.5 million under the ABC Credit Facility and 2015 Line of Credit, (4) our repayment of an aggregate of $30.5 million under the Medliance Notes, the December 2014 Eastward Loan and the April 2014 Eastward Loan and (5) our application of a portion of such net proceeds to repay indebtedness, as set forth under "Use of Proceeds," our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2016 would have been $              million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $             per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2016

  $ (7.38 )      

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the pro forma effects described above

                     

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2016

                     

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering

        $            

          A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $              million, or $             per share, and the

52


Table of Contents

dilution to new investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares offered by us would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value, by $              million, or $             per share, and the dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $             , assuming the assumed initial public offering price, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          If the underwriters partially or fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $             per share, which amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share of our common stock to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $             per share of our common stock to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

          The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2016, on the pro forma basis described above, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percentage   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Existing stockholders

            % $                 % $            

New investors

                               

Total

            % $                 %      

          The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on                 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, which includes:

          The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

53


Table of Contents

          To the extent that outstanding stock options or warrants are subsequently exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

          Effective upon the completion of this offering, an aggregate of                 shares of our common stock will be reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, and the number of reserved shares will also be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of such plan. New options that we may grant under our 2016 Equity Compensation Plan will further dilute investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

54


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial data and other data for the periods and at the dates indicated. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements.

          Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled "Capitalization" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

          See notes 3 and 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 12 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for information regarding computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, and the unaudited pro forma weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding used in computing the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

55


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (In thousands, except share and
per share amounts)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue:

                         

Product revenue

  $ 46,878   $ 60,060   $ 12,940   $ 17,785  

Service revenue

    1,550     9,979     2,562     2,372  

Total revenue

    48,428     70,039     15,502     20,157  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortizaton shown below:

                         

Product cost

    37,073     45,829     10,148     12,982  

Service cost

    739     3,299     780     951  

Total cost of revenue

    37,812     49,128     10,928     13,933  

Gross profit

    10,616     20,911     4,574     6,224  

Operating (income) expenses:

                         

Research and development

    1,660     2,877     552     889  

Sales and marketing

    2,272     2,880     660     770  

General and administrative

    3,970     7,115     1,546     1,893  

Change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration (income) expense

    790     (2,059 )       54  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,817     3,933     963     1,004  

Total operating expenses

    10,509     14,746     3,721     4,610  

Income from operations

    107     6,165     853     1,614  

Other (income) expense:

                         

Change in fair value of warrant liability            

    269     2,786     (93 )   (134 )

Interest expense

    1,354     5,915     1,460     1,503  

Total other expense

    1,623     8,701     1,367     1,369  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,516 )   (2,536 )   (514 )   245  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (409 )   328     88     36  

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,107 ) $ (2,864 ) $ (602 ) $ 209  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders:

                         

Basic

  $ (4,991 ) $ (12,830 ) $ (696 ) $ 293  

Diluted

  $ (4,991 ) $ (12,830 ) $ (696 ) $ 94  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                         

Basic

  $ (0.63 ) $ (1.53 ) $ (0.09 ) $ 0.03  

Diluted

  $ (0.63 ) $ (1.53 ) $ (0.09 ) $ 0.00  

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                         

Basic

    7,862,025     8,378,431     8,050,493     9,062,022  

Diluted

    7,862,025     8,378,431     8,050,493     24,110,108  

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(1):

                         

Basic

        $           $    

Diluted

        $           $    

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (unaudited)(1):

                         

Basic

                         

Diluted

                         

Other Financial Data:

                         

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ 2,968   $ 8,604   $ 1,967   $ 2,799  

(1)
The calculation of pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders gives effect to this offering by excluding interest expense incurred on the portion of the debt expected to be repaid with the net proceeds from this offering and the inclusion of common shares sold in this offering related to such repayment of debt. The calculation also gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 9,873,511 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(2)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "Adjusted EBITDA" below for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, why we present Adjusted EBITDA, limitations on the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most nearly comparable GAAP measurement.

56


Table of Contents

 
  December 31,   March 31,  
 
  2014   2015   2016  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash

  $ 4,122   $ 2,026   $ 2,287  

Working capital

    (9,822 )   (39,545 )   (985 )

Total assets

    58,823     58,707     60,838  

Line of credit

    6,860     10,000     12,000  

Long-term debt, including current portion

    15,110     14,061     12,863  

Notes payable to related parties

    1,014     250     250  

Notes payable related to acquisition

    14,350     15,620     15,982  

Warrant liability

    2,783     5,569     5,435  

Total liabilities

    59,818     61,362     63,122  

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    19,007     28,973     28,570  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (20,002 )   (31,628 )   (30,854 )

Adjusted EBITDA

          The following is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

                         

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,107 ) $ (2,864 ) $ (602 ) $ 209  

Add:

                         

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    269     2,786     (93 )   (134 )

Interest expense

    1,354     5,915     1,460     1,503  

Income tax (benefit) expense           

    (409 )   328     88     36  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,817     3,933     963     1,004  

Change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration expense (income)

    790     (2,059 )       54  

Stock-based compensation expense

    254     565     151     127  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 2,968   $ 8,604   $ 1,967   $ 2,799  

          To provide investors with additional information about our financial results, we disclose within this prospectus Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA consists of net loss plus total other expenses, which includes change in fair value of warrant liability and interest expense; provision (benefit) for income tax, depreciation and amortization, change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration (income) expense and stock-based compensation expense. We present Adjusted EBITDA because it is one of the measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance, and we consider it an important supplemental measure of performance. We believe this metric is commonly used by the financial community, and we present it to enhance investors' understanding of our operating performance and cash flows. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations.

57


Table of Contents

          Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:

          Adjusted EBITDA is not in accordance with, or an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, this non-GAAP measure is not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. As a non-GAAP measure, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations in that it does not reflect all of the amounts associated with our results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. In particular:

          Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income and our other GAAP financial results and not in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. You should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in the presentation, and we do not intend to imply that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

58


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results we describe or imply in the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.


Overview

          We are a leader in providing patient-specific, data-driven technology and solutions that enable healthcare organizations to optimize medication regimens to improve patient outcomes, reduce hospitalizations, lower healthcare costs and manage risk. We deliver our solutions through a comprehensive suite of technology-enabled products and services for medication risk management, which includes bundled prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services for client populations with complex prescription needs. We also provide risk adjustment services, which help our clients to properly characterize a patient's acuity, or severity of health condition, and optimize the associated payments for care, as well as pharmacy cost management services, which help our clients manage and optimize pharmacy spend.

          Our suite of cloud-based software solutions provides prescribers, pharmacists and healthcare organizations with sophisticated and innovative tools to better manage the medication-related needs of their patients. We believe we offer the first prospective clinical approach to medication risk management, which is designed to increase patient safety and promote adherence to a patient's personalized medication regimen. Furthermore, our medication risk management technology helps healthcare organizations lower costs by reducing ADEs, enhancing quality of care and avoiding preventable hospital admissions. Our products and services are built around our novel and proprietary MRM Matrix, which enables optimization of a patient's medication regimen, involving personalizing medication selection, dosage levels, time-of-day administration and reducing the total medication burden by eliminating unnecessary prescriptions. The MRM Matrix analyzes a combination of clinical and pharmacology data, population-based algorithms and extensive patient-specific data, including medical history, lab results, medication lists and individual genomic data, to deliver "precision medicine." We provide software-enabled solutions that can be bundled with prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services, which are informed by a patient's personalized MRM Matrix to increase adherence to a patient's optimized regimen, through our three prescription fulfillment pharmacies. Our prescription fulfillment pharmacies are strategically located to efficiently distribute medications nationwide for our clients and medications are packaged to promote adherence to their patients' personalized regimens and dosing schedules. Our team of clinical pharmacists is available to support prescribers at the point of care through our proprietary technology platform, including real-time secure messaging, with more than 130,000 messages exchanged in June 2016. In 2015, we began offering software solutions on a standalone software-as-a-service basis, although to date, all of our medication risk management clients have contracted for a bundled offering of our software-enabled solutions, prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services. While prescription medication revenue has comprised substantially all of our revenue to date, we do not offer prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services on a standalone basis.

          Our technology-driven approach to medication risk management represents an evolution from prevailing non-personalized approaches that primarily rely on single drug-to-drug interaction analysis. At the end of 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, we were serving 8, 13, 20, 51 and 119 healthcare organizations,

59


Table of Contents

respectively, and as of March 31, 2016, this number had grown to 122 healthcare organizations that focus on populations with complex healthcare needs and extensive medication requirements.

          Our total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2016 were $20.2 million and $2.8 million, respectively, compared to $15.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Our total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $70.0 million and $8.6 million, respectively, compared to $48.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014. We incurred a net loss of $602 thousand and net income of $209 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and a net loss of $1.1 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data — Adjusted EBITDA" for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, why we present Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net losses to Adjusted EBITDA. Our quarterly revenue has grown from $4.9 million in the first quarter of 2013 to $20.2 million in the first quarter of 2016. The following table summarizes our revenue, by quarter, since 2013:

Quarter
  Revenue
($ in millions)
 

First Quarter of 2013

    4.9  

Second Quarter of 2013

    5.7  

Third Quarter of 2013

    6.7  

Fourth Quarter of 2013

    7.9  

First Quarter of 2014

    10.2  

Second Quarter of 2014

    11.5  

Third Quarter of 2014

    13.0  

Fourth Quarter of 2014

    13.8  

First Quarter of 2015

    15.5  

Second Quarter of 2015

    16.8  

Third Quarter of 2015

    17.9  

Fourth Quarter of 2015

    19.8  

First Quarter of 2016

    20.2  

          We face a variety of challenges and risks, which we will need to address and manage as we pursue our growth strategy. In particular, we will need to continue to innovate in the face of a rapidly changing healthcare landscape if we are to remain competitive. We will also need to effectively manage our growth, especially related to our expansion beyond the PACE and post-acute markets to other at-risk providers and payors. Our senior management continuously focuses on these and other challenges, and we believe that our culture of innovation and our history of growth and expansion will contribute to the success of our business. We cannot, however, assure you that we will be successful in addressing and managing the many challenges and risks that we face.

          We manage our operations and allocate resources as a single reportable segment. All of our revenue is recognized in the United States and all of our assets are located in the United States.

60


Table of Contents


Key Business Metrics

          We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate and manage our business and that are useful in evaluating our operating performance compared to that of other companies in our industry.

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Change  
 
  2015   2016   $   %  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Total revenue

  $ 15,502   $ 20,157   $ 4,655     30 %

Net loss

    (602 )   209     811     n/a  

Adjusted EBITDA

    1,967     2,799     832     42  

 

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2014   2015   $   %  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Total revenue

  $ 48,428   $ 70,039   $ 21,611     45 %

Net loss

    (1,107 )   (2,864 )   (1,757 )   159  

Adjusted EBITDA

    2,968     8,604     5,636     190  

          We monitor the key metrics set forth in the preceding table to help us evaluate trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness and efficiency of our operations and gauge our cash generation. We discuss Adjusted EBITDA in more detail in "Selected Consolidated Financial Data — Adjusted EBITDA."

          We also monitor revenue retention rate and client retention rate. Our revenue retention rate and client retention rate were 99% and 96%, respectively for 2015 and 95% and 97%, respectively, for 2014.

Revenue retention rate

          We believe that our ability to retain revenue associated with new or existing client relationships is an indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value we provide to our clients. We assess our performance in this area using a metric we refer to as our revenue retention rate. We calculate our revenue retention rate at the end of each calendar year by dividing total revenue in the year from client contracts that have not renewed or have been terminated during the year by our total revenue for that year, and subtracting this quotient from 100%.

Client retention rate

          We monitor our client retention rate as a measure for our overall business performance. We believe that our ability to retain clients is an indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value of our client relationships. We assess our performance in this area using a metric we refer to as our client retention rate. We calculate this rate by dividing the number of client terminations and client non-renewals during a calendar year by the total number of clients serviced during that year, and subtracting this quotient from 100%.


Factors Affecting our Future Performance

          We believe that our future success will be dependent on many factors, including our ability to maintain and grow our relationships with existing clients, expand our client base, continue to enter new markets and expand our offerings to meet evolving market needs. While these areas present significant opportunity, they also present risks that we must manage to ensure successful results. See the section

61


Table of Contents

entitled "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain risks and uncertainties that may impact our future success.


Recent Developments

Reorganization

          Effective June 30, 2014, in order to facilitate the administration, management and development of our business and the proposed initial public offering, we implemented a holding company reorganization pursuant to which we became the new parent company and CareKinesis became our direct, wholly owned subsidiary. To implement the reorganization, we formed CK Merger Sub, Inc. The holding company structure was implemented by the merger of CK Merger Sub, Inc. with and into CareKinesis, with CareKinesis surviving the merger as our direct, wholly owned subsidiary. As a result of the reorganization, each share of CareKinesis issued and outstanding immediately prior to the merger automatically converted into the same share, with the same rights and preferences, of stock in our company. The business conducted by CareKinesis immediately prior to the corporate reorganization continues to be conducted by CareKinesis following the reorganization. In addition, in connection with the reorganization, CareKinesis distributed all of the equity interests in two of its wholly owned subsidiaries, Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, or Capstone, and CareVentions, Inc., to us.

Acquisitions

          In January 2014, we acquired all of the authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of J. A. Robertson, Inc., doing business as St. Mary Prescription Pharmacy, or SMPP, a pharmacy based in San Francisco, California that has been servicing the needs of PACE participants for over 30 years. The acquisition consideration consisted of cash consideration of up to $2.0 million, consisting of $1.0 million payable upon closing, up to $500 thousand payable following the six-month anniversary of the closing date, up to $300 thousand payable following the 12-month anniversary of the closing date and a fixed amount of $200 thousand payable following the 24-month anniversary of the closing date. The first two cash payments made subsequent to the closing date were contingent upon the achievement of specified revenue targets, as set forth in the underlying purchase agreement, and the final payment was contingent upon no claims for indemnification being made pursuant to the purchase agreement. As of March 31, 2016, the first two cash payments have been paid in full. A final cash payment of $185 thousand, which included a $15 thousand reduction for an indemnification claim we made pursuant to the purchase agreement, was made in the first quarter of 2016. In addition to the cash consideration, the purchase price included up to 210,000 shares of our common stock, consisting of 105,000 shares due upon the closing of the acquisition, up to 52,500 shares due following the six-month anniversary of the closing date, up to 31,500 shares due following the 12-month anniversary of the closing date and a fixed amount of 21,000 shares due following the 24-month anniversary of the closing date. The first two issuances made subsequent to the closing date were contingent upon the achievement of specified revenue targets and the last issuance made subsequent to the closing date was contingent upon no claims for indemnification being made pursuant to the purchase agreement. As of March 31, 2016, all stock consideration had been paid in full. No further consideration is payable with respect to this acquisition.

          In April 2014, we acquired substantially all of the assets, and assumed certain liabilities, of Capstone, a consulting business providing expert Medicare risk adjustment services for at-risk healthcare organizations. The acquisition consideration consisted of cash consideration consisting of $3.0 million payable upon closing, $500 thousand payable following the six-month anniversary of the closing date, and the greater of (i) $2.0 million or (ii) an amount equal to a multiple of EBITDA, as defined in the purchase agreement, payable following the 12-month anniversary of the closing date. As of March 31, 2016, all contingent cash payments had been made, totaling $577 thousand, and no additional contingent cash consideration is payable. In addition to the cash consideration, the purchase price included up to 677,862 shares of our common stock, which was issuable following the 12-month anniversary of the

62


Table of Contents

closing date if specified net income targets, as defined in the purchase agreement, were achieved. As of March 31, 2016, 239,088 shares of our common stock have been issued and no additional stock consideration is payable.

          In December 2014, we acquired all of the authorized, issued and outstanding equity interests of Medliance LLC, or Medliance, which provides pharmacy cost management services through data analytics. The acquisition consideration consisted of $16.4 million in the form of promissory notes with an aggregate fair value of $14.3 million as of the acquisition date, or the Medliance Notes, and cash consideration consisting of $12.0 million payable upon closing and contingent purchase price consideration with an estimated acquisition date fair value of $7.3 million due upon achieving specified revenue targets as of the 12-, 24- and 36-month anniversaries of the acquisition. The Medliance Notes have been satisfied in full as of July 1, 2016 and are no longer outstanding. As of March 31, 2016, the first contingent cash payment based on the 12-month anniversary revenue target had been made and the estimated fair value of the remaining contingent consideration payable was $3.4 million at March 31, 2016.

          We account for acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting. In each case, we allocated the purchase price to the assets acquired, including intangible assets and liabilities assumed, based on estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. The results of operations from each acquisition are included in our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date.

Financing

          On April 29, 2015 we entered into a revolving line of credit, which was amended on July 1, 2016, or the 2015 Line of Credit, with a lender pursuant to the terms of a loan and security agreement, which provides for borrowings in an aggregate amount up to $25.0 million to be used for general corporate purposes, including repayment of a prior line of credit. We borrowed $10.0 million under the 2015 Line of Credit at that time. As of March 31, 2016, we had $12.0 million outstanding under the 2015 Line of Credit. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources — Revolving Credit Facility" below for additional information with respect to the 2015 Line of Credit.

          On July 1, 2016, we entered into the ABC Credit Facility with ABC Funding, LLC, an affiliate of Summit Partners, L.P., or the ABC Credit Facility, pursuant to which we can request up to an aggregate amount of $50.0 million in term loan advances. The proceeds of the initial term loan advance of $30.0 million under the ABC Credit Facility were used to repay all outstanding amounts under the Medliance Notes, the December 2014 Eastward Loan and the April 2014 Eastward Loan. Any future term loan advances under the ABC Credit Facility will be used to buy back outstanding warrants and fund future acquisitions, if any. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources — Term Loan Facility" below for additional information with respect to the ABC Credit Facility.

Enhanced Medication Therapy Management Program Development Opportunity

          We have been selected to participate with a large, regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan, or Regional PDP, to develop and deliver an Enhanced Medication Therapy Management, or EMTM, program. We believe this EMTM program will address the requirements of the Part D Enhanced Medication Therapy Management Model test, which the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation, or CMMI, proposed in September 2015 and recently approved on a provisional basis. Final approval will be authorized upon full execution of the calendar year 2017 Medicare Part D contract.

          The Part D EMTM model created by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, is designed to test strategies to improve medication use among Medicare beneficiaries enrolled in Part D and to assess whether providing selected PDPs with additional incentives and increased flexibility to design and implement innovative programs will better achieve the overall goals for EMTM programs.

63


Table of Contents

          To develop this EMTM program, we will use our MRM Matrix and certain other services to perform medication risk stratification and reviews and safety assessments of complex medication regimens, providing an innovative, alternative approach to pharmacotherapy to the 240,000 members of this Regional PDP, representing less than one percent of the entire eligible Part D market. In 2015, the number of individuals covered through Medicare Part D programs was more than 39 million. We believe if we are successful in developing and delivering an EMTM program to the Regional PDP, we will be able to expand into a greater portion of the Part D market. There can be no assurances that our EMTM program will be adopted or, if adopted, will be successful, or we will actually be able to expand this program as currently contemplated.


Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

          Our revenue is derived from our product sales and service activities. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, product sales represented 83% and 88% respectively, of our total revenue, and service revenue represented 17% and 12%, respectively, of our total revenue.

          For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, product sales represented 97% and 86%, respectively, of our total revenue, and service revenue represented 3% and 14%, respectively, of our total revenue. We did not generate service revenue until our acquisition of Capstone in April 2014.

Product Revenue

          Our product revenue is primarily generated through our medication risk management contracts with healthcare organizations. Our MRM Matrix technology enables our pharmacists to prospectively optimize personalized medication regimens for each patient. In 2015, we began offering software solutions on a standalone software-as-a-service basis, although to date, all of our medication risk management clients have contracted for a bundled offering of our software-enabled solutions, prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services. We do not offer, and have not generated any revenue from, standalone prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services.

          Under our medication risk management contracts, revenue is generated through the following components:

          Prescription medication revenue.     We sell prescription medications directly to healthcare organizations through our prescription fulfillment pharmacies. Prescription medication fees are based upon the prices stated in client contracts for the prescription and include a dispensing fee. For the periods presented, substantially all of our product revenue has consisted of prescription medication revenue.

          Per member per month, or PMPM, fees.     We also receive a fixed monthly administrative fee for each member in the program contracted for medication risk management services.

          Our revenue from prescription medication sales varies based on the number and mix of medications dispensed; however, based on our historical experience, patient populations at our clients do not generally decline over time, the number of medications per patient have been consistent following an initial onboarding period and the overall mix of medications dispensed is generally predictable. In addition, our dispensing fees vary directly with the volume of prescription medication sales each period. Our PMPM fees vary directly with the number of members serviced by our clients each month. Although revenue is generated from various sources, pricing and other key contractual terms are negotiated on a bundled basis.

64


Table of Contents

Service Revenue

          Our service revenue is generated by the risk adjustment and pharmacy cost management services that we provide to healthcare organizations. Our client contracts for these services include a PMPM fee for selected services, monthly subscription fees, initial set up fees and hourly consulting charges. PMPM fees vary directly with the number of members serviced by our clients each month under our risk adjustment contracts. Additionally, service revenue includes data and statistics fees we receive from medication manufacturers for the sale of medication utilization data we collect through our pharmacy cost management engagements, which is recognized when we receive such amounts due to the unpredictable nature of the payments. As noted above, PMPM fees associated with our medication risk management services are currently included in product revenue.

Cost of Revenue

Product Cost

          Cost of product revenue includes all costs directly related to the medication risk management offering, including costs relating to our pharmacists' collaboration on a patient's medication management, medication risk analysis and offering guidance to the prescriber based upon the assessment of the MRM Matrix and the individual patient's medical history, as well as the fulfillment and distribution of prescription medications. Costs consist primarily of the purchase price of the prescription medications we dispense. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, prescription medication costs represented 76% and 75% of our total product costs, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, prescription medication costs represented 75% and 76%, respectively, of our total product costs. In addition to costs incurred for the prescription medications we dispense, other costs include expenses to package, dispense and distribute prescription medications, expenses associated with our clinical pharmacist support centers and prescription fulfillment centers, including employment costs and stock-based compensation, and expenses related to the hosting of our technology platform. Such costs also include direct overhead expenses, as well as allocated miscellaneous overhead costs. We allocate miscellaneous overhead costs among functions based on employee headcount.

Service Cost

          Cost of service revenue includes all labor costs, including stock-based compensation expense, directly related to the risk adjustment and pharmacy cost management services and expenses for claims processing, technology services and overhead costs.

Research and Development Expenses

          Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for personnel in our research and development functions, which include software developers, project managers and other employees engaged in the development and enhancement of our service offerings. Research and development expenses also include costs for design and development of new software and technology and new service offerings, as well as enhancement of existing software and technology and service offerings, including fees paid to third-party consultants, costs related to quality assurance and testing, and other allocated facility-related overhead and expenses.

          We continue to focus our research and development efforts on adding new features and applications, increasing the functionality and enhancing the ease of use of our existing suite of software solutions.

          We capitalize certain costs incurred in connection with obtaining or developing internal-use software, including external direct costs of material and services and payroll costs for employees directly involved with the software development. Capitalized software costs are amortized beginning when the software project is substantially complete and the asset is ready for its intended use. Costs incurred

65


Table of Contents

during the preliminary project stage and post-implementation stage, as well as maintenance and training costs, are expensed as incurred as part of research and development expenses.

          We expect our research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we increase our research and development headcount to further strengthen and enhance our software solutions and service offerings, but will decrease as a percentage of revenue in the long term as we expect our revenue to increase at a greater rate than such expenses.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

          Sales and marketing expenses consist principally of salaries, commissions, bonuses, stock-based compensation and employee benefits for sales and marketing personnel, as well as travel costs related to sales, marketing and client service activities. Marketing costs also include costs of communication and branding materials, trade shows and public relations, as well as allocated overhead.

          We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we strategically invest to grow our marketing operations and expand into new products and markets, but decrease as a percentage of revenue in the long term. We expect to hire additional sales personnel and related account management and sales support personnel as we continue to grow.

General and Administrative Expenses

          General and administrative expenses consist principally of salaries and related costs for executives, administrative personnel and consultants, including stock-based compensation and travel expenses. Other general and administrative expenses include professional fees for legal, consulting and accounting services. General and administrative expenses are expensed when incurred.

          We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase as we expand our infrastructure and transition to a public company. These increases will likely include increased costs for director and officer liability insurance, costs related to the hiring of additional personnel and increased fees for directors, outside consultants, lawyers and accountants. We also expect to incur significant costs to comply with corporate governance, internal controls and similar requirements applicable to public companies.

Remeasurement of Acquisition-related Contingent Consideration

          We classify our acquisition-related contingent consideration as a liability. Acquisition-related contingent consideration is subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date. Any change in the fair value of such acquisition-related contingent consideration is reflected in our consolidated statements of operations as a change in fair value of the liability. We will continue to adjust the carrying value of the acquisition-related contingent consideration until the contingency is finally determined.

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

          Depreciation and amortization expenses are primarily attributable to our capital investment in equipment and our capitalized software and acquisition-related intangibles.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability

          Warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock are classified as warrant liabilities and recorded at fair value. This warrant liability is subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and we recognize any change in fair value in our consolidated statements of operations as a change in fair value of the warrant liability. Upon the completion of this offering, these warrants will automatically convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. At that time, the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders' equity (deficit).

66


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

          Interest expense is primarily attributable to interest expense associated with our revolving credit facility, term loans, related party notes, capital lease obligations and acquisition-related notes. It also includes the amortization of discounts on debt and amortization of deferred financing costs related to these various debt arrangements.

Accretion (Decretion) of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

          The carrying values of Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are being accreted to their respective redemption values at each reporting period, from the date of issuance to the earliest date the holders can demand redemption. The carrying value of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock is being accreted (decreted) to redemption value at each reporting period at the greater of (i) the original issuance price plus unpaid accrued dividends or (ii) the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock. Upon the completion of this offering, our preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock. At that time, we will discontinue accreting our preferred stock to its redemption value.

67


Table of Contents


Results of Operations

          The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Change   Three Months Ended
March 31,
  Change  
 
  2014   2015   $   %   2015   2016   $   %  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                                 

Product revenue

  $ 46,878   $ 60,060   $ 13,182     28 % $ 12,940   $ 17,785   $ 4,845     37 %

Service revenue

    1,550     9,979     8,429     nm     2,562     2,372     (190 )   (7 )

Total revenue

    48,428     70,039     21,611     45     15,502     20,157     4,655     30  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below:

                                                 

Product cost

    37,073     45,829     8,756     24     10,148     12,982     2,834     28  

Service cost

    739     3,299     2,560     nm     780     951     171     22  

Total cost of revenue

    37,812     49,128     11,316     30     10,928     13,933     3,005     27  

Gross profit

    10,616     20,911     10,295     97     4,574     6,224     1,650     36  

Operating (income) expenses:

                                                 

Research and development

    1,660     2,877     1,217     73     552     889     337     61  

Sales and marketing

    2,272     2,880     608     27     660     770     110     17  

General and administrative

    3,970     7,115     3,145     79     1,546     1,893     347     22  

Change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration (income) expense

    790     (2,059 )   (2,849 )   nm         54     54     nm  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,817     3,933     2,116     116     963     1,004     41     4  

Total operating expenses

    10,509     14,746     4,237     40     3,721     4,610     889     24  

Income from operations

    107     6,165     6,058     nm     853     1,614     761     89  

Other (income) expense:

                                                 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    269     2,786     2,517     nm     (93 )   (134 )   (41 )   44  

Interest expense

    1,354     5,915     4,561     nm     1,460     1,503     43     3  

Total other expense

    1,623     8,701     7,078     nm     1,367     1,369     2     0  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,516 )   (2,536 )   (1,020 )   (67 )   (514 )   245     759     nm  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (409 )   328     737     nm     88     36     (52 )   (59 )

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,107 ) $ (2,864 )   (1,757 )   nm   $ (602 ) $ 209     811     nm  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ (4,991 ) $ (12,830 )   (7,839 )   nm     (696 ) $ 293     989     nm  

nm = not meaningful

68


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

Product Revenue

          Product revenue increased $4.8 million, or 37%, from $12.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $17.8 million for the comparable period in 2016. The increase was primarily driven by organic growth in our core business, medication risk management, which represented approximately $3.8 million of the increase. Of that $3.8 million increase, $1.3 million was attributable to new customers acquired period over period, while the remaining $2.5 million was attributable to increased prescription fulfillment volume from existing customers. Medication mix of prescriptions filled and payor mix contributed to an additional $1.0 million of the overall increase in product revenue.

Service Revenue

          Service revenue decreased $190 thousand, or 7%, from $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, which was primarily the result of a $554 thousand decrease related to our pharmacy cost management services as a result of the loss of certain customers as well as a reduction in manufacturer fees related to the sale of medication utilization data. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of $341 thousand in revenue related to our risk adjustment business. Of this total increase, $216 thousand was related to revenue generated from new risk adjustment clients and $125 thousand was attributable to organic growth with exisiting clients.

          For the three months ended March 31, 2015, revenue generated from our PMPM fees and subscription revenue was $943 thousand and the remaining $1.6 million represented hourly consulting charges, setup fees and data and statistics revenue. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, $1.2 million related to PMPM fees and subscription revenue, and $1.2 million represented hourly consulting charges, setup fees and data and statistics revenue.

Cost of Product Revenue

          Cost of product revenue increased $2.8 million, or 28%, from $10.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $13.0 million for the comparable period in 2016. This increase was largely driven by increased volume of revenue, which contributed $2.4 million to the change. In addition, labor costs increased $513 thousand, which was primarily due to added pharmacy headcount, including additional pharmacists, technicians and support staff, to support our growth, as well as a $191 thousand increase in distribution charges related to increased shipping volume for the medications we fulfilled for our clients' patients. These increases were partially offset by more favorable rebates on wholesale product purchases of prescription medications, which decreased the cost of the prescription medications we purchased by $306 thousand compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Cost of Service Revenue

          Cost of service revenue increased $171 thousand, or 22%, from $780 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $951 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The majority of the increase, $140 thousand, was attributable to an increase in risk adjustment personnel costs primarily due to added headcount to support client growth and increased salaries and benefits for existing employees related to market adjustments and performance-based increases.

Research and Development Expenses

          Research and development expenses increased $337 thousand, or 61%, from $552 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $889 thousand for the comparable period in 2016. The overall increase was due to an increase in payroll and payroll-related costs for additional headcount as well as

69


Table of Contents

increases in salary and benefits for existing employees related to market adjustments and performance-based increases.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

          Sales and marketing expenses increased $110 thousand, or 17%, from $660 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $770 thousand for the comparable period in 2016. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel costs, which increased $98 thousand from the prior year, related to added headcount and increases in salaries and benefits for existing employees related to market adjustments and performance-based increases.

General and Administrative Expenses

          General and administrative expenses increased $347 thousand, or 22%, from $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The increase was partly attributable to a $146 thousand increase in personnel costs, including salaries and benefits, primarily related to an increase in headcount to support the overall growth of our operations. In addition, finance and accounting fees increased by $184 thousand primarily due to higher costs related to preparation for this offering that did not qualify for deferral.

Acquisition-related Contingent Consideration Expense

          During the three months ended March 31, 2015, there was no remeasurement charge or gain recognized on contingent consideration as compared to a $54 thousand charge incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2016 related to the accretion of the contingent consideration associated with our Medliance acquisition.

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

          Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $41 thousand, or 4%, from $963 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $1.0 million for the comparable period in 2016. This increase was primarily due to an increase in amortization of capitalized software related to new software functionality placed into service during the three months ended March 31, 2016.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability

          During the three months ended March 31, 2015, we recognized a $93 thousand gain for the change in fair value of warrant liability as compared to a gain of $134 thousand during the three months ended March 31, 2016. The change in fair value of warrant liability for both of the three month periods ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015 was due to a slight decrease in the fair value of our Series A-1 and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Interest Expense

          Interest expense increased slightly for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily due to the line of credit balance of $12.0 million outstanding as of March 31, 2016 compared to the $6.9 million outstanding at March 31, 2015, resulting in an additional expense of $38 thousand.

Income Taxes

          For the three months ended March 31, 2015, we recorded tax expense of $88 thousand, which resulted in a negative effective tax rate of (17.1%), primarily related to deferred tax expense associated with indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities for goodwill amortization. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, we recognized tax expense of $36 thousand, which resulted in an effective tax rate of

70


Table of Contents

14.7%. We calculated the tax provision based on its estimated annual effective tax rate expected for the full year which included Federal alternative minimum tax and state taxes in addition to a change in the valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets for income generated during the three months ended March 31, 2016.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Product Revenue

          Product revenue increased $13.2 million, or 28%, from $46.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $60.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily driven by organic growth in our core business, medication risk management, which represented $9.0 million of the increase. Of that $9.0 million increase, $3.9 million was attributable to new customers acquired year over year, while the remaining $5.1 million was attributable to increased prescription fulfillment volume from existing customers. Manufacturer price increases, medication mix we fulfilled for our clients' patients and payor mix contributed to an additional $4.2 million of the overall increase in product revenue.

Service Revenue

          Service revenue increased $8.4 million from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, which was primarily the result of a $7.0 million increase related to our pharmacy cost management services associated with Medliance, which we acquired in December 2014. Of this increase, $595 thousand was related to 12 months of revenue from risk adjustment services related to Capstone for the period ended December 31, 2015 as compared to only eight months for the period ended December 31, 2014. Additionally, new risk adjustment customers acquired during 2015 contributed $372 thousand to the increase and growth in service revenue from existing customers contributed $415 thousand.

          For the year ended December 31, 2014, revenue generated from our PMPM fees and subscription revenue was $1.4 million, while the remainder of the service revenue primarily related to hourly consulting charges and setup fees. For the year ended December 31, 2015, $4.2 million related to PMPM fees and subscription revenue and $5.8 million represented hourly consulting charges and data and statistics revenue.

Cost of Product Revenue

          Cost of product revenue increased $8.8 million, or 24%, from $37.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $45.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was largely driven by increased volume of revenue, which contributed $5.8 million to the change, while manufacturer price increases and medication mix we fulfilled for our clients' patients contributed $2.5 million to the overall increase in the cost of product revenue. In addition, labor costs increased $998 thousand, which was primarily due to added pharmacy headcount, including additional pharmacists, technicians and support staff, to support our growth, as well as a $482 thousand increase in distribution charges related to increased shipping volume for the medications we fulfilled for our clients' patients. Of this increase, $179 thousand was attributable to increases in other normal pharmacy operating costs. These increases were offset by more favorable rebates on wholesale product purchases of prescription medications. Specifically, we joined a purchasing group in the first quarter of 2014 and, as a result, were able to gain access to more favorable pricing, which decreased the cost of the prescription medications we purchased by $1.2 million.

Cost of Service Revenue

          Cost of service revenue increased $2.6 million from $739 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Of the $2.6 million increase, $1.9 million was

71


Table of Contents

attributable to pharmacy cost management services related to Medliance, which we acquired in December 2014, and $262 thousand was the result of risk adjustment services related to Capstone for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015 as compared to eight months for the period ended December 31, 2014. The remainder of the increase was attributable to added headcount to support growth of our risk adjustment services.

Research and Development Expenses

          Research and development expenses increased $1.2 million, or 73%, from $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The overall increase was primarily attributable to a $952 thousand increase in payroll and payroll-related costs. Additionally, $285 thousand of the increase was from expenses related to new Medliance product offerings.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

          Sales and marketing expenses increased $608 thousand, or 27%, from $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to a $245 thousand increase in personnel costs, including salaries and benefits, related to market adjustments as well as performance-based increases for our existing employees. The remaining portion of the increase was principally related to increased marketing efforts, in particular marketing events and conferences, which contributed approximately $115 thousand to the overall increase in such expenses. The increase in the period also included $164 thousand in sales and marketing expenses related to the ongoing operations of Capstone and Medliance, each of which we acquired in 2014.

General and Administrative Expenses

          General and administrative expenses increased $3.1 million, or 79%, from $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to a $1.2 million increase in personnel costs, including salaries and benefits, related to an increase in headcount to support the overall growth of our operations. Finance and accounting fees increased by $922 thousand as a result of higher costs related to preparation for this offering that did not qualify for deferral. Additionally, the increase in the period included $834 thousand of general and administrative expenses related to the ongoing operations of Medliance, which we acquired in December 2014.

Acquisition-related Contingent Consideration Expense

          During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized a $790 thousand remeasurement charge, as compared to a $2.1 million remeasurement gain during the year ended December 31, 2015, related to the contingent consideration associated with our acquisitions of SMPP, Capstone and Medliance. The remeasurement gain recorded during the year ended December 31, 2015 was due to a decrease in expected revenue for Medliance due to the loss of certain customers in 2015, which reduced the amount of contingent consideration we expect to pay.

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

          Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $2.1 million, or 116%, from $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was due to an increase in depreciation expense of $138 thousand primarily related to the continued capital investment in pharmacy and other equipment to support our medication adherence and fulfillment technology, an increase in amortization expense of $134 thousand primarily due to capitalized internal-use software placed into service and an increase of $1.8 million due to amortization expense related to acquisition-related intangibles.

72


Table of Contents

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability

          During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized $269 thousand of expense for the change in fair value of warrant liability as compared to expense of $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2015. The change in fair value of warrant liability for the year ended December 31, 2015 was due to the increase in the fair value of our Series A-1 and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Interest Expense

          Interest expense increased $4.6 million from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to interest payable and the amortization of debt discounts recorded in connection with various acquisition debt financing, including the Medliance Notes, in an aggregate amount of $4.6 million, slightly offset by a decrease in interest payments as a result of continued principal payments on notes previously outstanding.

Income Taxes

          During the year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized expense of $328 thousand related to state income taxes and deferred income tax expense. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized a $409 thousand income tax benefit. The income tax benefit was primarily the result of deferred tax liabilities that were recorded in connection with the acquisition of SMPP, which created a source of recoverability of a portion of previously reserved deferred tax assets.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Historically, we have incurred net losses from our operations. We incurred net losses of $1.1 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, a net loss of $602 thousand for three months ended March 31, 2015 and net income of $209 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Our primary liquidity and capital requirements are for research and development, sales and marketing, general and administrative expenses, debt service obligations and strategic business acquisitions. We have funded our operations, working capital needs and investments with cash generated through operations, issuance of preferred stock and borrowings under our credit facilities. At March 31, 2016, we had cash of $2.3 million. Through March 31, 2016, we had received net proceeds of $13.5 million from the issuance of our preferred and common stock, including pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

Summary of Cash Flows

          The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 870   $ 3,256   $ 1,284   $ 4,535  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (14,916 )   (3,277 )   (2,368 )   (2,460 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    12,141     (2,075 )   (765 )   (1,814 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (1,905 ) $ (2,096 ) $ (1,849 ) $ 261  

73


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and consisted primarily of our net loss of $602 thousand, offset by noncash items of $1.6 million and changes in our operating assets and liabilities totaling $274 thousand. The significant factors that contributed to the change in operating assets and liabilities included an increase in accounts payable due to increased purchases and extended payment terms, as well as an increase in other long-term liabilities as a result of accrued interest on the Medliance Notes. The noncash items primarily included depreciation and amortization expenses related to leasehold improvements, capital equipment and capitalized internal-use software development costs of $963 thousand, amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discounts of $495 thousand, stock-based compensation expenses of $151 thousand, the issuance of common stock warrants of $8 thousand, and an expense of $88 thousand related to deferred income taxes.

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and consisted primarily of our net income of $209 thousand, changes in our operating assets and liabilities totaling $3.0 million and noncash items of $1.3 million. The significant factors that contributed to the change in operating assets and liabilities primarily included the increase in accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities for the cash allowance we received from our landlord for leasehold improvements related to our new office location as well as an increase in accrued expenses related to accrued interest on the Medliance Notes. The noncash items primarily included depreciation and amortization expenses related to leasehold improvements, capital equipment and capitalized internal-use software development costs of $1.0 million, amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discounts of $580 thousand, stock-based compensation expenses of $127 thousand, an expense of $54 thousand for the revaluation of acquisition contingent consideration and an expense of $22 thousand for deferred income tax, partially offset by income of $134 thousand as a result of a fair value adjustment for the warrant liability and payments of $316 thousand for imputed interest on debt.

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $870 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2014 and consisted primarily of our net loss of $1.1 million and changes in our operating assets and liabilities totaling $1.0 million, offset by noncash items of $3.0 million. The significant factors that contributed to the change in operating assets and liabilities included increases in accounts receivable, inventories and rebates receivable, which were directly related to the increase in product sales, partially offset by increases in accounts payable of $1.4 million and accrued expenses and other liabilities of $604 thousand, each of which was primarily due to the timing of our vendor payments and the purchase of prescription medications to build inventory to support our increase in sales. The noncash items primarily included depreciation and amortization expenses related to leasehold improvements, capital equipment and capitalized internal-use software development costs of $1.8 million, amortization of deferred financing fees of $259 thousand, stock-based compensation expenses of $254 thousand and an expense of $790 thousand for the revaluation of acquisition contingent consideration partially offset by deferred income tax benefit of $422 thousand. The income tax benefit was primarily the result of deferred tax liabilities that were recorded in connection with the acquisition of SMPP, which created a source of recoverability of a portion of previously reserved deferred tax assets.

          Net cash provided by operating activities was $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and consisted primarily of our net loss of $2.9 million and decreases in cash from changes in our operating assets and liabilities totaling $1.4 million, which were more than offset by non-cash charges of $7.6 million, which were primarily attributable to depreciation and amortization expenses related to leasehold improvements, capital equipment and capitalized internal-use software development costs of $3.9 million, amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discount of $2.1 million, stock-based compensation expense of $565 thousand, the non-cash expense related to the revaluation of the warrant liability of $2.8 million partially offset by a gain of $2.1 million for the revaluation of acquisition-related contingent consideration. The significant factors that contributed to the decrease in cash from changes in operating assets and liabilities included increases in accounts receivable, inventories and prepaid

74


Table of Contents

expenses and other assets due to the increase in our product sales and the timing of payments associated with rent and 2016 conferences, partially offset by increases in accounts payable of $440 thousand primarily due to the timing of our vendor payments and the purchase of prescription medications to build inventory that supports our increase in sales, and accrued expenses and other liabilities of $1.1 million due to the increase in accrued interest on acquisition-related notes payable, offset by a $610 thousand decrease primarily attributable to contingent considerations payments made in connection with the acquisition of Capstone in excess of the estimated amount accrued as of the acquisition date.

Investing Activities

          Net cash used in investing activities was $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 reflects $2.4 million paid in connection with the acquisition of Medliance, along with $40 thousand in purchases of property and equipment and $225 thousand in software development costs, offset by a decrease of $300 thousand in restricted cash from the release of funds related to a contingent purchase price payment for the SMPP acquisition. Investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2016 reflects $2.4 million in purchases of property, equipment and leasehold improvements as part of our preparation to move corporate headquarters to the new office location and $248 thousand in software development costs, offset by a decrease of $200 thousand in restricted cash from the release of funds for the final acquisition consideration payment related to the SMPP acquisition.

          Net cash used in investing activities was $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 reflects $13.4 million paid in connection with the acquisitions of SMPP, Capstone and Medliance, net of cash acquired, along with $230 thousand in purchases of property and equipment, a $500 thousand increase in restricted cash due to funds placed in escrow for the SMPP acquisition and $738 thousand in software development costs. Investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 reflects $2.4 million paid in connection with the acquisition of Medliance, along with $234 thousand in purchases of property and equipment and $940 thousand in software development costs, offset by a decrease of $300 thousand in restricted cash from the release of funds related to a contingent purchase price payment for the SMPP acquisition that was paid.

Financing Activities

          Net cash used in financing activities was $765 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. Financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily reflect $15 thousand in deferred financing costs, $238 thousand in payments of contingent purchase price consideration related to our SMPP acquisition, $27 thousand in deferred costs associated with this offering, $50 thousand in related party note repayments and $435 thousand in payments of long-term debt. Financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are primarily attributable to borrowings of $2.0 million under the 2015 Line of Credit offset by $401 thousand in deferred costs associated with this offering, $2.1 million in payments of deferred and contingent purchase price consideration related to our SMPP and Medliance acquisitions and $1.3 million in payments of long-term debt.

          Net cash provided by financing activities was $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to net cash used in financing activities of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily reflect net borrowings under our various financing arrangements of $13.2 million offset by $212 thousand in deferred financing costs and $927 thousand in payments of deferred and contingent purchase price consideration related to our SMPP acquisition. Financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 were primarily attributable to net borrowings of $625 thousand under our various financing arrangements offset by $69 thousand in deferred financing costs, $2.2 million in payments of deferred and contingent purchase price consideration related to our SMPP and Capstone acquisitions and $481 thousand in payments of deferred costs associated with this offering.

75


Table of Contents

Funding Requirements

          Historically, we have incurred net losses since our inception, although for the three months ended March 31, 2016 we generated net income.

          We had an accumulated deficit of $31.6 million as of December 31, 2015. Following this offering, we will be a publicly traded company and will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we were not required to incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules adopted by the SEC and NASDAQ Stock Market, require public companies to implement specified corporate governance practices that are currently inapplicable to us as a private company. We expect these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We estimate that we will incur approximately $1.0 million to $2.0 million in incremental costs per year as a result of being a publicly traded company, although it is possible that our actual incremental costs will be higher than we currently estimate. Additionally, as disclosed in note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements, we were required to pay $16.4 million pursuant to the terms of the Medliance Notes. We have paid the Medliance Notes in full as of July 1, 2016 and they are no longer outstanding.

          We believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our cash of $2.3 million as of March 31, 2016, borrowing capacity under our 2015 Line of Credit, our ABC Credit Facility and cash flows from continuing operations, will be sufficient to fund our planned operations through at least December 31, 2018. Our ability to maintain successful operations will depend on, among other things, new business, the retention of clients and the effectiveness of sales and marketing initiatives.

          We may seek additional funding through public or private debt or equity financings. We may not be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all. The terms of any financing may adversely affect our stockholders. If we are unable to obtain funding, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs, product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect our business prospects. There is no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to us to fund continuing operations, if at all.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

          The following summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:

 
  Payments due by period(1)  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Revolver(2)

  $ 10,000   $   $ 10,000   $   $  

Long-term debt(3)

    16,409     6,978     9,431          

Related party notes(4)

    250     250              

Contingent consideration payments(5)

    5,554     1,895     3,659          

Non-contingent consideration payments(6)

    17,889     17,889              

Capital leases(7)

    1,073     538     535          

Operating leases(8)

    18,125     735     2,872     3,106     11,412  

Total

  $ 69,300   $ 28,285   $ 26,497   $ 3,106   $ 11,412  

(1)
Table does not reflect our obligations pursuant to the ABC Credit Facility, which was entered into in July 2016. Pursuant to the terms of the ABC Credit Facility, we will make monthly interest payments beginning on August 1, 2016. The maturity date of the ABC Credit Facility is December 30, 2021. The principal amount outstanding under the ABC Credit Facility as of July 1,

76


Table of Contents

    2016 was $30.0 million, which is not included in the table above, and our aggregate cash obligation to pay such amount is due in more than five years.

(2)
Revolver represents the principal balance outstanding as of December 31, 2015 under the 2015 Line of Credit which was amended on July 1, 2016 to, among other things, increase the aggregate amount that may be borrowed up to $25.0 million. As disclosed in note 9 of our audited consolidated financial statements, we were required to pay $16.4 million on June 30, 2016, related to the Medliance Notes, which could have adversely impacted our ability to maintain compliance with the liquidity covenant set forth in the loan agreement for the 2015 Line of Credit. Due to this uncertainty, as of December 31, 2015, we have classified the amount outstanding on the 2015 Revolving Line as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015. As of June 30, 2016, we had $14.5 million of debt outstanding under the 2015 Line of Credit. However, we have repaid the Medliance Notes in full as of July 1, 2016 and they are no longer outstanding.

(3)
Long-term debt represents contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2015 under our senior secured term loans, including both principal and interest. As disclosed in note 9 of our audited consolidated financial statements, we were required to pay $16.4 million pursuant to the terms of the Medliance Notes, which was satisfied on July 1, 2016. Because such payment was uncertain at that time, the balance of the April 2014 Eastward Loan and the December 2014 Eastward Loan are included in the current portion of long term debt on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. However, we have paid the Medliance Notes and each Eastward Loan in full as of July 1, 2016, and they are no longer outstanding.

(4)
Related party notes represents the principal balances outstanding as of December 31, 2015 on outstanding indebtedness due to related parties.

(5)
Contingent consideration represents the estimated future cash payments as of December 31, 2015 related to our acquisition of Medliance in 2014. In accordance with the Medliance purchase agreement, the maximum contingent payments which could be payable is $5,684.

(6)
Non-contingent consideration includes outstanding obligations associated with acquisition-related notes, including the Medliance Notes, and deferred payments, including accrued interest. We have repaid the Medliance Notes in full as of July 1, 2016 and they are no longer outstanding.

(7)
Capital lease obligations represent future lease payments for equipment including interest.

(8)
The operating lease obligations represent future lease payments for office space.

          We purchase a large portion of our prescription drug inventory from AmerisourceBergen. Effective March 2016, we entered into an agreement with AmerisourceBergen, which was subsequently amended and restated effective May 1, 2016, that required a minimum of approximately $1.75 million in purchase obligations each month. The table above does not reflect this obligation because we entered into the agreement after December 31, 2015.

          Except for the AmerisourceBergen obligation and the refinancing and contemporaneous repayments set forth in the notes above, our contractual obligations as of July 1, 2016 have not materially changed from December 31, 2015.

Revolving Credit Facility

          In December 2013, we entered into a Revolving Credit Facility, or the 2013 Credit Facility, with Silicon Valley Bank pursuant to which we had the ability to request up to $7.0 million in revolving advances. The proceeds of the 2013 Facility were used to repay existing indebtedness, fund a portion of the acquisition of SMPP and fund our general business requirements. As of April 2015, we had $6.9 million of debt outstanding under the 2013 Facility.

77


Table of Contents

          In April 2015, we entered into the 2015 Line of Credit with Western Alliance, which was amended in July 2016, pursuant to which we can request up to $25.0 million in revolving advances. In April 2015, we borrowed $10.0 million under the 2015 Line of Credit of which $6.9 million was used to repay all outstanding amounts owed under the 2013 Credit Facility and $2.6 million was used to fund the final deferred payments associated with the acquisition of Capstone. During the six months ending June 30, 2016, we had additional borrowings of $4.5 million under the 2015 Line of Credit of which $2.0 million were used to make the first contingent payment associated with the acquisition of Medliance and the final consideration payment related to the acquisition of SMPP and $1.5 million was drawn down in conjunction with the refinancing of our Medliance Notes and several of our term loans as discussed below. Amounts outstanding under the 2015 Line of Credit bear interest at a variable rate based upon Western Alliance's prime rate plus 1.0%, with Western Alliance's prime rate having a floor of 3.5%. Interest is payable monthly. The 2015 Line of Credit has a maturity date of July 1, 2018, and is secured by all of our personal property, whether presently existing or created or acquired in the future, as well as our intellectual property. As of June 30, 2016, we had $14.5 million of debt outstanding under the 2015 Line of Credit.

          The 2015 Line of Credit contains financial covenants, including covenants requiring us to maintain a minimum unrestricted cash and unused availability balance under the 2015 Line of Credit, a minimum monthly recurring revenue retention rate, measured quarterly, and a minimum EBITDA, measured quarterly. The 2015 Line of Credit also contains operating covenants, including covenants restricting our ability to effect a sale of any part of our business, merge with or acquire another company, incur additional indebtedness, encumber or assign any right to or interest in our property, pay dividends or other distributions, make certain investments, transact with affiliates outside of the ordinary course of business and incur annual capital expenditures in excess of $2.5 million. The 2015 Line of Credit contains customary events of default, including upon the occurrence of a payment default, a covenant default, a material adverse change, our insolvency and judgments against us in excess of $250 thousand that remain unsatisfied for 30 days or longer. The 2015 Line of Credit provides for a ten day cure period for a covenant breach, which may be extended to up to 30 days in certain circumstances. As of March 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all of the financial covenants related to the 2015 Line of Credit.

Term Loan Facility

          In July 2016, we entered into the ABC Credit Facility with ABC Funding, an affiliate of Summit Partners, L.P., pursuant to which we can request up to an aggregate amount of $50 million in term loan advances. The proceeds of the initial term loan advance of $30 million under ABC Credit Facility were used to repay all outstanding amounts under the Medliance Notes, repay the December 2014 Eastward Loan and the April 2014 Eastward Loan. Any future term loan advances under the ABC Credit Facility will be used to buy back outstanding warrants and fund future acquisitions, if any. Amounts outstanding under the ABC Credit Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 12.0%, payable monthly in arrears. The ABC Credit Facility has a maturity date of December 30, 2021, and is secured by a subordinated security interest in all of our personal property, whether presently existing or created or acquired in the future, as well as our intellectual property.

          The ABC Credit Facility contains the financial covenants contained in the 2015 Line of Credit, as well as covenants requiring us to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio, a maximum first lien leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, in each case measured quarterly. The ABC Credit Facility also contains operating covenants, including covenants restricting our ability to incur additional indebtedness, effect an asset sale, pay dividends or other distributions, incur annual capital expenditures in excess of $2.5 million, transact with affiliates outside of the ordinary course of business, and change our business, operations or management. The ABC Credit Facility contains customary events of default, including upon a payment default, a covenant default, invalidity of security interests, a default in the payment of other indebtedness, our insolvency, a change of control event, a material

78


Table of Contents

adverse change, and judgments against us in excess of $250 thousand that remain unsatisfied for 30 days or longer. The ABC Credit Facility provides for ten and fifteen day cure periods for certain covenant breaches, which time period depends upon the applicable covenant. As of July 1, 2016, we were in compliance with all of the financial covenants related to the ABC Credit Facility.

Cumulative Preferred Stock Dividends

          As of December 31, 2015, accrued dividends in the amount of $1.1 million, $547 thousand and $712 thousand were payable on our Series A preferred stock, Series A-1 preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, respectively, if declared by our board of directors or upon the occurrence of certain other events, including a liquidation event, as set forth in our certificate of incorporation. All accumulated dividends are forfeited upon conversion of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          During the periods presented, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined by applicable SEC rules and regulations.


Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

          We base this management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations on our consolidated financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to: (i) the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for business combinations, (ii) the valuation of our common stock and preferred stock, (iii) the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities, (iv) the useful lives of long-lived assets (including definite-lived intangible assets), (v) the evaluation of revenue recognition criteria, (vi) assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of equity and liability classified warrants and stock-based compensation instruments and (vii) the realizability of long-lived assets including goodwill and intangible assets. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. You should consider your evaluation of our financial condition and results of operations with these policies, judgments and estimates in mind.

          While we describe our significant accounting policies in the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies are the most critical to the judgments and estimates we use in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

          We recognize revenue from product sales or services rendered when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) services have been rendered, (iii) the price to our client is fixed or determinable and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

          When we enter into arrangements with multiple deliverables, we apply the accounting guidance for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables and evaluate each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (i) whether the delivered item has value to the client on a standalone basis, and (ii) if the contract includes a general right of return

79


Table of Contents

relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in our control. Revenue is allocated to each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on estimated selling prices, or ESP, as vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence is not available. We establish ESP for the elements of our arrangements based upon our pricing practices and class of client. The stated prices for the various deliverables of our contracts are consistent across classes of clients.

Product Revenue

          We enter into multiple-element arrangements with healthcare organizations to provide software-enabled medication risk management solutions. Under these contracts, revenue is generated through the following components:

    Prescription drug revenue

    We sell prescription medications directly to healthcare organizations through our prescription fulfillment pharmacies. Prescription medication fees are based upon the prices stated in client contracts for the prescription and include a dispensing fee. Prescription medications are considered a separate unit of accounting. Prescription medication revenue, including dispensing fees, is recognized when the product is shipped to the client. For the periods presented, substantially all of our product revenue has been in the form of prescription medication revenue.

    Per member per month fees — medication risk management services

    We receive a fixed monthly administrative fee for each member in the program contracted for medication risk management services. This fee, which is included in product revenue in our income statement, is recognized on a monthly basis as medication risk management services are provided. The services associated with the per member per month fees are considered a separate unit of accounting.

Service Revenue

          We enter into contracts with healthcare organizations to provide (i) risk adjustment services and (ii) pharmacy cost management services, which include training client staff and providers about documentation and diagnosis coding, analyzing clients' data collection and submission processes and delivering meaningful analytics for understanding reimbursement complexities.

          Under the risk adjustment contracts, there are three revenue generating components:

    Set up fees

    Our contracts with our risk adjustment service clients often require clients to pay non-refundable set up fees, which are deferred and recognized over the estimated term of the contract. These fees are charged at the beginning of the client relationship as compensation for our efforts to prepare the client and configure its system for the data collection process. The set up activities do not represent a separate unit of accounting as they do not have value apart from the broader risk adjustment service contracts.

    Per member per month fees — risk adjustment services

    We receive a fixed monthly fee for each member in the program contracted for risk adjustment services. These services represent a separate unit of accounting and are offered independently from any other services. Revenue for these services is recognized each month as the related risk adjustment services are performed.

80


Table of Contents

    Hourly consulting fees

    We contract with clients to perform various risk adjustment services. Such services are billed on a time and materials basis, at agreed hourly rates. Consulting services represent a separate unit of accounting and are offered independently from any other services. Revenue for these services is recognized as time is incurred on the project.

          Our pharmacy cost management services include subscription revenue from clients and revenues from drug manufacturers for the sale of drug utilization data. Subscription revenue is recognized monthly as either a flat fee or as a percentage of monthly transactions incurred. Data and statistics fees from drug manufacturers are recognized as revenue when received due to the unpredictable nature of the payments and because fees are not fixed and determinable until received.

Business Combinations and Contingent Consideration

          Acquired businesses are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, which requires that the purchase price be allocated to the net assets acquired at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Amounts allocated to contingent consideration are recorded to the balance sheet at the date of acquisition based on their relative fair values. The purchase price allocation requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date, with respect to intangible assets. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made are reasonable, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain.

          We account for contingent consideration in accordance with applicable guidance provided within the business combination accounting rules. As part of our consideration for the SMPP, Capstone and Medliance acquisitions, we are contractually obligated to pay certain consideration resulting from the outcome of future events. Therefore, we are required to update our underlying assumptions each reporting period, based on new developments, and record such contingent consideration liabilities at fair value until the contingency is resolved. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration liabilities are recognized each reporting period and included in our consolidated statements of operations.

          Examples of critical estimates used in valuing certain of the intangible assets and contingent consideration include:

    future expected cash flows from sales, and acquired developed technologies;

    the acquired company's trade name and customer relationships as well as assumptions about the period of time the acquired trade name and customer relationships will continue to be used in the combined company's portfolio;

    the probability of meeting the future events; and

    discount rates used to determine the present value of estimated future cash flows.

          These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable, and if different estimates were used the purchase price for the acquisition could be allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities differently from the allocation that we have made. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances may occur, which may affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates, and if such events occur we may be required to record a charge against the value ascribed to an acquired asset or an increase in the amounts recorded for assumed liabilities.

81


Table of Contents

Warrant Liability

          We classified our warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock as a warrant liability, which we record at fair value. We estimate the warrant fair values using the option pricing method as discussed in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the AICPA Practice Guide. The option pricing method treats securities as options based on the enterprise's value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences set forth in the terms of the underlying stock, option or warrant agreements. Preferred stock, common stock, options and warrants are treated as call options that give the holder the right to buy the underlying net assets at a predetermined or "strike" price at a liquidity event. The option pricing method considers the various terms of the stockholder agreements and implicitly considers the effect of the liquidation preference as of the appropriate date in the future and uses the Black-Scholes model to price the call option.

          The significant inputs, which we estimate as part of this method, include the expected term of the warrants, expected volatility and the estimated fair value of the underlying share of preferred stock. Because we do not have sufficient history to estimate the expected volatility of our stock price, expected volatility is based on the average volatility of peer public entities that are similar in size and industry. We estimate the expected term of the warrants based on the timing of anticipated future liquidity events. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve equal to the expected term of the warrant as of the measurement date. These warrant liabilities are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date, and we recognize any change in fair value in our statements of operations as a change in fair value of the derivative liability.

Goodwill

          Goodwill consists of the excess purchase price over fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but tested for impairment annually. GAAP provides an entity an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount prior to performing the two-step goodwill impairment test. If this is the case, the two-step goodwill impairment test is required. If it is more-likely than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. If the two-step goodwill impairment test is required, first, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying amount (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the entity must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting units' goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill.

          Factors we generally consider important in our qualitative assessment that could trigger a step-two impairment test include significant underperformance relative to expected operating trends, significant changes in the way assets are used, underutilization of our tangible assets, discontinuance of certain products by us or by our clients, changes in the competitive environment and significant negative industry or economic trends.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Including Other Intangible Assets

          Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment, software development costs and definite-lived intangible assets. Long-lived assets to be held and used are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Factors that we consider in deciding when to perform an impairment review include significant underperformance of the business in relation to expectations, significant negative industry or

82


Table of Contents

economic trends and significant changes or planned changes in the use of the assets. If an impairment review is performed to evaluate a long-lived asset for recoverability, we compare forecasts of undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the long-lived asset to its carrying value. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset are less than its carrying amount. The impairment loss would be based on the excess of the carrying value of the impaired asset over its fair value, determined based on discounted cash flows.

          Although we believe the carrying values of our long-lived assets are currently realizable, future events could cause us to conclude otherwise.

Stock-Based Compensation

          We recognize compensation expense related to the fair value of stock-based awards in our consolidated statements of operations. For stock options we issued to employees and members of our board of directors for their services on our board of directors, we estimate the grant-date fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions with respect to the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the common stock consistent with the expected life of the option, risk-free interest rates and the value of the common stock. For awards subject to time-based vesting, we recognize stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of the award. We record stock-based awards issued to non-employees and non-directors at their fair values, and periodically revalue them as the equity instruments vest and are recognized as expense over the related service period of the award.

          We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates utilized for our stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to the estimates of our expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Fair Value of Common and Preferred Stock

          We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing fair value calculations. We are also required to estimate the fair value of our preferred stock as it relates to determining the fair value of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and our warrant liability. We engaged an independent third-party valuation firm to assist our board of directors in estimating the fair value of the common and preferred stock on a retrospective basis. We have granted all options to purchase shares of our common stock with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information we knew on the date of grant.

          In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date, we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock in order to determine an exercise price for the option grants based in part on input from the independent third-party valuation firm. We determined the fair value of our common and preferred stock using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the AICPA Practice Guide. In addition, our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from management and the independent third-party valuation firm, to estimate the fair value of our common stock, including external market conditions affecting the healthcare market, trends within the healthcare market, the prices at which we sold shares of our different series of preferred stock, the superior rights and preferences of each series of preferred stock relative to our common stock at the time of each grant, our results of operations and financial position, our business strategy, the lack of an active public market for our common and our preferred stock and

83


Table of Contents

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event such as an initial public offering or sale in light of prevailing market conditions.

          The per share estimated fair value of common stock in the table below represents the determination by our board of directors of the fair value of our common stock as of the date of grant, taking into consideration the various objective and subjective factors described above, including the conclusions, if applicable, of contemporaneous valuations of our common stock as discussed below. The following table presents the grant dates and related exercise prices of stock options granted to employees and non-employees from January 1, 2014 through the date of this prospectus:

Month of Issuance
  Number of
Shares
Underlying
Option Grants
  Exercise
Price Per
Option
  Per Share
Estimated
Fair Value of
Common
Stock
   
 

January 2014

    257,938   $ 3.00   $ 1.85        

January 2014

    162,182     3.30     1.85        

February 2014

    4,000     3.00     1.85        

March 2014

    8,500     3.00     1.85        

April 2014

    26,900     3.00     1.84        

May 2014

    750     3.00     1.84        

June 2014

    5,500     3.00     1.84        

July 2014

    17,977     3.00     1.84        

August 2014

    4,500     3.00     1.84        

September 2014

    4,750     3.00     1.84        

October 2014

    5,500     3.00     1.84        

November 2014

    6,000     3.00     1.84        

January 2015

    372,900     3.00     3.00        

January 2015

    140,000     3.30     3.00        

February 2015

    65,432     3.00     3.00        

February 2015

    6,835     3.30     3.00        

March 2015

    6,500     3.00     3.00        

April 2015

    13,250     3.00     3.00        

June 2015

    61,650     3.00     3.27        

July 2015

    2,000     IPO price     IPO price        

August 2015

    9,500     IPO price     IPO price        

September 2015

    14,000     IPO price     IPO price        

October 2015

    2,000     IPO price     IPO price        

November 2015

    11,500     IPO price     IPO price        

December 2015

    3,000     IPO price     IPO price        

January 2016

    3,500     IPO price     IPO price        

February 2016

    5,750     IPO price     IPO price        

June 2016

    3,000     IPO price     IPO price        

          In determining the fair value of our common stock for purposes of granting stock options and in determining the fair value of our preferred stock for purposes of valuing our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrant liability, our board of directors considered the most recent valuations of our common and preferred stock, which an independent third party prepared as of June 28, 2013, January 7, 2014, June 30, 2014, January 1, 2015, September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2015. The board of directors based its determination in part on the analyses summarized below in determining the exercise price of options to be issued after those dates.

          In valuing our common and preferred stock, the board of directors determined the equity value of our business by taking a combination of the income and market approaches.

84


Table of Contents

          The income approach estimates the fair value of a company based on the present value of the company's future estimated cash flows and the residual value of the company beyond the forecast period. These future values are discounted to their present values using a discount rate which is derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly-traded companies in the same industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in the company achieving these estimated cash flows.

          For the market approach, we utilized the guideline company method by analyzing a population of comparable companies and selected those technology companies that we considered to be the most comparable to us in terms of product offerings, revenue, margins and growth. Under the market approach, we then used these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios, which are then applied to our corresponding financial metrics to estimate our equity value.

          Prior to 2015, the enterprise values determined by the income and market approaches were then allocated to the common stock using the Option Pricing Method, or OPM.

          The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on a company's enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of an assumed liquidity event such as a merger, sale or IPO. The common stock is modeled as a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the price of the call option. The OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

          Beginning in 2015, we used the probability-weighted expected return method to determine the value of our common stock. Under the probability-weighted expected return method, the value of an enterprise's common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values assuming various possible future liquidity events, such as an initial public offering, a strategic sale or merger and remaining a private enterprise without a liquidity event. The fair market value of the stock is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows as a result of distributions to stockholders considering each of the possible future events, as well as the rights and preferences of each class of stock.

          Once our common stock commences publicly trading following the completion of this offering it will not be necessary to use estimates to determine the fair value of new stock-based awards. Additionally, we will no longer need to estimate the fair value of our preferred stock as it converts to common stock.

          The aggregate intrinsic value of vested and unvested stock options as of March 31, 2016, based on an assumed public offering price per share of $             , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, was $             and $             , respectively.


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

          We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risks are principally limited to interest rate fluctuations.

          We had cash of $2.0 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal and liquidity while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we do not believe an immediate one percentage point increase in interest rates would have a material effect on the

85


Table of Contents

fair market value of our portfolio, and accordingly we do not expect a sudden change in market interest rates to affect materially our operating results or cash flows.

          We had $12.0 million outstanding under our 2015 Line of Credit as of March 31, 2016 and $14.5 million outstanding as of June 30, 2016. We entered into the 2015 Line of Credit to refinance outstanding indebtedness and to fund acquisition-related activities. Interest on the loan is based on the lender's prime rate plus 1.0%, with the lender's prime rate having a floor of 3.5%, which exposes us to market risk due to changes in interest rates. This means that a change in the prevailing interest rates may cause our periodic interest payment obligations to fluctuate. We believe that a one percentage point increase in interest rates would result in an approximate $30 thousand increase to our interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2016.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , or ASU 2014-09. ASU 2014-09 represents a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to clients in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 sets forth a new five-step revenue recognition model which replaces the prior revenue recognition guidance in its entirety and is intended to eliminate numerous industry-specific pieces of revenue recognition guidance that have historically existed. For public companies, ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is not permitted. Accordingly, we will adopt ASU 2014-09 on January 1, 2018. Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt ASU 2014-09. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09 on our consolidated financial statements and have not yet selected a transition method.

          In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 will explicitly require management to assess a company's ability to continue as a going concern, and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. The new standard will be effective in the first annual period ending after December 15, 2016. Early application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

          In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory , or ASU 2015-11, which simplifies the subsequent measurement of inventories by replacing the current lower of cost or market test with a lower of cost and net realizable value test. ASU 2015-11 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2015-11 on our consolidated financial statements.

          In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) , or ASU 2016-02. ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-use, or ROU, model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements.

          In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting , or ASU 2016-09, which simplifies certain

86


Table of Contents

aspects related to how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements. ASU 2016-09 will require excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies to be recorded as an income tax benefit or expense in the statement of operations when the awards vest or are settled. ASU 2016-09 will also allow an employer to repurchase more of an employee's shares than it can today for tax withholding purposes without triggering liability accounting and to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted in any annual or interim period for which financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuance, but all guidance must be adopted in the same period. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-09 on our consolidated financial statements.


JOBS Act

          In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other companies.

          We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, as an "emerging growth company," we intend to rely on certain of these exemptions, including without limitation, (i) providing an auditor's attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and (ii) complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

87


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

          We are a leader in providing patient-specific, data-driven technology and solutions that enable healthcare organizations to optimize medication regimens to improve patient outcomes, reduce hospitalizations, lower healthcare costs and manage risk. We deliver our solutions through a comprehensive suite of technology-enabled products and services for medication risk management, which includes bundled prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services for client populations with complex prescription needs. We also provide risk adjustment services, which help our clients to properly characterize a patient's acuity, or severity of health condition, and optimize the associated payments for care. With 4.4 billion prescriptions filled in the United States in 2015, medication treatment is the most common medical intervention, and its imprecise use represents the fourth leading cause of death and contributes to an estimated 45 to 50 million adverse drug events, or ADEs, annually with 2.5 to 4.0 million of those ADEs considered serious, disabling or fatal. The incidence of ADEs is highly correlated to the number of medications an individual is taking and non-adherence to prescribed regimens, and thus is particularly relevant to populations with complex healthcare needs. Our technology-driven approach to medication risk management represents an evolution from prevailing non-personalized approaches that primarily rely on single drug-to-drug interaction analysis. We currently serve approximately 122 healthcare organizations that focus on populations with complex healthcare needs and extensive medication requirements.

          Our suite of cloud-based software solutions provides prescribers, pharmacists and healthcare organizations with sophisticated and innovative tools to better manage the medication-related needs of patients. We believe we offer the first prospective clinical approach to medication risk management, which is designed to increase patient safety and promote adherence to a patient's personalized medication regimen. Furthermore, our medication risk management technology helps healthcare organizations lower costs by reducing ADEs, enhancing quality of care and avoiding preventable hospital admissions. Our products and services are built around our novel and proprietary Medication Risk Mitigation Matrix, or MRM Matrix, which enables optimization of a patient's medication regimen, involving personalizing medication selection, dosage levels, time-of-day administration and reducing the total medication burden by eliminating unnecessary prescriptions. The MRM Matrix analyzes a combination of clinical and pharmacology data, population-based algorithms and extensive patient-specific data, including medical history, lab results, medication lists and individual medication-related genomic information, to deliver "precision medicine." We provide software-enabled solutions that can be bundled with prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services, which are informed by a patient's personalized MRM Matrix to increase adherence to a patient's optimized regimen, through our three prescription fulfillment pharmacies serving clients across the United States. Our team of clinical pharmacists is available to support prescribers at the point of care through our proprietary technology platform, including real-time secure messaging, with more than 130,000 messages exchanged in June 2016. Recently, we began offering software solutions on a standalone software-as-a-service basis, although to date, all of our medication risk management clients have contracted for a bundled offering of our software-enabled solutions, prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services. While prescription medication revenue has comprised substantially all of our revenue to date, we do not offer prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services on a standalone basis.

          Total spending in the United States on prescription medicines was $425 billion in 2015, according to a report issued by the IMS Institute for Healthcare Informatics. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in any given month, 48% of Americans take a prescription medication, and 11% take five or more prescription medications. According to the Alliance for Human Research Protection, ADEs result in more than 100,000 deaths annually in the United States, and a study by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, notes that ADEs cause approximately 125,000 hospitalizations, one million emergency room visits, two million affected hospital stays and 3.5 million

88


Table of Contents

physician office visits every year. These statistics indicate that medication treatment is complex, and current tools available to healthcare organizations have been largely unsuccessful in mitigating ADEs.

          To enhance healthcare outcomes and better control costs, employers, health insurers and government agencies are restructuring health coverage and care models to make healthcare providers more accountable for healthcare utilization and quality of care. As the U.S. healthcare market continues to evolve from a fee-for-service to a value-based model of care, healthcare organizations require new and emerging technologies to optimize treatment and manage risk on a patient-specific, customized basis. Our solutions are targeted currently to "at-risk" healthcare organizations that are clinically and financially responsible for the populations they serve, receiving a fixed payment for the care provided to each patient for an entire episode of care or enrollment period. According to the Congressional Budget Office, or CBO, there were approximately 136 million people in the United States covered under government-sponsored programs in 2015, and this number is expected to reach 162 million by 2020. Government-sponsored programs are leading the shift to value-based healthcare. Our solutions support our clients in achieving the Institute for Healthcare Improvement, or IHI, "Triple Aim" of improving a patient's experience, while managing the health of a client's population and controlling costs.

          We are led by highly experienced and entrepreneurial executive officers with more than 70 years of cumulative experience in the healthcare industry. Our co-founder, Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton, founded excelleRx, Inc., and along with Dr. Orsula Knowlton and other members of our management team, built it into the largest national hospice medication management pharmacy in the United States servicing approximately 400 hospice agencies with approximately 48,000 patients in 46 states, at the time it was sold to Omnicare, Inc. in 2005.

          Since our first year of active operations in 2011, our revenue has grown to $70.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, and $20.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 with a net loss of $2.9 million and net income of $209 thousand, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $8.6 million and $2.8 million, respectively for those periods. See "Selected Consolidated Financial Data — Adjusted EBITDA" for our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net losses. We had an annual revenue retention rate of 99% and client retention rate of 96% in 2015. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Business Metrics" for our definitions of revenue retention rate and client retention rate.


Market Opportunity

          The pervasive use of medications, including the prevalent use of multiple medications for each patient, causes increased treatment complexity that healthcare organizations have been unable to effectively manage. This results in imprecise medication usage, which is a leading cause of ADEs that harm patients and increase healthcare costs. Accordingly, while a majority of ADEs are preventable, the prevailing tools that attempt to address these avoidable harms and costs have been largely ineffective. The shift to value-based healthcare and pressures to control healthcare costs have increasingly placed healthcare organizations at financial risk related to imprecise medication usage. As a result, healthcare organizations are now strongly incentivized to adopt new, data-driven and personalized technologies and solutions that address the substantial unmet need for comprehensive medication risk management.

Pervasive Use of Medication is Driving Increased Complexity in Healthcare

          Medication treatment is the most common medical intervention. In any given month, 48% of Americans take a prescription medication and 11% take five or more prescription medications. According to HHS, among adults 65 years of age or older in the United States, 57% to 59% reported taking five to nine medications in 2006, and 17% to 19% reported taking ten or more medications over the course of that year. According to a 2013 study published in the Annals of Pharmacotherapy, the risk of an ADE in persons taking five to nine medications is 50%, 81% with ten to fourteen medications, 92% with fifteen to nineteen medications and 100% with twenty or more medications. The number of prescription medications individuals are using in the United States is increasing as the number of medication

89


Table of Contents

therapies rises, the population ages and chronic diseases become more prevalent. According to the CDC, the percentage of individuals aged 65 years or older taking three or more prescriptions increased from 51.8%, in the period from 1999 and 2002, to 64.8%, in the period from 2009 to 2012.

          According to the National Institute of Mental Health, in 2014 there were 13.6 million people in the United States with a chronic severe mental illness like schizophrenia, major depression or bipolar disorder. Prescription medications were the most significant medical expense for mental health treatment in 2014, estimated to be 30% of total healthcare expenditures by payors, more than total hospital costs, physician expenses and insurance administration, according to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, or SAMHSA. We believe the pervasive and rising use of prescription and non-prescription drugs is increasing the complexity of medication management for healthcare organizations and making adherence to medication regimens more difficult for patients.

Imprecise Use of Medication Harms Patients and Increases Healthcare Costs

          Given the extensive and increasing use of medication in the United States, the potential for harm from ADEs and patient medication non-adherence constitutes a critical patient safety and public health challenge. In 2012, the IMS Institute of Healthcare Informatics estimated that medication non-adherence and unnecessary use of medicines are responsible for more than $200 billion in otherwise avoidable medical spending annually in the United States alone, and ADEs contribute $3.5 billion to U.S. healthcare costs on a yearly basis, according to the Institute of Medicine.

          According to the Alliance for Human Research Protection and HHS, ADEs in the United States annually result in approximately:

GRAPHIC

          The majority of individuals in the United States who are prescribed a medication are non-adherent in one or more ways, including taking a dose other than the prescribed dose or not taking the prescription. A study published by the National Community Pharmacists Association in 2013 reported that approximately 75% of adults 40 and older with a chronic condition report at least one non-adherent behavior in the past 12 months, and more than half report multiple forms of non-adherence. Furthermore, the inability to read medication labels due to poor eyesight or the inability to read English has been associated with medication non-adherence.

Healthcare Organizations Have a Significant Unmet Need for Comprehensive, Personalized Medication Risk Management

          The current tools for medication safety produce inconsistent results and are widely viewed as ineffective. Most prevailing approaches rely upon slowly increasing dosage levels, prescribers' individual

90


Table of Contents

clinical experience, single drug-to-drug interaction tables, black box warnings and the Beers' Criteria of drugs to avoid in the elderly. Personalized and precision-based methods are typically absent in prevailing trial-and-error approaches to medication selection, rendering providers ineffective and ultimately limited in their ability to deliver optimal patient care due to insufficient data at the point of prescribing.

          Research suggests that a majority of ADEs are preventable. A 2007 study published by the Institute of Medicine's Committee on Identifying and Preventing Medication Errors estimated that at least 1.5 million preventable ADEs occur each year in the United States. According to the American Academy of Pediatrics, ADEs account for up to 25% of all hospital admissions and 12% of emergency room visits in adults, of which up to 70% are preventable. According to a 2011 study published by the New England Journal of Medicine , nearly half of hospitalizations for ADEs involve patients 80 years of age or older and two-thirds of those hospitalizations were due to unintentional overdoses. In addition, an April 2015 article published in the journal Nature suggested that 75% or more of people are unresponsive or mis-responsive to the ten highest grossing medications in the United States.

          In 2010, one in five adults in the United States was on at least one medication to treat a psychological or behavioral disorder, according to the American Psychological Association. Behavioral health medications are powerful, are subject to trial-and-error prescribing methods and are prone to side effects and ADEs. Mental illness is also associated with increased occurrence of chronic diseases as well as with reduced adherence to medication therapies. According to a report from SAMHSA, the healthcare expenditures on mental health treatment were expected to be $186.3 billion in 2015.

Industry Dynamics Favor a Personalized Approach to Medication Safety

          The shift to value-based healthcare has increasingly placed healthcare organizations at financial risk related to imprecise medication usage, providing new incentives to reduce costs and improve quality. Rising healthcare costs and strained government budgets have driven both federal and state government agencies to expand the role of value-based, capitated payment models, under which a fixed payment is made to deliver all or multiple facets of patient care. In January 2015, HHS set a goal of tying 90% of all traditional Medicare payments to quality or value by 2018. Both federal and state governments are actively promoting value-based payment models through government-sponsored programs such as Medicare Advantage, Medicare Shared Savings Program, managed Medicaid plans and bundled payment models. These models shift the incentives of healthcare organizations away from volume and toward quality and value and have encouraged the creation of Accountable Care Organizations, or ACOs, including Programs of All-inclusive Care for the Elderly, or PACE. The private sector is acting in parallel, with private payors establishing their own accountable care, capitated and bundled-payment structures with physician practice groups.

          With the emergence of these new payment models, healthcare organizations are increasingly becoming "at risk" by taking on greater clinical and financial responsibility for the populations they serve. In these at-risk models, the provider is incentivized to deliver efficient care because the provider receives a fixed payment for the care provided to any given patient for an entire episode of care or enrollment period. The focus on profitability rather than revenue has placed increasing pressure on providers to lower costs and improve care quality, safety and the patient experience. As a result of this transition, data on patient-specific disease states and co-morbidities, clinical and quality outcomes, resource utilization and individualized patient information have become increasingly relevant to healthcare delivery.

Accurate Coding is Critical for Optimizing Reimbursement

          Accurate coding of medical procedures and diagnoses is required throughout the healthcare landscape for proper reimbursement and regulatory compliance. Payments to healthcare organizations are determined and adjusted by the acuity and relative risk scores of patients, which in turn are derived from the coding of medical services by their providers. Coding is particularly important in at-risk, value-

91


Table of Contents

based care models as healthcare organizations bear financial risk for their patients' medical expenses. If a healthcare organization submits coding that is inaccurate, the organization may receive inadequate reimbursement for the services it provides. Risk scoring based on accurate coding is a significant factor in determining premium reimbursement rates and payments in many government-sponsored healthcare programs including Medicare Advantage, managed Medicaid and Medicare Part D plans and ACOs, including PACE organizations. According to the Kaiser Family Foundation, the number of individuals covered through Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D programs was more than 16 million and 39 million, respectively, in 2015, up from 11 million and 27 million, respectively, in 2010, with more than 1,900 Medicare Advantage plans and more than 1,000 Medicare Part D plans in 2015.

          Accurate coding is increasingly complex, with more than 140,000 procedures in the ICD-10, which became the primary coding benchmark for most U.S. healthcare programs in October 2015. Government agencies, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, regularly perform audits of healthcare organizations to validate coding practices. Inaccurate coding results in incorrect reimbursement as well as the potential for sanctions such as exclusion from program participation, civil or criminal penalties and fines. Healthcare organizations that are able to efficiently and accurately code under the value-based framework will be better positioned financially and more likely to avoid potential legal and regulatory penalties associated with improper coding.


Our Solutions

          Medication risk management is our leading offering, and our cloud-based software applications, including EireneRx and MedWise Advisor , together with our bundled prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services, provide solutions for a range of payors, providers and other healthcare organizations. Our products and services are built around our proprietary MRM Matrix, which combines clinical and pharmacology data, population-based algorithms and extensive patient-specific data, including medical history, lab results, medication lists and personal genomic information, to deliver what the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, refers to as "precision medicine." Precision medicine combines traditional evidence-based medication selection with new patient-specific medication selection to better optimize a patient's medication therapy. Our suite of technology products is built on a powerful rules engine that houses comprehensive pharmacotherapy profiles, provides risk alerts and includes a combination of proprietary decision-support tools, real-time secure messaging, e-prescribing and advanced precision-dosing functionality, among other functions. Our software applications help reduce ADEs, enhance medication adherence and quality of care, improve medication safety at the individual patient level and reduce the total medication burden by eliminating unnecessary prescriptions.

          We also provide risk adjustment services and pharmacy cost management services to help our clients achieve correct reimbursement, maintain regulatory compliance and optimize pharmacy spend.

92


Table of Contents

          The following chart sets forth the environment within which our solutions, enabled by our personalized MRM Matrix, apply precision medicine practices to collect, analyze and process patient information to accurately inform each patient's medication regimen.

GRAPHIC

Precision-Based Approach to Deliver Patient-Specific Solutions

          We believe we are at the forefront of precision medicine with solutions that help our clients tailor medical treatment to the individual characteristics of each patient. Our technology platform enables healthcare providers to design a safer medication regimen for each patient by supplementing clinician insight with population-based algorithms and extensive patient-specific data, including medical history, lab results, medication lists and individual medication-related genomic data. Our cloud-based software solutions are designed to identify high-risk individuals, detect susceptibility to ADEs and embed proper dosing guidelines. By providing patient-specific, data-driven analytical insights and medication safety solutions, we help clients reduce trial-and-error-based medication selection, unintentional medication overdoses and other causes of ADEs.

          Our team of clinical pharmacists is available to collaborate with prescribers through our proprietary technology platform to promote medication safety. Our platform provides real-time secure messaging capability between prescribers at the point-of-care and our pharmacists. Once a patient's medication schedule and regimen is optimized, our prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services ensure that each patient's medications are packaged to promote adherence to their personalized regimen and dosing schedule. Our software includes multilingual resources and health literacy aids, which are designed to explain, in simple and easy-to-read language, the patient's dosing schedule and medication risks, and provide other patient-specific instructions to help optimize medication adherence.

93


Table of Contents

Demonstrated Ability to Produce Higher Quality Outcomes, Reduce the Cost of Care and Improve the Patient Experience

          By offering solutions that improve outcomes in a cost-effective manner, we are aligned with healthcare organizations that are transitioning to value-based healthcare. We believe we offer significant value to our clients, measured by patient outcomes, monetary savings and payor and provider satisfaction. According to the National PACE Association, the average PACE organization spends 10% of its revenue on hospitalization costs. According to the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, each hospitalization for adults with multiple chronic conditions, a population similar to that of PACE, is estimated to cost, on average, $14,500 in the United States. Our PACE clients have reported that our medication risk management services have resulted in significant reductions in hospital admissions, length of hospital stays and emergency room visits for their patients, thereby reducing their medical expenditures. Our pharmacy cost management services saved our clients more than $48 million in recovered or prevented overpayments in 2015, and our risk adjustment clients realized revenue increases of approximately $385 per patient per month on average in 2015. We believe our solutions deliver savings throughout the healthcare system, facilitate correct reimbursement and enable patients to live healthier lives.


Our Strengths

Innovative Technology Solutions for Medication Risk Management Aligned with Transformative Shifts in Healthcare

          We believe that medication risk management provides a significant opportunity to improve healthcare outcomes and create efficiencies in today's healthcare system, and our innovative technology platform is uniquely equipped to provide comprehensive medication risk management solutions to a variety of healthcare organizations. The shift from a fee-for-service to a value-based model of care, which focuses on outcomes and quality, is driving the rapid adoption of risk-based arrangements across many healthcare organizations. Under these risk-based models, providers often receive capitated payments to deliver all or multiple facets of a patient's care at a fixed price. According to the CBO, in 2015 there were approximately 136 million people in the United States covered under government-sponsored programs, and this number is expected to reach 162 million by 2020. Government-sponsored programs are leading the shift to value-based care. Given this shift, there is a corresponding increase in focus on high-acuity populations with complex healthcare needs to curtail the rapid rise in healthcare costs. Medication treatment is the most frequent intervention in healthcare, and chronically ill patients, elderly patients and patients who suffer from multiple conditions typically have extensive medication requirements and utilize multiple prescription medications, often prescribed by multiple providers. These complex medication regimens often result in negative outcomes. Our solutions are designed to provide comprehensive medication risk management for these populations to help our clients improve health outcomes and manage rising healthcare costs.

First-Mover Advantage with Track Record of Improved Outcomes

          We believe the seven years we have devoted to developing and optimizing our solutions, and our intellectual property portfolio, provide a significant competitive advantage over potential competitors. Leveraging our industry experience, we believe we offer the first prospective clinical approach to medication risk management, utilizing advanced patient safety tools and medication-adherence technology that enable depth and breadth of data-driven analytical insights and actionable interventions. We intend to continue developing and patenting technologies that are designed to increase medication safety, reduce ADEs and healthcare utilization and improve the prescribing process. In addition, we integrate directly with many industry-leading electronic health record systems, or EHRs, that are used by many of our clients.

94


Table of Contents

Expertise in Serving At-Risk Healthcare Organizations with Complex Patient Populations

          Since our founding, we have leveraged our knowledge of medication risk management and risk adjustment to develop expertise in serving the growing at-risk segment of the healthcare system. Our clients currently include more than 55 PACE organizations, the first fully at-risk provider system, as well as more than 1,300 post-acute care facilities. In general, post-acute care facilities are migrating to an at-risk bundled-reimbursement model. Our focus on medication risk management is highly relevant to populations with complex care requirements, such as chronically ill patients, elderly patients and patients who suffer from multiple conditions and the healthcare organizations that care for them. According to the CDC, chronic diseases account for 86% of healthcare spending in the United States. We have developed solutions to address the needs of these patients and their providers and payors.

Highly Scalable Platform

          We believe the scalability of our technology platform allows us to rapidly and cost-effectively pursue new opportunities and meet rising market demand. Our clients access our products and services through an efficient and scalable cloud-based technology platform. We have developed this platform using open-source technologies, internet distribution methodologies, horizontal scaling and search and sorting algorithms, enabling seamless integration of our software solutions with the existing systems of new clients. Our cloud-based technology platform allows for on-demand capacity expansion, rapid deployment capabilities and accelerated speed of execution.

Recurring Revenue Model with Significant Operating Leverage

          We believe we have an attractive business model due to the recurring and predictable nature of our revenue, embedded growth opportunities within our existing client base and significant operating leverage. Our client contracts are typically exclusive and multi-year and, while they do not include minimum member or prescription volume or mix requirements, based on our experience, patient populations at our clients do not generally decline over time, the number of medications per patient have been consistent following an initial onboarding period and the overall mix of medications dispensed is generally predictable. As such, our contracts provide significant visibility into our future cash flows. The revenue models under these contracts typically include charges and dispensing fees for medication fulfillment for our clients' patients, which are often high-acuity patients with long-term prescription needs, payments on a per-member per-month basis and payments on a subscription basis. Our annual revenue retention rate was 95% and 99% for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and our client retention rate was 97% and 96%, respectively. We believe this reflects strong client satisfaction with our solutions. Since our first year of active operations in 2011, our revenue has grown to $70.0 million and $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016, respectively, and our cash flows from operating activities were positive for the same periods. As we grow our revenue base, we expect our operating expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue, providing for substantial operating leverage. We believe this operating leverage inherent in our business, coupled with extensive cross-sell opportunities and low client acquisition costs, will help drive future cash flow.

Experienced Management Team

          We are led by highly experienced and entrepreneurial executive officers with more than 70 years of cumulative experience in the healthcare industry. Prior to our founding in April 2009, our co-founder, Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton, founded excelleRx, Inc. and, along with Dr. Orsula Knowlton and other members of our management team, built it into the largest national hospice medication management pharmacy in the United States, servicing approximately 400 hospice agencies providing care to approximately 48,000 patients in 46 states, at the time it was sold to Omnicare, Inc. in 2005. Our management team brings deep experience to their relevant areas including pharmacotherapy, technology, pharmacy, operations, supply chain, marketing, finance and legal. Since 2009, we have acquired and integrated four businesses to enhance our comprehensive suite of solutions and solidify our market leadership position. Our culture

95


Table of Contents

of service, innovation, product excellence, collaboration, accountability and integrity underlies our interactions with each other as well as with our clients. We believe that our experienced management team and a strong commitment to our culture are key drivers of our success and position us well for long-term growth.


Our Strategy

Further Penetrate and Grow with the Expansion of Our Current At-Risk Markets

          By leveraging our industry expertise and thought leadership and expanding our sales and marketing efforts, we believe that we can increasingly penetrate the market for existing and new at-risk clients. We are the market leader in providing medication risk management to PACE, a CMS sponsored program through which participating healthcare organizations provide fully integrated healthcare delivery on an at-risk basis for elderly adults, most of whom are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid. Our PACE clients cover approximately 15% of the total PACE enrollees nationwide. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to continue to grow within this market. Since 2010, the number of PACE organizations has increased 59%, from 75 in 2010 to 119 PACE organizations operating in 32 states as of April 2016. The number of participants enrolled in PACE organizations, who have a typical length of stay exceeding four years, has doubled over the last five years, yet, according to a study we commissioned from AEC Consulting, LLC, represents only 4% of the total eligible individuals within current PACE service areas.

          We expect our PACE clients to continue to grow to cover more eligible lives. This growth may be facilitated by existing state and federal initiatives that present expansion opportunities for PACE, including recently allowing the formation of PACE organizations by for-profit providers, and the creation of other PACE-like, at-risk organizations, many of which would be targets for our solutions. For example, the PACE Innovation Act of 2015 allows CMS to develop pilot programs using the PACE model of care to serve individuals under age 55 and at risk of needing nursing home care as well as other patients with chronic diseases. Working with our scalable solutions can help PACE organizations facilitate their growth.

          Furthermore, in Medicare Advantage and similar value-based care models, patients are assigned relative risk scores based on diagnosis, which need to be documented accurately each year for proper reimbursement. We are also the market leader in risk adjustment and front-end coding for PACE organizations, and we plan to continue to expand these services to other Medicare Advantage programs.

          We have been selected to participate with a large, regional Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plan, or Regional PDP, to develop and deliver an Enhanced Medication Therapy Management, or EMTM, program. We believe this EMTM program will address the requirements of the Part D Enhanced Medication Therapy Management Model test, which the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation, or CMMI, proposed in September 2015 and recently approved on a provisional basis. Final approval will be authorized upon full execution of the calendar year 2017 Medicare Part D contract.

          The Part D EMTM model created by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, is designed to test strategies to improve medication use among Medicare beneficiaries enrolled in Part D and to assess whether providing selected PDPs with additional incentives and increased flexibility to design and implement innovative programs will better achieve the overall goals for EMTM programs.

          To develop this EMTM program, we will use our MRM Matrix and certain other services to perform medication risk stratification and reviews and safety assessments of complex medication regimens, providing an innovative, alternative approach to pharmacotherapy to the 240,000 members of this Regional PDP, representing less than one percent of the entire eligible Part D market. In 2015, the number of individuals covered through Medicare Part D programs was more than 39 million. We believe if we are successful in developing and delivering an EMTM program to the Regional PDP, we will be able to expand into a greater portion of the Part D market. This is our first offering without fulfillment and adherence packaging services for client population.

96


Table of Contents

Continue Expansion into Emerging At-Risk Provider and Payor Markets

          We intend to leverage our expertise and experience from our existing clients to expand to other at-risk providers and payors through increased investment in our sales force and marketing efforts.

          We believe that the growth in government healthcare programs and the shift to value-based care models are creating opportunities for many organizations to capture growing portions of the expanding healthcare market. Accordingly, we are actively targeting at-risk, value-based markets, including managed care organizations, physician provider groups, self-insured companies and ACOs, which are healthcare organizations characterized by a payment and care delivery model that ties provider reimbursement to quality metrics and the total cost of care for an assigned population. We also target post-acute healthcare organizations, which provide a range of medical services to support an individual's recovery or manage chronic illness after a period of in-patient care. We believe non-PACE ACOs offer another large market for our solutions, as they operate under a similar at-risk reimbursement model. The number of ACOs in the United States has increased from 64 in 2011 to 744 in January 2015, collectively covering approximately 23.5 million individuals. Many physician provider groups are moving to at-risk, capitated payment models in response to incentives from managed care organizations and government programs. We are currently working with Oak Street Health, an at-risk, Medicare focused, primary care physician group, to provide medication risk management products and solutions.

          Many post-acute healthcare services are also transitioning to value-based care models. On April 1, 2015, the CMS Innovation Center's Bundled Payments for Care Improvement, or BPCI, initiative began, which comprises four broadly defined models of care designed to improve the coordination and quality of care at a lower cost to Medicare. In the BPCI initiative, post-acute care facilities and home health agencies receive bundled payments for episodes of care. According to a recent report by the Advisory Board Company, more than 4,000 post-acute facilities and a number of home health agencies have already signed up to participate in the BPCI program. As the market leader in pharmacy cost management solutions in the post-acute market, we believe we are also well positioned to further serve these organizations with medication risk management solutions as they continue migrating to an at-risk reimbursement structure.

Expand Offerings to a Large and Growing Behavioral Health Market

          We believe our solutions have the potential to offer substantial value to the behavioral health market. Behavioral health medications are powerful, are subject to trial-and-error prescribing methods and are prone to side effects and ADEs. The behavioral health market is growing in part as a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, which significantly expanded coverage for mental health and substance use disorder services. These new protections build on the Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008 provisions to expand mental health and substance use disorder benefits and federal parity protections to an estimated 62 million Americans.

          Accordingly, we are pursuing intervention studies or pilot programs to evaluate the benefits of our medication risk management solutions in the behavioral health population. We continue to explore additional expansion opportunities with behavioral health providers as this market evolves.

Continue to Innovate and Expand Platform Offerings to Meet Evolving Market Needs

          We believe our investments in human capital, technology and services capabilities position us to continue to pursue rapid innovation and expand our medication risk management solutions and other platform offerings to the broader healthcare marketplace. For example, we are developing high-throughput medication risk stratification technology for identification of high-risk patients in need of clinical intervention, and we are developing a patient engagement application of our MRM Matrix solution. In addition, to further our commitment to innovation in the healthcare technology sector, we have established the Jack Russell Software Innovation Center which works collaboratively with our corporate university, TRHC University, to provide technology leadership, creative problem solving skills

97


Table of Contents

and training to our employees as well as the healthcare community more broadly. We also believe there is a substantial opportunity in our existing client base to cross-sell our full set of solutions.

Selectively Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Partnerships

          Since our founding in 2009, we have successfully completed and integrated four acquisitions, which have significantly expanded our market footprint and broadened our medication risk management and risk adjustment offerings. We plan to continue to acquire assets and businesses and may enter into strategic partnerships that strengthen or expand our service offerings, capabilities and geographic reach and facilitate our entry into new markets. Our acquisition strategy is driven by our commitment to serving client needs, and we are continuously assessing the market for potential opportunities.

Develop International Market Opportunities

          We believe we are well positioned to provide our products and services to international healthcare organizations that face challenges similar to those that our clients face domestically. Our solutions are readily scalable and can be utilized by healthcare organizations abroad seeking to achieve the IHI Triple Aim. We believe our solutions would provide significant value to the international healthcare landscape, which is frequently characterized by single-payor government-administered healthcare.


Our Core Technology

          ADEs often result from unintended drug overdoses due to factors such as multi-drug interactions, impaired renal function, medication-related genomic variants and the cumulative impact of drug-related sensitivities, such as excess sedation and increased risk of falls and injury. Combining medications with anticholinergic drugs, which are drugs that block the action of the neurotransmitter acetylcholine to the nervous system, increases the likelihood of these and other similar ADEs. The risk of ADEs resulting from combining certain drugs with those that have anticholinergic properties is high given the fact that many common over-the-counter and prescription medications contain anticholinergic ingredients. Our goal is to enable prescribers to optimize the use of medications using a prospective approach to medication risk management in order to avoid ADEs and improve patient outcomes. Our technology suite enables a novel approach to optimize the medication regimen of individual patients and address the issues with prevailing prescribing methodologies.

          Utilizing our technology, prescribers obtain real-time information about the factors impacting a medication's effectiveness and safety for a particular patient grounded in evidence-based clinical data and extensive patient-specific data. Our technologies deliver prospective intervention and are designed to reduce ADEs, increase medication adherence and quality of care and improve medication safety at the individual patient level. Our cloud-based applications are scalable, easily accessible to healthcare organizations, seamlessly integrated with client applications and databases and customized for use across the healthcare continuum of care. Our software systems provide secure communication between prescribers and our pharmacists, and our sophisticated medication decision-support tools are interoperable with many industry-leading EHRs. We believe our innovative technology platform offers a means of improving patient outcomes while mitigating medication-related and financial risk for healthcare organizations.

          Our suite of cloud-based software solutions incorporates comprehensive pharmacotherapy profiles, a combination of proprietary decision-support tools, risk alerts, e-prescribing, advanced precision-dosing functionality, real-time secure messaging and health literacy aids, among other functions. At the core of our technology platform is our proprietary MRM Matrix. Through a sophisticated rules engine, the MRM Matrix combines patient-specific data with the science of pharmacokinetics, the effects of what the body does to drugs, and pharmacodynamics, the effects of what the drug does to the body, to enable our clients to personalize the medication regimen of each patient. The MRM Matrix also draws upon pharmacoevidence, which considers published guidelines that denote potentially inappropriate medications for older adults such as the Beers Criteria and potentially unsafe medications in various age groups such as the FDA's Black Box warnings, as well as pharmacoeconomics, which compares the cost, expressed in monetary terms, and effects, expressed in terms of monetary value, efficacy or enhanced quality of life, of one pharmaceutical drug or drug therapy to another.

98


Table of Contents

          The following charts contrast the prevailing approach to prescribing medications, which is often uncoordinated and non-personalized and results in inconsistent and ineffective medication regimens for the same patient, with our personalized approach utilizing our proprietary MRM Matrix.

GRAPHIC

99


Table of Contents

          Our software offerings are developed by our in-house team of software engineers that continuously enhances our solutions and their functionality. By maintaining in-house development and support, we can efficiently leverage our institutional knowledge to augment our solutions while protecting our intellectual property. Our solutions are further protected by patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws as well as confidentiality agreements, licenses and other agreements with employees, consultants, vendors and clients. Our software offerings are scalable, fault-tolerant and compliant with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, regulations and are Meaningful-Use certified, which means they qualify in determining eligibility for EHR incentive payments from CMS under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.


Our Software and Services

Our Software

          Our cloud-based software applications include EireneRx, which is used by at-risk healthcare organizations to access their patients' medication-related information through our dashboard that shows the results of the MRM Matrix and medication recommendations, MedWise Advisor, which allows for components of EireneRx to be used independently and by a broader healthcare audience, and NiaRx, which is our educational software platform designed to facilitate brand awareness of our solutions in the pharmacy educational community. These software-enabled solutions are offered on a standalone basis or bundled with prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services for client populations with complex prescription needs.

          Our personalized medication risk management services are based on our MRM Matrix technology. For each patient, our software creates a personalized MRM Matrix, which incorporates personal medical history data inputs, summarizes the medications the patient is taking and provides clinical alerts, including for the risk of falls and injury, sedation risk and medication scheduling risk. This MRM Matrix is utilized by prescribers independently and, in some cases, in conjunction with our pharmacists, to optimize each patient's medication regimen utilizing one of our proprietary software solutions below:

    EireneRx
MedWise Advisor
Revenue Model  

Per-member per-month

Fee-for-service model (for prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging services)

 

Recurring monthly subscription

SaaS model

Current Target Clients  

Healthcare organizations with all-inclusive, or closed, care models with an emphasis on coordination of care, such as PACE, ACOs, Integrated Delivery Networks and Patient Centered-Medical Homes

Risk-bearing provider groups

 

Healthcare organizations able to leverage the MRM Matrix

Health plans

Risk-bearing provider groups

Hospitals and health systems

Pharmacies and pharmacists

Potential patient engagement application through existing relationships

 

100


Table of Contents

    EireneRx

MedWise Advisor
Key Technology Features  

Cloud-based electronic portal

MRM Matrix

e-prescribing

Decision support at the point of care

Computerized physician order entry

Modular certified for Meaningful Use

Real-time secure messaging capabilities with our pharmacists

Storage of personalized actionable pharmacogenomic data, which is data on how genes affect a person's response to drugs

 

Cloud-based electronic portal

MRM Matrix

Decision support at the point of care

Real-time secure messaging capabilities with our pharmacists

Storage of personalized actionable pharmacogenomic data

Service Features  

Fully interoperable with many industry-leading EHRs and dispensing software

Sophisticated medication decision-support tools

Precision dosing systems

May be combined with prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging, patient-focused health literacy and adherence tools and pharmacist consultation

 

Used independently or readily integrated with other pharmacy management systems, long-term care clinical systems, case management platforms, industry-leading EHRs or dispensing software

Sophisticated medication decision-support tools

Precision dosing systems

Differentiated Attributes  

Enables physicians and pharmacists to collaborate on a patient's medication management in real time

Offers clinical analysis and aggregates reports that optimize outcomes and show risk mitigation results

Compatible with third-party dispensing-systems

 

Sophisticated alert functionalities and patient risk evaluation

Built-in module with capabilities to remove repetitive components of a comprehensive medication review

EireneRx

           EireneRx is our cloud-based medication decision-support and e-prescribing platform, which includes a computerized order entry module used by healthcare organizations to access patient medication-related information and utilize our personalized proprietary MRM Matrix. EireneRx provides a single version of a patient's medication profile, enabling prescribers and our pharmacists to collaborate on a patient's medication management in real time. The EireneRx platform provides a dashboard report that shows the results of the MRM Matrix. We have a team of pharmacists available to perform a clinical analysis of the results and, when necessary, offer guidance to the prescriber based upon its assessment of the MRM Matrix and the individual patient's medical history. EireneRx provides several communication workflows through which our pharmacists can answer questions and make recommendations to prescribers.

101


Table of Contents

          Medication decision-support tools and precision-dosing aides are presented to prescribers at the point-of-prescribing, during pharmacist consultation and at periodic patient reviews, providing detailed patient-specific information. These tools are Meaningful Use Stage I and II certified, meaning they qualify in determining eligibility for EHR incentive payments from CMS under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. EireneRx is integrated with our prescription fulfillment pharmacies, which can deliver medications to our clients' patients nationally. The platform is also capable of sending prescriptions to substantially all pharmacies in the United States.

MedWise Advisor

           MedWise Advisor software provides the medication decision support components of EireneRx , primarily our MRM Matrix, to support clients seeking to manage their medication risk and improve medication outcomes and patient relationships by enhancing their existing systems. MedWise Advisor can be integrated with a variety of e-prescribing modules, EHRs, pharmacy management systems, clinical systems, case management platforms and other clinical databases. The software enables a prescribing environment where the physician prescribes medication with real-time pharmacist consultation. We have a team of pharmacists available to perform clinical analysis of the results and, when necessary, offer guidance to the prescriber based upon their review of the MRM Matrix and the individual patient's medical history. We believe MedWise Advisor is broadly applicable to all healthcare organizations that employ clinicians who prescribe medications and those with pharmacists or other clinicians that provide support to prescribers. We are currently working with managed care and behavioral health organizations that are utilizing MedWise Advisor to improve medication therapy outcomes, and we are targeting a broad range of healthcare systems, hospitals, post-acute providers and pharmacies and intend to target consumers with this solution. To date, the only clients using MedWise Advisor are doing so through pilot programs, and we have not yet generated any revenue from MedWise Advisor clients.

NiaRx

           NiaRx is a cloud-based software platform designed to facilitate the cognitive practice of pharmacy through case-based learning utilizing the MRM Matrix. NiaRx is in use by six schools of pharmacy, with over 2,000 registered academic users, and is intended to build literacy and brand awareness of our suite of technology solutions with thought-leaders and students in the pharmacy educational community, and drive adoption in the professional pharmacy community.

Our Services

          Our clinical pharmacist collaboration service, prescription fulfillment and adherence packaging service and pharmacy cost management service are designed to improve patient experiences and outcomes and contain costs while our risk adjustment services help optimize revenue. The revenue models under these service contracts typically include payments on a per-member per-month basis, payments on a subscription basis and charges and dispensing fees for medication fulfillment for our clients' patients.

Clinical Pharmacist Collaboration

          We have a team of pharmacists available to perform medication risk analysis and offer guidance, including the clinical application of pharmacogenomic test results and data application, to the prescriber based upon their assessment of the MRM Matrix and the individual patient's medical history. Our clinical pharmacists provide these personalized medication recommendations predominantly through secure real-time messaging. Available 24/7, 365 days per year, this service supports the medication risk management clinical decision making process with medication safety recommendations, including to eliminate unnecessary prescriptions, and execution of the optimized medication regimen. We exchanged over 130,000 secure real-time messages in June 2016.

102


Table of Contents

Prescription Fulfillment and Adherence Packaging

          We operate three prescription fulfillment pharmacies strategically located to efficiently distribute medications nationwide for our clients. Informed by each patient's personalized MRM Matrix, we package, synchronize and aggregate medications by day, time-of-day and dosage to increase the ease of adherence by patients to their optimized medication regimens. Using automated, robotic dispensing machines, our scalable, high-performance systems allow for an array of medication packaging options, including multi-dose deep well cards and multi-dose pouches.

          Effective March 2016, we entered into a prime vendor agreement with AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation, or AmerisourceBergen, a drug wholesaler, to provide us with the pharmaceutical products we sell. The prime vendor agreement was subsequently amended and restated effective May 1, 2016. As part of this agreement, we are obligated to purchase at least 95% of the total dollar amount of prescription pharmaceutical products we sell from AmerisourceBergen. The contract also commits us to a monthly minimum purchase obligation of approximately $1.75 million. Our amended and restated contract with AmerisourceBergen has an initial term of three years expiring April 30, 2019, and can be terminated by, among other things, either party's material breach that continues for 30 days. Pursuant to the terms of a security agreement entered into in connection with the prime vendor agreement, AmerisourceBergen also holds a subordinated security interest in all of our assets.

          The reason we purchase large quantities of pharmaceutical products from a single wholesaler is primarily for ease of administration and pricing. In the event of a termination of our relationship with AmerisourceBergen, we believe that there is typically at least one alternative drug wholesaler from whom we could source each non-limited distribution drug we dispense. We further believe that we could replace the inventories without a material disruption to our operations.

Risk Adjustment

          We take a prospective approach to risk adjustment, going beyond the typical strategy of providing retrospective reviews and claims data analysis. We identify opportunities for efficiency and performance improvement in coding patterns, data integrity and diagnosis volumes and trends. Our consultants help clients to refine processes and systems to capture timely, complete and accurate claims data. Our team of expert physicians and nurse consultants trains client staff and providers about documentation and diagnosis coding, analyzes client data collection and submission processes and delivers meaningful analytics for understanding reimbursement complexities.

          Long-term optimization of risk adjustment outcomes is complex and, for many organizations, significantly affects financial performance. We specialize in helping clients optimize processes and systems to capture timely, complete and accurate data. Through these services, we currently help PACE and other healthcare organizations remain compliant with regulations, make reliable comparisons to internal and external benchmarks and identify high-volume/high-cost issues for quality program initiatives.

Pharmacy Cost Management

          We design, implement and manage pharmacy cost-containment strategies for our post-acute care clients. Pharmacy cost management services help our clients reduce risk, increase compliance and optimize spending. For many of our clients, excessive pharmacy costs are a common driver of shrinking profit margins. Complex contract language, atypical dispensing practices and a lack of recourse for pricing errors contribute to inaccurate pharmacy budgets, improper reimbursement and waste. Our analytics provide real-time reporting, simplify drug-spend data and are designed to create contract transparency for our clients. By simplifying and adding oversight to the adjudication process, we help clients avoid risks associated with managing pharmacy costs by preventing overpayments and ensuring appropriate reimbursements.

103


Table of Contents


Our Clients

          Our clients are at-risk healthcare organizations, primarily PACE organizations, managed-care organizations, including government and commercial plans, post-acute care facilities, behavioral health organizations and other provider groups. We have strong and long-standing relationships with our clients, providing services under multi-year contracts. At the end of 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015; we were serving 8, 13, 20, 51, and 119 healthcare organizations, respectively, and this number had grown to 122 as of March 31, 2016. Our annual revenue retention rate was 95% and 99% for 2014 and 2015, respectively, and our client retention rate was 97% and 96%, respectively, which we believe reflects strong client satisfaction with our solutions. No single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our largest client, Viecare Beaver and Viecare Butler, together under common control, accounted for 9.8% of our revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our two largest clients, Viecare Beaver and Viecare Butler, together under common control, and On Lok Senior Health Services, accounted for 11% and 10% of our revenue, respectively. We believe our clients view us as a trusted partner that shares their commitment to improving medication-related health outcomes and reducing overall healthcare costs.

Providers Serving Dual-eligible Patients

          The majority of our clients serve dual-eligible patients as of March 31, 2016. Dual-eligible patients, who are eligible for coverage under both Medicare and Medicaid, are typically among the most vulnerable and highest-acuity beneficiaries covered by the healthcare system, with some of the most complex medication requirements. They represent 18% of the Medicare population and 16% of the Medicaid population, but account for 25% of total Medicare costs and 37% of total Medicaid costs. Because of the high costs associated with care for these patients, the federal government and many states are implementing systems and service models to integrate care and align reimbursement under at-risk structures.

PACE Organizations

          PACE, a federal and state collaboration, is one growing model serving the dual-eligible patient population that focuses on averting institutional-based placement. PACE embodies many of the characteristics and trends affecting the healthcare industry as a whole. Our proof of concept was to provide medication risk management technology and services to PACE organizations, which are responsible for elderly patients, typically with complex medication regimens. Over the past four years, we have become the market-leader in providing PACE with medication risk management. Our PACE clients cover approximately 15% of the total PACE enrollees nationwide. However, the existing 40,000 PACE enrollees represent only 4% of the 900,000 total eligible individuals within current PACE service areas, according to a study we commissioned from AEC Consulting, LLC. In addition to personalized medication management, we also provide risk adjustment services and intend to provide pharmacy cost management services to PACE organizations.

Managed Care Organizations

          Since 2004, the number of beneficiaries enrolled in Medicare Advantage, or MA, plans has almost tripled from 5.3 million to 16.8 million in 2015 and is expected to grow to 22 million by 2020. MA is a capitated program with payment rates that are calculated based on the acuity of the patients served. Accordingly, patients are assigned relative risk scores based on diagnosis, which need to be documented accurately each year for appropriate reimbursement. We have become the market leader in risk adjustment and front-end coding for PACE organizations and we plan to continue to expand these services to other MA programs. Furthermore, we believe our solutions are broadly applicable throughout the managed care landscape, including to the self-funded employer groups. According to the CBO, in 2015 there were approximately 55 million people in the United States covered under Medicare, approximately 71 million people covered under Medicaid and 207 million people covered under

104


Table of Contents

commercial managed care. These numbers are expected to reach 63 million, 76 million and 219 million, respectively, by 2020.

Acute and Post-Acute Care Providers

          Acute and post-acute care providers are increasingly operating in value-based care models. Under the BPCI, providers such as hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, in-patient rehabilitation facilities and home health agencies began to receive bundled payments for episodes of care. According to a recent report, more than 4,000 facilities and agencies have already signed up to participate in the BPCI program.

          We are the market leader in pharmacy cost management solutions in the post-acute arena, helping facilities manage their pharmacy spend for their capitated patients. Our clients include more than 1,300 of the more than 15,400 post-acute facilities in the United States. We believe there are significant opportunities to cross-sell our medication risk management solutions within this client base.

Physician Provider Groups

          We currently serve physician provider groups through our risk adjustment services. We are also currently piloting programs providing our medication risk management solutions directly to physician provider groups that are under at-risk care models. We are working with Oak Street Health, a network of primary care clinics in the greater Chicago area whose physicians manage the dual-eligible population in a PACE-like model.

Behavioral Health Organizations

          According to the National Institute of Mental Health, in 2014 there were 13.6 million people in the United States with a chronic severe mental illness like schizophrenia, major depression or bipolar disorder. According to SAMHSA, total spending on mental health treatment is projected to increase from $147 billion in 2009 to $239 billion in 2020. For these individuals, in 2014, prescription medications were the most significant mental health spend, accounting for 30% of total expenditures by provider, more than total hospital costs, physician expenses and insurance administration, according to a 2014 study by HHS. Behavioral health organizations are increasingly operating under value-based care models, and according to the National Council for Behavioral Health, there are over 2,200 behavioral health organizations in the United States. We are currently pursuing intervention studies or pilot programs to evaluate the benefits of clinical interventions in the behavioral health setting.


Client Case Studies

          The following examples illustrate how we partner with healthcare organizations to help them reduce cost and improve quality, safety and patient experience through our medication risk management solutions. Although our clients reported that our solutions contributed to positive outcomes and reduced costs, these changes have not been statistically analyzed and other factors, including changes in healthcare regulations or other business practices, or our clients' implementation of other cost saving measures may have contributed to these changes.

Client Case Study 1

          Client 1 is a PACE organization that opened in 2008 and changed pharmacy service providers three times in three years. At the start of our engagement, the program had 189 participants and was struggling with lack of clinical medication decision support, ineffective processes to foster medication adherence, medication-related workflow inefficiencies and insufficient access to medications.

          We began working with Client 1 in November 2011, implementing EireneRx for e-prescribing, which had immediate uptake among prescribers and the clinic nursing staff. By the first quarter of 2012,

105


Table of Contents

Client 1 reported that it began to see results, including substantial reductions in emergency room visits, hospitalizations, length-of-stay and pharmacy errors that they attribute in part to our services. The PMPM medication costs, despite annual drug price increases by manufacturers, had an initial reduction and have remained stable, which they attribute in part to our services. The organization's number of participants has increased nearly 50% since we began working with them.

Client Case Study 2

          Client 2 is a PACE organization that opened in 1998 providing clinical care primarily through nurse practitioners. As enrollment grew, the program struggled with a lack of clinical pharmacist support, limited on-site medication access and a disorganized medication delivery, packaging and refill request system.

          We began providing services to Client 2 in November 2013. As part of the implementation, a comprehensive medication reconciliation was conducted by a team of their nurse practitioners and our pharmacists, which reviewed each medication profile for baseline assessment of risk and medication regimens were optimized to enhance medication safety. Client 2 reported that 565 prescription medications were discontinued as a result of this process, which represented approximately 8% of the total prescription burden, thereby reducing waste and polypharmacy, which is the use of four or more medications by a patient. The ongoing collaboration with Client 2 focuses on their high-risk areas, including the creation of accurate medication profiles upon hospital admission. In the first quarter of 2014, Client 2 reported that it began to realize a reduction in hospitalization and emergency room visits compared to the same time in previous years, a reduction that they attribute in part to our services.

Client Case Study 3

          Client 3 is a PACE organization that opened in 2008 and initially utilized our risk adjustment services. At the start of our engagement, the program was struggling with lack of clinical medication decision support, ineffective manual processes for medication-related workflow and a high volume of medication refill requests resulting in excess supply of medications for participants.

          We began working with Client 3 in August 2014, implementing EireneRx for e-prescribing, which integrated with the electronic medical record system already in place. Client 3 reported that it began to see results, including reductions in polypharmacy, increased accuracy and a deficiency free audit by CMS that they attribute in part to our services. The PMPM medication costs have been reduced since our engagement by Client 3, which they attribute in part to our services.

Client Case Study 4

          Client 4 is a PACE organization that started in March 2009. Prior to our involvement, Client 4 lacked a prospective approach to medication management, prescriber support and patient adherence tools. As of December 1, 2015, the program had the highest percent of patients with end stage renal disease in the United States.

          We began working with Client 4 in January 2011. The medication use process improved, and system efficiencies were created, which they attribute in part to our collaboration. Client 4 reported reduced hospitalizations and improved outcomes for patients over time, which they attribute in part to the introduction in 2013 of the MRM Matrix and interaction with our clinical pharmacists, in collaboration with the prescribers.

Client Case Study 5

          Client 5 is a PACE organization that opened in 2010 and sought to improve their clinical support and workflow. We began working with Client 5 in January, 2012 and, at the start of the engagement, the program was struggling with lack of medical leadership and consistent clinic staff, despite continued

106


Table of Contents

growth, due to the program's high medical staff turnover, which made the collaboration and recommendation acceptance process a challenge. We introduced the MRM Matrix in the fourth quarter of 2013 to the program and, together with increasing continuity in the program's medical staff, the program reported a 62% reduction in hospitalization during the period from the first quarter of 2015 to the fourth quarter of 2015, a reduction that they attributed in part to our service.


Intellectual Property

          We create, own and maintain a wide array of intellectual property assets which, in the aggregate, are of material importance to our business. Our intellectual property assets include: one patent and three pending patent applications related to our innovations, products and services; trademarks and trademark applications related to our brands, products and services; copyrights in software, documentation, content and databases; trade secrets relating to data processing, statistical methodologies, data security and other aspects of our business; and other intellectual property rights and licenses of various kinds. We are licensed to use certain technology and other intellectual property rights owned and controlled by others, and, similarly, other companies are licensed on a non-exclusive basis to use certain technology and other intellectual property rights owned and controlled by us.

          We rely on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws as well as confidentiality agreements, licenses and other agreements with employees, consultants, vendors and clients. We also seek to control access to and distribution of our proprietary software, confidential information and know-how, technology and other intellectual property. We have one issued patent for our medication management system and method (U.S. Pat. No. 8,392,220, issued March 2013) and three patent applications pending in the United States, the first, filed in December 2014, relates to our Medication Risk Mitigation System and Method and the second and third, filed in January 2016 and May 2016, respectively, relate to our MRM Matrix. Our issued patent expires on November 8, 2031. We own one registered copyright protecting the code and documentation related to EireneRx , initially filed in 2012 and updated in 2015.

          We own and use trademarks in connection with products and services, including both unregistered common law marks and issued trademark registrations in the United States. Our material trademarks, service marks and other marks include: EireneRx®, Medication Risk Mitigation by CareKinesis®, MedWise Advisor®, NiaRx®, CareVentions™, Tabula Rasa HealthCare™, Medliance™, Capstone Performance Systems™, Medication Risk Mitigation™ and Medication Risk Mitigation Matrix™. We also have trademark applications pending to register marks in the United States.


Our Competitive Landscape

          We compete with a broad and diverse set of businesses. We believe the competitive landscape is highly fragmented with no single competitor offering similarly expansive capabilities and solution offerings in medication risk management. Our competitive advantage is largely based on our analytical capabilities, healthcare industry expertise, breadth and depth of services, intellectual property, the size and quality of our underlying datasets and benchmarks, ease of use, reputation, innovation, security, price, reliability and client service. Our primary competitive challenge is to demonstrate to our existing and potential clients the value of utilizing our platforms rather than developing or assembling their own alternative capabilities or utilizing providers offering a subset of our services. However, we believe that the combination of our competitive strengths and successful culture of innovation, including our industry-leading analytics, the real-world-tested nature of our platforms and subject matter expertise of our associates, make it time and cost prohibitive for our clients or competitors to replace or replicate all that we offer without facing material risk.

          Current industry players providing medication risk management and related service offerings include large and small healthcare data analytics and consulting companies, community or long-term care pharmacies, national pharmacy providers, health plans, genomic testing labs and healthcare

107


Table of Contents

information technology companies, among others. Many of our competitors' solutions are regulatory-driven, retrospective in nature and offer no intervention at the point of care. The services offered by these organizations may include e-prescribing and EHRs utilizing single drug-to-drug interaction analysis, lab-based genomic evaluation, basic risk stratification solutions and other prevailing approaches to medication therapy management. Many health plans attempt to address non-adherence through outreach efforts, which often require the intervention of in-house or third-party consultants and have low success rates. Some healthcare information technology providers offer risk adjustment and pharmacy cost management services, but lack the comprehensive solutions we provide. Many genomic testing labs lack the ability to apply patient test results in a useful way at the point of care. Post-acute providers typically employ pharmacist consultants to review prescription regimens every 30 days, which is retrospective in nature and generally ineffective in improving patient outcomes. Furthermore, typical prescription fulfillment models are reimbursed on a fee-for-service basis and are incentivized based on prescription dispensing volumes. Our clients partner with us in order to prospectively address ADEs, lower healthcare costs and improve overall health outcomes, which often involves utilizing our software to reduce the number of prescriptions per patient to optimize prescription regimens.

          While we believe that no competitor provides the breadth of our suite of solutions, we nevertheless compete with other companies with regards to specific products or solutions and markets or care settings. We expect that competition will continue to increase as a result of consolidation in both the information technology and healthcare industries. The anticipated growth in healthcare spending, the shift to a value-based payment model, the rise of consumerism and changes in government regulation may draw increasing attention to healthcare data and analytics, and new competitors, such as management consultants, technology companies and start-ups may enter the market, and we may face increased competition from these sources.


Healthcare Regulatory Environment

          We operate in a highly regulated industry and our business operations must comply with a number of complex and evolving federal and state agency requirements. While we believe we comply in all material respects with applicable healthcare laws and regulations, these laws can vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and the state and federal interpretation of existing laws and regulations, and their enforcement, may change from time to time. Additionally, a state or federal government enforcement body may disagree that we are in material compliance with applicable healthcare laws and regulations. Federal and state legislatures also may enact various legislative proposals that could materially impact certain aspects of our business.

          A non-exhaustive list of federal and state statutes, regulations, sub-regulatory guidance and contractual provisions that may apply to our business activities include:

Healthcare Reform

          In 2010, Congress passed major health reform legislation, mostly through the ACA. Generally, the ACA was designed to expand coverage for the uninsured while at the same time containing overall healthcare costs. While not all of these reforms affect our business directly, many affect the coverage and plan designs that are or will be provided by many of our clients. Consequently, these reforms could impact some or many of our business arrangements directly or indirectly.

          Given that certain regulations implementing ACA are still being formulated and finalized, and given that sub-regulatory guidance is still being promulgated by federal agencies, such as HHS and the Internal Revenue Service, and state agencies, we cannot predict with any certainty the outcome of any future legislation, regulation or litigation related to healthcare reform.

108


Table of Contents

PACE Organizations

          Our partnership with PACE organizations is a significant source of our current revenue stream. The PACE program is a unique, comprehensive managed care benefit for certain frail elderly individuals, most of whom are dually eligible for Medicare and Medicaid benefits, provided by a not-for-profit or public entity. The PACE program features a comprehensive medical and social service delivery system using an interdisciplinary team approach in an adult day health center that is supplemented by in-home and referral services in accordance with participants' needs. Financing for the program is capped, which allows providers to deliver all services participants need rather than only those reimbursable under Medicare and Medicaid fee-for-service plans. PACE is a program under Medicare, and states can elect to provide PACE services to Medicaid program beneficiaries as an optional Medicaid benefit. The PACE program becomes the sole source of Medicaid and Medicare benefits for PACE participants.

          As PACE organization contractors, we are subject to numerous contractual obligations imposed by our partner organizations, as well as to various audit and certification requirements.

HIPAA Healthcare Fraud Provisions

          HIPAA also created additional federal criminal statutes regarding fraud. Specifically, the HIPAA healthcare fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, and willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense. The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other things, concealing a material fact or making a materially false statement in connection with the payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the ACA amended the intent standard for certain healthcare fraud statutes under HIPAA such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Those found to have aided in a violation of these prohibitions are deemed by statute to have committed the offense and are punishable as a principal offender.

State and Federal Data Privacy and Security Laws

          We process, collect, use and disclose individual patient data for patients directly or for our clients and therefore, are subject to various laws protecting privacy and security of the patient information. Certain segments of our company qualify as a "Covered Entity" under HIPAA, and others qualify as a "Business Associate" to our partners who are Covered Entities and as such we are required to comply with HIPAA and HITECH, as implemented through regulations promulgated thereunder by HHS, including the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, the HIPAA Privacy Rule and the HIPAA Security Rule. HIPAA generally requires Covered Entities and their Business Associates to adopt certain safeguards to ensure the privacy and security of protected health information, or PHI, and to limit uses and disclosures of such PHI to those permissible under the law. When Covered Entities utilize Business Associates to provide services, pursuant to which the Business Associate may access the Covered Entity's PHI, the parties must enter into a Business Associate agreement through which the Business Associate must contractually agree to safeguard PHI in certain ways and to notify the Covered Entity of improper uses or disclosures of PHI.

          Covered Entities and Business Associates are required to have written policies and procedures addressing HIPAA compliance and must designate a Security Officer to oversee the development and implementation of the policies and procedures related to the safeguards to protect privacy of electronic PHI. Covered Entities must also designate a Privacy Officer, although the Privacy Officer and the Security Officer may be the same person. As part of their security policies and procedures, Covered Entities and Business Associates are required to conduct periodic risk assessments to identify vulnerabilities to electronic PHI. Additionally, Covered Entities and Business Associates are required to train all employees on their HIPAA policies and procedures. Further, in the event of a breach of PHI as

109


Table of Contents

defined by HIPAA, Covered Entities must notify affected individuals, HHS and sometimes the media, as well as take steps to mitigate damage, and they may be subject to fines and penalties. HIPAA violations can result in significant civil monetary penalties and/or imprisonment for up to ten years depending on the facts surrounding the violation.

          Many states also have similar data privacy and security laws that track federal requirements or impose different and/or more stringent conditions for use and disclosure of protected health information. Failure to comply with these laws may also result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties.

Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and Implementing Regulations

          Some technologies and software applications used in connection with healthcare analytics and genomic testing and analysis are considered medical devices and are subject to regulation by the FDA. FDA and state regulators, such as state boards of pharmacy, also regulate drug packaging and repackaging. If any of our current or future services, technologies or software applications are regulated by the FDA as medical devices, we would be subject to various statutes, regulations and policies enforced by the FDA and other governmental authorities, such as the Federal Trade Commission, including both premarket and post-market requirements. Similarly, our drug packaging activities must comply with the applicable FDA and state statutes, regulations and policies. Noncompliance with applicable FDA or state requirements, including those related to the pre-market and post-market approval requirements for medical devices or repackaged drug products, can result in an enforcement action that could substantially harm our business.

Anti-Kickback Laws

          The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, or AKS, makes it unlawful for individuals or entities, among other things, to knowingly and willfully solicit, offer, receive or pay any kickback, bribe or other remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce or reward the referral of an individual to a person for the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of any item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in part under a federal healthcare program, or the purchase, lease or order, or arranging for or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering, any good, facility, service or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part under a federal healthcare program. Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs. The federal AKS is an intent-based statute, but following amendment from the ACA, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Further, the failure of an arrangement to satisfy all elements of an AKS safe harbor will not necessarily make it illegal, but it may subject that arrangement to increased scrutiny by enforcement authorities. The federal AKS is applicable to us as operators of specialty pharmacies, contractors to health plans and providers, as well as contractors to various federal healthcare program payors. When our compensation arrangements implicate the AKS and/or state anti-kickback laws we evaluate whether we believe they fall within one of the safe harbors. If not, we consider the factors to identify the intent behind such arrangements and the relative risk of fraud and abuse. We also design business models that seek to reduce the risk that any such arrangements might be viewed as abusive and trigger AKS scrutiny or claims.

          In addition to the federal AKS, many states have anti-kickback prohibitions that may apply to arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors.

110


Table of Contents

Federal and State Self-Referral Laws

          The federal physician self-referral law, often referred to as the Stark Law, with limited exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare Program or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain designated health services, among them outpatient prescription medications, if the physician or a member of such physician's immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership or investment interest or a compensation arrangement) with the entity. The Stark Law also prohibits the entity from billing Medicare or Medicaid for such designated health services. A referral that does not fall within a statutory exception is strictly prohibited by the Stark Law. A violation of the Stark Law is punishable by civil sanctions, including significant fines and exclusion from participation in Medicare and Medicaid Programs.

          We evaluate when these physician (or immediate family member) financial arrangements are created to strive to ensure we do not enter into a prohibited financial relationship and design structures that satisfy exceptions under the Stark Law.

          Our business may implicate federal and state physician self-referral laws to the extent our pharmacy, a designated health services entity, has financial arrangements in the form of ownership, investment or compensation with referring physicians or a referring physician's immediate family member. No physician has an ownership or investment interest in our business, but our pharmacy may have compensation arrangements with physicians who serve on its Clinical Advisory Panel and who order designated health services for patients enrolled in a PACE program. If any such compensation arrangements exist, we believe such compensation arrangements fall within an exception to the physician self-referral prohibition.

          A number of states have statutes and regulations that prohibit the same general types of conduct as those prohibited by the Stark Law, but some have even broader application, extending beyond Medicare and Medicaid Programs and including commercial and self payors.

Federal and State False Claims Acts

          The federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the civil False Claims Act, impose criminal and civil liability on individuals and entities that, among other things, knowingly submit, or cause to be submitted, false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government or knowingly make, or cause to be made, a false statement in order to have a false claim paid. The civil False Claims Act provides for treble damages and mandatory and significant minimum penalties per false claim or statement ($5,500 to $11,000 per false claim). The qui tam or whistleblower provisions of the civil False Claims Act permit a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery. Our future activities relating to the manner in which we sell and market our services may be subject to scrutiny under these laws. False Claims Act qui tam lawsuits in healthcare are common, although the government often declines to pursue such actions following investigation. Analogous state false claims laws also may apply to our sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third party payors.

Other State Laws

          The vast majority, if not all states have laws regulating licensure, registration and certification of pharmacies, pharmacists, pharmacy technicians and other pharmacy personnel. We are licensed in all states that require such licensure in which we do business and believe that we substantially comply with all state licensing laws applicable to our business. Where required by law, we also have pharmacists licensed in all states in which we dispense. If we violate state pharmacy licensure laws or engage in conduct prohibited under our license, we could be subject to enforcement action, including but not limited to suspension or loss of such pharmacy license

111


Table of Contents

          The U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, as well as some similar state agencies, requires our pharmacy locations to individually register in order to handle controlled substances, including prescription pharmaceuticals. Federal and various state laws also regulate specific labeling, reporting and record-keeping aspects related to controlled substances. We maintain U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration registrations for each of our facilities that require such registration and follow procedures intended to comply with all applicable federal and state requirements regarding dispensing controlled substances.


Employees

          As of June 30, 2016, we had 193 employees. Of those employees, 119 provide direct client service, including 44 who are clinical pharmacists who perform medication risk analysis and offer guidance, 11 are involved in sales, marketing and client support, 32 are involved in software development, six are involved in the development and enhancement of our service offerings and 25 are devoted to information technology, administrative and financial activities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or subject to collective bargaining agreements and all of our employees currently work in the United States. We consider our employee relations to be good.


Facilities

          Our corporate headquarters is located in Moorestown, New Jersey, where we occupy 49,710 square feet of space. At our corporate headquarters, 24,855 square feet is utilized for pharmacy dispensing, and 24,855 square feet is utilized for office space under two lease agreements that expire in November 2027. We have entered into a third lease agreement for 24,855 additional square feet in Moorestown, New Jersey, which will also expire in November 2027, to be used as additional office space for our corporate headquarters, which we expect to begin to occupy in October 2016. In addition, we lease an aggregate of 18,584 square feet at the following locations: Boulder, Colorado; Charleston, South Carolina; San Francisco, California; St. Louis, Missouri; and Phoenix, Arizona. This includes 9,599 square feet dedicated to pharmacy dispensing in Boulder, Colorado and San Francisco, California. We have entered into a new lease for 4,792 square feet in San Francisco dedicated to pharmacy dispensing that we expect to begin on or around October 1, 2016, which will replace the 1,754 square feet of space we currently occupy there. At such time, the aggregate amount of dispensing space for Boulder and San Francisco will be 12,637 square feet.

          We believe that our properties are adequate for our business as presently conducted.


Legal Proceedings

          We are not currently party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, however, we may be a party to litigation and subject to claims in the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

112


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

          The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers, directors and key employees as of June 30, 2016.

Name
  Age   Position

Executive Officers and Directors

         

Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton

    66   Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board of Directors

Dr. Orsula V. Knowlton

    48   President, Director

Brian Adams

    35   Chief Financial Officer

Glen Bressner

    55   Director

Daniel Lubin

    56   Director

Bruce Luehrs

    63   Director

A Gordon Tunstall

    72   Director

Key Employees

   
 
 

 

Dr. Robert L. Alesiani

    58   Chief Pharmacotherapy Officer

Joseph J. Filippoli

    50   Chief Information Officer

Michael Greenhalgh

    54   Chief Operating Officer

Philip W. Heath

    51   Chief Administrative Officer

Brian J. Litten, Esq. 

    51   Chief Strategy Officer, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer

Jacques Turgeon

    57   Chief Scientific Officer

(1)
Member of the Audit Committee.
(2)
Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3)
Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Executive Officers and Directors

          Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton, BScPharm, MDiv, PhD.     Dr. Calvin Knowlton is our co-founder and has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since June 2014. He has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CareKinesis since May 2009. Dr. Calvin Knowlton founded excelleRx Inc., a national hospice medication management pharmacy serving the elderly, where he acted as President and Chief Executive Officer from April 1995 through July 2007. Dr. Calvin Knowlton has served on the Board and Executive Committee of the Coriell Institute for Medical Research since 2009, and the Evergreens Continuing Care Retirement Community Board of Trustees since 2011. He is the incoming Board Chair of the Evergreens Retirement Community effective as of January 1, 2017, has chaired the Board of Coriell Life Sciences, Inc. since 2011 and has served as a founding member of the Board of the Cooper Medical School of Rowan University since 2011. Dr. Calvin Knowlton served on the Board of St. Christopher's Hospital for Children in Philadelphia from 2005 to 2011. Dr. Calvin Knowlton has been a member of the APhA Pharmacogenomics Task Force, as well as the national Pharmacogenomics Advisory Group since 2010 and 2011, respectively. Dr. Calvin Knowlton served as President of the American Pharmacists Association from 1994 to 1996, and President of the American Pharmacist Association Foundation from 2008 to 2009. Dr. Calvin Knowlton was awarded the highest national honor in pharmacy, the Remington Honor Medal, in 2015. Dr. Calvin Knowlton received his pharmacy degree from Temple University, his Divinity degree from Princeton Theological Seminary and his Ph.D. in Pharmacoeconomics from the University of Maryland. Dr. Calvin Knowlton is married to Dr. Orsula Knowlton. The board of directors believes that Dr. Calvin Knowlton's extensive healthcare services and technology experience, coupled with previous experience founding companies, brings valuable observations to the board of directors on a broad range of matters relating to healthcare services and technology company operations and regulatory interactions.

113


Table of Contents

          Dr. Orsula V. Knowlton, BScPharm, PharmD, MBA.     Dr. Orsula Knowlton is our co-founder and has served as our President since June 2014. She has served as President and a director of CareKinesis since May 2009. She served in numerous positions, including Vice President and Chief Marketing, New Business Development and Strategy Officer, of excelleRx, Inc. from April 1995 through July 2007. Dr. Orsula Knowlton currently serves on the Board of Trustees, a position she has held since 2009, and has chaired the Quality Committee for Samaritan Hospice, Marlton, NJ since 2012. She has been a member of the Board of Trustees for the West Jersey Chamber Music Society from 2009. Dr. Orsula Knowlton served on the Dean's Advisory Board, School of Public Health, Drexel University, Philadelphia from 2008 through 2011; the founding Dean's Advisory Board of Jefferson School of Pharmacy, Philadelphia, PA from 2009 through 2012; the Board of Advisors for the George Washington Institute on Spirituality and Health, Washington, DC from 2009 through 2012; and the Board of Trustees for Family Services, Mt. Holly, NJ (Oaks Integrated Care) from 2009 through 2012. Dr. Orsula Knowlton graduated from the University of the Sciences School of Pharmacy and Temple University's executive Masters in Business Administration program. Dr. Orsula Knowlton is married to Dr. Calvin Knowlton. The board of directors believes that Dr. Orsula Knowlton is qualified as a director based on her extensive marketing and strategy experience in the healthcare services and technology industry, coupled with her previous experience founding companies.

          Brian W. Adams.     Mr. Adams has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2014, and prior to that served as Vice President of Finance and Director of Finance for CareKinesis since October 2011. From September 2007 through October 2011, Mr. Adams served as Senior Financial Analyst, Manager of Finance and Associate Director of Finance and Accounting at KPMG LLP. Mr. Adams served as the Manager of Financial Planning and Analysis of excelleRx, Inc. from July 2005 through September 2007. Mr. Adams graduated from The University of Richmond, Robins School of Business with a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with a concentration in finance.

          Glen Bressner.     Mr. Bressner has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2014, and as a director of CareKinesis since August 2010. Since September 2008, Mr. Bressner has served as a Managing Partner for Originate Ventures, a venture capital investment firm targeting early stage companies in the Mid-Atlantic region with a focus on medical devices, healthcare, consumer, information technology, web-based and commercial products. Mr. Bressner has been a Managing Partner with Mid-Atlantic Venture Funds since October 1985 and combined its fifth fund to help establish Originate Ventures. Mr. Bressner is Vice Chairman of NASDAQ-listed Innovative Solutions and Support Inc., a provider of flat panel display systems to the aerospace industry, and currently serves as the Chairman of its Audit Committee. Over his career, Mr. Bressner has served on the board of various health-related companies, including Access Health, Inc., UltraCision, Inc., CareGain, Inc. and FSAstore.com, Inc. Mr. Bressner has been a Partner and board member of Alum-a-Lift, Inc. since January 1987. He is currently a member of the Board of Governors of St. Christopher's Hospital for Children. The board of directors believes that Mr. Bressner's experience in venture capital makes him a valuable member of our board of directors.

          Daniel Lubin.     Mr. Lubin has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2014, and as a director of CareKinesis since June 2013. Mr. Lubin has been a Managing Partner and co-founder of Radius Ventures, LLC, which acts as the investment advisor to the Radius Funds, a venture capital firm that invests in leading-edge, growth equity and expansion-stage health and life sciences companies, since 1997. Prior to co-founding Radius, Mr. Lubin was a Director in the Investment Banking Division of Schroder Wertheim & Co., with co-responsibility for managing the firm's Health Care Group from 1994 through 1997. In 1991, Mr. Lubin co-founded and was Managing Director of KBL Healthcare, Inc., a health and life science venture capital and investment banking organization, and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of KBL Healthcare Acquisition Corp. from 1991 through 1994. Mr. Lubin earned a Bachelor of Science in Foreign Service from the Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and a Masters in Business Administration from Harvard Business School. The board of directors

114


Table of Contents

believes Mr. Lubin is a valuable addition to the board of directors because of his experience in investing in the healthcare services and information technology sectors.

          Bruce Luehrs.     Mr. Luehrs has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2014, and as a director of CareKinesis since August 2010. Mr. Luehrs has served as the Managing Partner of Rittenhouse Ventures since January 2015, and its predecessor fund Emerald Stage2 Ventures, an early stage venture fund, since its founding in 2007. Prior to joining Rittenhouse Ventures, Mr. Luehrs was a Partner at Penn Valley Capital from July 2006 through June 2007 and a Partner at the Edison Venture Fund from December 1997 through June 2006. Mr. Luehrs previously served as a director of Octagon Research, Cadient and Innaphase. Mr. Luehrs received a Masters in Business Administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University following graduation from Duke University with a Bachelor of Arts in Economics. The board of directors believes Mr. Luehrs' prior director experience across the healthcare technology arena and his specific healthcare experience in pharmaceutical information technology makes him a valuable member of the board of directors.

          A Gordon Tunstall.     Mr. Tunstall has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2014 and as a director of CareKinesis since February 2012. Mr. Tunstall founded Tunstall Consulting, Inc. in 1980, which provides entrepreneurs with advisory services developing growth capital in the institutional capital markets. Mr. Tunstall has served as director on several boards, including excelleRx, Inc., Kforce Inc., Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., Advanced Lighting Technologies, Inc., JLM Industries, Inc., Horizon Medical Products, Inc., Discount Auto Parts, Inc., L.A.T. Sportswear and OrthoSynetics, Inc. (formerly Orthodontic Centers of America, Inc.). Mr. Tunstall is a CPA. Mr. Tunstall attended Widener College and received a Bachelor of Science in accounting. Because of his strong background of service on the boards of directors of numerous companies, his vast industry experience and his background as a successful strategic consultant for over 35 years advising a large number of companies in a variety of industries, the board of directors believes Mr. Tunstall has the qualifications and expertise necessary to serve on our board of directors.

Key Employees

          Robert L. Alesiani, Jr., PharmD, CGP.     Dr. Alesiani has served as our Chief Pharmacotherapy Officer since June 2014, and prior to that held the same position at CareKinesis since October 2009. From January 2009 through September 2009, Dr. Alesiani was the Senior Vice President of Clinical Pharmacy Operations for RevolutionCare, Inc. From August 2007 through December 2008, Dr. Alesiani was the Pharmacist in Charge at Stoke Compounding Pharmacy. Dr. Alesiani served as the Director of Compounding, then the Pharmacist Leader for excelleRx from June 1996 through July 2007. Dr. Alesiani was responsible for the education and oversight of more than 60 clinical pharmacists and pharmacy technicians and was responsible for formulating unique dosage forms for medication administration for the hospice patients. From December 1994 through May 1996, Dr. Alesiani was the Site Director and Clinical Pharmacist until 1996 when he became the Director of the Clinical Intake and Assessment Center at Hospice Pharmacia. From May 1987 through November 1994, Dr. Alesiani was the Director of Institutional Pharmacy and Clinical Community Pharmacist at Amherst Pharmacy. Dr. Alesiani is a Certified Geriatric Pharmacist who received his bachelor's degree in Marine Sciences from The Richard Stockton University of New Jersey, a bachelor's degree in Pharmacy from the University of the Sciences in Philadelphia and his doctorate in Pharmacy from the University of Florida.

          Joseph J. Filippoli.     Mr. Filippoli has served as our Chief Information Officer since June 2014, and as the Senior Vice President for CareKinesis since January 2012. From February 2008 through January 2012, Mr. Filippoli served as the Director of Information Management, leading the Enterprise Analytics and Reporting Department in Information Services, at The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia. Mr. Filippoli founded and served as President of JF Technology Advisors consulting firm from August 2007 to February 2008. From February 2000 through August 2007, he served as the Senior Vice President & Chief Technology Officer for excelleRx, Inc. Mr. Filippoli also served in technology

115


Table of Contents

management at Christiana Care Health System in Delaware from March 1998 through February 2000, and as Director of Management Information Systems and Chief Technology Architect at Delaware Park Casino from 1995 through March 1998. Mr. Filippoli received his Masters in Business Administration from Drexel University. Mr. Filippoli is a son-in-law of Dr. Calvin Knowlton.

          Michael Greenhalgh.     Mr. Greenhalgh has served as our Chief Operating Officer since June 2014. Mr. Greenhalgh has served as the Chief Operating Officer of CareKinesis since May 2009, where he also served as the chief architect and designer of all pharmacy operations. Prior to CareKinesis, Mr. Greenhalgh was co-founder and President of Myofacial Associates from February 2003 through June 2006, a professional wellness center specializing in a natural alternative medicine approach to patient care with emphasis on well care visits. From March 1988 through March 1998, Mr. Greenhalgh was the President and owner of Red Fern Pharmacy, Norris Hills Pharmacy, Inc. and Red Fern Medical Inc. Red Fern Pharmacy and Norris Hills Pharmacy, Inc. became leaders in health education and pharmaceutical care for various disease states and hospice care. Red Fern Medical specialized in diabetes care, medical supplies and breast prosthesis for breast cancer patients. All three companies were acquired by Rite Aid, a Fortune 500 company. In addition to Mr. Greenhalgh's experience in pharmacy operations and health care management, Mr. Greenhalgh is the founder and managing partner of Blairhart Developing Inc. and MG2 Properties, each a real estate acquisitions and property management company, since 1992. Further, Mr. Greenhalgh was the owner of Exit Realty Pennsylvania, a sub-franchisor of Exit Realty International, a real estate brokerage where Mr. Greenhalgh was a franchisor for the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, from 2002 through 2009. Mr. Greenhalgh graduated from Temple University with his bachelor's degree in Pharmacy in May 1985.

          Phillip W. Heath .     Mr. Heath has served as our Chief Administrative Officer since February 2015. From January, 2012 through January 2015, Mr. Heath served as Chief Marketing and Sales Officer and Chief Administrative Officer at InnovAge, a provider of long-term care services including PACE, home care, affordable senior housing and care management services. From January 2010 through December 2011, Mr. Heath served as the Vice President of Business Development for The Denver Hospice. Mr. Heath was the Regional Director of PACE Operations for InnovAge Greater Colorado PACE from August 2008 through December 2009. From June 2007 through August 2008, Mr. Heath served as the General Manager and Executive Director of Odyssey Healthcare. Mr. Heath was the Director of Access and Admissions for TRU Community Care from August 2003 through June 2007. Mr. Heath holds a Bachelor of Arts from Morehouse College and a Masters in Health Services Administration from the University of Detroit Mercy. Mr. Health also completed a Healthcare Leadership certification from Cornell University.

          Brian J. Litten, Esq .     Mr. Litten has served as our Chief Strategy Officer, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer since September 2014. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Litten served as Chief Executive Officer of PathForward Oncology, LLC, a healthcare technology company, from November 2010 to July 2013 and as Strategic Advisor to the Chief Executive Officer of eviti, Inc., a healthcare technology company, from November 2010 through August 2014. Mr. Litten served as Vice President of Strategic and External Affairs for AmeriHealth New Jersey, a for-profit subsidiary of Independence Blue Cross (Philadelphia), from October 2008 through October 2010. Mr. Litten served as Director, Government Affairs from August 2003 through September 2008 for Horizon Blue Cross Blue Shield of New Jersey. Mr. Litten was the Managing Director, State and Civic Affairs, for Continental Airlines from July 2000 through July 2003. Mr. Litten was appointed to serve as Chief Legislative Counsel and Assistant Attorney General in New Jersey's Office of the Attorney General, Department of Law and Public Safety, from September 1995 through July 2000. Mr. Litten has served on the Board of the Public Affairs Council since June 2015 and, previously, from August 2003 through August 2012. From January 2011 through December 2012, Mr. Litten served as a Senior Fellow at the Jefferson School of Population Health. Mr. Litten also served on the Board and the Executive Committee of the Coriell Institute for Medical Research, a non-profit biomedical research center, from September 2008 through December 2012. Mr. Litten served on the New Jersey Association of Health plans Board of Directors

116


Table of Contents

from August 2003 through October 2010 and was elected as its Chairman from January 2005 through October 2010. Mr. Litten earned a Juris Doctor from Rutgers University School of Law and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Vassar College. Mr. Litten is a member in good standing of the Bar of the State of New Jersey.

          Jacques Turgeon, PhD.     Dr. Turgeon has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since September 2015. Dr. Turgeon served as the Chief Executive Officer of the Centre hospitalier de l'Universite de Montreal, the major francophone university hospital in the province of Quebec, from April 2015 to September 2015, and was previously the Executive Director beginning in June 2014. From April 2007 to June 2014, Dr. Turgeon was the Director of the Research Center of the Centre hospitalier de l'Université de Montréal. Dr. Turgeon was Dean of the Faculty of Pharmacy at the Université de Montréal where he is a professor in drug metabolism, pharmacokinetics and pharmacogenomics. Dr. Turgeon received his Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy from l'Université Laval in Quebec City followed by a Master of Science in pharmacokinetics and a Ph.D. in drug metabolism from the same institution. Dr. Turgeon completed post-doctoral studies in the department of Clinical Pharmacology at Vanderbilt University.


Board Composition and Election of Directors

Board Composition

          Our board of directors currently consists of six directors, four of whom qualify as independent directors under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC, or NASDAQ.

          Effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. The members of the classes will be divided as follows:

    the class I directors will be           and           , and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017;

    the class II directors will be           and           , and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018; and

    the class III directors will be           and           , and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class shall consist of one third of the board of directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

          We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our priority in selection of board members is identification of members who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business and understanding of the competitive landscape.

Director Independence

          Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, or the NASDAQ Listing Rules, requires that a company listing in connection with its initial public offering must meet the following requirements (1) for its audit, compensation and nominating committees, (a) one member satisfying the independence requirements applicable to such committees described below at the time of listing, (b) a majority of

117


Table of Contents

members satisfying such requirements within 90 days of listing and (c) all members satisfying such requirements within one year of listing; and (2) independent directors compose a majority of the listed company's board of directors within one year of listing. In addition, the NASDAQ Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit committee, compensation committee and nominating committee (to the extent that the listed company select or recommend director nominees through a nominating committee instead of independent directors constituting a majority of the board of directors' independent directors), be independent and that audit committee members and compensation committee members also satisfy additional independence criteria. Under NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(a)(2), a director will only qualify as "independent" if the person meets the independence criteria listed therein and, in the opinion of our board of directors that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Under NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(c)(2), audit committee members must also meet the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, under which a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. Under NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(d)(2), members of the compensation committee must also satisfy additional independence requirements under which the board of directors of the listed company must consider, in affirmatively determining the independence of a director who will serve on the compensation committee, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to the listed company that is material to that director's ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to, the source of compensation of such director, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company, and whether the compensation committee member is affiliated with the listed company, any of its subsidiaries or an affiliate of a subsidiary of the listed company.

          In                          2016, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family and other relationships, including those relationships described under "Transactions with Related Persons," our board of directors determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton, is an "independent director" as that term is defined under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton are not considered independent because they currently serve as our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. Our board of directors also determined that each member of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees satisfies the independence standards for such committees established by the SEC and the NASDAQ Listing Rules. In making these determinations regarding the independence of our directors, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.


Board Leadership Structure and the Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

Board Leadership Structure

          The positions of our chairman of the board and chief executive officer are combined, our board of directors does not have a policy on whether the role of the chairman and the chief executive officer should be separate and believes it should maintain flexibility to select a chairman and board leadership structure from time to time. Currently, the board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of

118


Table of Contents

the company and its stockholders for Dr. Calvin Knowlton to serve in both roles given his knowledge of the company and industry.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

          We face a number of risks, including those described in the section titled "Risk Factors". Our board of directors believes that risk management is an important part of establishing, updating and executing the company's business strategy. Our board of directors, as a whole and at the committee level, has oversight responsibility relating to risks that could affect the corporate strategy, business objectives, compliance, operations and the financial condition and performance of the company. Our board of directors focuses its oversight on the most significant risks facing the company and on its processes to identify, prioritize, assess, manage and mitigate those risks. Our board of directors and its committees receive regular reports from members of the company's senior management on areas of material risk to the company, including strategic, operational, financial, legal and regulatory risks. While our board of directors has an oversight role, management is principally tasked with direct responsibility for management and assessment of risks and the implementation of processes and controls to mitigate the effects of risks on the company.

          The audit committee, as part of its responsibilities, oversees the management of financial risks, including accounting matters, liquidity and credit risks, corporate tax positions, insurance coverage and cash investment strategy and results. The audit committee is also responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to the performance of the company's internal audit function, if required, and its independent registered public accounting firm, as well as our systems of internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation and overall compensation and benefit strategies, plans, arrangements, practices and policies. The nominating and corporate governance committee oversees the management of risks associated with our overall compliance and corporate governance practices, and the independence and composition of our board of directors. These committees provide regular reports, on at least a quarterly basis, to the full board of directors.


Committees of the Board

          Our board of directors has a standing audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board.

Audit Committee

          The audit committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our consolidated financial statements, the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors and our internal financial and accounting controls. The audit committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention (including termination) and oversight of our independent auditors, and our independent auditors report directly to the audit committee. The audit committee also prepares the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement.

          The members of the audit committee are                          , and                          serves as chair of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee qualifies as an independent director under the corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ Listing Rules and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that                           qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as such term is currently defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The audit committee has adopted a written charter that satisfies the applicable

119


Table of Contents

standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Listing Rules, which we will post on our website upon completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee

          The compensation committee approves the compensation objectives for the company, approves the compensation of the chief executive officer and approves or recommends to our board of directors for approval the compensation for other executives. The compensation committee reviews all compensation components, including base salary, bonus, benefits and other perquisites.

          The members of the compensation committee are                          , and                          serves as chair of the compensation committee. Each member of the compensation committee is a non-employee director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the rules promulgated under the Exchange Act, each is an outside director as defined by Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and each is an independent director as defined by the NASDAQ Listing Rules, including NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(d)(2). The compensation committee has adopted a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Listing Rules, which we will post on our website upon completion of this offering.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the structure and composition of our board and the board committees. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for developing and recommending to our board, corporate governance guidelines applicable to the company and advising our board on corporate governance matters.

          The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are                          and                           serves as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is a non-employee director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the rules promulgated under the Exchange Act and an independent director as defined by the NASDAQ Listing Rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee has adopted a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the NASDAQ Listing Rules, which we will post on our website upon completion of this offering.


Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          We will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon completion of this offering, we will post the code of business conduct and ethics on our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to the code or any waivers of its requirements on our website to the extent permitted by the applicable rules and exchange requirements.


Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been an officer or employee of the company. None of our executive officers serves, or has served during the last three year, as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our compensation committee.

120


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the "Summary Compensation Table" below. As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to "smaller reporting companies" as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act, which require compensation disclosure for our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. In 2015, our chief executive officer and our two other highest-paid executive officers, referred to collectively as our "named executive officers", were as follows:

          We review compensation annually for all employees, including our named executive officers. In setting base salaries and bonuses and granting equity incentive awards, we consider compensation for comparable positions in the market, individual performance as compared to our expectations and objectives, our desire to motivate our named executive officers to achieve short- and long-term results that are in the best interests of our stockholders and a long-term commitment to our company.

          This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.


Summary Compensation Table

          The following table sets forth information for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, regarding compensation awarded to or earned by our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary(1)
($)
  Option
Awards(2)
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(3)
($)
  All Other
Compensation(4)
($)
  Total
($)
 

Dr. Calvin Knowlton

    2015     296,512     110,976     105,000     56,367     568,855  

Chief Executive Officer

    2014     277,025     61,695     102,000     56,311     497,031  

Dr. Orsula Knowlton

   
2015
   
280,507
   
110,454
   
98,000
   
8,580
   
497,541
 

President

    2014     247,539     60,366     95,840     10,634     414,379  

Brian Adams

   
2015
   
217,540
   
33,464
   
49,000
   
6,812
   
306,816
 

Chief Financial Officer

    2014     188,879     17,179     47,500     8,999     262,557  

(1)
Amounts shown for 2015 include $25,986, $24,415 and $15,844 and for 2014 include $10,830, $9,675 and $3,640 for Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton and Mr. Adams, respectively, as payment of accrued but unused paid time off in excess of 80 hours in accordance with our paid time off policy applicable to all employees.

(2)
Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of option awards granted in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Our named executive officers will only realize compensation to the extent the market price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options. For information regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards, see note 13 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.

(3)
Amounts reflect annual performance bonuses paid under our short-term incentive compensation program, as discussed in the "Short-Term Incentive Compensation" section.

121


Table of Contents

(4)
Includes the following additional compensation:

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Company
Contribution
to 401(k)
Plan
($)
  After-Tax
Retirement
Payment(a)
($)
  Health
and
Welfare
Benefits(b)
($)
  Executive
Life
Insurance
Program(c)
($)
  Perquisites(d)
($)
 

Dr. Calvin Knowlton

    2015     8,099         27,352     8,543     12,373  

Chief Executive Officer

    2014     5,590     2,873     24,388     8,543     12,903  

Dr. Orsula Knowlton

   
2015
   
7,900
   
   
   
680
   
 

President

    2014     5,253     2,687         680      

Brian Adams

   
2015
   
6,034
   
   
   
778
   
 

Chief Financial Officer

    2014     4,165     2,042         778      

(a)
For 2014, this amount reflects the value of the after-tax retirement payment in the amount of 3% of base salary made to each of the named executive officers under the retirement policy applicable to all employees prior to the second quarter of 2014.

(b)
Includes the premiums paid for our medical plan for Dr. Calvin Knowlton, covering both him and Dr. Orsula Knowlton, which are fully paid by us, as discussed below in the "Other Benefits" section.

(c)
Includes premiums paid for our executive life insurance program, discussed below in the "Other Benefits" section.

(d)
The aggregate amount of perquisites does not exceed $10,000 per annum for each of the named executive officers, except for Dr. Calvin Knowlton. The amount reported here for Dr. Calvin Knowlton reflects the value of country club and social club dues paid by us, discussed below in the "Other Benefits" section.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Employment Agreements

          None of our named executive officers are currently party to an employment agreement with us. We expect to enter into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers effective on or prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We expect that certain key terms of these agreements will be as described below.

          The annual base salary and annual target bonus opportunity will be set for each named executive officer when his or her employment agreement is entered into. Each employment agreement will have an initial 3-year term and will automatically renew each anniversary thereafter unless notice of non-renewal is given 90 days prior to the expiration of the renewal date or they are otherwise terminated pursuant to their terms.

          In the event Dr. Calvin Knowlton, Dr. Orsula Knowlton or Mr. Adams is terminated by us without cause or resigns for good reason (each as generally defined below), subject to the applicable executive timely executing a release of claims in our favor, each of Dr. Calvin Knowlton and Dr. Orsula Knowlton is entitled to receive 18 months, and Mr. Adams is entitled to receive 12 months, of continued base salary and each executive is also entitled to receive up to 18 months of continued medical, dental or vision coverage pursuant to COBRA at the active employee rate, if elected. If the termination occurs within 60 days before or 12 months following a change in control, referred to as a change in control termination, subject to the executive timely executing a release of claims in our favor, each of the executives, as applicable, are entitled to receive the following in lieu of the severance benefits described in the previous sentence: (i) 2 times for Dr. Calvin Knowlton and Dr. Orsula Knowlton, and 1.5 times for Mr. Adams, such executive's annual base salary plus target bonus opportunity, paid in regular payroll installments over the 24-month period for Dr. Calvin Knowlton and Dr. Orsula Knowlton, and the 18-month period for Mr. Adams, following such executive's employment termination date; (ii) up to

122


Table of Contents

24 months for Dr. Calvin Knowlton and Dr. Orsula Knowlton, and 18 months for Mr. Adams, of continued medical, dental or vision coverage pursuant to COBRA at the active employee rate, or pursuant to an individual policy following the COBRA continuation period, if elected; and (iii) accelerated vesting of the executive's time-based equity awards and continued eligibility to vest in awards subject to performance-based vesting conditions if and to the extent such performance conditions are thereafter satisfied.

          The employment agreements each contain restrictive covenants pursuant to which the executives have agreed to refrain from competing with us or soliciting our employees or customers for a period following the executive's termination of employment. For Dr. Calvin Knowlton and Dr. Orsula Knowlton, the period is 18 months, provided that such period shall be increased to 24 months in the case of a change in control termination. For Mr. Adams, the period is 12 months, provided that such period shall be increased to 18 months in the case of a change in control termination.

          Payments and benefits under the employment agreements are reduced to the maximum amount that does not trigger the excise tax under Code sections 280G and 4999 unless the executive would be better off, on an after-tax basis, if the executive received all payments and benefits and paid all applicable excise and income taxes.

          For purposes of the employment agreements:

    "cause" generally means, subject to certain notice requirements and cure rights, the executive's: (i) knowing and material dishonesty or fraud committed in connection with the executive's employment; (ii) theft, misappropriation or embezzlement of our funds; (iii) repeatedly negligently performing or failing to perform, or willfully refusing to perform, the executive's duties to us (other than a failure resulting from the executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness); (iv) conviction of or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any felony, a crime involving fraud or misrepresentation, or any other crime (whether or not connected with his employment) the effect of which is likely to adversely affect us or our affiliates; (v) material breach of any of the provisions or covenants set forth in the employment agreement; or (vi) a material breach of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

    "good reason" generally means, subject to certain notice requirements and cure rights, (i) material diminution of the executive's authority, duties or responsibilities; (ii) a relocation of our offices at which the executive is principally employed to a location more than 35 miles from the location of such offices immediately prior to the relocation; (iii) a material diminution in the executive's base salary; (iv) non-renewal of the employment agreement; or (v) any action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us of a material provision of the employment agreement.

    "change in control" has the meaning set forth in our 2014 Equity Compensation Plan.

Incentive Compensation

          We award both short-term and long-term incentive compensation to our named executive officers.

Short-Term Incentive Compensation

          We pay annual performance bonuses to reward the performance achievements of our named executive officers. We generally pay these bonuses in cash, and an executive must be employed by us on the pay date to receive a bonus. Each named executive officer is assigned a targeted maximum payout, expressed as a percentage of his or her base salary for the year, which varies by his or her compensation tier. Each named executive officer's annual performance bonus is generally determined based on our achievement of company objectives. Our company objectives generally relate to the achievement of pre-established performance goals based on company-wide business objectives.

123


Table of Contents

          The performance objectives are generally objectively determinable and measurable and their outcomes are uncertain at the time established. When we set the 2015 objectives, we considered them to be ambitious, but attainable and designed to cause annual performance bonus payments to reflect meaningful performance requirements. For 2015, our company objectives were achievement of designated levels of profitable growth, client satisfaction and retention, efficient and quality production and regulatory and departmental compliance. In 2015, the actual bonuses paid reflect that our objectives were achieved at 100% of target. For 2015, the target bonus and actual payout for our named executive officers are set forth in the table below:

Name
  Target Bonus
($)
  Actual Payout
($)
 

Dr. Calvin Knowlton

    105,000     105,000  

Dr. Orsula Knowlton

    98,000     98,000  

Brian Adams

    49,000     49,000  

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

          We award long-term incentive awards to our named executive officers under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, discussed below in the "Equity Compensation Plan" section. In addition, our named executive officers participate in three long-term incentive programs that were adopted on June 28, 2013. Each of these programs is designed to drive our performance through a change in control transaction or initial public offering.

    Special Equity Award Pool

          The board of directors established an employee equity award pool of 2,626,188 shares of common stock under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan for purposes of granting equity-based compensation awards, including stock options, to employees until June 28, 2018. We make annual stock option grants to certain employees, including our named executive officers, under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan using shares from this pool. The exercise price of stock options is the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on the date of grant. Our stock options typically vest over a four-year period, subject to continued employment or association with us, and generally expire five or ten years after the date of grant. Incentive stock options, or ISOs, also include terms necessary to assure compliance with the applicable provision of the Code. In connection with this offering, any remaining shares in the pool will be granted as restricted stock to certain of our executives, including our named executive officers, immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as determined by our board of directors based on the recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Calvin Knowlton.

    Leadership Exit Bonus Plan

          In June 2014, we entered into a Letter Agreement with Radius, pursuant to which we established the Leadership Exit Bonus Plan, whereby certain of our executives, including our named executive officers, participate in a change in control transaction or initial public offering with respect to us based on proceeds received by Radius in connection with such event as described below.

          Payments under our Leadership Exit Bonus Plan, if any, will be based on a value of up to $4.0 million, which pursuant to the terms of the plan will be allocated at the discretion of Dr. Calvin Knowlton. All of our named executive officers, Joseph Filippoli and two additional key employees are entitled to participate in the Leadership Exit Bonus Plan.

124


Table of Contents

          In the event of our initial public offering where Radius is permitted to sell in such offering shares of our capital stock, owned by Radius, with an aggregate sales price of at least $8.0 million, then:

    In the event that the initial public offering value, calculated based on the proceeds received by Radius, exceeds $16.0 million but is equal to or less than $20.0 million, then on the effective date of the initial public offering, Radius shall contribute to us shares of Series B preferred stock and/or common stock issued upon the conversion of such Series B preferred stock, with an aggregate fair market value calculated based upon the initial public offering price, equal to the lesser of (1) $1.0 million and (2) the amount by which the initial public offering value exceeds $16.0 million;

    In the event that the initial public offering value exceeds $20.0 million but is equal to or less than $24.0 million, then on the effective date of the initial public offering, Radius shall contribute to us shares of Series B preferred stock and/or common stock issued upon the conversion of such Series B preferred stock, with an aggregate fair market value calculated based upon the initial public offering price, equal to the sum of (1) $1.0 million plus (2) the lesser of (A) $1.0 million and (B) the amount by which the initial public offering value exceeds $20.0 million; and

    In the event that the initial public offering value exceeds $24.0 million, then on the effective date of the initial public offering, Radius shall contribute to us shares of Series B preferred stock and/or common stock issued upon the conversion of such Series B preferred stock, with an aggregate fair market value calculated based upon the initial public offering price, equal to the sum of (1) $2.0 million plus (2) the lesser of (A) $2.0 million and (B) the amount by which the initial public offering value exceeds $24.0 million.

          Based on the assumed terms of this offering, we will make payments under the plan using shares we will receive from Radius. To the extent we receive any payments from Radius, we will make aggregate payments in such amount to participants in the plan in the form of shares of our common stock, cash or other consideration, as determined by our board of directors from a pool valued at up to $4.0 million, allocated in our discretion.

    Valuation Incentive Award Plan

          The Valuation Incentive Award Plan establishes, in the event of an acquisition of our company resulting in proceeds of at least $250.0 million, an award pool of $9.0 million from the proceeds of such acquisition. Certain executives, including our named executive officers, would be eligible for awards from the pool, as allocated in the discretion of our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Calvin Knowlton. The Valuation Incentive Award Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering.

Other Benefits

    401(k) Plan

          Prior to the second quarter of 2014, we provided an after-tax retirement payment to our employees, including our named executive officers, in the amount of 3% of base salary, paid on a quarterly basis. In the second quarter of 2014, we put in place a defined contribution employee retirement plan for our employees. Our 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under Section 401 of the Code so that contributions to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on such contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan. Our 401(k) plan provides that each participant may contribute up to $18,000 for 2015. Participants who are at least 50 years old can also make "catch-up" contributions, which in 2015 may be up to an additional $5,500 above the statutory limit. Under our 401(k) plan, we make a contribution equal to 3% of compensation on behalf of each eligible employee.

125


Table of Contents

    Executive Life Insurance Program

          In 2014, we began providing an executive life insurance program in which our named executive officers participate. This program provides a death benefit to the named executive officer's beneficiary in an amount equal to $1.0 million, $1.0 million and $1.5 million for Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton and Mr. Adams, respectively.

    Additional Benefits

          Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, such as dental insurance, vision insurance, a medical and dental opt-out program, group life insurance and short and long-term disability insurance, in each case on the same basis as other employees, subject to applicable laws. We also provide vacation and other paid holidays to all employees, including our named executive officers. We pay the full cost of medical insurance for Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton. Mr. Adams participates in our medical insurance benefits on the same basis as other employees.

126


Table of Contents


Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Fiscal Year End

          The following table presents information regarding all outstanding stock options held by each of our named executive officers on December 31, 2015. We have not historically made stock or other equity award grants to our named executive officers.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Grant Date   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable(1)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Dr. Calvin Knowlton

    1/31/2011     6,018         0.75     1/31/2016 (2)

    2/10/2011     62,000         0.75     2/10/2016 (2)

    3/10/2011     1,000         0.75     3/10/2016 (2)

    10/25/2011     600         0.88     10/25/2016  

    11/25/2011     7,200         0.88     11/25/2016  

    1/6/2012     64,650     1,292     0.88     1/6/2017  

    3/1/2012     1,971         0.88     3/1/2017  

    12/20/2012     12,185         1.21     12/20/2017  

    1/2/2013     36,458     13,542     1.76     1/2/2018  

    1/22/2013     7,392         1.76     1/22/2018  

    6/28/2013     356,213     213,728     1.76     6/28/2018  

    1/1/2014     41,796     36,458     3.30     1/1/2019  

    1/1/2015         70,000     3.30     1/1/2020  

    2/1/2015     3,610         3.30     2/1/2020  

Dr. Orsula Knowlton

   
1/31/2011
   
6,018
   
   
0.75
   
1/31/2016

(2)

    2/10/2011     62,000         0.75     2/10/2016 (2)

    3/10/2011     1,000         0.75     3/10/2016 (2)

    10/25/2011     600         0.88     10/25/2016  

    11/25/2011     7,200         0.88     11/25/2016  

    1/6/2012     64,355     1,292     0.88     1/6/2017  

    3/1/2012     1,823         0.88     3/1/2017  

    12/20/2012     11,271         1.21     12/20/2017  

    1/2/2013     36,458     13,542     1.76     1/2/2018  

    1/22/2013     6,837         1.76     1/22/2018  

    6/28/2013     356,213     213,728     1.76     6/28/2018  

    1/1/2014     39,870     36,458     3.30     1/1/2019  

    1/1/2015         70,000     3.30     1/1/2020  

    2/1/2015     3,225         3.30     2/1/2020  

Brian Adams

   
10/20/2011
   
20,000
   
   
0.80
   
10/20/2021
 

    1/6/2012     17,729     271     0.80     1/6/2022  

    3/1/2012     2,500         0.80     3/1/2022  

    12/20/2012     16,379         1.10     12/20/2022  

    1/2/2013     10,938     4,063     1.60     1/2/2023  

    1/22/2013     1,311         1.60     1/22/2023  

    6/28/2013     106,886     64,131     1.60     6/28/2023  

    1/1/2014     10,095     10,417     3.00     1/1/2024  

    1/1/2015         20,000     3.00     1/1/2025  

    2/1/2015     1,213         3.00     2/1/2025  

(1)
Option awards vest 25% on the first anniversary of grant, and 1/36th each month thereafter. Option awards to Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton have a term of five years because they are considered 10% owners and the tax rules for incentive stock option grants require a five-year term. Option awards to Mr. Adams have a term of ten years.

(2)
Options expiring during the quarter ended March 31, 2016 were exercised on a cashless basis resulting in the cancellation of 69,018 shares of our common stock underlying such options held by Dr. Calvin Knowlton and the cancellation of 69,018 shares of our common stock underlying such options held by Dr. Orsula Knowlton and the issuance of 61,325 shares of our common stock to Dr. Calvin Knowlton and the issuance of 61,325 shares of our common stock to Dr. Orsula Knowlton during the quarter ended March 31, 2016.

127


Table of Contents


Equity Compensation Plans

          The board of directors of CareKinesis and its stockholders previously adopted the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan to provide for the grant of ISOs, nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, stock awards, stock units, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and other equity-based awards to employees, consultants and advisors and non-employee directors. The 2009 Equity Compensation Plan was originally adopted on May 1, 2009, and was subsequently amended in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013. As part of the 2013 amendment and restatement, it was renamed the 2013 Equity Compensation Plan. The 2013 Equity Compensation Plan was amended and restated on June 30, 2014 and renamed as the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan. In connection with the Reorganization Transaction, we assumed the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan on such date. References to the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan include the 2009 Equity Compensation Plan and 2013 Equity Compensation Plan for awards made under those prior restatements of the 2014 Compensation Plan.

          In connection with this offering, we expect to adopt a new equity compensation plan that will be effective immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will replace the existing 2014 Equity Compensation Plan. As of the effective date of the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan will be merged with and into the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan and no additional grants will be made thereafter under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan. Outstanding grants under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan will continue in effect according to their terms as in effect before the merger with the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, and the shares with respect to outstanding grants under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan will be issued or transferred under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan.

          Following this offering, we expect to grant equity awards under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan from time to time, but, except as set forth under "—Non-Employee Director Compensation," we have not determined the schedule or amount of such grants.

2014 Equity Compensation Plan

Types of Stock Awards

          The 2014 Equity Compensation Plan provides for the grant of stock options (ISOs and NSOs), stock awards, stock units, SARs and other stock-based awards, which are collectively referred to as stock awards. Other stock-based awards are awards of common stock and other awards (including cash) that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are payable in or otherwise based on, our common stock. Stock awards may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants of the company or our affiliates, except that ISOs may be granted only to employees. Awards are evidenced by award agreements in such forms as the committee approves from time to time. Each award is subject to such terms and conditions, consistent with the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, as are determined by the committee and as set forth in the award agreement.

Share Reserve

          The aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan is 7,635,580 shares. This pool consists of 5,044,636 shares of our Class A common stock and 2,590,944 shares of our Class B common stock. If a stock option or SAR granted under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan expires, terminates, is canceled or is forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised, or if any stock award, stock unit or other stock-based award is forfeited, the number of shares subject to the grant will again be available for purposes of stock awards under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan. As of June 30, 2016, 1,207,337 shares have been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, options to purchase 5,287,067 shares of our common stock were outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $1.72 per share and 1,355,663 shares remained available for grant under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan. No shares have been granted outside of the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan.

128


Table of Contents

Administration

          Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the committee, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the committee will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award. The committee has the authority to adopt and amend administrative rules, regulations, agreements and instruments for implementing the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan. Decisions and interpretations or other actions by the committee are in the discretion of the committee and are final binding and conclusive on the company and all participants in the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan.

Stock Units

          Stock units may be granted to non-employee directors, employees and consultants and advisors selected by the committee. A stock unit is a notional account representing one share of common stock or an amount based on the value of one share of common stock. The committee determines the vesting criteria, if any, for stock units, which may be based on the passage of time, achievement of performance conditions or vesting conditions otherwise determined by the committee.

          A stock unit granted by the committee will be paid in the form of shares of common stock, cash, or a combination of both, as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Stock Awards

          Stock awards may be granted to non-employee directors, employees and consultants and advisors selected by the committee. Each stock award is subject to terms and conditions determined by the committee and set forth in the applicable award agreement, which may include vesting conditions that lapse based on the passage of time, achievement of performance conditions or vesting conditions otherwise determined by the committee, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of the shares covered by the award and our right to reacquire such shares for no consideration upon termination of the participant's employment within specified periods.

          The applicable award agreement will specify whether the participant will have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of common stock subject to a stock award, including the right to receive dividends and to vote the shares, subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the committee, including, without limitation, the achievement of specific performance goals.

Stock Options

          ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the committee. The committee determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan will become exercisable at the rate specified by the committee.

          The committee determines the term of stock options granted under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an option holder's stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder's service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 90 days following the cessation of service. If an option holder's service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an option holder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the option holder or a beneficiary may generally

129


Table of Contents

exercise any vested options for a period of one year following the option holder's disability or death. Unless otherwise provided by the committee at the time a stock option is granted, in the event of a termination for cause, before the stock option is exercised, then the stock option will terminate.

          Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the committee and may include (i) cash, (ii) the tender of shares of our common stock owned by the option holder, (iii) if the company's common stock is publicly traded, a broker assisted cashless exercise, or (iv) such other methods as may be approved by the committee.

          Unless the committee provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or, with respect to grants other than ISOs, if permitted by the committee, pursuant to a domestic relations order. The committee may provide that an NSO may be transferred to a family member, as such term is defined under the applicable securities laws.

          The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (ii) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Stock Appreciation Rights

          Stock appreciation rights may be granted to non-employee directors, employees and consultants and advisors selected by the committee. A stock appreciation right is a right to receive a payment in cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock, in an amount equal to the fair market value of a specified number of shares on the date of exercise over the applicable base price per share, as determined by the committee. The base price per share may not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted. The committee may grant in connection with any stock option one or more tandem SARs relating to a number of shares of common stock less than or equal to the number of shares of common stock subject to the related stock option.

          If a SAR holder's service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the SAR holder may generally exercise any vested SARs for a period of 90 days following the cessation of service. If a SAR holder's service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or a SAR holder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the SAR holder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested SARs for a period of one year following the SAR holder's disability or death. Unless otherwise provided by the committee at the time a SAR is granted, in the event of a termination for cause, before the SAR is exercised, then the SAR will terminate. Tandem SARs may only be exercisable during the period when the option to which it is related is exercisable.

130


Table of Contents

Termination of Employment

          Unless otherwise specified in an award agreement or any other written agreement between the participant and the company or any of its subsidiaries, and subject to the foregoing vesting restrictions, if a participant's employment is terminated, outstanding vested and unvested awards under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan will be subject to the following treatment:

Reason for Termination
  Effect on Awards under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, except as
otherwise specified in an award agreement or other written agreement
Death or Disability  

Unvested awards will be forfeited.

   

Vested stock options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable for a 1-year period unless the award has an earlier expiration date.

For-Cause Termination

 

Unvested awards will be forfeited.

   

All stock options and stock appreciation rights, whether or not vested, will be forfeited.

Other Termination Events

 

Unvested awards will be forfeited.

   

Vested stock options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable for a 90-day period unless the award has an earlier expiration date.

Effect of Change in Control

          Upon a change in control, all outstanding stock options and SARs shall accelerate and become exercisable and the restrictions and conditions on all stock awards, stock unit awards and other stock-based awards will lapse.

          Under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, "change in control" means:

    any person or entity, other than the company, its subsidiaries or an employee benefit plan sponsored by the company or its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 50% of our voting stock;

    consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the company's assets or property;

    consummation of a merger or consolidation of the company with another corporation following which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own more than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving entity;

    liquidation or dissolution of the company; or

    the committee may provide a different definition of change in control in an award agreement if it determines a different definition is necessary or appropriate, including to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Adjustments to Awards Due to Changes in the Company's Capital Structure

          If there is any change in the number or kind of shares of our common stock outstanding by reason of (i) a stock dividend, spinoff, recapitalization, stock split, or combination or exchange of shares, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation, (iii) a reclassification or change in par value or (iv) any other extraordinary or unusual event affecting the outstanding common stock as a class without the company's receipt of consideration, or if the value of outstanding shares of common stock is substantially reduced as a result of a spinoff or the company's payment of any extraordinary dividend or distribution, the maximum number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, the maximum number of shares of common stock for which any individual may receive awards in any year, the number and kind of shares covered by outstanding awards and the price per share or applicable market value of such awards will be required to be equitably adjusted by the committee to reflect any increase or decrease in the number of, or change in the kind or value of,

131


Table of Contents

issued shares of common stock to preclude, to the extent practicable, the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan and such outstanding awards. Any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment will be eliminated. Any adjustments to outstanding awards will be consistent with Sections 409A, to the extent applicable. Any adjustment of awards will include adjustment of shares, stock option exercise price, stock appreciation right base price, performance goals or other terms and conditions, as the committee deems appropriate.

Transferability

          Unless the committee provides otherwise, awards generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or, with respect to grants other than ISOs, if permitted by the committee, pursuant to a domestic relations order. The committee may provide that an NSO may be transferred to a family member, as such term is defined under the applicable securities laws. The committee may require an award holder to enter into a stockholder's agreement with respect to stock issued or distributed pursuant to the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan and shares may be subject to a lock-up period if requested by us. Prior to a public offering, company stock distributed under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan is subject to our right of first refusal and repurchase rights.

Amendment of the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan and Awards

          Our board of directors may amend, suspend, or terminate the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan at any time. The committee may amend any award at any time. However, no amendment may materially impair a participant's award without the participant's consent, unless otherwise permitted by the terms of the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan or the applicable award agreement, or if necessary to comply with applicable law.

2016 Equity Compensation Plan

Purpose and Types of Grants

          The purpose of the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan is to attract and retain employees, non-employee directors and consultants, and advisors. The 2016 Equity Compensation Plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock awards, stock units, stock appreciation rights, other stock-based awards and cash awards. The 2016 Equity Compensation Plan also provides for the issuance of equity and cash awards that are intended to qualify as qualified performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code to selected executive employees, or qualified performance grants. The 2016 Equity Compensation Plan is intended to provide an incentive to participants to contribute to our economic success by aligning the economic interests of participants with those of our stockholders.

Administration

          The compensation committee of our board of directors, referred to herein as the committee, has the authority to administer the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan. The 2016 Equity Compensation Plan will be administered by the committee, and the committee will determine all of the terms and conditions applicable to grants under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan. The committee will also determine who will receive grants under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan and the number of shares of common stock that will be subject to grants, except that grants to members of our board of directors must be authorized by a majority of our board of directors. The committee may delegate authority under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan to one or more subcommittees as it deems appropriate. Subject to compliance with applicable law and NASDAQ requirements, the committee, or our board of directors or a subcommittee, as applicable, may delegate all or part of its authority to our Chief Executive Officer, as it deems appropriate, with respect to grants to employees or key advisors who are not executive officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and provided that such grants are not intended to meet the

132


Table of Contents

requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. The committee, our board of directors, any subcommittee or the Chief Executive Officer, as applicable, that has authority with respect to a specific grant is referred to as the committee in this description of the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan.

Grants

          Subject to adjustment, the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan authorizes the issuance or transfer of up to the sum of the following: (1)              new shares, plus (2) the number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding grants under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan as of the effective date of the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan; provided, however, that the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued or transferred under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan pursuant to incentive stock options may not exceed          . During the term of the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, the share reserve will automatically increase on the first trading day in January of each calendar year, beginning in calendar year 2017, by an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock on the last trading day in December of the prior calendar year or such other number set by our board of directors.

          If any options or stock appreciation rights, including outstanding options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, terminate, expire, or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged, or surrendered without having been exercised, or if any stock awards, stock units or other stock-based awards, including outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, are forfeited, terminated or otherwise not paid in full, the shares subject to such grants will again be available for purposes of the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan. In addition, if any shares of our common stock are surrendered in payment of the exercise price of an option or stock appreciation right, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan will be reduced only by the net number of shares actually issued upon exercise and not by the total number of shares under which such option or stock appreciation right is exercised. If shares of our common stock are withheld in satisfaction of the withholding taxes incurred in connection with the issuance, vesting or exercise of any grant, or the issuance of our common stock, then the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan shall be reduced by the net number of shares issued, vested or exercised under such grant. If any grants are paid in cash, and not in shares of our common stock, any shares of our common stock subject to such grants will also be available for future grants. In addition, shares of our common stock issued under grants made pursuant to assumption, substitution or exchange of previously granted awards of a company that we acquire will not reduce the number of shares of our common stock available under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan. Available shares under a stockholder approved plan of an acquired company may be used for grants under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan and will not reduce the share reserve, subject to compliance with the applicable stock exchange and the Code.

          With respect to grants that are intended to meet the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan contains the following annual limits, subject to adjustment as described in the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan:

    the maximum number of shares of our common stock for which grants measured in shares may be awarded to any employee in any calendar year shall not exceed             shares;

    the maximum dollar amount for which grants measured in cash dollars (including cash awards) that may be awarded to any employee in any 12-month period within a performance period shall not exceed $          million; and

    the maximum aggregate amount of dividends and dividend equivalents that an employee may accrue in any calendar year shall not exceed $          million.

133


Table of Contents

          The individual limits described above are increased to two times the otherwise applicable limits set forth above with respect to grants that are intended to meet the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code that are made on or around the date of hire to a newly hired employee.

          The 2016 Equity Compensation Plan also includes limits for compensation paid to non-employee directors during any calendar year. The maximum grant date value of shares of common stock subject to grants made to any non-employee directors, taken together with any cash fees earned by such non-employee director for services rendered during the calendar year, shall not exceed $         in total value, with the value of such grants calculated based on the grant date fair value of such grants for financial reporting purposes.

Adjustments

          In connection with stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and certain other events affecting our common stock, the committee will make adjustments as it deems appropriate in the maximum number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance as grants, the maximum number of shares of common stock that any individual participating in the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan may be granted in any year, the number and kind of shares covered by outstanding grants, the kind of shares that may be issued or transferred under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, the price per share or market value of any outstanding grants, the exercise price of options, the base amount of stock appreciation rights, the performance goals or other terms and conditions as the committee deems appropriate.

Eligibility

          All of our employees are eligible to receive grants under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan. In addition, our non-employee directors and key advisors who perform services for us may receive grants under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan.

Vesting

          The committee determines the vesting and exercisability terms of awards granted under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan.

Options

          Under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, the committee will determine the exercise price of the options granted and may grant options to purchase shares of common stock in such amounts as it determines. The committee may grant options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code or non-qualified stock options, which are not intended to so qualify. Incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. Anyone eligible to participate in the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan may receive a grant of non-qualified stock options. The exercise price of a stock option granted under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan cannot be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date the option is granted. If an incentive stock option is granted to a 10% stockholder, the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date the option is granted.

          The exercise price for any option is generally payable in cash. In certain circumstances as permitted by the committee, the exercise price may be paid by the surrender of shares of our common stock with an aggregate fair market value on the date the option is exercised equal to the exercise price, by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures established by the Federal Reserve Board, by withholding shares of common stock subject to the exercisable option which have a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price or by such other method as the committee approves.

134


Table of Contents

          The term of an option cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant, except that if an incentive stock option is granted to a 10% stockholder, the term cannot exceed five years from the date of grant. In the event that on the last day of the term of a non-qualified stock option, the exercise is prohibited by applicable law, including a prohibition on purchases or sales of our common stock under our insider trading policy, the term of the non-qualified option will be extended for a period of 30 days following the end of the legal prohibition, unless the committee determines otherwise.

          Except as provided in the grant instrument, an option may only be exercised while a participant is employed by or providing service to us. The committee will determine in the grant instrument under what circumstances and during what time periods a participant may exercise an option after termination of employment.

Stock Appreciation Rights

          Under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, the committee may grant stock appreciation rights, which may be granted separately or in tandem with any option. Stock appreciation rights granted with a non-qualified stock option may be granted either at the time the non-qualified stock option is granted or any time thereafter while the option remains outstanding. Stock appreciation rights granted with an incentive stock option may be granted only at the time the grant of the incentive stock option is made. The committee will establish the base amount of the stock appreciation right at the time the stock appreciation right is granted, which will be equal to or greater than the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of the date of grant.

          If a stock appreciation right is granted in tandem with an option, the number of stock appreciation rights that are exercisable during a specified period will not exceed the number of shares of our common stock that the participant may purchase upon exercising the related option during such period. Upon exercising the related option, the related stock appreciation rights will terminate, and upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, the related option will terminate to the extent of an equal number of shares of our common stock. Generally, stock appreciation rights may only be exercised while the participant is employed by, or providing services to, us. When a participant exercises a stock appreciation right, the participant will receive the excess of the fair market value of the underlying common stock over the base amount of the stock appreciation right. The appreciation of a stock appreciation right will be paid in shares of our common stock, cash, or both.

          The term of a stock appreciation right cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant. In the event that on the last day of the term of a stock appreciation right, the exercise is prohibited by applicable law, including a prohibition on purchases or sales of our common stock under our insider trading policy, the term of the stock appreciation right will be extended for a period of 30 days following the end of the legal prohibition, unless the committee determines otherwise.

Stock Awards

          Under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, the committee may grant stock awards. A stock award is an award of our common stock that may be subject to restrictions as the committee determines. The restrictions, if any, may lapse over a specified period of employment or based on the satisfaction of pre-established criteria, in installments or otherwise, as the committee may determine. Except to the extent restricted under the grant instrument relating to the stock award, a participant will have all of the rights of a stockholder as to those shares, including the right to vote and the right to receive dividends or distributions on the shares. Dividends with respect to stock awards that vest based on performance shall vest if and to the extent that the underlying stock award vests, as determined by the committee. All unvested stock awards are forfeited if the participant's employment or service is terminated for any reason, unless the committee determines otherwise.

135


Table of Contents

Stock Units

          Under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, the committee may grant stock units to anyone eligible to participate in the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan. Stock units are phantom units that represent shares of our common stock. Stock units become payable on terms and conditions determined by the committee and will be payable in cash or shares of our stock as determined by the committee. All unvested stock units are forfeited if the participant's employment or service is terminated for any reason, unless the committee determines otherwise.

Cash Awards

          Under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, the committee may grant cash awards to our employees who are executives or other key employees. The committee will determine which employees will receive cash awards and the terms and conditions applicable to each cash award, including the criteria for vesting.

Other Stock-Based Awards

          Under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, the committee may grant other types of awards that are based on, measured by or payable to anyone eligible to participate in the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan in shares of our common stock. The committee will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. Other stock-based awards may be payable in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of the two.

Dividend Equivalents

          Under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, the committee may grant dividend equivalents in connection with grants of stock units or other stock-based awards made under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan. Dividend equivalents entitle the participant to receive amounts equal to ordinary dividends that are paid on the shares underlying a grant while the grant is outstanding. The committee will determine whether dividend equivalents will be paid currently or accrued as contingent cash obligations. Dividend equivalents may be paid in cash, in shares of our common stock or in a combination of the two. The committee will determine the terms and conditions of the dividend equivalent grants, including whether the grants are payable upon the achievement of specific performance goals. Dividend equivalents with respect to stock units or other stock-based awards that vest based on performance shall vest and be paid only if and to the extent that the underlying stock units or other stock-based awards vest and are paid as determined by the committee.

Qualified Performance-Based Compensation

          The 2016 Equity Compensation Plan permits the committee to impose performance goals that must be met with respect to grants of stock awards, stock units, other stock-based awards, cash awards and dividend equivalents that are intended to meet the exception for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, referred to herein as qualified performance grants. Prior to or soon after the beginning of a performance period, the committee will establish the performance goals that must be met, the applicable performance periods, the amounts to be paid if the performance goals are met and any other conditions. The 2016 Equity Compensation Plan is intended to comply with the transition relief for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code, as more fully described below.

          The performance goals, to the extent designed to meet the requirements of qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, will be based on one or more of the following criteria: cash flow; earnings, including gross margin, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and charges for stock-based compensation, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings; earnings

136


Table of Contents

per share; growth in earnings or earnings per share; stock price; return on equity or average stockholder equity; total stockholder return or growth in total stockholder return either directly or in relation to a comparative group; return on capital; return on assets or net assets; revenue, growth in revenue or return on sales; income or net income; operating income, net operating income, or net operating income after tax; operating profit or net operating profit; operating margin; return on operating revenue, or return on operating profit; regulatory filings; regulatory approvals, litigation and regulatory resolution goals; other operational, regulatory or departmental objectives; budget comparisons; growth in stockholder value relative to established indexes, or another peer group or peer group index; development and implementation of strategic plans or organizational restructuring goals; development and implementation of risk and crisis management programs; improvement in workforce diversity; compliance requirements and compliance relief; safety goals; productivity goals; workforce management and succession planning goals; economic value added, including typical adjustments consistently applied from generally accepted accounting principles required to determine economic value added performance measures; measures of customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction or staff development; development or marketing collaborations, formations of joint ventures or partnerships or the completion of other similar transactions intended to enhance the company's revenue or profitability or enhance its customer base; mergers and acquisitions; and any other goal that is established at the discretion of the committee other than with respect to grants intended to meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. The committee shall have sole discretion to determine specific targets within each category of performance goals.

          In establishing performance goals, the committee may, no later than the date on which such performance goals are to be established in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, provide for the exclusion of the effects of items to the extent identified in our audited consolidated financial statements, including footnotes, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations accompanying such consolidated financial statements or as otherwise specified by the committee, such as the following: (1) restructurings, discontinued operations and other unusual, infrequent, or non-recurring charges or events, (2) asset write-downs, (3) significant litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (4) acquisitions or divestitures, (5) any reorganization or change in our corporate structure or capital structure, (6) an event either not directly related to our operations, or operations of a subsidiary, division, business segment, or business unit or not within the reasonable control of management, (7) foreign exchange gains and losses, (8) a change in our fiscal year, (9) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with GAAP or (10) the effect of changes in other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results.

Change of Control

          If we experience a change of control where we are not the surviving corporation, or survive only as a subsidiary of another corporation, unless the committee determines otherwise, all outstanding grants that are not exercised or paid at the time of the change of control will be assumed by, or replaced with grants that have comparable terms by, the surviving corporation, or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving corporation. Unless a grant instrument provides otherwise, if a participant's employment is terminated by the surviving corporation without cause upon or within 12 months following a change of control, the participant's outstanding grants will fully vest as of the date of termination; provided, that if the vesting of any grants is based, in whole or in part, on performance, the applicable grant instrument will specify how the portion of the grant that becomes vested upon a termination following a change of control will be calculated.

137


Table of Contents

          If there is a change of control and all outstanding grants are not assumed by, or replaced with grants that have comparable terms by, the surviving corporation, the committee may take any of the following action without the consent of any participant:

    determine that outstanding options and stock appreciation rights will accelerate and become fully exercisable and the restrictions and conditions on outstanding stock awards, stock units, cash awards and dividend equivalents immediately lapse;

    pay participants, in an amount and form determined by the committee, in settlement of outstanding stock units, cash awards or dividend equivalents;

    require that participants surrender their outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights or any other exercisable grant, in exchange for a payment by the company, in cash or shares of our common stock, equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock; provided, however, if the per share fair market value of the common stock does not exceed the per share stock option exercise price or stock appreciation right base amount, as applicable, we will not be required to make any payment to the participant upon surrender of the stock option or stock appreciation right; or

    after giving participants an opportunity to exercise all of their outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights, terminate any unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights on the date determined by the committee.

          In general terms, a change of control under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan occurs if:

    a person, entity or affiliated group, with certain exceptions, acquires more than 50% of our then outstanding voting securities;

    we merge into another entity unless the holders of our voting shares immediately prior to the merger have at least 50% of the combined voting power of the securities in the merged entity or its parent;

    we merge into another entity and the members of the board of directors prior to the merger would not constitute a majority of the board of the merged entity or its parent;

    we sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

    our stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution; or

    a majority of the members of our board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period or less by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the incumbent directors.

Deferrals

          The committee may permit or require participants to defer receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of shares of common stock that would otherwise be due to the participant in connection with a grant under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan. The committee will establish the rules and procedures applicable to any such deferrals, consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Withholding

          All grants under the Plan are subject to applicable U.S. federal (including FICA), state, and local, foreign country or other tax withholding requirements. We may require participants or other persons receiving grants or exercising grants to pay an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax withholding requirements with respect to such grants, or we may deduct from other wages and compensation paid by us to such participants or other persons the amount of any withholding taxes due with respect to such grant.

138


Table of Contents

          The committee may permit or require that our tax withholding obligation with respect to grants paid in our common stock be paid by having shares withheld up to an amount that does not exceed the participant's minimum applicable withholding tax rate for United States federal (including FICA), state and local tax liabilities, or as otherwise determined by the committee. In addition, the committee may, in its discretion, and subject to such rules as the committee may adopt, allow participants to elect to have such share withholding applied to all or a portion of the tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any particular grant.

No Repricing

          Except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the company (including, without limitation, any stock dividend, distribution, whether in the form of cash, our common stock, other securities or property, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, change of control, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of our common stock or other securities or similar transactions), we may not, without obtaining stockholder approval, (1) amend the terms of outstanding options or stock appreciation rights to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or base price of such stock appreciation rights, (2) cancel outstanding options or stock appreciation rights in exchange for options or stock appreciation rights with an exercise price or base price, as applicable, that is less than the exercise price or base price of the original options or stock appreciation rights or (3) cancel outstanding options or stock appreciation rights with an exercise price or base price, as applicable, above the current stock price in exchange for cash or other securities.

Transferability

          Except as permitted by the committee with respect to non-qualified stock options, only a participant may exercise rights under a grant during the participant's lifetime. Upon death, the personal representative or other person entitled to succeed to the rights of the participant may exercise such rights. A participant cannot transfer those rights except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, with respect to grants other than incentive stock options, pursuant to a domestic relations order. The committee may provide in a grant instrument that a participant may transfer non-qualified stock options to family members, or one or more trusts or other entities for the benefit or owned by family members, consistent with applicable securities laws.

Amendment; Termination

          Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan at any time, except that our stockholders must approve an amendment if such approval is required in order to comply with the Code, applicable laws, or applicable stock exchange requirements. Unless terminated sooner by our board or extended with stockholder approval, the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan will terminate on the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the effective date.

Stockholder Approval

          The 2016 Equity Compensation Plan is intended to comply with the transition relief set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.162-27(f)(1) for companies that become publicly held in connection with an initial public offering. Following the transition period set forth therein, if grants are made as qualified performance-based compensation, the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan must be approved by our stockholders in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, and reapproved by our stockholders no later than the first stockholders meeting that occurs in the fifth year following such stockholder approval, if required by Section 162(m) of the Code or the regulations thereunder.

139


Table of Contents

Establishment of Sub-Plans

          Our board of directors may, from time to time, establish one or more sub-plans under the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan to satisfy applicable Blue Sky, securities or tax laws of various jurisdictions. Our board of directors may establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan setting forth limitations on the committee's discretion and such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, as our board of directors will deem necessary or desirable. All such supplements will be deemed part of the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, but each supplement will only apply to participants within the affected jurisdiction.

Clawback

          Subject to applicable law, the committee may provide in any grant instrument that if a participant breaches any restrictive covenant agreement between the participant and us, or otherwise engages in activities that constitute cause as defined in the 2016 Equity Compensation Plan, either while employed by, or providing services to, us or within a specified period of time thereafter, all grants held by the participant will terminate, and we may rescind any exercise of an option or stock appreciation right and the vesting of any other grant and delivery of shares upon such exercise or vesting, as applicable on such terms as the committee will determine, including the right to require that in the event of any rescission:

    the participant must return the shares received upon the exercise of any option or stock appreciation right and/or the vesting and payment of any other grants; or

    if the participant no longer owns the shares, the participant must pay to us the amount of any gain realized or payment received as a result of any sale or other disposition of the shares, if the participant transferred the shares by gift or without consideration, then the fair market value of the share on the date of the breach of the restrictive covenant agreement or activity constituting cause, net of the price originally paid by the participant for the shares.

          The committee may also provide for clawbacks pursuant to the applicable clawback policy, which may be amended from time to time, adopted by our board of directors. Payment by the participant will be made in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the committee. We will be entitled to set off against the amount of any such payment any amounts that we otherwise owe to the participant.


Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    for voting or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends, stock repurchases or other distributions; or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or

140


Table of Contents

repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

          In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

          In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were our agents. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors, officers and employees.

          We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers specified liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with all of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director and executive officer for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or executive officers.

          Some of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against specified liabilities incurred in their capacities as members of our board of directors.


Non-Employee Director Compensation

          For 2015, members of our board of directors received no cash compensation for services rendered as such members. Certain members of our board of directors who are not our employees received options to purchase our common stock under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan. The table below shows the aggregate number of option awards outstanding for each non-employee director as of December 31, 2015.

Name
  Aggregate option awards outstanding as of December 31, 2015(1)
(#)
 

A Gordon Tunstall

    265,000  

(1)
Option awards vest 25% on the first anniversary of grant, and 1/36th each month thereafter. All Option awards have a term of ten years.

          After consultation with Pearl Meyer, our compensation consultant, our compensation committee has approved a compensation policy for our non-employee directors that becomes effective upon the completion of this offering. This policy provides for the following compensation to our non-employee directors following this offering:

    Each non-employee director serving on our board of directors will receive an annual fee from us of $20,000;

    The chair of our audit committee will receive an annual fee from us of $10,000 and each other member will receive $5,000;

141


Table of Contents

    The chair of our compensation committee will receive an annual fee from us of $5,000 and each other member will receive $2,500;

    The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an annual fee from us of $4,000 and each other member will receive $2,000; and

    Each non-employee director, upon appointment to the board of directors, will be entitled to an initial grant of options equal to 0.050% of fully diluted common stock outstanding to purchase shares of our common stock and an annual grant of options equal to 0.025% of fully diluted common stock outstanding to purchase shares of our common stock under our 2016 Equity Compensation Plan. Each non-employee director may elect to receive restricted stock in lieu of options which will be granted based on a 1:2 exchange ratio, with one share of restricted stock granted for each two shares subject to an option grant. The initial grant will vest in three substantially equal annual installments over three years and the annual grant will vest in full on the earlier of the next annual shareholder meeting or the one year anniversary of the grant date, in each case, subject to continued service from the date of grant until the applicable vesting dates. The initial equity grant and annual equity grant to Mr. Tunstall shall be made and become effective upon the closing of this offering and Mr. Tunstall has informed us that he has elected to receive restricted stock in lieu of options.

          All fees under the director compensation policy will be on a rolling annual basis and no per meeting fees will be paid. All fees payable to our committee members will be in addition to the fees payable to them for serving as a director. Each of Glen Bressner, Bruce Luehrs and Daniel Lubin will only be eligible for cash compensation in connection with serving on any committee and will not receive any stock-based compensation. We will also reimburse non-employee directors for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending board of director and committee meetings.

142


Table of Contents


TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

          The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a party, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our voting securities, or affiliates or immediate family members of any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our voting securities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, from unrelated third parties.


Preferred Stock Financings

Series A-1 Preferred Stock Financing

          On February 22, 2012, we entered into an amendment to our Series A-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which we issued and sold to the original parties to the purchase agreement an additional 625,000 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.80 per share for aggregate consideration of $500,000. The following table sets forth the shares of Series A-1 preferred stock issued to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliates, and the breakdown of the purchase price paid by such persons:

5% Holder
  Shares of Series A-1
Preferred
Stock Purchased
  Purchase Price
for Series A-1
Preferred Stock
 

Emerald Stage2 Ventures, L.P.(1)

    208,750   $ 167,000  

Originate Growth Fund #1 Q, L.P. and its affiliates(2)

    416,250     333,000  

(1)
Our director, Bruce Luehrs, is affiliated with, manages and has a pecuniary interest in Emerald Stage2 Ventures, L.P.

(2)
Originate Growth Fund #1 Q, L.P. and its affiliates, or Originate, includes Originate Growth Fund #1 A, L.P. Our director, Glen Bressner, is affiliated with, manages and has a pecuniary interest in, Originate.

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

          On June 28, 2013, we entered into a Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which we issued and sold to investors 2,961,745 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.52312 per share for aggregate consideration of $4,511,096. The following table sets forth the shares of our Series B preferred stock issued to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliates, and the breakdown of the purchase price paid by such persons:

5% Holder
  Shares of Series B
Preferred Stock
  Purchase Price  

Originate Growth Fund #1 Q, L.P. and its affiliates(1)

    335,557   $ 511,096  

Radius Venture Partners III QP, L.P. and its affiliates(2)

    2,626,188     4,000,000  

(1)
Our director, Glen Bressner, is affiliated with, manages and has a pecuniary interest in, Originate.

143


Table of Contents

(2)
Radius Venture Partners III QP, L.P. and its affiliates, or Radius, includes Radius Venture Partners III (Ohio), L.P. and Radius Venture Partners III, L.P. Our director, Daniel Lubin, is affiliated with, manages and has a pecuniary interest in Radius.


Employment Agreements and Compensation Arrangements

          We currently do not have employment agreements with our named executive officers, but we expect to enter into employment agreements with such officers in connection with this offering. For more information, refer to the section titled "Executive Compensation — Employment Agreements."

          Dr. Calvin Knowlton, husband of Dr. Orsula Knowlton, our President, has been employed by us since 2010. Dr. Calvin Knowlton serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. See the section titled "Executive Compensation" for compensation information for Dr. Calvin Knowlton.

          Dr. Orsula Knowlton, wife of Dr. Calvin Knowlton, has been employed by us since 2010. See the section titled "Executive Compensation" for compensation information for Dr. Orsula Knowlton.

          Jeffrey Knowlton, a son of Dr. Calvin Knowlton, has been employed by us since 2013. Jeffrey Knowlton serves as our Director of Business Intelligence. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, Jeffrey Knowlton had total compensation, including base salary, bonus, option awards and other compensation, of $116,553, $170,607 and $189,389, respectively.

          Dana Filippoli, a daughter of Dr. Calvin Knowlton, has been employed by us since 2011. Dana Filippoli serves as our Director of Marketing and Communications. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, Dana Filippoli had total compensation, including base salary, bonus, option awards and other compensation, of $82,049, $86,902, $102,306 and $121,926, respectively.

          Michael Ristagno, a brother-in-law of Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton, has been employed by us since 2011. Michael Ristagno serves as our Senior Vice President of Client Services. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, Michael Ristagno had total compensation, including base salary, bonus, option awards and other compensation, of $180,516, $206,877, $214,000 and $247,361, respectively.

          Joseph Filippoli, a son-in-law of Dr. Calvin Knowlton, has been employed by us since 2013. Joseph Filippoli serves as our Chief Information Officer. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, Joseph Filippoli had total compensation, including base salary, bonus, option awards and other compensation, of $273,506, $298,829 and $330,410, respectively.

          Robert Omlor, a son-in-law of Dr. Calvin Knowlton, has been employed by us since 2010. Robert Omlor serves as our Senior Director of Client Services. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, Robert Omlor had total compensation, including base salary, bonus, option awards and other compensation, of $138,498, $147,202, $158,415 and $179,271, respectively.

          Each of Jeffrey Knowlton, Dana Filippoli, Michael Ristagno, Joseph Filippoli and Robert Omlor's respective compensation levels were determined, in part, by reference to our similarly situated employees who were not related to an executive officer or director. Each of the above named individuals was also eligible for equity awards on the same general terms and conditions as applicable to other similarly situated employees who were not related to an executive officer or director.

          In June 2014, we entered into a Letter Agreement with Radius, pursuant to which we established the Leadership Exit Bonus Plan, whereby certain of our executives, including our named executive officers, will receive certain proceeds in connection with an initial public offering based on proceeds received by Radius in connection with such event. For more information, refer to the section titled "Executive Compensation — Long-Term Incentive Compensation — Leadership Exit Bonus Plan."

144


Table of Contents


Equity Plan Awards

          We have granted stock options under our 2014 Equity Compensation Plan to certain of our executive officers and directors, as well as certain of their respective immediate family members. The table below summarizes the stock option grants made to such persons since January 1, 2012:

 
  Option Awards
Name
  Grant Date   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Option Award
(#)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date

Dr. Calvin Knowlton

  1/6/2012     65,942     0.88   1/6/2017

  3/1/2012     1,971     0.88   3/1/2017

  12/20/2012     12,185     1.21   12/20/2017

  1/2/2013     50,000     1.76   1/2/2018

  1/22/2013     7,392     1.76   1/22/2018

  6/28/2013     569,941     1.76   6/28/2018

  1/1/2014     78,254     3.30   1/1/2019

  1/1/2015     70,000     3.30   1/1/2020

  2/1/2015     3,610     3.30   2/1/2020

Dr. Orsula Knowlton

 

1/6/2012

   
65,647
   
0.88
 

1/6/2017

  3/1/2012     1,823     0.88   3/1/2017

  12/20/2012     11,271     1.21   12/20/2017

  1/2/2013     50,000     1.76   1/2/2018

  1/22/2013     6,837     1.76   1/22/2018

  6/28/2013     569,941     1.76   6/28/2018

  1/1/2014     76,328     3.30   1/1/2019

  1/1/2015     70,000     3.30   1/1/2020

  2/1/2015     3,225     3.30   2/1/2020

Brian Adams

 

1/6/2012

   
18,000
   
0.80
 

1/6/2022

  3/1/2012     2,500     0.80   3/1/2022

  12/20/2012     16,379     1.10   12/20/2022

  1/2/2013     15,000     1.60   1/2/2023

  1/22/2013     1,311     1.60   1/22/2023

  6/28/2013     171,017     1.60   6/28/2023

  1/1/2014     20,512     3.00   1/1/2024

  1/1/2015     20,000     3.00   1/1/2025

  2/1/2015     1,213     3.00   2/1/2025

A. Gordon Tunstall

 

3/21/2012

   
50,000
   
0.80
 

3/21/2022

  3/21/2012     100,000     0.80   3/21/2022

  11/19/2013     50,000     1.85   11/19/2023

  1/1/2015     15,000     3.00   1/1/2025

  1/1/2015     50,000     3.00   1/1/2025

Jeffrey Knowlton

 

1/1/2013

   
350
   
1.60
 

1/1/2023

(Son of Dr. Calvin Knowlton)

  3/4/2013     16,250     1.76   3/4/2023

  1/1/2014     1,500     3.30   1/1/2024

  1/1/2015     1,500     3.00   1/1/2025

  2/1/2015     1,432     3.00   2/1/2025

145


Table of Contents

 
  Option Awards
Name
  Grant Date   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Option Award
(#)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date

Dana Filippoli

 

1/6/2012

    3,000     0.88  

1/6/2022

(Daughter of Dr. Calvin Knowlton)              

  1/2/2013     1,500     1.76   1/2/2023

  1/1/2014     5,000     3.30   1/1/2024

  1/1/2015     5,000     3.00   1/1/2025

Michael Ristagno

 

1/6/2012

   
18,413
   
0.80
 

1/6/2022

(Brother-in-Law of Dr. Orsula Knowlton)

  3/1/2012     4,207     0.80   3/1/2022

  12/20/2012     22,334     1.10   12/20/2022

  1/2/2013     7,500     1.60   1/2/2023

  1/22/2013     2,783     1.60   1/22/2023

  1/1/2014     7,500     3.00   1/1/2024

  4/4/2014     25     3.00   4/4/2024

  1/1/2015     5,000     3.00   1/1/2025

Joseph Filippoli

 

7/20/2012

   
500
 
$

1.20
 

7/20/2022

(Son-in-Law of Dr. Calvin Knowlton)

  9/6/2012     500   $ 1.20   9/6/2022

  12/14/2012     2,000   $ 1.20   12/14/2022

  1/2/2013     30,000     1.20   1/2/2023

  1/2/2013     15,000     1.60   1/2/2023

  6/28/2013     113,777     1.60   6/28/2023

  1/1/2014     20,105     3.00   1/1/2024

  1/1/2015     20,000     3.00   1/1/2025

Robert Omlor

 

1/6/2012

   
5,898
   
0.80
 

1/6/2022

(Son-in-Law of Dr. Calvin Knowlton)

  3/1/2012     999     0.80   3/1/2022

  12/20/2012     9,502     1.10   12/20/2022

  1/2/2013     1,500     1.60   1/2/2023

  1/22/2013     2,997     1.60   1/22/2023

  1/1/2014     2,029     3.00   1/1/2024

  1/1/2015     1,500     3.00   1/1/2025

  2/1/2015     464     3.00   2/1/2025

Antonia Ristagno

 

1/2/2013

   
250
   
1.60
 

1/2/2023

(Sister of Dr. Orsula Knowlton)

                   

          For further information regarding stock option grants to our named executive officers and directors, see the section titled "Executive Compensation."

          On June 28, 2013, our board of directors approved distributing any remaining shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2014 Equity Compensation Plan to certain members of management, including each of our named executive officers, as restricted stock, upon the consummation of an initial public offering or a change of control. The allocation of such shares shall be determined by our board of directors based on the recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Calvin Knowlton. Such shares of restricted common stock will be issued immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

          We adopted a Valuation Incentive Award Plan in June of 2014. Pursuant to the terms of such plan, each named executive officer, Joseph Filippoli and two additional key employees are eligible to participate in an incentive award pool of $9.0 million as determined by Dr. Calvin Knowlton upon an

146


Table of Contents

acquisition of the company in excess of $250.0 million. We are terminating the Valuation Incentive Award Plan in connection with this offering.


Loan Transactions

          On August 14, 2015, we made a loan to Drs. Calvin Knowlton and Orsula Knowlton, pursuant to a promissory note, for an aggregate principal amount of $409,541, which they repaid in full on December 8, 2015 by offsetting amounts due to them pursuant to demand promissory notes we previously issued. The note carried interest at a rate of 6% per annum.

          On January 16, 2014, we borrowed $100,000 from Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton, pursuant to a demand promissory note, all of which was repaid on December 8, 2015 in connection with the satisfaction of the loan we previously made to Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton. The note carried interest at a rate of 6% per annum.

          On May 20, 2013, we borrowed $250,000 from Dr. John Durham and Mrs. Joann Durham, pursuant to a demand promissory note, $250,000 of which remained outstanding as of March 31, 2016. The note carries interest at a rate of 6% per annum. Under the terms of the note, we agreed to grant warrants to purchase shares of our common stock to Dr. and Mrs. Durham. For more information, refer to the section titled "Transactions with Related Persons — Warrants."

          On December 28, 2012, we executed a demand promissory note with Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton, which was increased by amendment several times to an aggregate principal amount of $1,099,109 as of September 26, 2013. On December 8, 2015, we repaid $308,407 under the demand promissory note in connection with the satisfaction of the loan we previously made to Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton and we repaid the remaining balance of $1,352 on January 4, 2016. The note carries interest at a rate of 6% per annum. Under the terms of the note, we agreed to grant warrants to purchase shares of our common stock to Drs. Knowlton. For more information, refer to the section titled "Transactions with Related Persons — Warrants."

          On July 14, 2011, we entered into a promissory note with Liberty Bell Bank, pursuant to which we financed the acquisition of certain equipment. This note has a balance as of March 31, 2016 of $16,155. In connection therewith, Dr. Calvin Knowlton entered into a commercial guaranty under which he personally guaranteed the payment and satisfaction of this indebtedness.

          On January 28, 2011, we entered into a promissory note with Liberty Bell Bank, pursuant to which we financed the acquisition of certain equipment. On February 2, 2016 we repaid the remaining balance of $26,021. In connection therewith, Dr. Calvin Knowlton entered into a commercial guaranty under which he personally guaranteed the payment and satisfaction of this indebtedness.


Warrants

          Under the terms of the Knowlton promissory note originally issued on December 28, 2012, we agreed to grant to Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton warrants with a ten year term to purchase shares of our common stock during the period while the principal amount of the note was outstanding until June 30, 2015. Under this agreement, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 76,654 shares of common stock were issued on a monthly basis from January 2013 through June 2015, at exercise prices ranging from $1.32 to $3.30 per share.

          Under the terms of the Durham promissory note originally issued on May 20, 2013, we agreed to grant to Dr. John Durham and Mrs. Joann Durham warrants with a ten year term to purchase shares of our common stock during the period while the principal amount of the note was outstanding until December 31, 2014. Under this agreement, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 17,473 shares of common stock were issued on a monthly basis from May 2013 through December 2014, at exercise prices ranging from $1.60 to $3.00 per share.

147


Table of Contents


Registration Rights

          We are a party to an Investor Rights Agreement with Emerald Stage2 Ventures, L.P., Originate and Radius. This agreement provides these holders the right, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering, following the completion of this offering, to demand that we file a registration statement or to request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights" for additional information regarding these registration rights.


Indemnification Agreements

          We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals and, in certain cases, affiliates of such individuals, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.


Stockholders Agreements

          We are a party to a Stockholders Agreement with substantially all holders of our common and preferred stock, including each beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting securities and each of our other officers and directors to the extent they own any of our capital stock. This agreement terminates upon the completion of this offering, except for the obligation of certain holders of our common stock who are signatories to the Stockholders Agreement, who are prohibited from selling shares for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the filing of this registration statement.


Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

          In connection with this offering, our board of directors plans to adopt a written related person transaction policy to set forth policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. Effective upon the closing of this offering, this policy is expected to cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders, or their immediate family members, each of whom we refer to as a "related person," had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person.

          If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a "related person transaction," the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to our audit committee. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by our audit committee. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the audit committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between committee meetings, subject to ratification by the committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

          A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the committee after full disclosure of the related person's interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit committee will review and consider:

148


Table of Contents

          Our audit committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if it determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in our best interests. Our audit committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

          In addition to the transactions that are excluded by the instructions to the SEC's related person transaction disclosure rule, our board of directors has determined that the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related person transactions for purposes of this policy:

          The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by our compensation committee in the manner specified in the compensation committee's charter.

          We did not have a written policy regarding the review and approval of related person transactions prior to this offering. Nevertheless, with respect to such transactions, it has been the practice of our board of directors to consider the nature of and business reason for such transactions, how the terms of such transactions compared to those which might be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and whether such transactions were otherwise fair to and in the best interests of, or not contrary to, our best interests. In addition, all related person transactions required prior approval, or later ratification, by our board of directors.

149


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, as of June 30, 2016 by:

          The column entitled "Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned — Before Offering" is based on a total of                          shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, assuming (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (2) the issuance of shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering and (3) the issuance of shares of restricted common stock under our 2014 Equity Compensation Plan to members of management immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The column entitled "Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned — After Offering" is based on                 shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering, including the shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering.

          Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to our common stock. Shares of our common stock subject to options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2016 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of that person but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise noted, to our knowledge, the persons and entities in this table have sole voting and investing power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws,

150


Table of Contents

where applicable. Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of each beneficial owner is: c/o 228 Strawbridge Drive, Suite 100, Moorestown, New Jersey 08057.

 
   
  Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
  Before
Offering
  After
Offering
 

5% Stockholders (other than directors and executive officers)

                   

Originate Growth Fund #1 Q, L.P. and its affiliates(1)

   
5,394,885
   
%
 
       

%

c/o Originate Ventures

                   

205 South Webster Street

                   

Bethlehem, PA 18105

                   

Radius Venture Partners III QP, L.P. and its affiliates(2)

   
3,602,796
             

c/o Radius Venture Partners III, LLC

                   

400 Madison Avenue, 8th Floor

                   

New York, NY 10017

                   

Emerald Stage2 Ventures L.P.(3)

   
1,852,394
             

4801 South Broad Street, Suite 200

                   

Philadelphia, PA 19112

                   

Dr. John Durham and Mrs. Joann Durham(4)

   
1,616,591
             

Directors and Executive Officers:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton(5)

    3,340,654              

Dr. Orsula Knowlton(5)

    3,340,654              

Brian W. Adams(6)

    229,574              

Glen Bressner(7)

    5,394,885              

Daniel Lubin(8)

    3,602,796              

Bruce Luehrs(9)

    1,852,394              

A Gordon Tunstall(10)

    210,104              

All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)

    14,591,639              

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of our outstanding common stock.

(1)
Consists of (a) 916,766 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 916,766 shares of Series A preferred stock held by Originate Growth Fund #1A, L.P., or Originate Growth Fund #1A, (b) 2,024,410 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 2,024,410 shares of Series A preferred stock held by Originate Growth Fund #1Q, L.P., or Originate Growth Fund #1Q, (c) 587,158 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 587,158 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock held by Originate Growth Fund #1A, (d) 1,296,605 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 1,296,605 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock held by Originate Growth Fund #1Q, (e) 104,589 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 104,589 shares of Series B preferred stock held by Originate Growth Fund #1A, (f) 230,968 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 230,968 shares of Series B preferred stock held by Originate Growth Fund #1Q, (g) 73,057 shares of common stock held by Originate Growth Fund #1A and (h) 161,332 shares of common stock held by Originate Growth Fund #1Q. Originate Growth GP, LLC is the general partner of both Originate Growth Fund #1A and Originate Growth Fund #1Q and Originate Ventures LLC is the management company of both Originate Growth Fund #1A and Originate Growth Fund #1Q. The members of Originate Growth GP, LLC and

151


Table of Contents

    Originate Ventures LLC are Glen Bressner, Eric Arnson and Michael Gausling. Each member shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by each of Originate Growth Fund #1A and Originate Growth Fund #1Q.

(2)
Consists of (a) 29,346 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 29,346 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock held by Radius Venture Partners III (Ohio), L.P., or Radius Venture Partners III (Ohio), (b) 233,659 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 233,659 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock held by Radius Venture Partners III QP, L.P., or Radius Venture Partners III QP, (c) 21,428 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 21,428 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock held by Radius Venture Partners III, L.P., or Radius Venture Partners III, (d) 270,952 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 270,952 shares of Series B preferred stock held by Radius Venture Partners III (Ohio), (e) 2,157,390 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 2,157,390 shares of Series B preferred stock held by Radius Venture Partners III QP, (f) 197,846 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 197,846 shares of Series B preferred stock held by Radius Venture Partners III, (g) 71,414 shares of common stock held by Radius Venture Partners III (Ohio), (h) 568,615 shares of common stock held by Radius Venture Partners III QP and (i) 52,146 shares of common stock held by Radius Venture Partners III. Radius Venture Partners III, LLC is the general partner of each of Radius Venture Partners III (Ohio), Radius Venture Partners III QP and Radius Venture Partners III and Radius Ventures, LLC is the investment advisor to each of Radius Venture Partners III (Ohio), Radius Venture Partners III QP and Radius Venture Partners III. Daniel Lubin and Jordan Davis are the managing members of both Radius Venture Partners III, LLC and Radius Ventures, LLC and share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by each of Radius Venture Partners III (Ohio), Radius Venture Partners III QP and Radius Venture Partners III.

(3)
Consists of (a) 1,470,590 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 1,470,590 shares of Series A preferred stock held by Emerald Stage2 Ventures, L.P., or Emerald Stage2 Ventures, (b) 331,804 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 331,804 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock held by Emerald Stage2 Ventures and (c) 50,000 shares of common stock held by Emerald Stage2 Ventures. Stage2 Capital Ventures Associates, L.P. is the general partner of Emerald Stage2 Ventures and Stage2 Capital Associates G.P., LLC is the general partner of Stage2 Capital Ventures Associates, L.P. Bruce Luehrs and Saul Richter are officers of Stage2 Capital Associates G.P., LLC and share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Emerald Stage2 Ventures.

(4)
Consists of (a) 1,559,118 shares of common stock and (b) 57,473 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

(5)
Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton are spouses and the number and percentage of beneficial ownership of each represents their aggregate combined ownership, including their combined ownership of The Calvin and Orsula Knowlton Foundation, Inc., over which Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton have shared voting and investment power and Dr. Calvin Knowlton's ownership of The Knowlton Foundation, Inc., over which Dr. Calvin Knowlton has sole voting and investment power. Consists of (a) 684,892 shares of common stock held by Dr. Calvin Knowlton, (b) 841,187 shares of common stock held by Dr. Orsula Knowlton, (c) 100,000 shares of common stock held by The Calvin and Orsula Knowlton Foundation, Inc., for which Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton serve as Secretary and President, respectively, (d) 100,000 shares of common stock held by The Knowlton Foundation, Inc., for which Dr. Calvin Knowlton serves as President, (e) 676,066 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of June 30, 2016 by Dr. Calvin Knowlton, (f) 671,843 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of June 30, 2016 by Dr. Orsula Knowlton, (g)          shares of unvested restricted stock to be issued to Dr. Calvin Knowlton immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, (h)          shares of unvested restricted stock to be issued to Dr. Orsula Knowlton immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which

152


Table of Contents

    this prospectus forms a part, (i) 133,335 shares of common stock available for purchase by Dr. Calvin Knowlton under a Repurchase Option Agreement with certain third party investors, and (j) 133,332 shares of common stock available for purchase by Dr. Orsula Knowlton under a Repurchase Option Agreement with certain third party investors.

(6)
Consists of (a) 229,574 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of June 30, 2016 and (b)          shares of unvested restricted stock to be issued to Mr. Adams immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(7)
Consists of 5,394,885 shares of common stock issuable as described in note (1) above. Mr. Bressner, a member of our board, is a member of Originate Growth GP, LLC and Originate Ventures LLC and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares.

(8)
Consists of 3,602,796 shares of common stock issuable as described in note (2) above. Mr. Lubin, a member of our board, is a managing member of Radius Venture Partners III, LLC and Radius Ventures, LLC and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares.

(9)
Consists of 1,852,394 shares of common stock issuable as described in note (3) above. Mr. Luehrs, a member of our board, is an officer of Stage2 Capital Associates G.P., LLC and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares.

(10)
Consists of 210,104 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

153


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

          Upon the completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of                 shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, and                 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $.0001 per share. The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stock and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary is not complete. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.


Common Stock

          Assuming as of March 31, 2016 (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock, (2) the redesignation of all of our Class A Non-Voting common stock and Class B Voting common stock into shares of our common stock, (3) the issuance of                          shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, each of (1) through (3) will occur upon the completion of this offering, and (4) the issuance of                          shares of restricted common stock under our 2014 Equity Compensation Plan to members of management immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, there would have been             shares of our common stock outstanding, held of record by             stockholders,              shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options and             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share. Based on (i) the above and (ii) the issuance of                 shares of common stock in this offering, there will be                  shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

Voting

          Our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and does not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividends

          Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

          In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

          Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and

154


Table of Contents

privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

          All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.


Preferred Stock

          As of March 31, 2016, there were 9,873,511 shares of preferred stock outstanding, held of record by six stockholders. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we will convert our Series A preferred stock, Series A-1 preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, into shares of our common stock. We expect that prior to the completion of the offering, we and our preferred shareholders will enter into an agreement, or otherwise amend the certificate of incorporation, to provide that the preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering.

          Following this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to           shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

          Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or impair the liquidation rights of our common stock or otherwise adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.


Options

          As of March 31, 2016, options to purchase an aggregate of 5,287,489 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.72 per share were outstanding.

155


Table of Contents


Warrants

          The following table summarizes our outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our stock as of March 31, 2016:

Series of Warrant
  Number of
Warrants
  Number of
Holders
  Per Share
Exercise Price
  Expiration
Date

Series A-1 preferred stock

    250,000     1   $ 0.800   March 2022

    62,500     1     0.800   October 2022

Series B preferred stock

   
105,005
   
1
 
$

2.860
 

April 2024

    481,863     1     2.990   December 2024

Class A Non-Voting common stock

   
206,400
   
49
 
$

0.250
 

May—October 2019

    15,000     3     0.275   May 2019

    10,000     1     0.500   December 2019

    1,000     1     0.500   March 2020

Class B Voting common stock

   
160,000
   
3
 
$

0.250
 

May—October 2019

    5,000     1     0.250   June 2021

    9,671     1     1.600   May—December 2023

    7,802     1     3.000   January—December 2024

          In accordance with their terms, the warrants for the Class A Non-Voting common stock and the Class B Voting common stock expire upon the completion of this offering, unless exercised prior thereto. Upon the completion of this offering the outstanding warrants to purchase Series A-1 preferred stock, or the A-1 Warrants, and warrants to purchase Series B preferred stock, or the B Warrants, will each convert into warrants to purchase common stock. Assuming no warrants have been exercised as of March 31, 2016, upon the completion of this offering there will be outstanding (i) two A-1 Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 312,500 shares of common stock, each at an exercise price of $0.800 per share, and which expire on October 26, 2022 and the earlier of March 23, 2022 and three years from the date of completion of an initial public offering of the company's common stock, respectively, and (ii) two B Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 586,868 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.860 and $2.990 per share, respectively, with expiration dates of the earlier of April 22, 2024 and three years from the date of completion of an initial public offering of the company's common stock and December 31, 2024 and three years from the date of completion of an initial public offering of the company's common stock, respectively.

          Each of the A-1 Warrants has a net exercise provision under which its holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The A-1 Warrants and the B Warrants also contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of stock dividends, split-ups, subdivisions, recapitalization, reclassifications, reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale.

          The holders of the A-1 Warrants and the B Warrants are entitled to registration rights under our Investor Rights Agreement, as described in more detail under "— Registration Rights."


Registration Rights

          Under our Investor Rights Agreement, upon the completion of this offering, holders of a total of                 shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering, which includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, will have certain registration rights. The registration rights are described below.

156


Table of Contents

Demand Registration Rights

          At any time after 180 days after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least 25% of the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Series A preferred stock and the Series A-1 preferred stock, or the Series A Registrable Securities, then outstanding may request that we register all or a portion of their shares of common stock for sale under the Securities Act; provided that such Series A Registrable Securities have an aggregate price to the public in excess of $5.0 million. We will effect the registration as requested, unless, in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, such registration would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders and should be delayed. We are not obligated to file a registration statement in certain circumstances, including after we have effected two registrations whereby we have, in each case, registered at least 75% of the Series A Registrable Securities requested by the holders thereof to be registered and during the 90-day period commencing with the date of the completion of this offering.

          At any time after 180 days after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least 25% of the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Series B preferred stock, or the Series B Registrable Securities, then outstanding may request that we register all or a portion of their shares of common stock for sale under the Securities Act; provided that such Series B Registrable Securities have an aggregate price to the public in excess of $5.0 million. We will effect the registration as requested, unless, in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, such registration would be materially detrimental to the company and its stockholders and should be delayed. We are not obligated to file a registration statement in certain circumstances, including after we have effected two registrations whereby the company has in each case registered at least 75% of the Series B Registrable Securities requested by the holders thereof to be registered.

          In addition, when we are eligible for the use of Form S-3, or any successor form, holders of the shares of at least 15% of the Series A Registrable Securities and Series B Registrable Securities then outstanding may make requests that we register all or a portion of their common stock for sale under the Securities Act on Form S-3, or any successor form, so long as the aggregate price to the public in connection with any such offering is at least $1.0 million. We are not obligated to file a Form S-3 pursuant to this provision on more than two occasions in any twelve-month period.

Incidental Registration Rights

          In addition, if at any time after this offering we register any shares of our common stock, the holders of all shares having piggyback registration rights are entitled to notice of the registration and to include all or a portion of their shares of common stock in the registration.

Other Provisions

          In the event that any registration in which the holders of registrable shares participate pursuant to the registration rights agreement is an underwritten public offering, the number of registrable shares to be included may, in specified circumstances, be limited due to market conditions.

          We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions, and the reasonable fees and expenses of a single special counsel for selling stockholders, related to any demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration. The Investor Rights Agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we must indemnify selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they must indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to them.

          The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above terminate upon a Qualified A Public Offering for the Series A Registrable Securities and a Qualified B Public Offering for the Series B Registrable Securities, as such terms are defined in our certificate of incorporation, as amended, as in effect prior to the completion of this offering.

157


Table of Contents


Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

          Provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult to acquire us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, open market purchases, removal of incumbent directors and otherwise. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

          We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

          Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

          In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

          The existence of this provision generally will have an anti-takeover effect for transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

158


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

          Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

          The amendment of any of these provisions, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any rights, preferences and privileges thereto, would require approval by the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of our then outstanding capital stock, voting together as a single class.


Choice of Forum

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, (d) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or (e) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. We refer to each of these proceedings as a covered proceeding. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that if any action the subject matter of which is a covered proceeding is filed in a court other than the specified Delaware courts without the

159


Table of Contents

approval of our board of directors, which we refer to as a foreign action, the claiming party will be deemed to have consented to (1) the personal jurisdiction of the specified Delaware courts in connection with any action brought in any such courts to enforce the exclusive forum provision described above and (2) having service of process made upon such claiming party in any such enforcement action by service upon such claiming party's counsel in the foreign action as agent for such claiming party. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies' certificates of incorporation or bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.


NASDAQ Market Listing

          We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TRHC."


Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                 . The transfer agent and registrar's address is                  .

160


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, no public market for our common stock existed, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, from time to time including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, or the anticipation of such sales, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the anticipation of such sales, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TRHC."

          Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                 shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the issuance of                 shares of our common stock in this offering, the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and the redesignation of all of our Class A Non-Voting common stock and Class B Voting common stock into shares of our commen stock. The number of shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering assumes no exercise of outstanding options or warrants.

          All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares will be eligible for resale, subject to compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act, to the extent these shares have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold.

          Subject to the lock-up agreements described in the section titled "Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements," we may issue shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event that any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition and investment.

          In addition, shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or warrants or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements or other similar contractual commitments restricting the sale of such shares and Rule 144 and Rule 701 of the Securities Act.


Rule 144

          In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, any person who is not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, and who has beneficially owned their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available and, after owning such shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock without restriction.

          Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our

161


Table of Contents

affiliates, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

          Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

          Upon expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below,                 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.


Rule 701

          In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of an issuer's employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act, is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.


Lock-up Agreements

          As described under the section entitled "Underwriting — Lock-Up Agreements," we, along with our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters that, for a period of 180-days following the date of this prospectus, we or they will not issue (in the case of us), offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or other capital stock, whether owned directly or with respect to which we or they have beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC, subject to specified exceptions. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion, at any time without prior notice, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in any such agreement.

          Holders of our Series A preferred stock, Series A-1 preferred stock and Series B preferred stock are parties to our Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, each holder agreed not to engage in the type of transactions set forth above, for a period specified by us or a representative of our underwriters of our common stock, or other securities, not to exceed 180 days following the effective date of our registration statement filed under the Securities Act with respect to an initial public offering.

          Substantially all holders of our common and preferred stock, including each beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting securities and each of our other officers and directors to the extent they own any of our capital stock, are parties to our Stockholders Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2014. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, each signatory who is a holder of common stock agreed not to engage in the type of transactions set forth above, for a period specified by us or a representative of our underwriters of our common stock, or other securities, not to exceed 180 days following the effective date of our registration statement filed under the Securities Act with respect to an initial public offering.

162


Table of Contents


Equity Compensation Plans

          We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issuable under our equity compensation plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering such shares shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144. For more information on our equity compensation plans, see section titled "Executive Compensation — Equity Compensation Plans."


Registration Rights

          Upon the completion of this offering, holders of a total of                 shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering, which includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, are entitled to demand that we file a registration statement or request that we cover their shares by a registration statement that we otherwise file. For more information, see section titled "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights." Except for shares purchased by affiliates, registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period and to the extent these shares have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold.

163


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

          The following is a general discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term "non-U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

          An individual may be treated as a resident instead of a nonresident of the United States in any calendar year for U.S. federal income tax purposes if the individual was present in the United States for at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the three-year period ending with the current calendar year. For purposes of this calculation, all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Residents are taxed for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if they were U.S. citizens.

          This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, could challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

          We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

164


Table of Contents

          In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or persons who hold their common stock through partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

           This discussion is for general information only and it is not tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock.


Dividends

          As discussed under "Dividend Policy" above, we do not currently expect to make distributions in respect of our common stock. If we pay distributions on our common stock, those distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder's investment in our common stock, up to such holder's tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading "Gain on Disposition of common stock." Any distribution would also be subject to the discussion below under the headings "Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax" and "FATCA."

          Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

          Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally including provision of a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States). However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

          A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

165


Table of Contents

          A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.


Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

          Subject to the discussion below under the headings "Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax" and "FATCA", a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock unless:


Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

          We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28%, with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8-BEN-E (or other applicable Form W-8) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject

166


Table of Contents

to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above under "Dividends," will generally be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

          Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

          Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.


FATCA

          Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to payments of dividends on, and, after December 31, 2016, gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of, our common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a "foreign financial institution," the foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a "foreign financial institution," the foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. equity and debt holders, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA.

          Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock.


Federal Estate Tax

          Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

           The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

167


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, and the underwriters, for whom Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and UBS Securities LLC are acting as joint-book running managers and representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, the respective numbers of shares of common stock appearing opposite their names below:

Underwriter
  Number of Shares  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

       

UBS Securities LLC

       

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

       

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

       

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

       

Total

       

          All of the shares to be purchased by the underwriters will be purchased from us.

          The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to various conditions, including approval of legal matters by counsel. The shares of common stock are offered by the underwriters, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer and to reject orders in whole or in part.

          The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.


Option to Purchase Additional Shares

          We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to a total of                          additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price per share less the underwriting discounts and commissions per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and less any dividends or distributions declared, paid or payable on the shares that the underwriters have agreed to purchase from us but that are not payable on such additional shares. If the underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then the underwriters will be severally committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of our common stock in proportion to their respective commitments set forth in the prior table.


Discounts and Commissions

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession of not more than $             per share, of which up to $             per share may be reallowed to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be changed.

168


Table of Contents

          The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions and the proceeds, before expenses, payable to us, both on a per share basis and in total, assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares:

 
   
  Total  
 
  Per Share   Without
Option
  With
Option
 

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

          We estimate that the expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $             . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for legal fees of up to $25,000 incurred in qualification of the offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, which amount is deemed by FINRA to be underwriting compensation.


Indemnification of Underwriters

          The underwriting agreement provides that we will indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.


Lock-Up Agreements

          We, each of our directors and officers, the holders of substantially all of the other shares of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering, and the holders of substantially all of our options outstanding prior to this offering, have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, that, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and UBS Securities LLC, we and they will not, during the period beginning on and including the date of this prospectus through and including the date that is the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, directly or indirectly:

whether any transaction described in any of the foregoing bullet points is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other capital stock, other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing.

          Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and UBS Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time, without notice, release all or any portion of the shares or other securities subject to the lock-up agreements. Any determination to release any shares or other securities subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, which may

169


Table of Contents

include the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares or other securities proposed to be sold or otherwise transferred and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale or other transfer.


NASDAQ Global Market Listing

          We expect to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TRHC."


Stabilization

          In order to facilitate this offering of our common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares of common stock than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares of common stock available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out a covered short sale by exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing common stock in the open market. In determining the source of common stock to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters may consider, among other things, the market price of common stock compared to the price payable under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares of common stock in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after the date of pricing of this offering that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

          As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of our common stock, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing common stock in this offering if the underwriting syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock.

          The foregoing transactions, if commenced, may raise or maintain the market price of our common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock.

          The foregoing transactions, if commenced, may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise. Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the underwriters will engage in any of these transactions and these transactions, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time without notice. Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of the effect that the transactions described above, if commenced, may have on the market price of our common stock.


Discretionary Accounts

          The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority in excess of 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

170


Table of Contents


Pricing of this Offering

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined between us and the representative of the underwriters. The factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

          An active trading market for our common stock may not develop. It is possible that the market price of our common stock after this offering will be less than the initial public offering price. In addition, the estimated initial public offering price range appearing on the cover of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions or other factors.


Relationships

          The underwriters and/or their respective affiliates may in the future provide various financial advisory, investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services to us, for which they may receive compensation.


Sales Outside the United States

          No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit an initial public offering of the common stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the common stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither of this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the common stock may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

          Each of the underwriters may arrange to sell common stock offered by this prospectus in certain jurisdictions outside the United States, either directly or through affiliates, where they are permitted to do so. In that regard, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC may arrange to sell shares in certain jurisdictions through an affiliate, Wells Fargo Securities International Limited, or WFSIL. WFSIL is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. WFSIL is a U.K.-incorporated investment firm regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Wells Fargo Securities is the trade name for certain corporate and investment banking services of Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates, including Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and WFSIL.

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, the Shares, may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of

171


Table of Contents

any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71 EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, in the case of Early Implementing Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

          This prospectus and any other material in relation to the shares described herein is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospective Directive, or qualified investors, that also (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, (ii) who fall within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order or (iii) to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. This offering memorandum and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

          The distribution of this prospectus in the United Kingdom to anyone not falling within the above categories is not permitted and may contravene the Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000. No person falling outside those categories should treat this prospectus as constituting a promotion to him, or act on it for any purposes whatever. Recipients of this prospectus are advised that we, the underwriters and any other person that communicates this prospectus are not, as a result solely of communicating this prospectus, acting for or advising them and are not responsible for providing recipients of this prospectus with the protections which would be given to those who are clients of any aforementioned entities that is subject to the Financial Services Authority Rules.

France

          This prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) have not been approved either by the Autorité des marchés financiers or by the competent authority of another State

172


Table of Contents

that is a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des marchés financiers ; no security has been offered or sold and will be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France within the meaning of Article L. 411-1 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier except to permitted investors, or Permitted Investors, consisting of persons licensed to provide the investment service of portfolio management for the account of third parties, qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) acting for their own account and/or a limited circle of investors ( cercle restreint d'investisseurs ) acting for their own account, with "qualified investors" and "limited circle of investors" having the meaning ascribed to them in Articles L. 411-2, D. 411-1, D. 411-2, D. 411-4, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier ; none of this prospectus or any other materials related to the offer or information contained therein relating to our securities has been released, issued or distributed to the public in France except to Permitted Investors; and the direct or indirect resale to the public in France of any securities acquired by any Permitted Investors may be made only as provided by Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1 and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier and applicable regulations thereunder.

Notice to the Residents of Germany

          This document has not been prepared in accordance with the requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the German Securities Prospectus Act ( Wertpapierprospektgesetz ), the German Sales Prospectus Act ( Verkaufsprospektgesetz ), or the German Investment Act ( Investmentgesetz ). Neither the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority ( Bundesanstalt fur Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht—BaFin ) nor any other German authority has been notified of the intention to distribute the securities in Germany. Consequently, the securities may not be distributed in Germany by way of public offering, public advertisement or in any similar manner AND THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT RELATING TO THE OFFERING, AS WELL AS INFORMATION OR STATEMENTS CONTAINED THEREIN, MAY NOT BE SUPPLIED TO THE PUBLIC IN GERMANY OR USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFER FOR SUBSCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES TO THE PUBLIC IN GERMANY OR ANY OTHER MEANS OF PUBLIC MARKETING. The securities are being offered and sold in Germany only to qualified investors which are referred to in Section 3, paragraph 2 no. 1, in connection with Section 2, no. 6, of the German Securities Prospectus Act. This document is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.

Switzerland

          This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of Art. 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares of common stock may not be sold directly or indirectly in or into Switzerland except in a manner which will not result in a public offering within the meaning of the Swiss Code of Obligations. Neither this document nor any other offering materials relating to the shares of common stock may be distributed, published or otherwise made available in Switzerland except in a manner which will not constitute a public offer of the shares of common stock in Switzerland.

173


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby is being passed upon for us by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Cooley LLP, New York, New York is acting as counsel for the underwriters in this offering.


EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements of Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and for the years then ended, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

          The audited financial statements of the Medliance Business, a business of Medliance LLC, as of December 31, 2013, and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent auditors, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

          Information referenced in this prospectus regarding the total eligible individuals within current PACE service areas is based upon estimates of the eligible individuals as of July 2015, prepared by AEC Consulting, LLC, an Altitude Edge company, an independent healthcare consulting firm. We have included these estimates in reliance on the authority of such firm as an expert in such matters.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

          You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing us at 2400 Boston Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21224 or telephoning us at (410) 522 - 8707.

          Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.tabularasahealthcare.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in, and is not part of, this prospectus.

174


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc .

   

Audited Financial Statements

 
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

 
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016

  F-49

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016

  F-50

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

  F-51

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016

  F-52

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

  F-53

Medliance Business
(A Business of Medliance LLC)

 
 

Audited Financial Statements

 
 

Independent Auditors' Report

  F-68

Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013

  F-69

Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014

  F-70

Statements of Changes in Net Parent Investment for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014

  F-71

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014

  F-72

Notes to Financial Statements

  F-73

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.:

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly CareKinesis, Inc.) as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 25, 2016, except for notes 2, 9 and 10, as to which the date is July 21, 2016

F-2


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
($ amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

 
  December 31  
 
  2014   2015  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash

  $ 4,122   $ 2,026  

Restricted cash

    500     200  

Accounts receivable, net

    4,302     6,013  

Inventories

    2,040     2,304  

Rebates receivable

    968     1,064  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    316     522  

Total current assets

    12,248     12,129  

Property and equipment, net

   
2,221
   
1,962
 

Software development costs, net

    2,254     2,505  

Goodwill

    21,606     21,606  

Intangible assets, net

    19,993     17,687  

Other assets

    501     2,818  

Total assets

  $ 58,823   $ 58,707  

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit

             

Current liabilities:

             

Line of credit

  $ 6,860   $ 10,000  

Current portion of long-term debt

    2,121     13,631  

Notes payable to related parties

    1,014     250  

Notes payable related to acquisition

        15,620  

Acquisition-related consideration payable

    4,370     235  

Acquisition-related contingent consideration

    1,079     1,886  

Accounts payable

    4,558     6,808  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    2,068     3,244  

Total current liabilities

    22,070     51,674  

Long-term debt

   
12,989
   
430
 

Long-term notes payable related to acquisition

    14,350      

Long-term acquisition-related consideration payable

    224      

Long-term acquisition-related contingent consideration

    7,300     3,355  

Warrant liability

    2,783     5,569  

Deferred income taxes

    98     334  

Other long-term liabilities

    4      

Total liabilities

    59,818     61,362  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

             

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

             

Series A and A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 7,224,266 shares authorized, 6,911,766 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 (liquidation preference of $6,589 at December 31, 2015)

    6,165     6,553  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 3,548,614 shares authorized, 2,961,745 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015 (liquidation preference of $5,223 at December 31, 2015)

    12,842     22,420  

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    19,007     28,973  

Stockholders' deficit:

             

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 27,836,869 shares authorized; 8,021,093 and 8,877,333 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively

    1     1  

Additional paid-in capital

         

Accumulated deficit

    (20,003 )   (31,629 )

Total stockholders' deficit

    (20,002 )   (31,628 )

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit

  $ 58,823   $ 58,707  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
($ amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Revenue:

             

Product revenue

  $ 46,878   $ 60,060  

Service revenue

    1,550     9,979  

Total revenue

    48,428     70,039  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below:

             

Product cost

    37,073     45,829  

Service cost

    739     3,299  

Total cost of revenue

    37,812     49,128  

Gross profit

    10,616     20,911  

Operating (income) expenses:

             

Research and development

    1,660     2,877  

Sales and marketing

    2,272     2,880  

General and administrative

    3,970     7,115  

Change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration expense (income)

    790     (2,059 )

Depreciation and amortization

    1,817     3,933  

Total operating expenses

    10,509     14,746  

Income from operations

    107     6,165  

Other expense:

   
 
   
 
 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    269     2,786  

Interest expense

    1,354     5,915  

Total other expense

    1,623     8,701  

Loss before income taxes

    (1,516 )   (2,536 )

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (409 )   328  

Net loss

    (1,107 )   (2,864 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (3,884 )   (9,966 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (4,991 ) $ (12,830 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (0.63 ) $ (1.53 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    7,862,025     8,378,431  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (0.16 )

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

          18,251,942  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
($ amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Stockholders' Deficit  
 
  Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock   Common Stock    
   
   
 
 
  Series A   Series A-1   Series B    
  Class A   Class B    
   
   
 
 
   
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Total   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance, January 1, 2014

    4,411,766   $ 3,556     2,500,000   $ 2,242     2,961,745   $ 9,325   $ 15,123     3,490,638   $     4,089,758   $ 1   $   $ (16,021 ) $ (16,020 )

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition of St. Mary Prescription Pharmacy

                                157,500                 291         291  

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition of Capstone Performance Systems, LLC                           

                                203,358                 374         374  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

        225         142         3,517     3,884                     (1,009 )   (2,875 )   (3,884 )

Transfer of common stock

                                63,333         (63,333 )                

Exercise of stock options

                                79,839                 59         59  

Issuance of common stock warrants

                                                  31         31  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                254         254  

Net loss

                                                    (1,107 )   (1,107 )

Balance, December 31, 2014

    4,411,766     3,781     2,500,000     2,384     2,961,745     12,842     19,007     3,994,668         4,026,425     1         (20,003 )   (20,002 )

Issuance of common stock in connection with satisfaction of contingent consideration related to acquisition of St. Mary Prescription Pharmacy                                  

                                31,500                 94         94  

Issuance of common stock in connection with satisfaction of contingent consideration related to acquisition of Capstone Performance Systems, LLC

                                35,730                 107         107  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

        238         150         9,578     9,966                     (1,204 )   (8,762 )   (9,966 )

Transfer of common stock

                                8,000         (8,000 )                

Exercise of stock options

                                6,083         782,925         422         422  

Issuance of common stock warrants

                                                16         16  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                565         565  

Net loss

                                                    (2,864 )   (2,864 )

Balance, December 31, 2015

    4,411,766   $ 4,019     2,500,000   $ 2,534     2,961,745   $ 22,420   $ 28,973     4,075,981   $     4,801,350   $ 1   $   $ (31,629 ) $ (31,628 )

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net loss

  $ (1,107 ) $ (2,864 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    1,817     3,933  

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

    259     2,148  

Payment of imputed interest on debt

    (13 )   (105 )

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

    (422 )   290  

Issuance of common stock warrants

    31     16  

Write-off in-process software development costs

    63      

Other non-cash items

        (10 )

Stock-based compensation

    254     565  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    269     2,786  

Change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration

    790     (2,059 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect from acquisitions:

             

Accounts receivable, net

    (1,388 )   (1,711 )

Inventories

    (792 )   (264 )

Rebates receivable

    (715 )   (96 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (77 )   (259 )

Other assets

    (30 )   (4 )

Acquisition-related contingent consideration paid

    (60 )   (610 )

Accounts payable

    1,383     440  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    604     1,060  

Other long-term liabilities

    4      

Net cash provided by operating activities

    870     3,256  

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Purchases of property and equipment

    (230 )   (234 )

Software development costs

    (738 )   (940 )

Change in restricted cash

    (500 )   300  

Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired

    (13,448 )   (2,403 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (14,916 )   (3,277 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Proceeds from sale of common stock

    59     12  

Payments for debt financing costs

    (212 )   (69 )

Proceeds from notes payable to related parties

    100      

Repayments of notes payable to related parties

    (175 )   (354 )

Borrowings on line of credit

        10,000  

Repayments of line of credit

        (6,860 )

Payments of acquisition-related consideration

    (487 )   (1,895 )

Payments of initial public offering costs

        (481 )

Payments of contingent consideration

    (440 )   (267 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

    15,000      

Repayments of long-term debt

    (1,704 )   (2,161 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    12,141     (2,075 )

Net decrease in cash

    (1,905 )   (2,096 )

Cash, beginning of period

    6,027     4,122  

Cash, end of period

  $ 4,122   $ 2,026  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

             

Acquisition of equipment under capital leases

  $ 326   $ 373  

Additions to property, equipment, and software development purchases included in accounts payable

  $ 53   $ 46  

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $   $ 1,817  

Cash paid for interest

  $ 1,080   $ 2,409  

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

  $ 3,884   $ 9,966  

Fair value of promissory notes entered into in connection with Medliance acquisition

  $ 14,347   $  

Fair value of preferred stock warrants issued to lender

  $ 1,835   $  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

1.       Corporate Formation and Reorganization

          Effective June 30, 2014, CareKinesis, Inc. ("CareKinesis") and its wholly-owned subsidiaries St. Mary Prescription Pharmacy ("SMPP"), Capstone Performance Systems, LLC ("Capstone") and CareVentions, Inc. ("CareVentions"), were restructured to create a parent holding company, Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. (the "Company"). To accomplish the restructuring, the Company and a new, wholly-owned, merger subsidiary of the Company were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware, and the new merger subsidiary was merged with and into CareKinesis, with CareKinesis as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. As a result of the merger, the former stockholders of CareKinesis became stockholders of the Company, with each share of CareKinesis issued and outstanding immediately prior to the merger automatically converting into the same share, with the same rights and preferences and obligations with the Company as they had prior to the merger with CareKinesis. In addition, in connection with the reorganization, CareKinesis distributed all of the equity interests in each of Capstone and CareVentions to the Company such that Capstone and CareVentions became wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. As CareKinesis and the Company are entities under common control, the consolidated financial statements reflect the historical carrying values of CareKinesis' assets and liabilities and its results of operations as if they were consolidated for all periods presented.

2.      Nature of Business and Basis of Presentation

          The Company provides patient-specific, data-driven technology and solutions that enable healthcare organizations to optimize medication regimens to improve patient outcomes, reduce hospitalizations, lower healthcare costs and manage risk. The Company delivers its solutions through a comprehensive suite of technology-enabled products and services for medication risk management and risk adjustment. The Company serves healthcare organizations that focus on populations with complex healthcare needs and extensive medication requirements. The Company's suite of cloud-based software solutions provides prescribers, pharmacists and healthcare organizations with sophisticated and innovative tools to better manage the medication-related needs of patients.

          The Company's consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of continuity of operations, realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the Company's cash on hand of $2,026 as of December 31, 2015, cash flows from operations and borrowing availability under the Amended 2015 Revolving Line (note 10) are sufficient to fund the Company's planned operations through at least March 31, 2018.

          The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering of its common stock, which would provide additional capital to fund acquisitions of businesses and technologies, support the development of new product offerings and entrance into new market segments, expand the Company's sales and marketing infrastructure as well as provide for working capital and general corporate needs. Upon the closing of a qualified public offering on specified terms, all of the Company's outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock.

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

          The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). Any reference in

F-7


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") and Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB").

3.       Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a)    Use of Estimates

          The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates or assumptions.

          On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and assumptions, including, but not limited to, those related to: (i) the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for business combinations, (ii) the valuation of the Company's common and preferred stock, (iii) the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities, (iv) the useful lives of long-lived assets (including definite-lived intangible assets), (v) the evaluation of revenue recognition criteria, (vi) assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of equity and liability classified warrants and stock-based compensation instruments and (vii) the realizability of long-lived assets, including goodwill and intangible assets. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The Company has engaged and may, in the future, engage third-party valuation specialists to assist with estimates related to the valuation of its preferred and common stock, in addition to the valuation of assets and liabilities acquired. Such estimates often require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in evaluating ranges of assumptions and financial inputs. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or circumstances.

(b)    Revenue Recognition

          The Company recognizes revenue from product sales or services rendered when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) services have been rendered, (iii) the price to its client is fixed or determinable and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

          When the Company enters into arrangements with multiple deliverables, it applies the accounting guidance for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables and evaluates each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (i) whether the delivered item has value to the customer on a standalone basis, and (ii) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. Revenue is allocated to each element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on estimated selling prices ("ESP") as vendor specific objective evidence or third party evidence is not available. The Company establishes ESP for the elements of its arrangements based upon its pricing practices and class of customers. The stated prices for the various deliverables of the Company's contracts are consistent across classes of customers.

F-8


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

Product Revenue

          The Company enters into multiple-element arrangements with healthcare organizations to provide software enabled medication risk management solutions. Under these contracts, revenue is generated through the components listed below.

    Prescription drug revenue

    The Company sells prescription medications directly to healthcare organizations through its prescription fulfillment pharmacies. Prescription medication fees are based upon the prices stated in customer contracts for the prescription and include a dispensing fee. Prescription medication revenue, including dispensing fees, is recognized when the product is shipped to the customer. Prescription medications are considered a separate unit of accounting.

    Per member per month fees — medication risk management services

    The Company receives a fixed monthly administrative fee for each member in the program contracted for medication risk management services. This fee, which is included in Product Revenue in the consolidated statement of operations, is recognized on a monthly basis as medication risk management services are provided. The services associated with the per member per month fees are considered a separate unit of accounting.

Service Revenue

          The Company enters into contracts with healthcare organizations to provide (i) risk adjustment and (ii) pharmacy cost management services, which include training client staff and providers about documentation and diagnosis coding, analyzing clients' data collection and submission processes, and delivering meaningful analytics for understanding reimbursement complexities.

          Under the risk adjustment contracts, there are three revenue generating components:

    Set up fees:

    The Company's contracts with its risk adjustment service customers often require customers to pay non-refundable set up fees, which are deferred and recognized over the estimated term of the contract. These fees are charged at the beginning of the customer relationship as compensation for the Company's efforts to prepare the customer and configure its system for the data collection process. The set up activities do not represent a separate unit of accounting as they do not have value apart from the broader risk adjustment services contracts.

    Per member per month fees — risk adjustment services

    The Company receives a fixed monthly fee for each member in the program contracted for risk adjustment services. These services represent a separate unit of accounting and are offered independently from any other services. Revenue for these services is recognized each month as the related risk adjustment services are performed.

    Hourly consulting fees

    The Company contracts with customers to perform various risk adjustment services. Such services are billed on a time and materials basis, at agreed hourly rates. Consulting services represent a

F-9


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

    separate unit of accounting and are offered independently from any other services. Revenue for these services is recognized as time is incurred on the project.

          The Company's pharmacy cost management services include subscription revenue from customers and revenues from drug manufacturers for the sale of drug utilization data. Subscription revenue is recognized monthly as either a flat fee or as a percentage of monthly transactions incurred. Data and statistics fees from drug manufacturers are recognized as revenue when received due to the unpredictable nature of the payments and because fees are not fixed and determinable until received.

(c)    Cost of Product Revenue

          Cost of product revenue includes all costs directly related to the medication risk management offering, including costs relating to the Company's pharmacists' collaboration on a patient's medication management, clinical analysis of the results and, when necessary, offering guidance to the prescriber based upon the review of the medication risk mitigation matrix and the individual patient's medical history, as well as the fulfillment and distribution of prescription drugs. Costs consist primarily of the purchase price of the prescription drugs the Company dispenses, expenses to package, dispense and distribute prescription drugs, expenses associated with the Company's medication care plan support centers and prescription fulfillment centers, including employment costs and stock-based compensation, and expenses related to the hosting of the Company's technology platform. Such costs also include direct overhead expenses, as well as allocated miscellaneous overhead costs. The Company allocates miscellaneous overhead costs among functions based on employee headcount.

(d)    Cost of Service Revenue

          Cost of service revenue includes all labor costs, including stock-based compensation expense, directly related to the risk adjustment and pharmacy cost management services and expenses for claims processing, technology services and overhead costs.

(e)    Research and Development

          Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation expense, for personnel in the Company's research and development functions, costs relating to the design and development of new software and technology and enhancement of existing software and technology, including fees paid to third-party consultants, costs relating to quality assurance and testing, and other allocated facility-related overhead and expenses. Costs incurred in research and development are charged to expense as incurred.

(f)    Stock-Based Compensation

          The Company accounts for stock-based awards granted to employees and directors in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation , which requires that compensation cost be recognized for awards based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee or director is required to provide service in exchange for the award — the requisite service period ("vesting period"). The grant-date fair value of employee and director stock-based awards is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

          Compensation expense for options granted to non-employees is determined based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measured. Compensation expense is recognized over the period during which services are

F-10


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

rendered by such non-employees until completed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period on each separate vesting tranche of the award, or the accelerated attribution method. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards is remeasured using the then-current fair value of the Company's common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

          The Company classifies stock-based compensation expense in its statement of operations in the same manner in which the award recipient's payroll costs or recipients' service payments are classified.

          The fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company historically has been a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, the Company estimates its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies and expects to continue to do so until such time as it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded stock price. The expected term of the Company's stock options has been determined utilizing the "simplified" method. The expected term of the stock options granted to non-employees is equal to the contractual term of the option award. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

(g)    Income Taxes

          Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

(h)    Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

          Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock includes the accretion of accruing dividends on and issuance costs of the Company's Series A, Series A-1 and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. The carrying values of Series A and Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock are being accreted to their respective redemption values at each reporting period using the effective interest method, from the date of issuance to the earliest date the holders can demand redemption. The carrying value of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock is being accreted to redemption value at each reporting period at the greater of (i) the original issuance price plus unpaid accrued dividends or (ii) the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock.

(i)     Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

          The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss attributable to common stockholders because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires net loss applicable to common stockholders for the period, after an allocation of earnings to participating

F-11


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

securities, to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. The Company's preferred stockholders are entitled to receive annual cumulative dividends payable prior and in preference to dividends paid to holders of common stock when, as and if declared by the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board"). In the event a dividend is paid on common stock, holders of preferred stock are entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividend as if they were holders of common shares (on an as-if converted basis).

(j)     Cash

          Cash at December 31, 2014 and 2015 consists of cash on deposit with banks. The balances, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company mitigates this risk by depositing funds with major financial institutions. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts, and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2014 or 2015.

(k)    Restricted cash

          Restricted cash at December 31, 2014 and 2015 consists of cash required to be held for deferred payments associated with the SMPP acquisition (note 4) and was $500 and $200 at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

(l)     Accounts Receivable, net

          Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and its clients' financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute and the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 the Company deemed this amount to be de minimis.

(m)   Inventories

          Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method.

(n)    Property and Equipment, net

          Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions or improvements that increase the useful life of existing assets are capitalized, while expenditures for repairs and maintenance that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The Company depreciates computer hardware and purchased software over a life of three years and office furniture and equipment over a life of five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term. Property and equipment under capital leases are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets

F-12


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

disposed of are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the consolidated statements of operations.

(o)    Software Development Costs, net

          Certain development costs of the Company's internal-use software are capitalized in accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350"), which outlines the stages of computer software development and specifies when capitalization of costs is required. The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred in connection with obtaining or developing internal-use software, including external direct costs of material and services and payroll costs for employees directly involved with the software development. Projects that are determined to be in the development stage are capitalized. Subsequent additions, modifications, or upgrades to internal-use software are capitalized to the extent that they allow the software to perform tasks it previously did not perform. Capitalized software costs are amortized beginning when the software project is substantially complete and the asset is ready for its intended use. Capitalized internal-use software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the remaining estimated useful life of the Company's core software platform, which was three years during the year ended December 31, 2015. Costs incurred in the preliminary project stage and post-implementation stage, as well as maintenance and training costs, are expensed as incurred as part of research and development expense. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, gross capitalized software costs were $3,644 and $4,550 and accumulated amortization was $1,390 and $2,045, respectively. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $518 and $655, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, there was $328 and $888, respectively, of capitalized software costs that were not yet subject to amortization.

(p)    Deferred Offering Costs

          The Company capitalizes certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs (non-current) until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in stockholders' equity (deficit) as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had recorded $2,298 of deferred offering costs in contemplation of a probable 2016 equity financing in other assets in its consolidated balance sheet. Should the equity financing no longer be considered probable of being consummated, all deferred offering costs will be charged to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company did not record any deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2014.

(q)    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Including Other Intangible Assets

          Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment, software development costs and definite-lived intangible assets. Long-lived assets to be held and used are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Factors that the Company considers in deciding when to perform an impairment review include significant underperformance of the business in relation to expectations, significant negative industry or economic trends and significant changes or planned changes in the use of the assets. If an impairment review is performed to evaluate a long-lived asset for recoverability, the Company compares forecasts of undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the long-lived asset to its carrying value. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset are less than its carrying

F-13


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

amount. The impairment loss would be based on the excess of the carrying value of the impaired asset over its fair value, determined based on discounted cash flows. To date, the Company has not recorded any impairment losses on long-lived assets.

(r)    Deferred Financing Costs

          Costs related to obtaining debt financing are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective-interest method. If debt is prepaid or retired early, the related unamortized deferred financing costs are written off in the period the debt is retired. Deferred financing costs of $240 and $175, net of accumulated amortization, are included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

(s)    Deferred Rent

          Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives, including tenant improvement allowances, are recorded to deferred rent and amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Approximately $33 and $94 are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

(t)     Warrant Liability

          The Company's warrants to purchase shares of its preferred stock are classified as warrant liability and recorded at fair value. This warrant liability is subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and the Company recognizes any change in fair value in its statements of operations as a change in fair value of the warrant liability. The Company will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants for changes in the estimated fair value until such time as these instruments are exercised, expire or, upon the closing of this offering, convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. At that time, the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders' deficit.

(u)    Contingencies

          Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal fees and other expenses related to litigation are expensed as incurred and included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

(v)    Shipping and Handling Costs

          Shipping and handling costs are charged to cost of product revenue when incurred. Shipping and handling costs totaled $1,394 and $1,876 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

(w)   Advertising Costs

          Advertising costs are charged to operations when the advertising first takes place. The Company incurred advertising expense of $39 and $43 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

F-14


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

(x)    Business Combinations

          The costs of business combinations are allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, in each case based on estimates of their respective fair values at the acquisition dates, using the purchase method of accounting. Fair values of intangible assets are estimated by valuation models prepared by management and third-party specialists. The assets purchased and liabilities assumed have been reflected in the Company's consolidated balance sheets, and the results are included in the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows from the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related contingent consideration is classified as a liability. Additionally, any change in the fair value of the acquisition-related contingent consideration subsequent to the acquisition date, including changes from events after the acquisition date, will be recognized within general and administrative expense in the period of the estimated fair value change. Acquisition-related transaction costs, including legal and accounting fees and other external costs directly related to the acquisition, are recognized separately from the acquisition and expensed as incurred in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates, or actual results.

(y)    Goodwill

          Goodwill consists of the excess purchase price over fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired.

          Goodwill is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment annually. Goodwill is assessed for impairment on October 1 st of each year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment , provides an entity the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount prior to performing the two-step goodwill impairment test. If this is the case, the two-step goodwill impairment test is required. If it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required.

          If the two-step goodwill impairment test is required, first, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying amount (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the entity must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting units' goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation and the residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, step two does not need to be performed.

          For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill and determined that it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair values of its reporting unit is less than the carrying amount. Accordingly, no impairment loss was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2015.

F-15


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

(z)    Concentration of Credit Risk

          The Company's clients consist primarily of healthcare organizations, which are sponsors of the federal Medicare Part D plan (prescription drug coverage plan) and dual funded by Medicaid and Medicare and, therefore, subject to the reporting requirements established by the Centers for Medicaid and Medicare Services ("CMS"). Under CMS guidelines, Medicare Part D sponsors are required to remit payment for claims within 14 calendar days of the date on which an electronic claim is received and within 30 calendar days of the date on which nonelectronically submitted claims are received. The Company extends credit to clients based upon such terms, as well as management's evaluation of creditworthiness, and generally collateral is not required.

          Accounts receivable as a percentage of net accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and sales as a percentage of total revenues for the respective years with significant clients were as follows:

 
  Accounts Receivable   Revenue  
 
  December 31,   December 31,  
 
  2014   2015   2014   2015  

Customer A

    13 %   12 %   11 %   10 %

Customer B

    less than 10 %   less than 10 %   10 %   less than 10 %

Customer C

    13 %   less than 10 %   less than 10 %   less than 10 %

(aa) Segment Data

          The Company manages its operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. The Company's chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses performance based upon discrete financial information at the consolidated level. The Company's chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer. Since the Company operates in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the consolidated financial statements. All revenues are generated and all tangible assets are held in the United States.

(bb)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

          Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value under GAAP. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

    Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2 — Observable inputs (other than Level 1 quoted prices), such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market.

F-16


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

    Level 3 — Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

          The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

(cc)  Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2014-09"). ASU 2014-09 represents a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to clients in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 sets forth a new five-step revenue recognition model which replaces the prior revenue recognition guidance in its entirety and is intended to eliminate numerous industry-specific pieces of revenue recognition guidance that have historically existed. For public companies, ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09 on the Company's consolidated financial statements and has not yet selected a transition method.

          In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern ("ASU 2014-15"). ASU 2014-15 will explicitly require management to assess a company's ability to continue as a going concern, and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. The new standard will be effective in the first annual period ending after December 15, 2016. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the disclosure impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-15 on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs ("ASU 2015-03"). ASU 2015-03 requires debt issuance costs to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the associated debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount. In August 2015, the FASB issued a clarification that debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements can continue to be reflected as deferred assets in the balance sheet consistent with existing GAAP, or can be presented net of the associated debt obligations. For public companies, ASU 2015-03 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. ASU 2015-03 must be applied on a retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2015-03 on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory ("ASU 2015-11") , which simplifies the subsequent measurement of inventories by replacing the current lower of cost or market test with a lower of cost and net realizable value test. ASU 2015-11 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2015-11 on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

F-17


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments ("ASU 2015-16"). The standard requires that adjustments made to provisional amounts recognized in a business combination be recorded in the period such adjustments are determined, rather than retrospectively adjusting previously reported amounts. ASU 2015-16 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2015-16 on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015- 17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes ("ASU 2015-17"). The amendments in this update simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes to require that deferred tax liabilities and assets are classified as noncurrent in a statement of financial position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a tax-paying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by the new guidance. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim reporting periods within those annual periods. Early application is permitted. The new guidance may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company has adopted ASU 2015-17 on a prospective basis for the year ended December 31, 2015. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) ("ASU 2016-02"). The new standard establishes a right-of-use ("ROU") model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this standard on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

          In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ("ASU 2016-09"). The amendments in this update will simplify certain aspects related to how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements. The new guidance will require excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies be recorded as an income tax benefit or expense in the statement of operations when the awards vest or are settled. It also will allow an employer to repurchase more of an employee's shares than it can today for tax withholding purposes without triggering liability accounting and to make a policy election to account for forfeitures as they occur. ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted in any annual or interim period for which financial statements haven't been issued or made available for issuance, but all guidance must be adopted in the same period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-09 on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

F-18


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

4.      Acquisitions

SMPP

          On January 7, 2014, the Company acquired all of the authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of J.A. Robertson, Inc., doing business as St. Mary Prescription Pharmacy. SMPP is a pharmacy based in San Francisco, California that has been servicing the needs of Program of All-inclusive Care for the Elderly participants for over 30 years. The acquisition consideration was comprised of cash consideration of up to $2,000, consisting of $1,000 payable upon the closing of the acquisition, up to $500 payable following the six-month anniversary of the closing date, up to $300 payable following the 12-month anniversary of the closing date and a fixed $200 payable following the 24-month anniversary of the closing date. The first two cash payments made subsequent to the closing date were contingent upon the achievement of specified revenue targets, as defined below. The final payment on the 24-month anniversary of the closing date will be paid if the Company has not made any claims for indemnification pursuant to the purchase agreement. In addition to the cash consideration, the Company will issue up to 210,000 shares of Class A Non-Voting common stock consisting of 105,000 shares issued upon the closing of the acquisition, up to 52,500 shares due following the six-month anniversary of the closing date, up to 31,500 shares due following the 12-month anniversary of the closing date and a fixed amount 21,000 shares due following the 24-month anniversary of the closing date. The first two contingent stock payments made subsequent to the closing date were contingent upon the achievement of specified revenue targets, as defined below. The final contingent stock payment following the 24-month anniversary of the closing date shall be issued if the Company has not made any claims for indemnification pursuant to the purchase agreement.

          SMPP acquisition-related contingent consideration was determined at two dates: following the six-month anniversary of the closing date up to $500 in cash and up to 52,500 shares of the Company's common stock ("First Contingent Payment Date") was payable and following the twelve-month anniversary of the closing date up to $300 in cash and up to 31,500 shares of the Company's common stock ("Second Contingent Payment Date") was payable. The actual consideration for the First Contingent Payment Date and the Second Contingent Payment Date was determined based on the average monthly revenue during the six-month period preceding the First Contingent Payment Date and the 12-month period preceding the Second Contingent Payment Date ("Measurement Periods"), respectively. If the average monthly revenue is equal to or exceeded the monthly revenue target, as defined in the agreement, during the applicable Measurement Period, the contingent payment for such Measurement Period was payable in full. If the average monthly revenue was less than the monthly revenue target for a Measurement Period, then an amount was payable equal to the maximum contingent payment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which was the average monthly revenue for the Measurement Period, the denominator of which was the monthly revenue target, with the cash amount and number of shares each reduced proportionately.

          The Company, with the assistance of a third-party appraiser, utilized a Monte Carlo simulation to determine the estimated acquisition-date fair value of the acquisition-related contingent consideration of $810. The fair value measurement was based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

          The Company paid $500 in cash and issued 52,500 shares of the Company's common stock, with a fair value of $96, in the third quarter of 2014 in satisfaction of the contingent consideration on the First Contingent Payment Date and $300 in cash and 31,500 shares of the Company's common stock, with a

F-19


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

fair value of $94, in the first quarter of 2015 in satisfaction of the contingent consideration on the Second Contingent Payment Date.

          The deferred, fixed acquisition-related cash consideration of $200 payable in January 2016 was recorded at its acquisition-date fair value of $180, using an assumed cost of debt of 5.5%. Additionally, the deferred, fixed stock payment of 21,000 shares of Class A Non-Voting common stock payable in January 2016 was recorded at its acquisition-date fair value of $35. These amounts are included in acquisition-related consideration payable in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. The $20 discount is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method through the consideration payment date. The Company amortized $10 and $10 of the discount to interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          During the first quarter of 2016, the Company made a final cash payment of $185, which included a $15 reduction for an indemnification claim made by the Company pursuant to the purchase agreement, and issued 21,000 shares of common stock in satisfaction of the remaining obligations under the purchase agreement.

          The results of operations and financial position of SMPP are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Revenue and net income attributed to SMPP from the date of acquisition (January 7, 2014) through December 31, 2014 were approximately $6,209 and $577, respectively.

          The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price based on the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

Cash

  $ 9  

Accounts receivable

    321  

Inventories

    227  

Other current assets

    58  

Trade name

    370  

Client relationships intangible asset

    930  

Non-competition agreement intangible asset

    20  

Goodwill

    1,012  

Total assets acquired

    2,947  

Accrued liabilities

    (18 )

Trade accounts payable

    (143 )

Deferred tax liability

    (467 )

Deferred revenue

    (101 )

Total purchase price, including contingent consideration of $810

  $ 2,218  

          The purchase price was allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their acquisition-date estimated fair values. The identifiable intangible assets principally included a trade name, client relationships and a non-competition agreement, each of which are subject to amortization on a straight-line basis over 5, 7 and 3 years, respectively. The weighted average amortization period for acquired intangible assets as of the date of acquisition is 6.38 years.

          The Company, with the assistance of a third-party appraiser, assessed the fair value of the assets. The fair value of the trade name was estimated using an income approach, specifically known as the

F-20


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

relief from royalty method. The relief from royalty method is based on a hypothetical royalty stream that would be received if the Company were to license the SMPP trade name, which the Company derived from the projected revenues of SMPP. The fair value of the client relationships was estimated using a discounted present value income approach. Under this method, an intangible asset's fair value is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows (excess earnings) attributable solely to the intangible asset over its remaining useful life. To calculate fair value, the Company used cash flows discounted at a rate considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with client relationships. The Company believes that the level and timing of cash flows appropriately reflect market participant assumptions. The fair value of the non-competition agreement was valued using the discounted earnings method. Under this method, lost earnings before interest and taxes were estimated for four discrete scenarios assuming the individual competes at different time periods during the life of the agreement. To calculate fair value, the Company used lost earnings before interest and taxes discounted at a rate considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with the non-competition agreement. The Company believes that the level and timing of the lost earnings appropriately reflect market participant assumptions.

          The amortization of intangible assets is not deductible for income tax purposes.

          The Company believes the goodwill related to the acquisition was a result of expected synergies to be realized from combining operations as well as access to new geographic, demographic and clinical markets, and is not deductible for income tax purposes.

Capstone

          On April 22, 2014, the Company used the funds provided by the April 2014 Eastward Loan (see note 10) to acquire substantially all of the assets, and assumed certain liabilities, of Capstone, a consulting business providing expert Medicare risk adjustment services for healthcare organizations. The acquisition consideration was comprised of cash consideration consisting of $3,000 payable upon the closing of the acquisition, $500 payable following the six-month anniversary of the closing date, and the greater of (i) $2,000 or (ii) an amount equal to five times earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") of the business for the twelve month period ending on December 31, 2014 less the sum of the closing cash amount and interim cash amount of $500, which is payable following the 12-month anniversary of the closing date. In addition to the cash consideration, the Company agreed to issue up to 677,862 shares of Class A Non-Voting common stock consisting of 203,358 shares due upon the closing of the acquisition and a number of shares equal to the difference of (i) the product of 677,862 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the lesser of $2,000 or the net income of the business for the twelve month period ending on December 31, 2014, and the denominator of which is $2,000, less (ii) the closing share amount (203,358 shares), due following the 12-month anniversary of the closing date.

          The Company, with the assistance of a third-party appraiser, utilized a Monte Carlo simulation to estimate the acquisition-date fair value of the acquisition-based contingent consideration of $75. The fair value measurement was based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

          The Company paid $577 in cash and issued 35,730 shares of the Company's common stock, with a fair value of $107, in the second quarter of 2015 in full satisfaction of the contingent consideration at the 12-month anniversary of the closing date.

F-21


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          The deferred, fixed acquisition-related cash consideration of $500 payable at the six month anniversary of the closing was recorded at its acquisition-date fair value of $487, using an assumed cost of debt of 5.5%. The $13 discount was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method through its payment date in the fourth quarter of 2014. The deferred, fixed portion of the acquisition-related consideration payable following the 12-month anniversary of the closing date of $2,000 was recorded at its acquisition-date fair value of $1,895 using an assumed cost of debt of 5.5%. This amount is included in acquisition-related consideration in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2014 and was paid in the second quarter of 2015. The $105 discount was amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method through its consideration payment date. The Company amortized $72 and $33 of the discount to interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          The results of operations and financial position of Capstone are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Revenue and net income attributed to Capstone from the date of acquisition (April 22, 2014) through December 31, 2014 were approximately $1,525 and $284, respectively.

          The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price based on the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

Accounts receivable

  $ 149  

Prepaid and other current assets

    5  

Trade name

    150  

Client relationships intangible asset

    3,154  

Non-competition agreement intangible asset

    192  

Goodwill

    2,325  

Total assets acquired

    5,975  

Accrued liabilities

    (44 )

Trade accounts payable

    (36 )

Deferred revenue

    (64 )

Total purchase price, including contingent consideration of $75

  $ 5,831  

          The purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their acquisition-date estimated fair values. The identifiable intangible assets principally included a trade name, client relationships and a non-competition agreement, each of which are subject to amortization on a straight-line basis over 5, 11 and 4 years, respectively. The weighted average amortization period for acquired intangible assets as of the date of acquisition is 10.36 years.

          The Company, with the assistance of a third-party appraiser, assessed the fair value of the assets. The fair value of the trade name was estimated using the relief from royalty method. The Company derived the hypothetical royalty income from the projected revenues of Capstone. The fair value of the client relationships was estimated using the discounted present value income approach. To calculate fair value, the Company used cash flows discounted at a rate considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with client relationships. The Company believes that the level and timing of cash flows appropriately reflect market participant assumptions. The fair value of the non-competition agreement was valued using the discounted earnings method. To calculate fair value, the Company used lost earnings before interest and taxes discounted at a rate considered appropriate given the inherent risks

F-22


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

associated with the non-competition agreement. The Company believes that the level and timing of the lost earnings appropriately reflect market participant assumptions.

          The amortization of intangible assets is deductible for income tax purposes.

          The Company believes the goodwill related to the acquisition was a result of expected synergies to be realized from combining operations and is deductible for income tax purposes.

Medliance LLC

          On December 31, 2014, the Company acquired all of the authorized, issued and outstanding equity interests of Medliance LLC ("Medliance"), which provides pharmacy cost management services through data analytics. The acquisition consideration was comprised of $16,385 in non-cash consideration in the form of promissory notes to the sellers with a fair value of $14,347 (note 9) and cash consideration consisting of $12,000 payable upon closing and contingent purchase price consideration with an estimated fair value of $7,300 ("Medliance Earnout") due upon achieving specified revenue targets as of the 12, 24 and 36 month anniversaries of the acquisition. The Company paid $9,597 in cash upon closing in the fourth quarter of 2014, with the remaining $2,403 paid in the first quarter of 2015.

          The aggregate Medliance acquisition-related contingent consideration is equal to the difference of (i) the product of yearly revenue for the 2015 calendar year multiplied by 4.5 minus (ii) $26,000 (the "Aggregate Earn-Out Amount"); provided, however, if the Aggregate Earn-Out Amount is a negative amount, the Aggregate Earn-Out Amount shall equal zero. The Aggregate Earn-Out Amount is payable in cash, subject to achieving specified revenue targets, at three intervals: one-third following the 12-month anniversary of the closing date (the "Twelve Month Contingent Payment Date"), one-third following the 24-month anniversary of the closing date (the "Twenty-four Month Contingent Payment Date") and the Aggregate Earn-Out Amount less any portion actually paid at the Twelve Month Contingent Payment Date and Twenty-four Month Contingent Payment Date, following the 36-month anniversary of the closing date.

          The Aggregate Earn-Out Amount is payable based on the yearly revenue of the acquired business during the twelve month period preceding each Contingent Payment Date ("Measurement Period"). If the yearly revenue is equal to or exceeds the 2015 Medliance calendar year revenue target ("Yearly Revenue Target") during a Measurement Period, the portion of the Aggregate Earn-Out Amount due, as defined above, is payable in full. If the yearly revenue is less than the Yearly Revenue Target for a Measurement Period, then an amount shall be payable equal to the portion of the Aggregate Earn-Out Amount due multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the yearly revenue for the Measurement Period and the denominator of which is the Yearly Revenue Target.

          The Company, with the assistance of a third-party appraiser, utilized a Monte Carlo simulation to estimate the acquisition-date fair value of the acquisition-related contingent consideration of $7,300. This fair value measurement is based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

F-23


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price based on the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

Cash

  $ 139  

Accounts receivable

    329  

Prepaid and other current assets

    24  

Property and equipment

    27  

Other assets

    16  

Trade name

    1,200  

Developed technology — Pharmview

    2,200  

Developed technology — Postview

    1,200  

Client relationships intangible asset

    10,600  

Non-competition agreement intangible asset

    440  

Goodwill

    18,080  

Total assets acquired

    34,255  

Accrued liabilities

    (48 )

Accrued distributions payable

    (310 )

Trade accounts payable

    (231 )

Total purchase price, including contingent consideration of $7,300

  $ 33,666  

          The purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their acquisition-date estimated fair values. The identifiable intangible assets principally included a trade name, developed technology, client relationships, and a non-competition agreement, each of which are subject to amortization on a straight-line basis being amortized over 5, 10, 10 and 5 years, respectively. The weighted average amortization period for acquired intangible assets as of the date of acquisition is 9.48 years.

          The Company, with the assistance of a third-party appraiser, assessed the fair value of the assets. The fair value of the trade name was estimated using the relief from royalty method. The Company derived the hypothetical royalty income from the projected revenues of Medliance. The fair values of the developed technology and client relationships were estimated using a discounted present value income approach. To calculate fair value, the Company used cash flows discounted at a rate considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with each intangible asset. The Company believes that the level and timing of cash flows appropriately reflect market participant assumptions. The fair value of the non-competition agreement was valued using the discounted earnings method. To calculate fair value, the Company used lost earnings before interest and taxes discounted at a rate considered appropriate given the inherent risks associated with the non-competition agreement. The Company believes that the level and timing of the lost earnings appropriately reflect market participant assumptions.

          The amortization of intangible assets is deductible for income tax purposes.

          The Company believes the goodwill related to the acquisition was a result of the addition of a complimentary line of business to the Company's current product offering and is deductible for income tax purposes.

F-24


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

Pro Forma Information

          The unaudited pro forma results presented below include the results of the SMPP, Capstone and Medliance acquisitions as if they had been consummated as of January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma results include the amortization associated with acquired intangible assets and interest expense on debt to fund these acquisitions. Material nonrecurring charges directly attributable to the transactions are excluded. In addition, the unaudited pro forma results do not include any expected benefits of the acquisitions. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of either future results of operations or results that might have been achieved had the acquisitions been consummated as of January 1, 2014.

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2014
 

Revenue

  $ 55,412  

Net loss

    (3,051 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted

    (0.87 )

5.       Property and Equipment

          As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, property and equipment consisted of the following:

 
   
  December 31,  
 
  Estimated
useful life
 
 
  2014   2015  

Computer hardware and purchased software

  3 years   $ 775   $ 961  

Office furniture and equipment

  5 years     3,639     4,088  

Leasehold improvements

  5 years     366     441  

        4,780     5,490  

Less accumulated depreciation

        (2,559 )   (3,528 )

      $ 2,221   $ 1,962  

          Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $833 and $969, respectively.

6.      Goodwill and Intangible Assets

          The Company's goodwill and related changes are as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2014

  $ 189  

Goodwill from 2014 acquisitions

    21,417  

Balance at December 31, 2014 and 2015

  $ 21,606  

          There were no indicators of impairment during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and there are no accumulated impairment charges as of December 31, 2015.

F-25


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          Intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Weighted Average
Amortization Period

  Gross Value   Accumulated
Amortization
  Intangible
Assets, net
 
 
  (in years)   As of December 31, 2014  

Trade names

    5.00   $ 1,720   $ (92 ) $ 1,628  

Client relationships

    10.02     14,684     (331 )   14,353  

Non-competition agreements

    4.64     652     (40 )   612  

Developed technology

    10.00     3,400         3,400  

Total intangible assets

        $ 20,456   $ (463 ) $ 19,993  

 

 
  Weighted Average
Amortization Period

  Gross Value   Accumulated
Amortization
  Intangible
Assets, net
 
 
  (in years)   As of December 31, 2015  

Trade names

    5.00   $ 1,720   $ (436 ) $ 1,284  

Client relationships

    10.02     14,684     (1,810 )   12,874  

Non-competition agreements

    4.64     652     (183 )   469  

Developed technology

    10.00     3,400     (340 )   3,060  

Total intangible assets

        $ 20,456   $ (2,769 ) $ 17,687  

          Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $463 and $2,306, respectively. The estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

2016

  $ 2,306  

2017

    2,300  

2018

    2,266  

2019

    2,159  

2020

    2,148  

Thereafter

    6,508  

  $ 17,687  

7.      Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

          At December 31, 2014 and 2015, accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2015  

Employee related expenses

  $ 1,361   $ 1,232  

Deferred revenue

    325     520  

Interest

    25     1,371  

Distributions payable

    310      

Other expenses

    47     121  

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

  $ 2,068   $ 3,244  

F-26


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

8.      Notes Payable with Related Parties

          In December 2012, the Company entered into a $1,100 demand promissory note with certain executive officers. The Company was able to borrow against this note as funds were needed by the Company at the discretion of the Board. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, total borrowings outstanding under the promissory note were $664 and $0, respectively. Interest on the note was 6% annually and there were no stated repayment terms. The promissory note also provided for the issuance of warrants or stock options calculated based upon the principal outstanding on the last day of the prior month. The Company recognized $24 and $16 of interest expense in 2014 and 2015, respectively, for the value of the common stock warrants issued based on the principal outstanding at the end of each month (see note 12). Interest expense recognized on the note was $47 and $26 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          In May 2013, the Company entered into a demand promissory note with a stockholder that provided for borrowings of $250. The proceeds of these borrowings were used to fund the Company's working capital needs at that time. Interest on the note is 6% annually and is payable monthly having commenced in June 2013. There are no stated repayment terms with respect to the principal amount outstanding under the note. The promissory note also provides for the issuance of warrants or stock options calculated based upon the principal outstanding on the last day of the prior month. The grants commenced in June 2013. The Company recognized $8 of interest expense in 2014 for the value of the common stock warrants issued based on the principal outstanding at the end of each month (see note 12). No warrants were issued during the year ended December 31, 2015. Interest expense recognized on the note was $15 and $15 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          In January 2014, the Company entered into a second promissory note with certain executive officers. The Company was able to borrow against this note as funds were needed by the Company at the discretion of the Board. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, total borrowings outstanding under the promissory note were $100 and $0, respectively. Interest on the note was 6% annually and there were no stated repayment terms. Interest expense recognized on the note was $6 and $6 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

9.      Notes Payable Related to Acquisition

          In December 2014, as part of the acquisition-related consideration of the Medliance acquisition (see note 4), the Company issued multiple subordinated convertible promissory notes (the "Medliance Notes") with certain officers and direct relatives of Medliance, for aggregate borrowings of $16,385. Interest is 8% annually and all unpaid principal and accrued interest was due and payable on June 30, 2016. Interest expense recognized was $4 and $1,310 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. On July 1, 2016, the Company repaid in full the Medliance Notes and related accrued interest thereon with the proceeds from a long-term credit facility (see note 10). As a result, the Medliance Notes have been satisfied in full and cancelled.

          The Company recorded the Medliance Notes at their aggregate acquisition date fair values of $14,347 and are being accreted up to their face values of $16,385 over the 18 month term using the effective-interest method. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company amortized $3 and $1,280 of the discount to interest expense, respectively.

F-27


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

10.     Lines of Credit and Long-Term Debt

(a)    Lines of Credit

          On December 30, 2013, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the "2013 Revolving Line") with Silicon Valley Bank ("SVB"), which provided for borrowings in an aggregate amount up to $7,000 to be used for general corporate purposes, to fund a portion of the Company's acquisition of SMPP and for repayment of the previous Line of Credit and the convertible loan agreement with the New Jersey Economic Development Authority. The Company's ability to borrow under the 2013 Revolving Line was based upon a specified borrowing base of committed monthly recurring revenue, as defined in the underlying Loan and Security Agreement. The 2013 Revolving Line was collateralized by a first priority security interest in all personal property of the Company and was scheduled to mature December 30, 2015. As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate borrowings and outstanding balance on the 2013 Revolving Line amounted to $6,860, and available borrowings under the 2013 Revolving Line were $140. In April 2015, the Company entered into a new revolving line (the "2015 Revolving Line") with Bridge Bank, National Association ("Bridge Bank") pursuant to a loan and security agreement (see below) and repaid the outstanding balance in full.

          Interest on the 2013 Revolving Line was payable monthly, and was calculated at a variable rate based upon SVB's prime rate plus 1.5%, with SVB's prime rate having a floor of 4.0%. The Company was required to pay fees of 0.25% per year on the average daily unused balance, payable quarterly in arrears. As of December 31, 2014, the interest rate on the 2013 Revolving Line was 5.5% and interest expense was $383 and $127 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. In connection with the 2013 Revolving Line, the Company recorded deferred financing costs of $90. The Company amortized the deferred financing costs associated with the 2013 Revolving Line to interest expense using the effective-interest method over the term of the 2013 Revolving Line and amortized $46 and $46 to interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          On April 29, 2015, the Company entered into a new revolving line of credit (the "2015 Revolving Line") with Bridge Bank pursuant to a loan and security agreement, which provides for borrowings in an aggregate amount up to $15,000 to be used for general corporate purposes including repayment of the 2013 Revolving Line. The Company's ability to borrow under the 2015 Revolving Line is based upon a specified borrowing base equal to the Company's trailing three months of monthly recurring revenue, as defined. The 2015 Revolving Line is collateralized by a first priority security interest in all assets of the Company and matures on April 29, 2017. As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate borrowings outstanding under the 2015 Revolving Line were $10,000, and additional amounts available for borrowings under the 2015 Revolving Line were $5,000.

          Interest on the 2015 Revolving Line is calculated at a variable rate based upon Bridge Bank's prime rate plus 1.0%, with Bridge Bank's prime rate having a floor of 3.25%. Upon the successful completion of a qualified initial public offering, the interest rate will be calculated at a variable rate based upon Bridge Bank's prime rate plus 0.5%. As of December 31, 2015, the interest rate on the 2015 Revolving Line was 4.50% and interest expense was $290 for the year ended December 31, 2015. In connection with the 2015 Revolving Line, the Company recorded deferred financing costs of $106, with $37 included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015. The Company is amortizing the deferred financing costs associated with the 2015 Revolving Line to interest expense using the effective-interest method over the term of the 2015 Revolving Line and amortized $35 to interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015.

F-28


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          The 2015 Revolving Line has several financial covenants including (i) maintaining a minimum unrestricted cash and unused availability balance of at least $1,000 through December 31, 2015 and at least $1,500 thereafter (the liquidity covenant), (ii) maintaining a minimum adjusted EBITDA (as yet defined by Bridge Bank), and (iii) a minimum monthly recurring revenue retention rate, as defined in the underlying loan and security agreement. As of December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants related to the 2015 Revolving Line. As disclosed in note 9, the Company was required to pay $16,385 on June 30, 2016, pursuant to the Medliance Notes, which could have adversely impacted the Company's ability to maintain compliance with the liquidity covenant. Due to the uncertainty of the Company's ability to satisfy the Medliance Notes as of the balance sheet date, the Company has classified the amount outstanding on the 2015 Revolving Line as a current liability on the Company's consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2015.

          On July 1, 2016, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Modification Agreement (the "Amended 2015 Revolving Line") with Western Alliance Bank, successor in interest to Bridge Bank, whereby the 2015 Revolving Line was amended to increase the Company's borrowing availability to up to $25,000 and extended the maturity date to July 1, 2018. The Company's ability to borrow under the Amended 2015 Revolving Line is based upon a specified borrowing base equal to the Company's trailing four months of monthly recurring revenue, as defined, from eligible recurring revenue contracts, as defined, through March 31, 2017 and based upon the Company's trailing three months of monthly recurring revenue, as defined, from eligible recurring revenue contracts, as defined, thereafter. Interest on the Amended 2015 Revolving Line was also amended to be calculated at a variable rate based upon Western Alliance Bank's prime rate plus 1.0%, with Western Alliance Bank's prime rate having a floor of 3.5%. Financial covenants under the Amended 2015 Revolving Line were modified to require that the Company (i) maintain an unrestricted cash and unused availability balance under the Amended 2015 Revolving Line of at least $3,000 at all times (the liquidity covenant), (ii) maintain a minimum EBITDA, as defined, of $2,000 for the quarter ending June 30, 2016, $2,250 for the quarter ending September 30, 2016, and $2,500 for the quarter ending December 31, 2016 and thereafter, and (iii) maintain a minimum monthly recurring revenue retention rate of at least 90%, measured quarterly. Management believes that the Company will be able to maintain compliance with the financial covenants through at least March 31, 2018.

F-29


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

(b)    Term Loans and Capital Lease Obligations

          The following table represents the total term loans and capital lease obligations of the Company at December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2015  

Tranche A Term Loan

  $ 334   $ 51  

Tranche B Term Loan

    74     28  

March 2012 Eastward Loan

    444      

Unamortized discount on March 2012 Eastward Loan

    (8 )    

March 2012 Eastward Loan, net

    436      

April 2014 Eastward Loan

    3,000     2,260  

Unamortized discount on April 2014 Eastward Loan

    (196 )   (101 )

April 2014 Eastward Loan, net

    2,804     2,159  

December 2014 Eastward Loan

    12,000     12,000  

Unamortized discount on December 2014 Eastward Loan

    (1,579 )   (1,030 )

December 2014 Eastward Loan, net

    10,421     10,970  

Capital leases

    1,041     853  

Total long-term debt, net

    15,110     14,061  

Less current portion, net

    (2,121 )   (13,631 )

Total long-term debt, less current portion, net

  $ 12,989   $ 430  

Term Loans

          In January 2011, the Company entered into a loan agreement (the "Tranche A Term Loan") with Liberty Bell Bank ("Liberty Bank") that provided for aggregate borrowings of $1,265. The Tranche A Term Loan is collateralized by a first position lien upon a term life insurance policy on the life of the Company's Chairman and CEO in the amount of $500 and certain equipment with a net book value of $70 at December 31, 2015, and is secured by a personal guarantee provided by the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Interest on the Tranche A Term Loan is calculated at a fixed rate of 6.5% per year. Principal and interest are due in monthly installments of $25 through the Tranche A Term Loan maturity date of January 28, 2016. Interest expense on the Tranche A Term Loan was $30 and $12 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          In July 2011, the Company entered into another loan (the "Tranche B Term Loan") with Liberty Bank that provided for aggregate borrowings of $208. The Tranche B Term Loan is collateralized by a first position lien upon certain equipment with a net book value of $20 at December 31, 2015 and is secured by a personal guarantee provided by the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Interest on the Tranche B Term Loan is calculated at a fixed rate of 6.5% per year. Principal and interest are due in monthly installments of $4 through the Tranche B term loan maturity date of July 14, 2016. Interest expense on the Tranche B Term Loan was $6 and $3 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          In March 2012, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Eastward Capital Partners V, L.P. (the "March 2012 Eastward Loan") that provided for aggregate borrowings of $2,000. The March 2012

F-30


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

Eastward Loan was collateralized by all of the Company's tangible and intangible assets (including its intellectual property), and was subordinated to all other credit facilities entered into and outstanding prior to the execution of the March 2012 Eastward Loan. Interest on the March 2012 Eastward Loan was calculated at an annual rate of 12%. Interest-only payments of $20 were due for the first nine months commencing April 2012, subject to term adjustment, as defined, followed by monthly principal and interest installments of $77 through the maturity date of June 1, 2015. Interest expense on the March 2012 Eastward Loan was $99 and $11 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          In connection with the March 2012 Eastward Loan, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 250,000 shares of Series A-1 Redeemable Convertible preferred stock ("Series A-1") at $0.80 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $200. The warrant expires 10 years from the date of issuance, or three years from the date of closing of any initial public offering of the Company's common stock, whichever occurs earliest. The warrant was valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and because the warrant is exercisable for a redeemable security it is liability classified. The estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrant on the date of issuance of $106 was recorded as a discount on the March 2012 Eastward Loan, with the corresponding credit to preferred stock liability. The preferred stock warrant is revalued at each reporting period to reflect any changes in fair value, with any gain or loss from the revaluation recorded in the statements of operations.

          The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense using the effective — interest method over the term of the March 2012 Eastward Loan. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company amortized $28 and $8, respectively, of the discount to interest expense. In connection with the March 2012 Eastward Loan, the Company recorded $48 in deferred financing costs, of which $10 and $1 was amortized to interest expense using the effective-interest method for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          In April 2014, the Company entered into the April 2014 Eastward Loan that provided for aggregate borrowings of $3,000. The April 2014 Eastward Loan is collateralized by all of the Company's tangible and intangible assets (including its intellectual property), and is subordinated to all other credit facilities entered into and outstanding prior to the execution of the April 2014 Eastward Loan. Interest on the April 2014 Eastward Loan is calculated at an annual rate of 11.5%. Interest-only payments of $29 were due for the first twelve months commencing May 2014, subject to term adjustment, as defined, followed by monthly principal and interest installments of $114 through the April 2014 Eastward Loan maturity date of October 31, 2017. Interest expense on the April 2014 Eastward Loan was $239 and $312 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          In connection with the April 2014 Eastward Loan, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 105,005 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible preferred stock ("Series B") at $2.86 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $300. The warrant expires 10 years from the date of issuance, or three years from the date of closing of any initial public offering of the Company's common stock, whichever occurs earliest. The warrant was valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and because the warrant is exercisable for a redeemable security it is liability classified. The estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrants on the date of issuance of $254 was recorded as a discount on the April 2014 Eastward Loan, with the corresponding credit to preferred stock liability. The preferred stock warrant is revalued at each reporting period to reflect any changes in fair value, with any gain or loss from the revaluation recorded in the statements of operations.

          The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense using the effective — interest method over the term of the April 2014 Eastward Loan. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the

F-31


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

Company amortized $57 and $95, respectively, of the discount to interest expense. In connection with the April 2014 Eastward Loan, the Company recorded $61 in deferred financing costs, of which $18 and $24 was amortized to interest expense using the effective-interest method in the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          In December 2014, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Eastward Capital Partners V, L.P. (the "December 2014 Eastward Loan") in connection with the Medliance acquisition that provided for aggregate borrowings of $12,000. The December 2014 Eastward Loan is collateralized by all of the Company's tangible and intangible assets (including its intellectual property), and is subordinated to all other credit facilities entered into and outstanding prior to the execution of the December 2014 Eastward Loan. Interest on the December 2014 Eastward Loan is calculated at an annual rate of 12%. Interest-only payments of $120 are due for the first twelve months commencing January 2015, subject to term adjustment, as defined, followed by monthly principal and interest installments of $460 through the December 2014 Eastward Loan maturity date of June 30, 2018. Interest expense on the December 2014 Eastward Loan was $4 and $1,440 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          In connection with the December 2014 Eastward Loan, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 481,863 shares of Series B at $2.99 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,440. The warrant expires 10 years from the date of issuance, or three years from the date of closing of any initial public offering of the Company's common stock, whichever occurs earliest. The warrant was valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and because the warrant is exercisable for a redeemable security it is liability classified. The estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrant on the date of issuance of $1,581 was recorded as a discount on the December 2014 Eastward Loan, with the corresponding credit to preferred stock liability. The preferred stock warrant is revalued at each reporting period to reflect any changes in fair value, with any gain or loss from the revaluation recorded in the statements of operations.

          The debt discount is being amortized to interest expense using the effective — interest method over the term of the December 2014 Eastward Loan. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company amortized $2 and $550 of the discount to interest expense, respectively. In connection with the December 2014 Eastward Loan, the Company recorded $150 in deferred financing costs, of which a de minimis amount and $64 was amortized to interest expense using the effective-interest method in the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          On July 1, 2016, the Company repaid the April 2014 Eastward Loan and the December 2014 Eastward Loan with the proceeds from a long-term credit facility as described in (d) below. As a result, all outstanding principal and interest related to the April 2014 Eastward Loan and the December 2014 Eastward Loan have been satisfied in full and the obligations under the 2014 Eastward Loan and the December 2014 Eastward Loan have been terminated.

Capital Lease Obligations

          The Company has entered into leases for certain equipment and software, which are recorded as capital lease obligations. These leases have interest rates ranging from 13% to 26%. Interest expense related to the capital leases was $228 and $181 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          Amortization of assets held under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense. The net book value of equipment and software acquired under capital lease was $1,435 and

F-32


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

$1,377 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and are reflected in property and equipment on the consolidated balance sheets.

(c)    Other Financing

          The Company has a purchase account on 28 day payment terms with AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation, the primary supplier of the Company's pharmaceutical medications. The purchase account is secured by a second position lien on all assets of the Company, excluding intellectual property, which is subject to a third position lien. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had $3,129 and $3,691, respectively, outstanding under this account.

(d)    Refinancing

          On July 1, 2016, the Company entered into the ABC Credit Facility with ABC Funding, LLC, an affiliate of Summit Partners, L.P., pursuant to which the Company can request up to an aggregate amount of $50,000 in term loan advances. The proceeds of the initial term loan advance of $30,000 under the ABC Credit Facility were used to repay all outstanding amounts under the Medliance Notes, as well as the April 2014 Eastward Loan and the December 2014 Eastward Loan. Any future term loan advances under the ABC Credit Facility will be used to buy back outstanding warrants and fund future acquisitions, if any. Amounts outstanding under the ABC Credit Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 12.0% payable monthly in arrears. The ABC Credit Facility has a maturity date of December 30, 2021, and is secured by a subordinated security interest in all personal property, whether presently existing or created or acquired in the future, as well as the Company's intellectual property. Financial covenants under the ABC Credit Facility include those covenants under the Amended 2015 Revolving Line, as well as the obligation for the Company to (i) maintain a maximum total leverage and first lien leverage ratio, as defined, measured quarterly, (ii) maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined, measured quarterly, and (iii) not permit aggregate capital expenditures, as defined, in any fiscal year to exceed $2,500.

(e)    Long-Term Debt Maturities

          As of December 31, 2015, the Company's long-term debt is payable as follows, excluding the impact of the refinancing described in (d) above:

 
  Total
Long-Term
Debt
 

2016

  $ 538  

2017

    277  

2018

    169  

2019

    89  

    1,073  

Less amount representing interest

    (220 )

Present value of payments

    853  

Less current portion

    (423 )

Less discount on debt

     

  $ 430  

F-33


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

11.     Income Taxes

          The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740 — Income Taxes ("ASC 740"). Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, which are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

          The Company's loss before income taxes was $1,516 and $2,536 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and the Company has no foreign sources of income or loss.

          The expense (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Current:

             

US federal

  $ 1   $ 3  

State and local

    12     35  

Total current

    13     38  

Deferred:

   
 
   
 
 

US federal

    (410 )   278  

State and local

    (12 )   12  

Total deferred

    (422 )   290  

Total expense (benefit)

  $ (409 ) $ 328  

          As of December 31, 2015, the Company had federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of $12,942 and state NOL carry forwards of $7,639, each of which are available to reduce future taxable income. The NOL carryforwards, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2029 for federal purposes and in 2023 for state purposes.

          The NOL carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. The NOLs may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant shareholders over a three-year period in excess of 50%, as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as similar state tax provisions. The Company has undergone ownership changes during the past three years which could limit the amount of NOLs that the Company can utilize annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation, if any, will generally be determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years.

          Through December 31, 2015, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits or related interest and penalties accrued.

F-34


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          The principal components of the Company's deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014   2015  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net federal operating loss carry forward

  $ 4,508   $ 4,400  

Net state operating loss carry forward

    489     404  

Accruals

    233     178  

Intangibles

        114  

Other

    153     245  

Deferred tax assets

    5,383     5,341  

Less: valuation allowance

    (4,626 )   (4,489 )

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

    757     852  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Fixed assets

    (540 )   (556 )

Debt discount

        (295 )

Indefinite-lived intangibles

    (45 )   (335 )

Intangibles

    (217 )    

Deferred tax liabilities

    (802 )   (1,186 )

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (45 ) $ (334 )

          ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. After consideration of all the evidence, both positive and negative, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, because the Company's management has determined that is it more-likely-than-not that these assets will not be fully realized. The Company experienced a net increase (decrease) in valuation allowance of $(46) and $(137) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          The changes in valuation allowance were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Balance at the beginning of the period

  $ 4,672   $ 4,626  

Increase (decrease) due to NOLs and temporary differences

    376     (137 )

Deferred benefit recognized

    (422 )    

Balance at the end of the period

  $ 4,626   $ 4,489  

F-35


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          A reconciliation of income tax (expense) benefit at the statutory federal income tax rate and income taxes as reflected in the financial statements is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Federal income tax expense at statutory rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %

State taxes, net of federal benefit

    3.5     (1.4 )

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

    (6.0 )   (37.4 )

Change in valuation allowance

    7.1     (1.1 )

Non-deductible stock compensation

    (5.1 )   (6.0 )

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

    (4.1 )    

Other non-deductible expenses

    (2.4 )   (1.0 )

Effective income tax rate

    27.0 %   (12.9 )%

          In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities from the federal and state governments within the United States. As of December 31, 2015, the Company's tax years for 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 remain open for examination by taxing authorities.

12.     Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

(a)    Capitalization

          As of December 31, 2015, the Company's amended and restated articles of incorporation stated that the aggregate number of shares of stock that the Company was authorized to issue was 38,609,749 shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share, including common stock authorized to be issued of 27,836,869 shares, consisting of 9,600,000 shares of Class A Non-Voting common stock and 18,236,869 shares of Class B Voting common stock, and convertible preferred stock authorized to be issued of 10,772,880, consisting of 4,411,766 shares of Series A Redeemable Convertible preferred stock ("Series A"), 2,812,500 shares of Series A-1 and 3,548,614 shares of Series B.

(b)    Common Stock

          The holders of Class A Non-Voting common stock have the same rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as the holders of Class B Voting common stock with the exception of voting rights. The holders of Class B Voting common stock are entitled to one vote per share. The holders of Class A Non-Voting and Class B Voting common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board, subject to payment of accrued dividends for redeemable convertible preferred stock. Class A Non-Voting and Class B Voting common stock are also subordinate to the redeemable convertible preferred stock with respect to liquidation, winding up and dissolution of the Company. No dividends have been declared through December 31, 2015.

(c)    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

          The Company has issued Series A, Series A-1, and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. The redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders' deficit because the shares contain redemption features that are not solely within the control of the Company.

F-36


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          Issuance costs incurred in connection with the sale of preferred stock are being accreted on a straight-line basis through the earliest redemption period, which is June 28, 2018 for all series of preferred stock. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company accreted $50 and $50, respectively, related to these costs.

          The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted or imposed upon the holders of Series A, Series A-1 and Series B are as follows:

Dividends

          The holders of Series A, Series A-1 and Series B are entitled to annual dividends at a rate of 6% of the stated value of $0.68 per share of Series A, $0.80 per share of Series A-1, and $1.52 per share of Series B. The dividends accrue from the original date of issuance of each share of Series A, Series A-1 and Series B, whether or not earned or declared, are cumulative and compound annually. The dividends are payable when, as and if declared by the Board. In the event that dividends are paid on any share of common stock (other than dividends paid in additional shares of common stock for which an adjustment to the conversion price is made), an additional dividend shall be paid with respect to each outstanding share of Series A, Series A-1 and Series B in an amount (on an as-if converted basis) equal to the amount paid or set aside for each share of common stock.

          In the event of a liquidation event or upon redemption of any shares of outstanding Series A, Series A-1 or Series B, the Company shall pay such accumulated dividends as a condition to consummating such event.

          Cumulative but unpaid dividends on the Series A and Series A-1 were $1,042 and $547, respectively, at December 31, 2015. Cumulative but unpaid dividends on the Series B were $712 at December 31, 2015.

Conversion

          The Series A, Series A-1 and Series B shares are convertible, at the option of the holder at any time and from time to time, into shares of voting common stock of the Company as determined by dividing the original issue price of the Series A, the Series A-1 and the Series B by the conversion price, which initially shall be the original issue price.

          The Series A, Series A-1 and Series B also have certain anti-dilution provisions in which the conversion price is to be adjusted should the Company issue additional shares of common stock, options, or other equity instruments at a price per share lower than the conversion price in effect prior to such issuance.

          All outstanding shares of Series A, Series A-1 and Series B shall automatically convert into shares of voting common stock of the Company, at the then effective applicable conversion price, upon the earlier of (i) the affirmative vote or consent in writing by the requisite holders, as defined in the amended and restated articles of incorporation, or (ii) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock in a qualified public offering, as defined in the amended and restated articles of incorporation, in which the initial public offering price per share is at least five times the original issue price of the respective series of preferred stock and the gross cash proceeds are at least $50,000.

          As of December 31, 2015, all outstanding shares of Series A, Series A-1 and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock were convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis.

F-37


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

Redemption

          The Series A, Series A-1 and Series B are redeemable upon written request of the requisite holders at any time after June 28, 2018. The Series A redemption amount is equal to the Series A original issue price of $0.68 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. The Series A-1 redemption amount is equal to the Series A-1 original issue price of $0.80 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. The Series B redemption amount is equal to the greater of (i) the Series B original issue price of $1.52 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends and any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon of such shares or (ii) the fair market value, as defined in the amended and restated articles of incorporation, as of the date of the Series B redemption request.

          Series A and Series A-1 redemption amounts are payable in three equal annual installments commencing 180 days after receipt by the Company of a written notice requesting redemption provided by the requisite Series A and Series A-1 holders. The Series B redemption amount is payable within 180 days following receipt by the Company of a written notice requesting redemption provided by the requisite Series B holders.

          The carrying values of the Series A, Series A-1 and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock are being accreted to their redemption values through June 28, 2018. The redemption value of Series B is based on its estimated fair value at December 31, 2014 and 2015 because it is estimated to be greater than its original issue price plus accrued dividends.

Liquidation

          In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary (a "Liquidation Event"), the holders of Series B are entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holder of any other classes of preferred stock or common stock, an amount per share equal to the original issuance price plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on such share (the "Preferred B Liquidation Amount"). In the event of any Liquidation Event, after the payment of the Preferred B Liquidation Amount, the holders of Series A and Series A-1 are entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holder of any common stock, an amount per share equal to the original issuance price plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on such share (the "Preferred A Liquidation Amount"). In the event that the assets and funds of the Company that are available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B or Series A and Series A-1 the full preferential liquidation amounts that they are entitled to, then the holders of the Series B, Series A and Series A-1 will share ratably in any distribution of the assets and funds legally available for distribution based on the preferential amounts each such holder is entitled to receive and in the priority set forth above.

Participation Rights

          After the payment in full of the Preferred B Liquidation Amount and the Preferred A Liquidation Amount (together, the "Preferred Liquidation Amount"), the assets and funds of the Company remaining available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Company's common stock and Series B, Series A, and Series A-1 (on an as-converted basis) (the "Participation Distribution"). The Participation Distribution will continue with respect to the Series A and Series A-1 only until the holders of Series A and Series A-1 have received for each share of Series A and Series A-1 held, an aggregate amount per share that equals three times the original issue price.

F-38


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

Voting

          Each holder of the outstanding shares of Series A, Series A-1 and Series B is entitled to one vote per share of voting common stock into which the Series A, Series A-1 and Series B is convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matters.

(d)    Common Stock Warrants

          As of December 31, 2015, the following warrants to purchase common stock were outstanding:

Warrants to
Purchase
  Number
of Warrants
  Exercise
Price
  Term   Expiration

Common-A

    206,400   $ 0.250   10 year   May-October 2019

Common-B

    160,000     0.250   10 year   May-October 2019

Common-A

    15,000     0.275   10 year   May 2019

Common-B

    370,000     0.275   10 year   May-December 2019

Common-A

    10,000     0.500   10 year   December 2019

Common-A

    1,000     0.500   10 year   March 2020

Common-B

    5,000     0.250   10 year   June 2021

Common-B

    5,000     0.275   10 year   June 2021

Common-B

    4,358     1.320   10 year   January 2023

Common-B

    39,720     1.760   10 year   January-December 2023

Common-B

    9,671     1.600   10 year   May-December 2023

Common-B

    7,802     3.000   10 year   January-December 2024

Common-B

    23,867     3.300   10 year   January-December 2024

Common-B

    8,709     3.300   10 year   January-June 2025

          During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 31,669 and 8,709 shares of common stock, respectively, at exercise prices from $3.00 to $3.30 and $3.30 per share, respectively, in connection with related party debt (see note 8). The Company recognized total interest expense of $31 and $16 associated with the equity-classified warrants issued in 2014 and 2015, respectively. The 2014 and 2015 warrants were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model at the date of grant, and included the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Valuation assumptions:

             

Expected volatility

    54 %   50 %

Expected life (years)

    10.00     10.00  

Risk-free interest rate

    2.52 %   2.13 %

Dividend yield

         

F-39


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

(e)    Preferred Stock Warrants

          As of December 31, 2015, the following warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock were outstanding:

Warrants to Purchase
  Number
of Warrants
  Exercise
Price
  Term   Expiration

Series A-1

    250,000   $ 0.800   10 year   March 2022

Series A-1

    62,500     0.800   10 year   October 2022

Series B

    105,005     2.860   10 year   April 2024

Series B

    481,863     2.990   10 year   December 2024

          In April 2014 and December 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase 105,005 and 481,863 shares, respectively, of Series B at an exercise price of $2.86 and $2.99 per share, respectively, in connection with the April 2014 Eastward Loan and December 2014 Eastward Loan (note 10). No warrants were issued in 2015.

          The warrants issued in 2014 were initially recorded at their fair value calculated using the Black-Scholes model, with the following weighted average assumptions:

Valuation assumptions:

       

Fair value of preferred stock

  $ 5.28  

Expected volatility

    55 %

Expected life (years)

    10.00  

Risk-free interest rate

    2.27 %

Dividend yield

     

13.     Stock-Based Compensation

          The Company's 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, effective as of June 30, 2014, (the "2014 Plan") authorizes the Company to grant up to 7,635,580 shares of common stock to the Company's employees and non-employees in the form of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock awards, stock units, stock appreciation rights and other equity-based awards. This pool consists of 5,044,636 shares of Class A common stock and 2,590,944 shares of Class B common stock. In connection with a public offering, any remaining shares in the pool will be granted as restricted stock to certain executives as allocated at the discretion of the Chief Executive Officer. As of December 31, 2015, 1,348,386 shares were available for future grants under the Plan.

          The option price per share cannot be less than the fair market value of a share on the date the option was granted, and in the case of incentive stock options granted to an employee owning more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the option price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of Company stock on the date of grant. Stock option grants under the Plan generally expire 10 years from the date of grant, other than incentive stock option grants to 10% shareholders, which have a 5 year term, 90 days after termination, or one year after the date of death or termination due to disability. Stock options generally vest over a period of four years, with 25% of the options becoming exercisable on the one-year anniversary of the commencement date and the remaining shares vesting monthly thereafter for 36 months in equal installments of 2.08% per month.

F-40


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          The Company recorded $254 and $565 of stock-based compensation expense related to the vesting of employee and non-employee stock options for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          The estimated fair value of options granted was calculated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The computation of expected option life for employees was determined based on the simplified method. The risk-free rate was based on the U.S. Treasury security with terms equal to the expected time of exercise as of the grant date. The Company's common stock is not publicly traded; therefore, expected volatility is based on the historical volatilities of selected public companies whose services are comparable to that of the Company.

          The weighted average grant-date fair value of employee options granted during 2014 and 2015 was $0.81 and $1.72, respectively.

          The table below outlines the weighted average assumptions for employee grants during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Valuation assumptions:

             

Expected volatility

    59.37 %   55.21 %

Expected life (years)

    6.00     6.05  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.98 %   1.75 %

Dividend yield

         

          The following table summarizes stock option activity under the 2014 Plan during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

    5,114,067   $ 1.14              

Granted

    506,497     3.10              

Exercised

    (79,839 )   0.73              

Forfeited

    (20,209 )   2.15              

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    5,520,516     1.32     7.3   $ 9,334  

Granted

    708,567     3.31              

Exercised

    (789,008 )   0.53              

Forfeited

    (23,081 )   3.08              

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    5,416,994   $ 1.68     7.0   $ 27,239  

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015

    5,416,994   $ 1.68     7.0   $ 27,239  

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

    3,707,049   $ 1.31     6.5   $ 20,005  

F-41


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          Included within the above table are 419,616 non-employee options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, of which 6,695 are unvested as of December 31, 2015 and therefore subject to remeasurement.

          The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company's common stock for those stock options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company's common stock.

          The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 in the following expense categories of its consolidated statements of operations:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Cost of revenue — product

  $ 57   $ 102  

Cost of revenue — service

    3     23  

Research and development

    9     25  

Sales and marketing

    57     91  

General and administrative

    128     324  

  $ 254   $ 565  

          As of December 31, 2015, there was $1,253 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under the 2014 Plan, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years.

14.     Net Loss per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

          

(a)
Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

          Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Numerator:

             

Net loss

  $ (1,107 ) $ (2,864 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (3,884 )   (9,966 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (4,991 ) $ (12,830 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

    7,862,025     8,378,431  

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (0.63 ) $ (1.53 )

F-42


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          The Company's potential dilutive securities, which include stock options, outstanding warrants to purchase shares of preferred and common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Stock options to purchase common stock

    5,520,516     5,416,994  

Common stock warrants

    857,818     866,527  

Preferred stock warrants

    899,368     899,368  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

    9,873,511     9,873,511  

    17,151,213     17,056,400  
(b)
Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

          The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2015 gives effect to adjustments arising upon the closing of the initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders used in the calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the effects of the accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value because the calculation assumes that the conversion of redeemable preferred stock into common stock has occurred on January 1, 2015.

          The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2015 give effect to the conversion upon the initial public offering of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2015 into 9,873,511 shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2015, assuming the IPO price per share is at least five times the original issue price of the respective series of preferred stock and the gross cash proceeds are at least $50,000.

F-43


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Numerator:

       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,830 )

Pro forma adjustment to add back the accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    9,966  

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2,864 )

Denominator:

       

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted

    8,378,431  

Pro forma adjustment for assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of the proposed initial public offering

    9,873,511  

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    18,251,942  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (0.16 )

15.     Fair Value Measurements

          The Company's financial instruments consist of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, acquisition-related contingent consideration, notes payable related to the acquisition, long-term notes payable to related parties and long-term debt. The carrying values of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are representative of their fair value due to the relatively short-term nature of those instruments. The carrying value of the Company's long-term notes payable to related to acquisition and long-term debt approximates fair value based on the terms of the debt. The long-term notes payable related to the acquisition were recorded on December 31, 2014 at their acquisition date fair values of $14,347. This valuation was determined using Level 3 inputs and is more fully described in note 4.

F-44


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          The Company has classified liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2014 and 2015 as follows:

 
  Fair Value Measurement at
Reporting Date Using
 
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Balance as of
December 31,
2014
 

Warrant liability

  $   $   $ 2,783   $ 2,783  

Note payable related to acquisition

            14,350     14,350  

Acquisition-related contingent consideration — short-term

            1,079     1,079  

Acquisition-related contingent consideration — long-term

            7,300     7,300  

  $   $   $ 25,512   $ 25,512  

 

 
  Fair Value Measurement at
Reporting Date Using
 
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Balance as of
December 31,
2015
 

Warrant liability

  $   $   $ 5,569   $ 5,569  

Note payable related to acquisition

            15,620     15,620  

Acquisition-related contingent consideration — short-term

            1,886     1,886  

Acquisition-related contingent consideration — long-term

            3,355     3,355  

  $   $   $ 26,430   $ 26,430  

          The fair value of the preferred stock warrants at December 31, 2014 was estimated using an option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: estimated life of 8.99 years, no dividend yield, risk-free interest rate of 2.10%, fair value of underlying instrument of $4.93 per share and volatility of 55.00%. The Company also applied a discount for lack of marketability of 20% to the resulting value from the option pricing model.

          The fair value of the preferred stock warrants at December 31, 2015 was estimated using an option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: estimated life of 7.99 years, no dividend yield, risk-free interest rate of 2.10%, fair value of underlying instrument of $8.14 per share and volatility of 57.81%. The Company also applied a discount for lack of marketability of 10% to the resulting value from the option pricing model.

          The Company developed its own assumptions that do not have observable inputs or available market data to support the fair value. This method of valuation involves using inputs such as the fair value of the Company's various classes of preferred stock, stock price volatility, the contractual term of the warrants, risk-free interest rates, and dividend yields. Due to the nature of these inputs, the valuation of the warrants is considered a Level 3 measurement.

F-45


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          The reconciliation of the warrant liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2014

  $ 679  

Issuances

    1,835  

Change in fair value

    269  

Balance at December 31, 2014

    2,783  

Change in fair value

    2,786  

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 5,569  

          Acquisition-related contingent consideration is measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs, hence these instruments represent Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. The acquisition-related contingent consideration liability represents the estimated fair value of the additional cash consideration payable that is contingent upon the achievement of certain financial and performance milestones.

          The fair value of SMPP acquisition-related contingent consideration at December 31, 2014 was estimated using the actual average monthly revenue for the twelve month period preceding the Second Contingent Payment Date of $498. As the average monthly revenue of $498 is greater than the monthly revenue target, the Company recorded the fair value of the full contingent consideration of $300 in cash and 31,500 shares of the Company's common stock. The fair value of the 31,500 shares of the Company's common stock were valued at $3.00 per share with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist. There was no SMPP acquisition-related contingent consideration at December 31, 2015.

          The fair value of the Capstone acquisition-related contingent consideration at December 31, 2014 was estimated using the amount of cash equal to five times the EBITDA of Capstone for the twelve month period ending on December 31, 2014 of $6,089 less $5,500, and a number of shares of the Company's common stock equal to 677,862 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is Capstone twelve-month net income of $705, and the denominator of which is $2,000, minus 203,358 shares of the Company's common stock, or 35,370 shares of the Company's common stock. The fair value of the 35,370 shares of the Company's common stock were valued at $3.00 per share with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist. There was no Capstone acquisition-related contingent consideration at December 31, 2015.

          As the Medliance acquisition-related contingent consideration was recorded at the acquisition date of December 31, 2014, no remeasurement was required. The fair value of the Medliance acquisition-related contingent consideration at December 31, 2015 was determined using 2015 Medliance revenue of $7,041 as part of the formula to determine the Aggregate Earn-out Amount. A reduction in the Aggregate Earn-out Amount of $2,059 was calculated based on estimated lost future revenues from several lost customers which occurred in 2015, using an average of claims per month for those customers and current data and statistics revenue rates.

F-46


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

          The changes in fair value of the Company's acquisition-related contingent consideration for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2014

  $  

Acquisition date fair value of SMPP contingent consideration

    810  

Acquisition date fair value of Capstone contingent consideration

    75  

Acquisition date fair value of Medliance contingent consideration

    7,300  

Fair value of cash consideration paid

    (500 )

Fair value of equity consideration paid

    (96 )

Adjustments to fair value measurement

    790  

Balance at December 31, 2014

    8,379  

Fair value of cash consideration paid

    (877 )

Fair value of equity consideration paid

    (201 )

Adjustments to fair value measurement

    (2,059 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 5,241  

          The fair value of the SMPP contingent consideration was calculated to be $395 at December 31, 2014. The fair value of the Capstone contingent consideration was calculated to be $684 at December 31, 2014. The fair value of the Medliance contingent consideration was calculated to be $7,300 at December 31, 2014. There was no SMPP or Capstone contingent consideration at December 31, 2015. The fair value of the Medliance contingent consideration was calculated to be $5,241 at December 31, 2015.

16.     Commitments and Contingencies

(a)    Leases

          The Company has entered into various operating leases for office space expiring on various dates through 2018. On August 21, 2015, the Company entered into three operating lease agreements to expand its dispensary operations and corporate office space in Moorestown, NJ. Two of the three leases commenced on March 31, 2016 with the third lease commencing October 1, 2016. All three leases expire on November 30, 2027. The Company will have the option to extend the leases for one additional period of ten years. In addition to the base rent payments, the Company will be obligated to pay a pro rata share of operating expenses and taxes.

          Future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

2016

  $ 735  

2017

    1,313  

2018

    1,559  

2019

    1,534  

2020

    1,571  

Thereafter

    11,412  

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 18,125  

          Rent expense under these operating leases was $526 and $627 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

F-47


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2014 and 2015

(b)    Employment Agreements

          The Company has employment agreements with certain non-executive officers and key employees that provide for, among other things, salary and performance bonuses.

(c)    Legal Proceedings

          The Company is not currently involved in any significant claims or legal actions that, in the opinion of management, will have a material adverse impact on the Company.

17.     Related-Party Transactions

          The Company has debt payable to certain members of the Board (note 8).

          During 2014 and 2015, the Company engaged Knowlton Advisors LLC, a management consulting services company, to provide professional accounting services. Knowlton Advisors LLC is owned and operated by an immediate relative of the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Company's President. Costs incurred by the Company for professional accounting services provided by the related party were $19 and $13 during 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          During 2014 and 2015, the Company engaged Space Age Robotics LLC, an IT consulting services company, to provide professional IT client services. Space Age Robotics LLC is owned and operated by an immediate relative of the President and Chief Executive Officer of Capstone. Costs incurred by the Company for professional IT client services provided by the related party were $18 and $24 in 2014 and 2015, respectively.

          In August 2015, the Company made a loan to certain executive officers, pursuant to a promissory note, for an aggregate principal amount of $410. The note bore interest at 6% per annum. In December 2015, the executive officers repaid the loan in full by offsetting amounts due to them pursuant to demand promissory notes the Company previously issued.

F-48


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)

 
  December 31,
2015
  March 31,
2016
  Pro Forma
March 31,
2016
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash

  $ 2,026   $ 2,287   $    

Restricted cash

    200            

Accounts receivable, net

    6,013     5,838        

Inventories

    2,304     2,289        

Rebates receivable

    1,064     1,047        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    522     684        

Total current assets

    12,129     12,145        

Property and equipment, net

   
1,962
   
4,510
       

Software development costs, net

    2,505     2,545        

Goodwill

    21,606     21,606        

Intangible assets, net

    17,687     17,110        

Other assets

    2,713     2,922        

Total assets

  $ 58,602   $ 60,838   $    

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Line of credit

  $ 10,000   $   $    

Current portion of long-term debt

    13,526     1,838        

Notes payable to related parties

    250     250        

Notes payable related to acquisition

    15,620            

Acquisition-related consideration payable

    235            

Acquisition-related contingent consideration

    1,886     1,591        

Accounts payable

    6,808     6,969        

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    3,244     2,482        

Total current liabilities

    51,569     13,130        

Line of credit

   
   
12,000
       

Long-term debt

    430     11,025        

Notes payable related to acquisition

        15,982        

Long-term acquisition-related contingent consideration

    3,355     1,809        

Warrant liability

    5,569     5,435        

Deferred income taxes

    334     356        

Other long-term liabilities

        3,385        

Total liabilities

    61,257     63,122        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

                   

Series A and A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 7,224,266 shares authorized, 6,911,766 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (liquidation preference of $6,686 at March 31, 2016); no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma at March 31, 2016

    6,553     6,653        

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 3,548,614 shares authorized, 2,961,745 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (liquidation preference of $5,298 at March 31, 2016); no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma at March 31, 2016

    22,420     21,917        

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    28,973     28,570        

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 27,836,869 shares authorized; 8,877,333 and 9,429,969 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively; 19,303,480 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma at March 31, 2016

    1     1        

Additional paid-in capital

               

Accumulated deficit

    (31,629 )   (30,855 )      

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (31,628 )   (30,854 )      

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ 58,602   $ 60,838   $    

   

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-49


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Revenue:

             

Product revenue

  $ 12,940   $ 17,785  

Service revenue

    2,562     2,372  

Total revenue

    15,502     20,157  

Cost of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below:

             

Product cost

    10,148     12,982  

Service cost

    780     951  

Total cost of revenue

    10,928     13,933  

Gross profit

    4,574     6,224  

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

    552     889  

Sales and marketing

    660     770  

General and administrative

    1,546     1,893  

Change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration

        54  

Depreciation and amortization

    963     1,004  

Total operating expenses

    3,721     4,610  

Income from operations

    853     1,614  

Other (income) expense:

   
 
   
 
 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (93 )   (134 )

Interest expense

    1,460     1,503  

Total other expense

    1,367     1,369  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (514 )   245  

Income tax expense

    88     36  

Net income (loss)

  $ (602 ) $ 209  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders:

             

Basic

  $ (696 ) $ 293  

Diluted

  $ (696 ) $ 94  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

             

Basic

  $ (0.09 ) $ 0.03  

Diluted

  $ (0.09 ) $ 0.00  

Weighted average number of shares used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

             

Basic

    8,050,493     9,062,022  

Diluted

    8,050,493     24,110,108  

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

             

Basic

        $ 0.01  

Diluted

        $ 0.00  

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding:

             

Basic

          18,935,533  

Diluted

          24,110,108  

   

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-50


Table of Contents

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(In thousands, except share amounts)

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Stockholders' Deficit  
 
  Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock   Common Stock    
   
   
 
 
  Series A   Series A-1   Series B    
  Class A   Class B    
   
   
 
 
   
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Total   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance, January 1, 2016

    4,411,766   $ 4,019     2,500,000   $ 2,534     2,961,745   $ 22,420   $ 28,973     4,075,981   $     4,801,350   $ 1   $   $ (31,629 ) $ (31,628 )

Issuance of common stock in connection with satisfaction of contingent consideration related to acquisition of St. Mary Prescription Pharmacy              

                                21,000                 35         35  

Accretion (decretion) of redeemable convertible preferred stock

        61         39         (503 )   (403 )                   (162 )   565     403  

Transfer of common stock

                                5,000         (5,000 )                

Net exercise of stock warrants

                                        408,988                  

Net exercise of stock options

                                        122,650                  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                127         127  

Net income

                                                    209     209  

Balance, March 31, 2016

    4,411,766   $ 4,080     2,500,000   $ 2,573     2,961,745   $ 21,917   $ 28,570     4,101,981   $     5,327,988   $ 1   $   $ (30,855 ) $ (30,854 )

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-51


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net income (loss)

  $ (602 ) $ 209  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    963     1,004  

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

    495     580  

Payment of imputed interest on debt

        (316 )

Deferred taxes

    88     22  

Issuance of common stock warrants

    8      

Stock-based compensation

    151     127  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (93 )   (134 )

Change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration

        54  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable, net

    (12 )   175  

Inventories

    88     15  

Rebates receivable

    (38 )   17  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (116 )   (162 )

Other assets

    (51 )   (34 )

Acquisition-related contingent consideration paid

    (62 )    

Accounts payable

    315     355  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (173 )   905  

Other long-term liabilities

    323     1,718  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    1,284     4,535  

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Purchases of property and equipment

    (40 )   (2,412 )

Software development costs

    (225 )   (248 )

Change in restricted cash

    300     200  

Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired

    (2,403 )    

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,368 )   (2,460 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Payments for debt financing costs

    (15 )    

Repayments of notes payable to related parties

    (50 )    

Borrowings on line of credit

        2,000  

Payments of acquisition-related consideration

        (180 )

IPO costs

    (27 )   (401 )

Payments of contingent consideration

    (238 )   (1,895 )

Repayments of long-term debt

    (435 )   (1,338 )

Net cash used in financing activities

    (765 )   (1,814 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    (1,849 )   261  

Cash, beginning of period

    4,122     2,026  

Cash, end of period

  $ 2,273   $ 2,287  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

             

Acquisition of equipment under capital leases

  $ 144   $ 318  

Additions to property, equipment and software development purchases included in accounts payable

  $ 19   $ 82  

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable

  $   $ 1,587  

Cash paid for interest

  $ 636   $ 771  

Accretion (decretion) of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

  $ 93   $ (403 )

   

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-52


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

1.       Nature of Business

          The Company provides patient-specific, data-driven technology and solutions that enable healthcare organizations to optimize medication regimens to improve patient outcomes, reduce hospitalizations, lower healthcare costs and manage risk. The Company delivers its solutions through a comprehensive suite of technology-enabled products and services for medication risk management and risk adjustment. The Company serves healthcare organizations that focus on populations with complex healthcare needs and extensive medication requirements. The Company's suite of cloud-based software solutions provides prescribers, pharmacists and healthcare organizations with sophisticated and innovative tools to better manage the medication-related needs of patients.

2.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          The Company's significant accounting policies are disclosed in the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015. Since the date of those audited consolidated financial statements, there have been no changes to the Company's significant accounting policies, including the status of recent accounting pronouncements, other than those detailed below.

(a)    Liquidity

          The Company's unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of continuity of operations, realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the Company's cash on hand of $2,287 as of March 31, 2016, cash flows from operations and borrowing availability under the Amended 2015 Revolving Line (note 7) are sufficient to fund the Company's planned operations through at least March 31, 2018.

(b)    Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

          The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2016, consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, the statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company's interim consolidated financial position as of March 31, 2016 and the results of its consolidated operations and its consolidated cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2016, any other interim periods, or any future year or period. The Company's management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading when read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2015.

(c)    Unaudited Pro Forma Information

          In August 2015, the board of directors authorized management to confidentially submit a registration statement to the Securities and Exchange Commission to potentially sell shares to the

F-53


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

public. The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2016 has been prepared to give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 9,873,511 shares of common stock upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering ("IPO") assuming the IPO price per share is at least five times the original issue price of the respective series of preferred stock and the gross cash proceeds are at least $50,000, (ii) the borrowing of an aggregate of $31,500 under the ABC Credit Facility and Amended 2015 Revolving Line, (iii) the repayment of an aggregate of $30,500 under the Medliance Notes, the December 2014 Eastward Loan and the April 2014 Eastward Loan, (iv) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of the IPO and (v) the reclassification of the warrant liability to additional paid-in capital as the warrants to purchase preferred stock become warrants to purchase common stock upon the closing of the IPO. The shares of common stock and any related estimated proceeds from the IPO are excluded from the pro forma information.

(d)    Use of Estimates

          The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates or assumptions.

(e)    Deferred Offering Costs

          The Company capitalizes certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs (non-current) until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in stockholders' deficit as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering. Should the equity financing no longer be considered probable of being consummated, all deferred offering costs will be charged to operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Deferred offering costs were $2,298 and $2,468 as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively.

(f)    Deferred Debt Issuance Costs

          Effective January 1, 2016, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , which requires that debt issuance costs be reported in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the face amount of the associated debt. Previously, the Company reported these costs in "Other assets" in the Company's consolidated balance sheet. The Company continues to defer the issuance costs related to its line of credit arrangement in "Other assets". The new guidance has been applied on a retrospective basis whereby prior-period financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the application of the new guidance, as required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") and resulted in the reclassification of $105 as of December 31, 2015 from other assets to current portion of long-term debt.

3.       Property and Equipment

          Depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 was $233 and $223, respectively.

F-54


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

4.      Intangible Assets

          Intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016:

 
  Weighted Average
Amortization Period
(in years)
  Gross Value   Accumulated
Amortization
  Intangible
Assets, net
 

December 31, 2015

                         

Trade names

    5.00   $ 1,720   $ (436 ) $ 1,284  

Client relationships

    10.02     14,684     (1,810 )   12,874  

Non-competition agreements

    4.64     652     (183 )   469  

Developed technology

    10.00     3,400     (340 )   3,060  

Total intangible assets

        $ 20,456   $ (2,769 ) $ 17,687  

March 31, 2016

                         

Trade names

    5.00   $ 1,720   $ (522 ) $ 1,198  

Client relationships

    10.02     14,684     (2,180 )   12,504  

Non-competition agreements

    4.64     652     (219 )   433  

Developed technology

    10.00     3,400     (425 )   2,975  

Total intangible assets

        $ 20,456   $ (3,346 ) $ 17,110  

          Amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 was $576 and $576, respectively.

5.       Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

          At December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31, 2015   March 31, 2016  

Employee-related expenses

  $ 1,232   $ 1,594  

Deferred revenue

    520     489  

Interest

    1,371     172  

Deferred rent

    94     177  

Other expenses

    27     50  

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

  $ 3,244   $ 2,482  

6.      Notes Payable Related to Acquisition

          In December 2014, the Company acquired all of the authorized, issued and outstanding equity interests of Medliance LLC ("Medliance"), which provides pharmacy cost management services through data analytics. As part of the acquisition-related consideration of the Medliance acquisition the Company issued multiple subordinated convertible promissory notes (the "Medliance Notes") to the owners of Medliance, for aggregate borrowings of $16,385. Interest is 8% and compounds annually. All unpaid principal and unpaid and accrued interest is due and payable on June 30, 2016. Interest expense recognized was $323 and $353 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. On

F-55


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

July 1, 2016, the Company repaid the Medliance Notes with the proceeds from a long-term credit facility (see note 7). As a result of the refinancing, all amounts due under the Medliance Notes were classified as noncurrent as of March 31, 2016.

          The Company recorded the Medliance Notes at their aggregate acquisition date fair values of $14,347 and are being accreted up to their face values of $16,385 over the 18 month term using the effective-interest method. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 the Company amortized $276 and $363, respectively, of the discount to interest expense.

7.      Lines of Credit and Long-Term Debt

(a)    Lines of Credit

          On April 29, 2015, the Company entered into a new revolving line of credit (the "2015 Revolving Line") with Bridge Bank, National Association ("Bridge Bank") pursuant to a loan and security agreement, which provides for borrowings in an aggregate amount up to $15,000 to be used for general corporate purposes including repayment of the previous Revolving Line. The Company's ability to borrow under the 2015 Revolving Line is based upon a specified borrowing base equal to the Company's trailing three months of monthly recurring revenue, as defined. The 2015 Revolving Line is collateralized by a first priority security interest in all assets of the Company and matures on April 29, 2017. As of March 31, 2016, the aggregate borrowings outstanding under the 2015 Revolving Line was $12,000, and additional amounts available for borrowings under the 2015 Revolving Line was $3,000.

          Interest on the 2015 Revolving Line is calculated at a variable rate based upon Bridge Bank's prime rate plus 1.0%, with Bridge Bank's prime rate having a floor of 3.25%. Upon the successful completion of a qualified initial public offering, the interest rate will be calculated at a variable rate based upon Bridge Bank's prime rate plus 0.5%. As of March 31, 2016, the interest rate on the 2015 Revolving Line was 4.56% and interest expense was $133 for the three months ended March 31, 2016. In connection with the 2015 Revolving Line, the Company recorded deferred financing costs of $106, with $37 included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2016. The Company is amortizing the deferred financing costs associated with the 2015 Revolving Line to interest expense using the effective-interest method over the term of the 2015 Revolving Line and amortized $13 to interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

          The 2015 Revolving Line has several financial covenants including (i) maintaining a minimum unrestricted cash and unused availability balance of at least $1,000 through December 31, 2015 and at least $1,500 thereafter (the liquidity covenant), (ii) maintaining a minimum adjusted EBITDA (as yet defined by Bridge Bank), and (iii) a minimum monthly recurring revenue retention rate, as defined in the underlying loan and security agreement. As of March 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with all of the financial covenants related to the 2015 Revolving Line. On July 1, 2016, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Modification Agreement (the "Amended 2015 Revolving Line") with Western Alliance Bank, successor in interest to Bridge Bank, whereby the 2015 Revolving Line was amended to increase the Company's borrowing availability to up to $25,000 and extended the maturity date to July 1, 2018. The Company's ability to borrow under the Amended 2015 Revolving Line is based upon a specified borrowing base equal to the Company's trailing four months of monthly recurring revenue, as defined, from eligible recurring revenue contracts, as defined, through March 31, 2017 and based upon the Company's trailing three months of monthly recurring revenue, as defined, from eligible recurring revenue contracts, as defined, thereafter. Interest on the Amended 2015 Revolving Line was also

F-56


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

amended to be calculated at a variable rate based upon Western Alliance Bank's prime rate plus 1.0%, with Western Alliance Bank's prime rate having a floor of 3.5%. Financial covenants under the Amended 2015 Revolving Line were modified to require that the Company (i) maintain an unrestricted cash and unused availability balance under the Amended 2015 Revolving Line of at least $3,000 at all times (the liquidity covenant), (ii) maintain a minimum EBITDA, as defined, of $2,000 for the quarter ending June 30, 2016, $2,250 for the quarter ending September 30, 2016, and $2,500 for the quarter ending December 31, 2016 and thereafter, and (iii) maintain a minimum monthly recurring revenue retention rate of at least 90%, measured quarterly. Management believes that the Company will be able to maintain compliance with the financial covenants.

(b)    Term Loans and Capital Lease Obligations

          The following table represents the total term loans and capital lease obligations of the Company at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016:

 
  December 31, 2015   March 31, 2016  

Tranche A Term Loan

  $ 51   $  

Tranche B Term Loan

    28     16  

April 2014 Eastward Loan

    2,260     1,979  

Unamortized finance costs on April 2014 Eastward Loan

    (19 )   (14 )

Unamortized discount on April 2014 Eastward Loan

    (101 )   (80 )

April 2014 Eastward Loan, net

    2,140     1,885  

December 2014 Eastward Loan

    12,000     10,846  

Unamortized finance costs on December 2014 Eastward Loan

    (86 )   (70 )

Unamortized discount on December 2014 Eastward Loan

    (1,030 )   (867 )

December 2014 Eastward Loan, net

    10,884     9,909  

Capital leases

    853     1,053  

Total long-term debt, net

    13,956     12,863  

Less current portion, net

    (13,526 )   (1,838 )

Total long-term debt, less current portion, net

  $ 430   $ 11,025  

F-57


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

(c)    Long-Term Debt Maturities

          As of March 31, 2016, the Company's long-term debt is payable as follows, excluding the impact of the refinancing described in (d):

 
  Term Loans   Capital Lease
Obligations
  Total
Long-term
Debt
 

Remainder of 2016

  $ 4,206   $ 481   $ 4,687  

2017

    5,968     402     6,370  

2018

    2,668     294     2,962  

2019

        86     86  

    12,842     1,263     14,105  

Less amount representing interest

        (210 )   (210 )

Present value of payments

    12,842     1,053     13,895  

Less current portion

    (1,372 )   (466 )   (1,838 )

Less discount on debt

    (1,032 )       (1,032 )

  $ 10,438   $ 587   $ 11,025  

(d)    Refinancing

          On July 1, 2016, the Company entered into the ABC Credit Facility with ABC Funding, LLC, an affiliate of Summit Partners, L.P. pursuant to which the Company can request up to an aggregate amount of $50,000 in term loan advances. The proceeds of the initial term loan advance of $30,000 under the ABC Credit Facility were used to repay all outstanding amounts under the Medliance Notes, as well as the April 2014 Eastward Loan and the December 2014 Eastward Loan. Any future term loan advances under the ABC Credit Facility will be used to buy back outstanding warrants and fund future acquisitions, if any. Amounts outstanding under the ABC Credit Facility bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 12.0% payable monthly in arrears. The ABC Credit Facility has a maturity date of December 30, 2021, and is secured by a subordinated security interest in all personal property, whether presently existing or created or acquired in the future, as well as the Company's intellectual property. Financial covenants under the ABC Credit Facility include those covenants under the Amended 2015 Revolving Line, as well as the obligation for the Company to (i) maintain a maximum total leverage and first lien leverage ratio, as defined, measured quarterly, (ii) maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined, measured quarterly, and (iii) not permit aggregate capital expenditures, as defined, in any fiscal year to exceed $2,500. As a result of the refinancing, all amounts due under the Medliance Notes, as well as the April 2014 Eastward Loan and December 2014 Eastward Loan were classified as noncurrent as of March 31, 2016.

8.      Income Taxes

          For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company recorded tax expense of $88 thousand, which resulted in an effective tax rate of (17.1%), primarily related to deferred tax expense associated with indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities for goodwill amortization.

          For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company recognized tax expense of $36 thousand, which resulted in an effective tax rate of 14.7%. The Company calculated the tax provision based on its

F-58


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

estimated annual effective tax rate expected for the full year which included current Federal alternative minimum tax, current state taxes and deferred tax expense associated with indefinite-lived deferred tax liabilities for goodwill amortization, in addition to a change in the valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets for income generated in the current period. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016.

9.      Other Long-term Liabilities

          Other long term liabilities were $3,385 as of March 31, 2016, of which $1,718 consisted of the long-term portion of deferred rent related to the Company's new operating leases for office space in Moorestown, NJ. The remaining $1,667 relates to accrued interest on the Medliance Notes (see note 6) and has been classified as long-term as a result of the Company's refinancing on July 1, 2016 (see note 7).

10.     Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

(a)    Common Stock

          The holders of Class A Non-Voting common stock have the same rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions as the holders of Class B Voting common stock with the exception of voting rights. The holders of Class B Voting common stock are entitled to one vote per share. The holders of Class A Non-Voting and Class B Voting common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board, subject to payment of accrued dividends for redeemable convertible preferred stock. Class A Non-Voting and Class B Voting common stock are also subordinate to the redeemable convertible preferred stock with respect to liquidation, winding up and dissolution of the Company. No dividends have been declared through March 31, 2016.

(b)    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

          The Company has issued Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series A"), Series A-1 and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. The redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders' deficit because the shares contain redemption features that are not solely within the control of the Company.

          The aggregate amount of cumulative but unpaid dividends on the Series A and Series A-1 were $1,101 and $585, respectively, at March 31, 2016. Cumulative but unpaid dividends on the Series B were $787 at March 31, 2016. The redemption value of Series B is based on its estimated fair value at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 because it is estimated to be greater than its original issue price plus accrued dividends.

F-59


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

(c)    Common Stock Warrants

          As of March 31, 2016, the following warrants to purchase common stock were outstanding:

Warrants to Purchase
  Number
of Warrants
  Exercise
Price
  Term   Expiration

Common-A

    206,400   $ 0.250   10 year   May - October 2019

Common-B

    160,000     0.250   10 year   May - October 2019

Common-A

    15,000     0.275   10 year   May 2019

Common-A

    10,000     0.500   10 year   December 2019

Common-A

    1,000     0.500   10 year   March 2020

Common-B

    5,000     0.250   10 year   June 2021

Common-B

    9,671     1.600   10 year   May - December 2023

Common-B

    7,802     3.000   10 year   January - December 2024

          During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Company issued warrants to purchase 4,703 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.30 per share in connection with related party debt. The Company recognized total interest expense of $8 associated with the equity-classified warrants issued during the three months ended March 31, 2015. No warrants were issued during the three months ended March 31, 2016. During the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company issued 408,988 shares of common stock upon the cashless exercise of warrants to purchase 451,654 shares of common stock.

          The warrants issued during the three months ended March 31, 2015 were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model at the date of grant, and included the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015
 

Valuation assumptions:

       

Expected volatility

    50 %

Expected life (years)

    10.00  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.94 %

Dividend yield

     

(d)    Preferred Stock Warrants

          As of March 31, 2016, the following warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock were outstanding:

Warrants to Purchase
  Number
of Warrants
  Exercise
Price
  Term   Expiration

Series A-1

    250,000   $ 0.800   10 year   March 2022

Series A-1

    62,500     0.800   10 year   October 2022

Series B

    105,005     2.860   10 year   April 2024

Series B

    481,863     2.990   10 year   December 2024

F-60


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

          No warrants were issued during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

11.     Stock-Based Compensation

          The Company's Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Compensation Plan (the "2014 Plan"), authorizes the Company to grant up to 7,635,580 shares of common stock to the Company's employees and non-employees in the form of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock awards, stock units, stock appreciation rights, and other equity-based awards. This pool consists of 5,044,636 shares of Class A common stock and 2,590,944 shares of Class B common stock. As of March 31, 2016, 1,140,754 shares were available for future grants under the 2014 Plan.

          The Company recorded $151 and $127 of stock-based compensation expense related to the vesting of employee and non-employee stock options for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

          The estimated fair value of options granted was calculated using a Black- Scholes option-pricing model. The computation of expected life for employees was determined based on the simplified method. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury security with terms equal to the expected time of exercise as of the grant date. The Company's common stock is not publicly traded; therefore, expected volatility is based on the historical volatilities of selected public companies whose services are comparable to that of the Company. The table below sets forth the weighted average assumptions for employee grants during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016:

 
  Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Valuation assumptions:

             

Expected volatility

    55.00 %   59.00 %

Expected life (years)

    6.04     6.08  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.74 %   1.49 %

Dividend yield

         

F-61


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

          The following table summarizes stock option activity under the 2014 Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2016:

 
  Number
of shares
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
  Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2016

    5,416,994   $ 1.68              

Granted

    9,250     6.78              

Exercised

    (138,036 )   0.75              

Forfeited

    (719 )   3.00              

Outstanding at March 31, 2016

    5,287,489     1.72     6.8   $ 26,787  

Options vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2016

    5,287,489   $ 1.72     6.8   $ 26,787  

Exercisable at March 31, 2016

    3,915,711   $ 1.43     6.4   $ 20,956  

          Included within the above table are 419,616 non-employee options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, of which 5,483 are unvested as of March 31, 2016 and therefore subject to remeasurement.

          The weighted average grant-date fair value of employee options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 was $1.56 and $3.76, respectively.

          The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock as of March 31, 2016 for those stock options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company's common stock.

          The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to stock options for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, in the following expense categories of its consolidated statement of operations:

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Cost of revenue — product

  $ 27   $ 29  

Cost of revenue — service

    4     7  

Research and development

    5     11  

Sales and marketing

    25     22  

General and administrative

    90     58  

  $ 151   $ 127  

          As of March 31, 2016, there was $1,190 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under the 2014 Plan, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years.

F-62


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

12.     Net Income (Loss) per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share

(a)    Net Income (Loss) per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

          The Company computed net income per share of common stock in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016. The Company considers its redeemable convertible preferred stock to be participating securities as the holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive a dividend in the event that a dividend is paid on common stock. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Numerator (basic and diluted):

             

Net income (loss)

  $ (602 ) $ 209  

Decretion (accretion) of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (94 )   403  

Undistributed income attributed to redeemable convertible preferred stockholders

        (319 )

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, basic

    (696 )   293  

Decretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

        (403 )

Revaluation of warrant liability, net of tax

        (115 )

Adjustment to undistributed income attributed to redeemable convertible preferred stockholders

        319  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, diluted

  $ (696 ) $ 94  

Denominator (basic):

             

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic

    8,050,493     9,062,022  

Denominator (diluted):

             

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding

    8,050,493     9,062,022  

Effect of potential dilutive securities:

             

Weighted average dilutive effect of stock options

        3,843,238  

Weighted average dilutive effect of common shares from stock warrants

        700,824  

Dilutive effect from preferred stock and preferred stock warrants assuming conversion

        10,504,024  

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, diluted

    8,050,493     24,110,108  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

  $ (0.09 ) $ 0.03  

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

  $ (0.09 ) $ 0.00  

          For the three months ended March 31, 2015, approximately 17,740,700 shares attributable to outstanding stock options, warrants to purchase shares of preferred and common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, 48,750 shares

F-63


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

attributable to outstanding stock options were excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

(b)    Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share

          The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders as of March 31, 2016:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2016
 

Numerator (basic and diluted):

       

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 293  

Pro forma adjustment to add back the net income attributable to redeemable convertible preferred stockholders

    319  

Pro forma adjustment to exclude the decretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (403 )

Pro forma net income attributable to common stockholders, basic

    209  

Pro forma adjustment for the revaluation of warrant liability, net of tax

    (115 )

Pro forma net income attributable to common stockholders, diluted

  $ 94  

Denominator (basic):

       

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic

    9,062,022  

Pro forma adjustment for assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of the proposed initial public offering

    9,873,511  

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

    18,935,533  

Denominator (diluted):

       

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding

    18,935,533  

Effect of potential dilutive securities:

       

Weighted average dilutive effect of stock options

    3,843,238  

Weighted average dilutive effect of common shares from stock warrants

    700,824  

Dilutive effect from preferred stock warrants assuming conversion

    630,513  

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

    24,110,108  

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

  $ 0.01  

Pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

  $ 0.00  

13.     Fair Value Measurements

          The Company's financial instruments consist of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, acquisition-related contingent consideration, notes payable related to acquisition, long-term notes payable to related parties, and long-term debt. The carrying values of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are representative of their fair value due to the relatively short-term nature of those instruments. The carrying value of the Company's long-term notes payable to related parties and long-term debt approximates fair value based on the terms of the debt. The

F-64


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

long-term notes payable to related parties were recorded on December 31, 2014 at their acquisition date fair values of $14,347. This valuation was determined using Level 3 inputs.

          The Company has classified liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 as follows:

 
  Fair Value Measurement
at Reporting Date Using
 
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Balance as of
December 31, 2015
 

Warrant liability

  $   $   $ 5,569   $ 5,569  

Note payable related to acquisition

            15,620     15,620  

Acquisition-related contingent consideration — short-term

            1,886     1,886  

Acquisition-related contingent consideration — long-term

            3,355     3,355  

  $   $   $ 26,430   $ 26,430  

 

 
  Fair Value Measurement
at Reporting Date Using
 
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Balance as of
March 31, 2016
 

Warrant liability

  $   $   $ 5,435   $ 5,435  

Note payable related to acquisition

            15,982     15,982  

Acquisition-related contingent consideration — short-term

            1,591     1,591  

Acquisition-related contingent consideration — long-term

            1,809     1,809  

  $   $   $ 24,817   $ 24,817  

          The fair value of the preferred stock warrants at December 31, 2015 was estimated using an option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: estimated life of 7.99 years, no dividend yield, risk-free interest rate of 2.10%, fair value of underlying instrument of $8.14 per share and volatility of 57.81%. The Company also applied a discount for lack of marketability of 10% to the resulting value from the option pricing model.

          The fair value of the preferred stock warrants at March 31, 2016 was estimated using an option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: estimated life of 7.74 years, no dividend yield, risk-free interest rate of 1.57%, fair value of underlying instrument of $8.02 per share, and volatility of 57.81%. The Company also applied a discount for lack of marketability of 10% to the resulting value from the option pricing model.

          The Company developed its own assumptions that do not have observable inputs or available market data to support the fair value. This method of valuation involves using inputs such as the fair value of the Company's various classes of preferred stock, stock price volatility, the contractual term of the warrants, risk-free interest rates, and dividend yields. Due to the nature of these inputs, the valuation

F-65


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

of the warrants is considered a Level 3 measurement. The Company accounts for its redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants as liabilities in accordance with the guidance for accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity, as warrants entitle the holder to purchase preferred stock that is considered contingently redeemable. The warrant liability is recorded on its own line item on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. The warrant liability is marked-to-market each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded on its own line in the consolidated statement of operations until the warrants are exercised, expire or other facts and circumstances lead the warrant liability to be reclassified as an equity instrument.

          The reconciliation of the warrant liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2016

  $ 5,569  

Change in fair value

    (134 )

Balance at March 31, 2016

  $ 5,435  

          Acquisition-related contingent consideration is measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs, hence these instruments represent Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. The acquisition-related contingent consideration liability represents the estimated fair value of the additional cash consideration payable that is contingent upon the achievement of certain financial and performance milestones.

          The changes in fair value of the Company's acquisition-related contingent consideration for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2016

  $ 5,241  

Fair value of cash consideration paid

    (1,895 )

Adjustments to fair value measurement

    54  

Balance at March 31, 2016

  $ 3,400  

14.     Related-Party Transactions

          The Company engaged Knowlton Advisors LLC, a management consulting services company, to provide professional accounting services. Knowlton Advisors LLC is owned and operated by an immediate relative of the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Company's President. Costs incurred by the Company for professional accounting services provided by the related party were $3 and $1 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

          The Company engaged Space Age Robotics LLC, an IT consulting services company, to provide professional IT client services. Space Age Robotics LLC is owned and operated by an immediate relative of the President and Chief Executive Officer of Capstone. Costs incurred by the Company for professional IT client services provided by the related party were $7 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. No costs were incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

          As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, there was a demand promissory note with a stockholder with a balance outstanding of $250, which bears interest at 6% annually. During the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, certain other related-party borrowings from the Company's

F-66


Table of Contents


TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)
As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 and for the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016

executive officers were outstanding. Such other amounts were fully repaid as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016. Total interest expense from these related-party borrowings was $14 and $4 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

15.     Subsequent Events

          In May 2016, the Company signed a prime vendor agreement with AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation which was effective March 2016 and requires a monthly minimum purchase obligation of approximately $1,750. The Company fully expects to meet this requirement. This agreement was subsequently amended and restated effective May 1, 2016 with a three-year term expiring April 2019.

          On July 1, 2016, the Company entered into a credit facility in which the Company can request up to an aggregate amount of $50,000 in term loan advances (see note 7).

          The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheets date through the date of the filing, the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and there were no additional events that require recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

F-67


Table of Contents


Independent Auditors' Report

The Board of Directors
Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.:

          We have audited the accompanying financial statements of the Medliance Business (a Business of Medliance LLC), which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2013, and the related statements of operations, changes in net parent investment, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

          Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors' Responsibility

          Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

          An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors' judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

          We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

          In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Medliance Business (a Business of Medliance LLC) as of December 31, 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
August 31, 2015

F-68


Table of Contents


MEDLIANCE BUSINESS
(A Business of Medliance LLC)
Balance Sheet
December 31, 2013

 
  2013  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash

  $ 486,653  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $17,397

    305,539  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    14,482  

Total current assets

    806,674  

Property and equipment, net

    61,241  

Other assets

    11,615  

Total assets

  $ 879,530  

Liabilities and Net Parent Investment

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 229,656  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    162,347  

Total current liabilities

    392,003  

Commitments and contingencies (note 4)

       

Net parent investment

    487,527  

Total liabilities and net parent investment

  $ 879,530  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-69


Table of Contents


MEDLIANCE BUSINESS
(A Business of Medliance LLC)
Statements of Operations
Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 
  2013   2014  

Revenues

  $ 6,147,377   $ 6,300,996  

Cost of revenues

    2,036,536     2,050,668  

Gross profit

    4,110,841     4,250,328  

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

    13,781     74,073  

Sales and marketing

    206,121     124,279  

General and administrative

    1,455,146     1,369,443  

Depreciation and amortization

    33,428     26,198  

Total operating expenses

    1,708,476     1,593,993  

Income from operations

    2,402,365     2,656,335  

Other income, net

    1,654     218  

Net income

  $ 2,404,019   $ 2,656,553  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-70


Table of Contents


MEDLIANCE BUSINESS
(A Business of Medliance LLC)
Statements of Changes in Net Parent Investment

Balance, January 1, 2013

  $ 479,020  

Net income

    2,404,019  

Net transfer to parent

    (2,395,512 )

Balance, December 31, 2013

    487,527  

Net income

    2,656,553  

Net transfer to parent

    (2,908,116 )

Balance, December 31, 2014

  $ 235,964  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-71


Table of Contents


MEDLIANCE BUSINESS
(A Business of Medliance LLC)
Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 
  2013   2014  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net income

  $ 2,404,019   $ 2,656,553  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    33,428     26,198  

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts

    39,082     10,817  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

        1,638  

Changes in assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (60,594 )   (34,283 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    19,939     (9,806 )

Other assets

    (440 )    

Accounts payable

    45,285     2,851  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    45,878     (93,357 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

    2,526,597     2,560,611  

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Purchases of property and equipment

    (9,934 )    

Net cash used in investing activities

    (9,934 )    

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Net transfer to parent

    (2,395,512 )   (2,908,116 )

Net cash used in financing activities

    (2,395,512 )   (2,908,116 )

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    121,151     (347,505 )

Cash, beginning of year

    365,502     486,653  

Cash, end of year

  $ 486,653   $ 139,148  

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-72


Table of Contents


MEDLIANCE BUSINESS
(A Business of Medliance LLC)
Notes to Financial Statements
December 31, 2013 and 2014

(1)    Description of Business

          The accompanying financial statements include the assets and liabilities and the related operations of the Medliance Business (the "Business"). The financial statements include the activity and related accounts of the Business. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

          The Business provides technology and data analysis to approximately 1,300 post-acute care facilities nationwide to help manage their pharmacy costs.

          The Business's primary offering is a real-time pharmacy adjudication, management and reporting tool called PharmView. The Business also offers a retrospective PostView product and a set of complementary professional services.

(2)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a)    Basis of Presentation

          The Business was acquired by Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. ("TRHC") at the close of business on December 31, 2014. Separate financial statements historically have not been prepared for the Business. The accompanying balance sheet, statements of operations, and statements of cash flows have been derived from the historical accounting records of Medliance LLC (the "Company") and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The separate financial statements of the Business exclude the Company's investments in consolidated subsidiaries and the related intercompany receivables, which were not acquired by TRHC and debt that was not related to the Business and was not assumed by TRHC. The separate financial statements of the Business include all other assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses of the Company.

(b)    Use of Estimates

          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(c)    Cash

          The Business considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash at December 31, 2013 consists of cash on deposit with banks. There are no cash equivalents at December 31, 2013.

(d)    Accounts Receivable

          Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Business maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and its customers' financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, and the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. The Business reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

F-73


Table of Contents


MEDLIANCE BUSINESS
(A Business of Medliance LLC)
Notes to Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2013 and 2014

(e)    Property and Equipment

          Property and equipment are stated at cost. Additions or improvements that increase the useful life of existing assets are capitalized, while expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The Business depreciates computer hardware and purchased software over a life of three to five years and office furniture and equipment over a life of five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term.

(f)    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

          Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, management does not believe that a revision to the remaining useful lives or write-down of long-lived assets is required.

(g)    Revenue Recognition

          The Business recognizes revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the seller's price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

          The Business enters into contracts with post-acute care facilities to provide its PharmView services, which include immediate claim adjudication, electronic invoice reconciliation, real-time pharmacy notification, and performance and facility reports. PharmView is a subscription service and the fee components are fixed and are contractually agreed to in advance. Revenues generated from PharmView subscriptions are recognized monthly as the services are rendered.

          PostView data is typically provided to post-acute care customers at no charge. The Business is able to sell the data collected through the PharmView and PostView services through its software provider, which aggregates the data collected from the Business and other customers and sells this data to pharmaceutical companies. The pharmaceutical companies pay the software provider data and statistics revenue for the data. The software provider then remits payment to the Business. The price is not fixed or determinable when the data is sold to the pharmaceutical companies because they have the ability to reject data at their discretion. Therefore, revenues generated from data and statistics are recognized at the time when payments are remitted to the Business by the software provider.

(h)    Concentration of Credit Risk

          The Business extends credit to customers based upon management's evaluation of creditworthiness, and generally collateral is not required. Revenues from the Business's software provider represented 48% and 70% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Accounts receivable from three customers represented 19%, 11%, and 11%, respectively, of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2013.

F-74


Table of Contents


MEDLIANCE BUSINESS
(A Business of Medliance LLC)
Notes to Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2013 and 2014

(i)     Research and Development

          Research and development expenses consist primarily of (a) salaries and related personnel costs related to the Business's research and development efforts, (b) payments to suppliers for design and consulting services, (c) costs relating to the design and development of new services and enhancement of existing services, (d) quality assurance and testing, and (e) other related overhead. Costs incurred in research and development are charged to expense as incurred.

(j)     Income Taxes

          As a limited liability company, the Company is treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision has been made for income taxes in the accompanying financial statements of the Business, since all items of income or loss are required to be reported on the income tax returns of the members of the Company, who are responsible for any taxes thereon.

(k)    Uncertain Tax Positions

          The Business follows accounting requirements associated with uncertainty in income taxes using the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification ("FASB ASC") 740, Income Taxes . Using that guidance, tax positions initially need to be recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the positions will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. FASB ASC 740 also provides guidance for derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

          As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Business had no uncertain tax positions that qualified for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. Additionally, the Business had no interest and penalties related to income taxes.

          The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in various state and local jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by taxing authorities for years before 2011.

(3)    Property and Equipment

          As of December 31, 2013, property and equipment consisted of the following:

 
  Estimated
useful life
  2013  

Computer hardware and software

  3 to 5 years   $ 44,132  

Furniture and equipment

  5 years     69,439  

Leasehold improvements

  7 years     63,190  

        176,761  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (115,520 )

      $ 61,241  

          Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $33,428 and $26,198, respectively.

F-75


Table of Contents


MEDLIANCE BUSINESS
(A Business of Medliance LLC)
Notes to Financial Statements — (Continued)
December 31, 2013 and 2014

(4)    Commitments and Contingencies

(a)    Leases

          The Business has entered into various operating leases for office space and vehicles expiring on various dates through 2016.

          Rent expense under these operating leases was $80,120 and $81,310 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

(b)    Legal Proceedings

          The Business is not currently involved in any significant claims or legal actions that, in the opinion of management, will have a material adverse impact on the Business.

(5)    Subsequent Events

          The Business has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through August 31, 2015, the date at which the financial statements were available to be issued.

          On December 31, 2014, the Business was acquired by TRHC in exchange for total consideration at closing of $28,404,301, which included $12,000,000 paid in cash and the issuance of promissory notes to the members of the Company for $16,384,865. In addition, TRHC agreed to pay further cash consideration contingent upon the future financial performance of the Business. As of December 31, 2014, the contingent consideration was estimated to be $7,300,000.

F-76


Table of Contents

LOGO

         Shares
Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.
Common Stock


PROSPECTUS

                                  , 2016



Wells Fargo Securities

 

 

 

UBS Investment Bank

 

 

 

 

 
    Piper Jaffray    

 

 

 

 

 
Baird       Stifel

Through and including                                       , 2016 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The following table sets forth the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by the registrant. All amounts are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market initial listing fee.

 
  Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  $ 11,581  

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee

    17,750  

NASDAQ Global Market initial listing fee

    125,000  

Accountants' fees and expenses

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Blue Sky fees and expenses

      *

Transfer Agent's fees and expenses

      *

Printing and engraving expenses

      *

Miscellaneous

      *

Total Expenses

  $      *

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of its directors or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock purchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law or derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that no director shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

          Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnify for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

II-1


Table of Contents

          Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of the offering provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, our director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, all such persons being referred to as an Indemnitee, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

          Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of the offering also provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, our director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee or, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If we do not assume the defense, expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

          We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. In general, these agreements provide that we will indemnify the director or executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims arising in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company or in connection with their service at our request for another corporation or entity. The indemnification agreements also provide for procedures that will apply in the event that a director or executive officer makes a claim for indemnification and establish certain presumptions that are favorable to the director or executive officer.

          We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

          The underwriting agreement we will enter into in connection with the offering of common stock being registered hereby provides that the underwriters will indemnify, under certain conditions, our directors and officers (as well as certain other persons) against certain liabilities arising in connection with such offering.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          Set forth below is information regarding shares of common stock and preferred stock issued, and options granted, by the Registrant since January 1, 2013 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by the

II-2


Table of Contents

Registrant for such shares and options and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.


(a) Issuances of Securities

          In March 2016, certain holders of warrants exercised, on a net issuance basis, warrants to purchase 451,654 shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to which we issued them an aggregate of 408,988 shares of our common stock.

          In January 2016, we issued an additional 21,000 shares of our Class A common stock to Gary Tom at an acquisition date price of $1.66 per share as deferred consideration in connection with the acquisition of J.A. Robertson, Inc.

          In April 2015, we issued 35,730 shares of our common stock to Capstone Holdings, LLC at a price of $3.00 per share as deferred consideration in connection with the acquisition of Capstone Performance Systems, LLC.

          In January 2015, we issued 31,500 shares of our common stock to Gary Tom at a price of $3.00 per share as deferred consideration in connection with the acquisition of J.A. Robertson, Inc.

          From January 2014 through June 2015, we issued warrants to Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton to purchase an aggregate amount of 32,576 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.30 per share in connection with the promissory note they were originally issued in September 2012.

          From January 2014 through December 2014, we issued warrants to Dr. John Durham and Mrs. Joann Durham to purchase an aggregate amount of 7,802 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share in connection with the promissory note they were issued in May 2013.

          In December 2014, we issued a warrant to Eastward Capital Partners to purchase an aggregate amount of 481,863 shares of Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.99 per share in connection with the December 2014 Eastward Loan.

          In December 2014, we issued subordinated convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $16,384,865 in connection with the acquisition of Medliance LLC.

          In July 2014, we issued 52,500 shares of our common stock to Gary Tom at a price of $1.84 per share as deferred consideration in connection with the acquisition of J.A. Robertson, Inc.

          In April 2014, we issued 203,358 shares of our common stock to Capstone Holdings, LLC at a price of $1.84 per share as consideration in connection with the acquisition of Capstone Performance Systems, LLC.

          In April 2014, we issued a warrant to Eastward Capital Partners to purchase up to 105,005 shares of Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $2.86 per share in connection with the April 2014 Eastward Loan.

          In January 2014, we issued a promissory note for an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 to Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton.

          In January 2014, we issued 105,000 shares of our common stock to Gary Tom at a price of $1.85 per share as consideration in connection with the acquisition of J.A. Robertson, Inc.

          From May 2013 through December 2013, we issued warrants to Dr. John Durham and Mrs. Joann Durham to purchase an aggregate amount of 9,671 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.60 per share in connection with the promissory note they were issued in May 2013.

          In June 2013, we sold to investors 2,961,745 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.52312 per share for aggregate consideration of $4,511,096.

          In May 2013, we issued a promissory note in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000 to Dr. John Durham and Mrs. Joann Durham.

II-3


Table of Contents

          In February 2013, we sold 9,375 shares of our common stock to Joseph Nyzio and Katy Nyzio at a price of $1.60 per share.

          In January 2013, we sold 31,250 shares of our common stock to Gary Yetman and 31,250 shares of our common stock to Pamela Adams and William J. Adams, both at a price of $1.60 per share.

          In January 2013, we sold 16,000 shares of our common stock to James M. Goers and Jackie G. Goers, 8,000 shares of our common stock to Barry J. Goers and 8,000 shares of our common stock to Brett C. Goers, each at a price of $1.50 per share.

          In January 2013, we issued warrants to Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton to purchase an aggregate amount of 4,358 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.32 per share, and from January 2013 through December 2013, we issued warrants to Drs. Calvin and Orsula Knowlton to purchase an aggregate amount of 39,720 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.76 per share, in connection with the promissory note they were originally issued in September 2012.

          No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(2) under the Securities Act relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All purchasers of shares of our preferred stock described above represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

Reorganization Transaction

          Effective June 30, 2014, in order to facilitate the administration, management and development of our business, we implemented a holding company reorganization pursuant to which we became the new parent company and CareKinesis became our direct, wholly owned subsidiary. To implement the reorganization, we formed CK Merger Sub, Inc. The holding company structure was implemented by the merger of CK Merger Sub, Inc. with and into CareKinesis, with CareKinesis surviving the merger as our direct, wholly owned subsidiary. As a result of the reorganization, each share of CareKinesis issued and outstanding immediately prior to the merger automatically converted into the same share, with the same rights and preferences, in our company. The business conducted by CareKinesis immediately prior to the corporate reorganization continues to be conducted by CareKinesis following the reorganization. In addition, in connection with the reorganization, CareKinesis distributed all of the equity interests in two of its wholly owned subsidiaries, Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, or Capstone, and CareVentions, Inc., to us.


(b) Stock Option and Restricted Stock Grants

          Since January 1, 2012, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 4,498,580 shares of our common stock, with the weighted average exercise price of $1.94 per share, to our employees, directors, advisors and consultants pursuant to our 2014 Equity Compensation Plan. As of March 31, 2016 1,207,337 options to purchase shares of our common stock had been exercised for aggregate consideration of $632,232, options to purchase 139,306 shares of our common stock had been forfeited and options to purchase 5,287,489 shares of our common stock remained outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.72. Immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we expect to issue           shares of our common stock as restricted stock under our 2014 Equity Compensation Plan to members of management at a price of $0.0001 per share.

          The restricted stock, stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options as described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans

II-4


Table of Contents

or arrangements with the Registrant's employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. All recipients either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

          All of the foregoing securities described in sections (a) and (b) of Item 15 are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

          The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

          (a)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          (b)     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          (c)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

      (1)
      For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

      (2)
      For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Moorestown, State of New Jersey, on this 21st day of July, 2016.

    TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DR. CALVIN H. KNOWLTON

Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton
Chief Executive Officer

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ BRIAN W. ADAMS

Brian W. Adams
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  July 21, 2016

*

Glen Bressner

 

Director

 

July 21, 2016

/s/ DR. CALVIN H. KNOWLTON

Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

July 21, 2016

*

Dr. Orsula V. Knowlton

 

President and Director

 

July 21, 2016

*

Daniel Lubin

 

Director

 

July 21, 2016

*

Bruce Luehrs

 

Director

 

July 21, 2016

*

A Gordon Tunstall

 

Director

 

July 21, 2016
*
Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this document on behalf of each of the above-named directors of the registrant pursuant to powers of attorney duly executed by such persons.

By:

 

/s/ DR. CALVIN H. KNOWLTON


Dr. Calvin H. Knowlton
Attorney-in-fact
 

 

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

2.1

**#

Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2014, by and between Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., Fred Smith III, Olds Family 2002 Trust, Stephen F. Olds and Thomas Olds, Jr.

 

2.2

**#

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, by and among Capstone Performance Systems, LLC (Delaware), CareKinesis, Inc., Capstone Performance Systems, LLC (Colorado), PPS Holdings,  Inc. and David M. Reyes and Ronda L. Hackbart-Reyes

 

2.3

**#

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2013, by and between CareKinesis, Inc. and Gary Tom, as amended

 

3.1

**

Certificate of Incorporation of Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., as amended, as currently in effect

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. (to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering)

 

3.3

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. (to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering)

 

4.1

**

Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2014

 

4.2

 

Stockholders Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2014, as amended

 

4.3

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Class A Common Stock

 

4.4

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Class B Common Stock

 

4.5

**

Preferred Series A-1 Convertible Stock Warrant, dated as of March 23, 2012, issued to Eastward Capital Partners V, L.P., as amended by that Preferred Series B Convertible Stock Warrant, dated as of December 31, 2014, issued to Eastward Fund Management, LLC, included as exhibit 4.7

 

4.6

**

Preferred Series B Convertible Stock Warrant, dated as of April 22, 2014, issued to Eastward Fund Management, LLC, as amended by that Preferred Series B Convertible Stock Warrant, dated as of December 31, 2014, issued to Eastward Fund Management, LLC, included as exhibit 4.7

 

4.7

**

Preferred Series B Convertible Stock Warrant, dated as of December 31, 2014, issued to Eastward Fund Management, LLC

 

4.8

 

Amended and Restated Preferred Series A-1 Convertible Stock Warrant, dated as of April 21, 2016, issued to the New Jersey Economic Development Authority

 

4.9

**

Form of Subordinated Note, dated December 31, 2014

 

4.10

**

Promissory Note, dated May 20, 2013, issued to Dr. John Durham and Mrs. Joann Durham

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

 

10.1

*+

Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. Amended and Restated 2014 Equity Compensation Plan, including forms of Incentive Stock Option Agreement, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Agreement thereunder

 

10.2

**+

Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. Leadership Exit Bonus Plan

 

10.3

**+

Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. Company Management Plan

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  10.4 **+ Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. Valuation Incentive Award Plan

 

10.5

*

Form of Indemnification Agreement

 

10.6

**

Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, by and among Western Alliance Bank, successor in interest to Bridge Bank, National Association, and Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., CareKinesis,  Inc., CareVentions, Inc., Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, J.A. Robertson, Inc. and Medliance LLC, as amended by that Loan and Security Modification Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2016, by and between Western Alliance Bank, as successor in interest to Bridge Bank, National Association, and CareKinesis, Inc., Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., CareVentions, Inc., Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, J.A. Robertson, Inc. and Medliance LLC, included as Exhibit 10.7

 

10.7

 

Loan and Security Modification Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2016, by and between Western Alliance Bank, as successor in interest to Bridge Bank, National Association, and CareKinesis, Inc., Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., CareVentions, Inc., Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, J.A. Robertson, Inc. and Medliance LLC

 

10.8

**

Lease Agreement, dated August 21, 2015, by and between 228 Strawbridge Associates, LLC and Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. (Suite 100), as amended by that First Amendment to Lease Agreements, dated March 22, 2016 by and between 228 Strawbridge Associates, LLC and Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., included as Exhibit 10.11

 

10.9

**

Lease Agreement, dated August 21, 2015, by and between 228 Strawbridge Associates, LLC and Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. (Suite 200), as amended by that First Amendment to Lease Agreements, dated March 22, 2016 by and between 228 Strawbridge Associates, LLC and Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., included as Exhibit 10.11

 

10.10

**

Lease Agreement, dated August 21, 2015, by and between 228 Strawbridge Associates, LLC and Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. (Suite 300), as amended by that First Amendment to Lease Agreements, dated March 22, 2016 by and between 228 Strawbridge Associates, LLC and Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., included as Exhibit 10.11

 

10.11

 

First Amendment to Lease Agreements, dated March 22, 2016 by and between 228 Strawbridge Associates, LLC and Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.

 

10.12

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2016, by and among ABC Funding, LLC, the lenders from time to time parties thereto, and Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., CareKinesis, Inc., CareVentions,  Inc., Capstone Performance Systems, LLC and Medliance LLC

 

10.13


Amended and Restated Prime Vendor Agreement, effective May 1, 2016, by and among AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation, CareKinesis, Inc. and J.A. Robertson, Inc. d/b/a St. Mary

 

10.14

*+

Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, including forms of Incentive Stock Option Agreement, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Stock Agreement thereunder

 

21.1

**

Subsidiaries of Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.

 

23.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP as to Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.

 

23.2

 

Consent of KPMG LLP as to Medliance Business

 

23.3

*

Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

23.4

**

Consent of AEC Consulting, LLC

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  24.1 ** Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to this registration statement)

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

+
Management contract or compensatory agreement.

#
Schedules to the agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The company undertakes to furnish supplemental copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the SEC.

Confidential treatment requested as to portions of the exhibit. Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.



Exhibit 4.2

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of June 30, 2014, by and among Tabula Rasa Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the persons signatories hereto opposite the “Common Holders” and “Additional Common Holders” headings on such signature pages (each, a “ Common Holder ” and collectively, the “ Common Holders ”), and the persons and entities listed on Schedule A hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

 

Background :

 

WHEREAS, the Investors are receiving shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock ”), Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Series A Convertible Preferred Stock ”, and together with the Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”, and together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”), and the Common Holders are receiving shares of the Company’s Common Stock, in exchange for equivalent shares of capital stock in CareKinesis, Inc. (“ CareKinesis ”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger of even date herewith (the “ Merger ”);

 

WHEREAS, CareKinesis and the Investors and the Common Holders have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated June 28, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to reflect the exchange of exchange of shares pursuant to the Merger, which Agreement shall supersede and replace the Prior Agreement in its entirety, and which Prior Agreement shall hereafter be null and void

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises and covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .

 

1.1                                Common Stock ” shall mean the Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock, together.

 

1.2                                Holder ” shall mean each Common Holder and each Investor and “ Holders ” shall mean, collectively, the Common Holders and the Investors.

 

1.3                                Investor Shares ” shall mean Shares of Preferred Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by the Investors and Shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion thereof.

 

1.4                                Non-Voting Common Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Class A Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.5                                Series B Investor ” shall mean any Investor who at the time holds shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof.

 

1.6                                Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock, Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, and any securities convertible or exercisable into such shares.

 



 

1.7                                Transfer ” shall mean any direct or indirect sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, or any other transfer or disposition of any kind, including, but not limited to, transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law.

 

1.8                                Voting Common Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Class B Voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.9                                Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

2.                                       Transfers .

 

2.1                                Prohibited Transfers .  Subject to Section 2.2, no Holder shall Transfer any Shares owned by such Holder without first complying with all applicable federal and state securities laws and the other terms of this Agreement.  Any Transfer or attempted Transfer in violation of this Agreement shall not be recognized by the Company in any way and shall be void and of no force or effect whatsoever.

 

2.2                                Permitted Transfers .

 

(a)                                              Except as set forth in Section 3.5 (i) the rights of first refusal and co-sale set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement shall not apply to any Permitted Transfer of Shares by a Holder, and (ii) the rights of co-sale set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement shall not apply to any Transfer of Investor Shares by an Investor.

 

(b)                                              Permitted Transfer ” means: (i) any Transfer of Shares by any Holder (whether a Common Holder or an Investor) to (A) the spouse, children, spouse’s children, parents or siblings of such Holder (collectively, “ Family Members ”), (B) the estate of such Holder, (C) any trust solely for the benefit of such Holder and/or any Family Member(s) and of which such Holder and/or any such Family Member(s) is the trustee or are the trustees, or for which another party serves as a trustee and such party agrees to be bound by this Agreement (“ Family Trust ”), (D) any partnership, corporation or limited liability company which is wholly owned and controlled by such Holder and/or any such Family Member(s) (“ Family Wealth Planning Entity ”) or (E) any Transfer that is otherwise approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, including the Series A Preferred Directors and the Series B Preferred Director (all collectively, the “ Preferred Directors ”); provided that any change in the beneficiaries of a Family Trust or the equityholders of a Family Wealth Planning Entity that results in such Family Trust not being solely for the benefit of a Holder and/or the Family Members of such Holder or the Family Wealth Planning Entity not being wholly owned and controlled by such Holder and/or the Family Members of such Holder shall be a Transfer of Shares not permitted by this Section 2.2(b); (ii) any Transfer of Shares by any Investor to (1) any subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired member, or other Affiliate of such Investor, or (2) any other funds managed by the same investment manager of an Investor or any other affiliate of an Investor (collectively with such parties described in the immediately preceding Subsection 2.2(b)(ii)(1), the “ Investor Affiliates ”); and (iii) any Transfer of Shares to any other third party by any Series B Investor.

 

2.3                                Public Offering .  The provisions of Section 3 shall not apply to the sale of Shares by a Holder in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

2



 

3.                                       Transfers by a Holder .

 

3.1                                Notice of Transfer .  Subject to Section 2.2, if a Holder proposes to Transfer any Shares (the “ Transferring Holder ”), then the Transferring Holder shall promptly give written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) of such proposed Transfer simultaneously to the Company and to each Investor.  The Transfer Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed Transfer including, without limitation, the number and class of Shares to be transferred (the “ Transfer Shares ”), the nature of such Transfer, the cash consideration to be paid per share (or, in the event that the consideration is other than cash, the value of the consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, including the Preferred Directors) (the “ Purchase Price Per Share ”), and the name and address of each prospective purchaser or transferee (each, a “ Proposed Transferee ”).  The Transferring Holder shall enclose with the Transfer Notice a copy of a written offer, letter of intent or other written document signed by the Proposed Transferee(s) setting forth the proposed terms and conditions of the Transfer.

 

3.2                                Company Right of First Refusal .  For a period of 20 days following the date (the “ Transfer Notice Date ”) on which the Transfer Notice is given by the Transferring Holder (the “ Company Acceptance Period ”), the Company shall have the right to purchase all or any portion of the Transfer Shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Transfer Notice.  If the Company wishes to exercise its right to purchase all or any portion of the Transfer Shares, it shall give written notice (the “ Company Notice ”) to the Transferring Holder no later than the expiration of the Company Acceptance Period.  The Company Notice shall state that the Company wishes to purchase all of the Transfer Shares or, if the Company wishes to purchase less than all of the Transfer Shares, the number of Transfer Shares the Company wishes to purchase.  If the Company wishes to purchase all of the Transfer Shares, the Company shall specify in the Company Notice a date of closing, which date shall not be earlier than 10 days and not later than 20 days following the date on which the Company Notice is given.  At the closing, the Company shall pay the total purchase price of the Transfer Shares (which shall be equal to the product of (a) the number of Transfer Shares and (b) the Purchase Price Per Share), and at the option of the Company, paid by (i) wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Transferring Holder, (ii) cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Transferring Holder to the Company, or (iii) any combination of the foregoing, against delivery of a certificate or certificates representing the Transfer Shares, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock powers.  The Company may request waivers of any liens, evidence of good title to the Transfer Shares and such other documents and agreements as it may reasonably deem necessary in connection with the Transfer.  If the Company desires to purchase less than all of the Transfer Shares, the remaining Transfer Shares shall be subject to the Investors’ rights set forth under Section 3.3 and Section 3.4 below.  The Transferring Holder shall not be entitled to vote, either as a stockholder or director, in connection with the decision of the Company whether to exercise its option to purchase the Transfer Shares, provided, that if the vote of the Transferring Holder is required for valid corporate action, the Transferring Holder shall vote in accordance with the decision of the majority of the other directors or the stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of the Shares, as the case may be.

 

3.3                                Investor Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)                                              If (i) the Company does not give the Company Notice within the Company Acceptance Period or (ii) the Company gives the Company Notice within the Company Acceptance Period but the Company Notice provides that the Company wishes to purchase less than all of the Transfer Shares, the Transferring Holder shall, promptly following expiration of the Company Acceptance Period, give written notice (the “ Second Notice ”) to each Investor.  The Second Notice shall set forth the number of Transfer Shares that the Company has not elected to purchase (the “ Remainder Shares ”) and shall include the terms required in a Transfer Notice as set forth in Section 3.1.  For a period

 

3



 

of 20 days following receipt of the Second Notice (the “ Investor Acceptance Period ”), each Investor shall have the right to purchase Remainder Shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Second Notice as more fully described herein.  If an Investor wishes to exercise its right to purchase all or any portion of the Remainder Shares, it shall give written notice (the “ Investor Notice ”) to the Transferring Holder, with a copy to the Company, no later than the expiration of the Investor Acceptance Period, stating the maximum number of Remainder Shares it is willing to purchase.

 

(b)                                              The Remainder Shares shall be allocated among each Investor delivering an Investor Notice in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the number of Remainder Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares on an as-converted to Common Stock basis owned on the Transfer Notice Date by each Investor delivering an Investor Notice and the denominator of which is the total number of Shares on an as-converted to Common Stock basis owned on the Transfer Date by all of the Investors delivering an Investor Notice, with such allocation being repeated in respect of any remaining Remainder Shares until either all Investors have been allocated the maximum number of Shares which they have stated they are willing to purchase pursuant to their respective Investor Notices, or until all Remainder Shares have been so allocated among them.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investors shall be entitled to allocate such Remainder Shares in any other manner as may be agreeable to them; provided that no Investor shall be allocated fewer Remainder Shares than such Investor would be entitled to purchase by operation of the preceding sentence unless such Investor has consented thereto in writing.

 

(c)                                               If the Investors elect to purchase any or all of the Remainder Shares, the Holder shall, promptly following the expiration of the Investor Acceptance Period, give written notice (the “ Closing Notice ”) to the Company and each Investor who has elected to purchase Remainder Shares (such Investors, together with the Company (to the extent that the Company exercised its right pursuant to Section 2.2 to purchase a portion of the Transfer Shares), the “ Purchasers ”).  The Closing Notice shall set forth (i) a date of closing, which date shall not be earlier than 10 days and not later than 20 days following the date on which the Closing Notice is given, (ii) the number of Transfer Shares to be purchased by each Purchaser, and (iii) the total purchase price payable by each Purchaser (which, with respect to each Purchaser, shall be equal to product of the number of Transfer Shares that such Purchaser has elected to purchase and the Purchase Price Per Share).  At the closing, each Purchaser shall purchase the Transfer Shares that such Purchaser has elected to purchase by, at the option of such Purchaser, (i) wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Transferring Holder, (ii) cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Transferring Holder to such Purchaser, or (iii) any combination of the foregoing, against delivery of a certificate or certificates representing the Transfer Shares, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock powers; provided, however, no Purchaser shall have any liability to purchase or pay for more than the number of Transfer Shares it has elected to purchase pursuant to Section 3.3.  The Purchasers may request waivers of any liens, evidence of good title to the Shares, and such other documents and agreements as they may reasonably deem necessary in connection with the Transfer.

 

(d)                                              Any Investor may transfer its rights set forth in this Section 3.3 to one or more Investor Affiliates, irrespective of whether an Investor Affiliate is also an Investor at or prior to such time, provided that such Investor Affiliate, and its exercise of such rights under this Section 3.3, otherwise comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Right of Co-Sale .

 

(a)                                              If the Company and/or the Investors do not purchase all of the Transfer Shares pursuant to the rights contained in Section 3.2 and Section 3.3, and the Transferring Holder is a Common Holder, the additional restrictions contained in this Section 3.4 shall apply with respect to the Transfer

 

4



 

Shares.  Promptly following the expiration of the Investor Acceptance Period, the Transferring Holder shall deliver to each Investor who did not purchase any Transfer Shares pursuant to Section 3.3, with a copy to the Company, a written notice (the “ Co-Sale Notice ”) that each such Investor shall have the right (the “ Co-Sale Right ”), in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3.4, to participate with the Transferring Holder in the Transfer of the Transfer Shares not purchased by the Company and/or the Investors pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 (the “ Available Shares ”) on the terms and conditions, other than the Purchase Price Per Share, set forth in the Transfer Notice described in Section 3.1, and at a purchase price per share calculated pursuant to Section 3.4(e).  The Co-Sale Notice shall set forth the date of closing of the proposed sale of the Available Shares by the Transferring Holder to the Proposed Transferee, which date shall not be earlier than 10 days and not later than 20 days following the date on which the Co-Sale Notice is given.  To the extent one or more of the Investors exercise their Co-Sale Right, the number of Available Shares that the Transferring Holder may sell to the Proposed Transferee shall be correspondingly reduced.

 

(b)                                              If an Investor wishes to exercise its Co-Sale Right, such Investor shall give written notice (the “ Inclusion Notice ”) to the Transferring Holder, with a copy to the Company, within five days after the Co-Sale Notice is given (the “ Co-Sale Election Period ”).  The Inclusion Notice shall indicate the number of Shares such Investor wishes to sell under its Co-Sale Right.  The maximum number of Shares that each Investor may sell under its Co-Sale Right shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Available Shares by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares owned by such Investor on an as-converted to Common Stock basis on the Transfer Notice Date and the denominator of which is the total number of Shares owned by the Transferring Holder and all Investors then exercising their Co-Sale Rights on an as-converted to Common Stock basis on the Transfer Notice Date (such shares with respect to each Investor, the “ Co-Sale Right Shares ”).  Any Investor who delivers an Inclusion Notice to the Transferring Holder, with a copy to the Company, within the Co-Sale Election Period is referred to hereinafter as a “ Co-Sale Participant .”

 

(c)                                               At the closing of the sale to the Proposed Transferee of (i) the Available Shares, less any Co-Sale Right Shares to be included in such sale, by the Transferring Holder (the “ Transferring Holder Co-Sale Shares ”) and (ii) the Co-Sale Rights Shares to be sold pursuant to the terms hereof, each Co-Sale Participant shall deliver to the Proposed Transferee one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock powers, which represent:

 

(i)                                      the type and number of Co-Sale Right Shares which such Co-Sale Participant elects to sell; or

 

(ii)                                   that number of Co-Sale Right Shares that are at such time convertible into the number and class of shares of Common Stock that such Co-Sale Participant elects to sell; provided, however, that if the Proposed Transferee objects to the delivery of such Shares in lieu of shares of Common Stock, such Co-Sale Participant shall convert such Shares into Voting Common Stock and deliver shares of Voting Common Stock as provided in this Section 3.4(c).  The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual Transfer of such Co-Sale Right Shares to the Proposed Transferee and contingent on such Transfer, and in the event the Company notifies the Co-Sale Participant in writing that the Company requests the Co-Sale Participant to execute and deliver a formal written request for such conversion, in such reasonable form as provided by the Company, the Co-Sale Participant shall timely execute and deliver the same to the Company.

 

(d)                                              With respect to any Transfer by a Transferring Holder of Non-Voting Common Stock as to which a Co-Sale Participant elects to sell Shares pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.4, the Proposed Transferee shall be required to accept shares of Voting Common Stock in lieu of Non-Voting Common Stock to the extent that Non-Voting Common Stock is not owned by the Co-Sale Participant.

 

5



 

(e)                                               Upon receipt of the certificate or certificates representing such Co-Sale Right Shares as provided above and concurrently with the purchase of Available Shares from the Transferring Holder, the Proposed Transferee shall remit to the Transferring Holder and each Co-Sale Participant, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the aggregate purchase price of such seller’s Transferring Holder Co-Sale Shares or Co-Sale Right Shares, as applicable, to be sold to the Proposed Transferee, which purchase price shall in each case be equal to, subject to Section 3.9, the product of (i) such number of Transferring Holder Co-Sale Shares or Co-Sale Right Shares, in each case on an as converted to Common Stock basis, and (ii) the Purchase Price Per Share.  To the extent that any Proposed Transferee refuses to purchase Co-Sale Right Shares from a Co-Sale Participant, the Transferring Holder shall not sell to such Proposed Transferee any Available Shares unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, such Transferring Holder purchases the Co-Sale Right Shares from the Co-Sale Participant on the same terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice.

 

(f)                                                In the event that no Investor exercises its Co-Sale Right, then the Transferring Holder may Transfer all of the Available Shares to the Proposed Transferee on the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice; provided, that such Transfer shall be completed not later than 90 days after the date that the Transfer Notice is given.  Any proposed Transfer on terms and conditions more favorable to the Proposed Transferee than those described in the Transfer Notice or after such 90-day period referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall again be subject to the rights of first refusal and co-sale described in this Section 3 and shall require compliance by a Transferring Holder with the applicable procedures described in Section 3.1 through Section 3.4.

 

(g)                                               Put Right .  If a Transferring Holder Transfers any Shares in contravention of the Co-Sale Right under this Agreement (a “ Prohibited Transfer ”), or if the Proposed Transferee of Available Shares desires to purchase a class, series or type of stock offered by Transferring Holder but not held by a Co-Sale Participant, or the Proposed Transferee is unwilling to purchase any securities from the Co-Sale Participant, such Co-Sale Participant may, by delivery of written notice to such Transferring Holder (a “ Put Notice ”) within ten (10) days after the later of (i) the closing of the sale to the Proposed Transferee and (ii) the date on which such Co-Sale Participant becomes aware of the Prohibited Transfer or the terms thereof, require such Proposed Transferee to purchase from such Co-Sale Participant that number of Shares (subject to Section 3.4(g)(ii)) that is equal to the number of Co-Sale Right Shares such Co-Sale Participant would have been entitled to Transfer to the Proposed Transferee (the “ Put Shares ”). Such sale shall be made on the following terms and conditions:

 

(i)                                      The price per share at which the Put Shares are to be sold to the Transferring Holder shall be equal to the price per share that the Co-Sale Participant would have received if such Co-Sale Participant had sold such Put Shares at the closing of the sale to the Proposed Transferee. Such purchase price of the Put Shares shall be paid in cash or such other consideration as the Proposed Transferee received in the Prohibited Transfer. Seller shall also reimburse the Co-Sale Participant for any and all fees and expenses, including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses, incurred pursuant to the exercise or attempted exercise of such Co-Sale Participant’s Co-Sale Right pursuant to Sections 3.4(a) through (f), inclusive, or in the exercise of its rights under this Section 3.4(g) with respect to the Put Shares.

 

(ii)                                   The Put Shares to be sold to the Proposed Transferee shall be of the same class or type as Transferred in the Prohibited Transfer if such Co-Sale Participant then owns securities of such class or type. If such Co-Sale Participant does not own any of such class or type, the Put Shares shall be shares of Common Stock (or Preferred Stock convertible into Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof).

 

6



 

(iii)                                The closing of such sale to the Transferring Holder will occur within ten (10) days after the date of such Co-Sale Participant’s Put Notice to such Transferring Holder. At such closing, the Co-Sale Participant shall deliver to the Transferring Holder the certificate or certificates representing the Put Shares to be sold, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer, and immediately upon receipt thereof, such Transferring Holder shall pay the aggregate purchase price therefor, and the amount of reimbursable fees and expenses, as specified in Section 3.4(g)(i).

 

3.5                                Right of Co-Sale as to Series B Preferred Stock .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a proposed Transfer of shares of Series B Preferred Stock other than a Permitted Transfer described under Sections 2.2(b)(i) and 2.2(b)(ii) (a “ Series B Transfer ”), the other holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock issued upon the conversion thereof, shall have a Co-Sale Right in such instance and the ability to participate in such Series B Transfer on the terms and conditions contained in Section 3.4 as if such terms and conditions were incorporated into this Section 3.5 and made applicable to a Series B Transfer for holders of shares of Series B Preferred stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, except that each such participating holder’s number of Co-Sale Right Shares thereunder shall be equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock proposed to be sold in the Series B Transfer by the initiating transferee, and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and Common Stock issued upon the conversion thereof, owned by such participating holder at such time, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and Common Stock issued upon the conversion thereof, owned by the initiating transferee and all other participating holders exercising their Co-Sale Right.

 

3.6                                Joinder .  No Transfer of Shares (including Permitted Transfers) shall be effective unless, contemporaneously with such Transfer, the proposed transferee executes and delivers a counterpart to this Agreement to the Company, thereby agreeing to be bound all the terms and conditions of this Agreement as (i) an Investor hereunder, in the event the proposed transferee is transferred Shares from an Investor in such Transfer and is not otherwise a party to this Agreement as a Common Holder at such time, or (ii) a Common Holder hereunder, in the event the proposed transferee is transferred Shares from an Common Holder or Investor in such Transfer and is not otherwise a party to this Agreement as an Investor at such time.  Upon satisfaction of the immediately foregoing condition, the proposed transferee shall be deemed an “Investor” or “Common Holder”, as applicable, hereunder.

 

3.7                                No Adverse Effect .  The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Investors hereunder to participate in one or more Transfers of Shares made by a Common Holder shall not adversely affect the Investors’ rights to participate in any subsequent Transfers.

 

3.8                                Exclusion from Right of First Refusal .  The Company’s and Investor’s rights of first refusal pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 hereof shall not apply with respect to any Shares sold, and to be sold, by an Investor pursuant to the Investor’s Co-Sale Right under Section 3.4.

 

3.9                                Allocation of Consideration .  Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Section 3, in the event that a Transfer constitutes a Change of Control Transaction (as defined in Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate ”)), the terms of the purchase and sale agreement for such Transfer (the “ Purchase and Sale Agreement ”) shall provide that the aggregate consideration from such Transfer shall be allocated to the Transferring Holder(s) and the Co-Sale Participants in accordance with Section 2 of Article IV(B) of the Certificate, including without limitation with respect to any consideration placed in an escrow or otherwise subject to contingencies, as if (A) such Transfer were a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Certificate) and (B) the Shares sold in accordance with the Purchase and Sale Agreement were the only capital stock of the Company issued and outstanding.

 

7



 

4.                                       Board of Directors.

 

4.1                                Agreement to Vote.   Each Holder shall vote or cause to be voted all Shares and other voting securities of the Company, now or hereinafter owned by such Holder, beneficially or otherwise, or as to which such Holder has voting control, and take all other actions necessary and within such Holder’s control (including, without limitation, attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of a written consent), and the Company shall take all actions within its control (including, without limitation, calling special board meetings and stockholder meetings), in each case in accordance with this Section 4 and to ensure the terms of this Section 4 are complied with.

 

4.2                                Number of Directors .  For as long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, each Holder agrees to vote all Shares beneficially owned by such Holder at any regular or special meeting of stockholders (or consent pursuant to a written consent in lieu of such meeting) to ensure that the total number of authorized directors of the Company shall be set and remain at seven directors.

 

4.3                                Election of Directors .  In any and all elections of directors of the Company, each Holder shall vote or cause to be voted all Shares owned by such Holder or over which such Holder has voting control, and take all other actions necessary and within such Holder’s reasonable control (including, without limitation, attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of a written consent), and the Company shall take all actions within its reasonable control (including, without limitation, calling special board meetings and stockholder meetings or soliciting written consents from such parties) so that the following provisions regarding the election of directors shall be effected, beginning as of the date hereof:

 

(a)                                              At each election of directors in which the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, are entitled to elect a director (the “ Series B Preferred Director ”), as long as Radius Venture Partners III, L.P. (“ Radius ”) owns any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, each Holder shall vote or otherwise act to elect one individual nominated by Radius (the “ Radius Nominee ”); the initial Radius Nominee shall be Daniel C. Lubin .

 

(b)                                              At each election of directors in which the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, are entitled to elect directors (the “ Series A Preferred Directors ”), as long as Emerald Stage2 Ventures, L.P. (“ Emerald ”) owns any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock, each Holder shall vote or otherwise act to elect one individual nominated by Emerald (the “ Emerald Nominee ”) and, as long as Originate Growth Fund #1 Q, L.P. and/or Originate Growth Fund #1 A, L.P. (together, “ Originate ”) own(s) any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock, each Holder shall vote or otherwise act to elect one individual nominated by Originate (the “ Originate Nominee ”); the initial Emerald Nominee shall be Bruce Luehrs and the initial Originate Nominee shall be Glen Bressner;

 

(c)                                               At each election of directors in which the holders of Voting Common Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect directors, each Holder shall vote or otherwise act to elect two individuals nominated by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Common Stock, voting as a separate class (excluding any Voting Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock) (the “ Common Directors ”); the initial Common Directors shall be Calvin H. Knowlton and Orsula Knowlton; and

 

(d)                                              At each election of directors in which the holders of Voting Common Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect directors, each Holder shall vote or otherwise act to elect two individuals nominated by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting

 

8



 

Common Stock, voting as a separate class (excluding any Voting Common Stock issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock) who are not otherwise an Affiliate (defined below) of the Company or of any Holder and who is reasonably acceptable to the Preferred Directors currently in office (the “ Independent Directors ”); the initial Independent Directors shall be Gordon Tunstall and Al Zezulinski.

 

(e)                                               For purposes of this Agreement, an individual, firm, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, trust or any other entity (collectively, a “Person”) shall be deemed an “Affiliate” of another Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

 

4.4                                Removal of Directors; Vacancies .

 

(a)                                              Removal .

 

(i)                          Any Series B Preferred Director shall be removed from the Board of Directors (with or without cause) only upon the request of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class; provided that, the removal of the Radius Nominee shall be effected only at the request of Radius for as long as Radius has the right to nominate the Radius Nominee.

 

(ii)                       Any Series A Preferred Director shall be removed from the Board of Directors (with or without cause) only upon at the request of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock on an as converted to Common Stock basis; provided that, the removal of the Emerald Nominee shall be effected only at the request of Emerald for as long as Emerald has the right to nominate the Emerald Nominee and the removal of the Originate Nominee shall be effected only at the written request of Originate for as long as Originate has the right to nominate the Originate Nominee.

 

(iii)                    Any Common Director or Independent Director shall be removed from the Board of Directors (with or without cause) only upon the request of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Voting Common Stock, voting as a separate class (including any Voting Common Stock outstanding having been issued upon a conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, but excluding any Voting Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of shares of Preferred Stock but not then outstanding).

 

(b)                                              Vacancies .  In the event that any Preferred Director for any reason ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors during such individual’s term of office, including without limitation, by reason of such director’s resignation, death, removal or disqualification, the resulting vacancy on the Board of Directors shall be filled by a representative nominated by the Investor(s) who have the right to nominate the Preferred Director pursuant to this Section 4.  In the event that any Common Director for any reason ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors during such individual’s term of office, including without limitation, by reason of such director’s resignation, death, removal or disqualification, the resulting vacancy on the Board of Directors shall be filled by an individual nominated by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Voting Common Stock, voting as a separate class (including any Voting Common Stock outstanding having been issued upon a conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, but excluding any Voting Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of shares of Preferred Stock but not then outstanding) pursuant to this Section 4.  In the event that any Independent Director for any reason ceases to serve as a member of the Board of Directors during such individual’s term of office, including without limitation, by reason of such director’s

 

9


 

resignation, death, removal or disqualification, the resulting vacancy on the Board of Directors shall be filled by an individual nominated by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Voting Common Stock, voting as a separate class (including any Voting Common Stock outstanding having been issued upon a conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, but excluding any Voting Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of shares of Preferred Stock but not then outstanding), and pursuant to this Section 4.

 

4.5                                Proxy; Attorney-in-Fact .  As security for the performance of each Holder’s obligations pursuant to Section 4, each Holder hereby grants to the Board of Directors of the Company, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, an irrevocable proxy to vote all Shares, at all meetings of the shareholders of the Company held or taken after the date of this Agreement with respect to an Approved Sale, or to execute any written consent in lieu thereof, and hereby irrevocably appoints the Board of Directors, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as the Holder’s attorney-in-fact with authority to sign any documents with respect to any such vote or any actions by written consent of the shareholders taken after the date of this Agreement.  Such foregoing proxy shall be exercisable on behalf of a Holder if and only if such Holder fails to vote such Holder’s Shares or other Company voting securities in accordance with the terms hereof within 5 days of the Company’s or any other party’s written request for such Holder’s vote, consent or signature.  Such proxy shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. This proxy shall terminate upon the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8 unless earlier removed pursuant to Section 10.2.

 

4.6                                Board Observer .  For so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Series B Preferred Stock shall also be entitled to appoint one non-voting observer of the Board of Directors at each meeting (the “ Series B Observer ”).  The Series B Observer shall be sent notice of the time and place of each meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any audit, compensation or executive committee thereof in the same manner and at the same time as notice is sent to members of the relevant board and any such committees thereof and shall be sent copies of all notices, reports, minutes, consents and other documents (including all monthly, quarterly and annual financial statements) at the time and in the manner as they are provided to the other members of the relevant board and/or any audit, compensation or executive committees thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Series B Observer may be excluded from any meeting (or portion thereof) of the Board of Directors or any audit, compensation or executive committees thereof and materials provided to the participants in such meetings may be withheld from the Series B Observer or redacted before being provided to the Series B Observer if:  (a) the reason for such exclusion, withholding or redaction is primarily (i) to preserve an attorney-client privilege available to the Company that would be lost absent such exclusion, withholding or redaction, (ii) to prevent the disclosure of a trade secret or (iii) that the Series B Observer represents a competitor of the Company, in each case as is determined in good faith  by such board or committee thereof.  The Series B Observer agrees to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary duty with respect to all information provided to it pursuant to its rights under this Agreement or in its capacity as a Series B Observer.

 

5.                                       Sale of the Company .

 

5.1                                Approved Sale .  In the event of an Approved Sale (as defined below), each Holder agrees (a) to vote all Shares at any regular or special meeting of stockholders (or consent pursuant to a written consent in lieu of such meeting) in favor of such Approved Sale, and to raise no objections against the Approved Sale or the process pursuant to which the Approved Sale was arranged, (b) to waive any and all dissenters’, appraisal or similar rights with respect to such Approved Sale, and (c) if the Approved Sale is structured as a sale of equity securities by the stockholders of the Company, to sell the Shares then owned by such Holder on the terms and conditions of such Approved Sale.  “ Approved Sale ” means a transaction or series of transactions that constitutes a Change of Control Transaction (as defined in the Certificate) (a “ Sale Transaction ”), and which, in each case, has been approved by (x) the Board of Directors of the

 

10



 

Company, including the Preferred Directors, and (y) the holders of at least 67% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class (the “ Requisite Series A Investors ”), on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, and the holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class (the “ Requisite Series B Investors ,” and together with the Requisite Series A Investors, collectively, the “ Requisite Investors ”) and (z) the holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding Voting Common Stock (including any Voting Common Stock outstanding having been issued upon a conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, but excluding any Voting Common Stock issuable upon a conversion of shares of Preferred Stock but not then outstanding)((y) and (z) together, the “ Approving Stockholders ”).  Each Holder shall take all necessary and desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Sale Transaction, including, without limitation, entering into an agreement reflecting the terms of the Approved Sale, surrendering stock certificates, giving customary and reasonable representations and warranties, and executing and delivering customary certificates or other documents.

 

5.2                                Proxy; Attorney-in-Fact .  As security for the performance of each Holder’s obligations pursuant to Section 5.1, each Holder hereby grants to the Board of Directors of the Company, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, an irrevocable proxy to vote all Shares, at all meetings of the shareholders of the Company held or taken after the date of this Agreement with respect to an Approved Sale, or to execute any written consent in lieu thereof, and hereby irrevocably appoints the Board of Directors, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as the Holder’s attorney-in-fact with authority to sign any documents with respect to any such vote or any actions by written consent of the shareholders taken after the date of this Agreement.  Such foregoing proxy shall be exercisable on behalf of a Holder if and only if such Holder fails to vote such Holder’s Shares or other Company voting securities in accordance with the terms hereof within 5 days of the Company’s or any other party’s written request for such Holder’s vote, consent or signature.  Such proxy shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. This proxy shall terminate upon the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8 unless earlier removed pursuant to Section 10.2.

 

5.3                                Procedure .  In the event of an Approved Sale, the Company shall give written notice to each Holder (the “ Approved Sale Notice ”).  The Approved Sale Notice shall set forth (a) the name and address of the proposed acquirer in the Approved Sale (the “ Proposed Acquirer ”), (b) the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale, including the price and consideration to be paid by the Proposed Acquirer and the terms and conditions of payment, and (c) any other material facts relating to the Approved Sale, and (iv) the date and location of the closing of the Approved Sale.  Subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in Section 5.4, each Holder will take all actions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors, including the Preferred Directors, and the Approving Stockholders in connection with the Approved Sale.

 

5.4                                Conditions and Limitations . The obligations of each Holder under this Section 5 are subject to the following conditions and limitations:

 

(a)                                              any representations and warranties to be made by such Holder in connection with the Approved Sale are limited to representations and warranties related to authority, ownership and the ability to convey title to such Shares, free of liens, claims and encumbrances;

 

(b)                                              the Holder shall not be liable for the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by any other Person in connection with the Approved Sale, other than the Company (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any stockholder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all stockholders);

 

11



 

(c)                                               the liability for indemnification, if any, of such Holder in the Approved Sale and for the inaccuracy of any representations and warranties made by the Company or its Holders in connection with such Approved Sale, is several and not joint with any other Person (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any stockholder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all stockholders), and subject to the provisions of the Certificate related to the allocation of the escrow, is pro rata in proportion to, and does not exceed, the amount of consideration actually paid to such Holder in connection with such Approved Sale;

 

(d)                                              liability shall be limited to such Holder’s applicable share (determined  based on the respective proceeds payable to each Holder in connection with such Approved Sale in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate) of a negotiated aggregate indemnification amount that applies equally to all Holders but that in no event exceeds the amount of consideration otherwise payable to such Holder in connection with such Approved Sale, except with respect to claims related to fraud by such Holder, the liability for which need not be limited as to such Holder; and

 

(e)                                               upon the consummation of the Approved Sale, (i) each holder of each class or series of the Company’s capital stock will either receive the same form of consideration for their shares of such class or series as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same class or series of stock or, if any holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Company are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received as a result of the Approved Sale, all holders of such class or series of capital stock will be given the same option; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 5.4(e)(i) shall entitle any Holder to receive any form of consideration that such Holder would be ineligible to receive as a result of such Holder’s failure to satisfy any condition, requirement or limitation that is generally applicable to the Company’s stockholders,  (ii) each holder of a series of Preferred Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of such series of Preferred Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same series, (iii) each holder of Common Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of Common Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of Common Stock, and (iv) unless, with respect to (I) the Series A Preferred Stock, the Requisite Series A Investors, (II) the Series B Preferred Stock, the Requisite Series B Investors, or (III) the Common Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of Voting Common Stock, voting together as a separate class, in each case in respect of such series or class, elect to receive a lesser amount by written notice given to the Company at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such Approved Sale, the aggregate consideration receivable per outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Common Stock, as applicable, shall be allocated among all holders of such respective shares on the basis of the relative liquidation preferences to which the holders of each respective series of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock are entitled in a Liquidation Event in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect immediately prior to the Approved Sale; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the consideration to be paid in exchange for shares of capital stock pursuant to this Section 5.4(e) includes any securities and due receipt thereof by any Holder would require under applicable law (x) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities or (y) the provision to any Holder of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Holder in lieu thereof, against surrender of such shares of capital stock, which would have otherwise been sold by such Holder, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company and the Board of Directors, including the Preferred Directors) of the securities which Holder would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for such shares of capital stock.

 

12



 

For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5.4 shall not limit in any manner the ability of the Company to enter into an agreement with respect to, or consummate, a Sale Transaction on terms that do not satisfy the conditions set forth in this Section 5.4; provided , however , in the event of any such Sale Transaction, the Holders shall have no obligation pursuant to this Section 5 to take any action with respect to such Sale Transaction.

 

5.5                                Purchaser Representative .  In connection with an Approved Sale, the Holders who are not accredited investors (as that term is defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act) will, at the request of the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 of the Securities Act) reasonably acceptable to the Company.  If any such Holder appoints a purchaser representative designated by the Company, the Company will pay the reasonable fees of such purchaser representative, but if any such Holder declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Company such Holder will appoint another purchaser representative (reasonably acceptable to the Company), and such Holder will be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

 

6.                                       Sale of Series B Preferred Stock .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event the holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, approve in writing the terms of a sale of all of their shares of Series B Preferred Stock to a third party that is not an Investor Affiliate or otherwise affiliated with any other holder of Series B Preferred Stock at the time of such approval (a “ Series B Approved Sale ”), then each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock agrees (a) to vote all Shares at any regular or special meeting of stockholders (or consent pursuant to a written consent in lieu of such meeting), as applicable, in favor of such Series B Approved Sale, and to raise no objections against the Series B Approved Sale or the process pursuant to which the Series B Approved Sale was arranged, (b) to waive any and all applicable dissenters’, appraisal or similar rights with respect to such Series B Approved Sale, (c) to sell the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then owned by such Holder on the terms and conditions of such Series B Approved Sale, and (d) to take all necessary and desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Series B Approved Sale, including, without limitation, entering into an agreement reflecting the terms of the Series B Approved Sale, surrendering stock certificates, giving customary and reasonable representations and warranties, and executing and delivering customary certificates or other documents.  In addition, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock hereby agrees that the terms and conditions of Sections 5.2 through 5.5, inclusive, shall apply to a Series B Approved Sale as if such terms and conditions were incorporated into this Section 6 and made applicable to a Series B Approved Sale.

 

7.                                       Legend .  Each certificate representing Shares now owned or hereafter acquired by a Holder or issued to any person in connection with a transfer pursuant to Section 2 or Section 3 hereof shall be endorsed with the following legend:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY THAT PLACES CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER AND VOTING OF THE SHARES.  ANY PERSON TO WHOM SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, ARE TRANSFERRED SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY SUCH AGREEMENT. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders agree that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to impose transfer restrictions on the Shares represented by certificates bearing the legend referred to above to enforce the provisions of

 

13



 

this Agreement, and the Company agrees to promptly do so.  The legend shall be removed upon termination of this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Termination .  Except as provided below, this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Certificate), or (ii) occurrence of the sale of shares of Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act in which all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are converted to Common Stock (a “ Qualified IPO ”); provided however, that in the event of a Qualified IPO, Sections 1, 8 and 9 shall survive.

 

9.                                       “Market Standoff” Agreement .

 

9.1                                Obligation .  Each Common Holder hereby agrees that such Common Holder shall not sell or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, transfer, make any short sale, or grant any option for the purchase, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Common Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the Company or representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act with respect to an initial public offering; provided, however, that, if required by such underwriter, such 180-day period shall be extended to such longer period of time as is necessary to enable such underwriter to issue a research report or make a public appearance that relates to an earnings release or announcement by the Company within 15 days prior to or after the date that is 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering, but in any event not to exceed 210 days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering.  The foregoing agreement shall only be applicable if all officers, directors and 1% stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements.  In addition, if the Company or the underwriters shall release any Common Stock or any other securities (the “ Released Securities ”) from the requirements of this Section 9.1 before the end of the period set by the Company or the underwriters, then the Common Stock of each Common Holder shall be released from the provisions of this Section 9.1 in the same proportion as the Released Securities bear to the total number of securities held by such Common Holder which were subject to this Section 9.1.  Each Common Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) to enforce the foregoing restrictions.

 

9.2                                Transferees to be Bound .  Each Common Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock shall be bound by this Section 9.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous .

 

10.1                         Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law and choice of law that would cause the laws of any other jurisdiction to apply.

 

10.2                         Amendment and Waiver . Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by the written consent of (a) the Company, (b) the Requisite Investors and (c) the Common Holders holding not less than a majority of the Common Stock then held by the Common Holders, and (d) with respect to Sections 4.3(a) and 4.4(a)(i), Radius, so long as Radius owns any Series B Preferred Stock.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance this Section 10.2 shall be binding upon the Company, each Common Holder and each Investor, and their respective successors and assigns.

 

14



 

10.3                         Entire Agreement . With respect to each Common Holder, the restrictions on the transfer of Shares set forth in this Agreement are in addition to, and do not limit, the restrictions on transfer and the vesting provisions set forth in any other agreement between the Company and such Common Holder.  Furthermore, with respect to each Common Holder, any representations, warranties and covenants by each Common Holder provided under his, her or its agreement(s) with the Company pursuant to which he, she or it acquired any Shares or other securities of the Company shall be in addition to any representations, warranties and covenants made in this Agreement.  In the event there is an actual conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any other agreements referenced in this Section 10.3, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply.  Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relative to the specific subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement among the parties relative to the specific subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement.

 

10.4                         Notices .  All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (c) the next business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt, or (d) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.  All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on the signature page hereof, to each Common Holder at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address number set forth on the signature page hereto for such Common Holder and to each Investor at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address set forth on Schedule A hereto, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as the Company or each Common Holder or Investor may designate by 10 days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Holder consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s Certificate or bylaws by (i) confirmed facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth in the exhibits to this Agreement (or to any other facsimile number for the Holder in the Company’s records), (ii) confirmed electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth in the exhibits to this Agreement (or to any other electronic mail address for the Holder in the Company’s records),or (iii) any other form of confirmed electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Holder. This consent may be revoked by a Holder by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

 

10.5                         Severability .  In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

10.6                         Additional Investors; Additional Common Holders .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Preferred Stock, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor” hereunder.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Common Stock to any party, the Company shall cause such employee to become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this

 

15



 

Agreement as a “Common Holder” and such party shall be deemed a “Common Holder” hereunder.  The addition of any party to this Agreement (pursuant to this Section 10.6 or pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or Section 3.6) shall not be deemed an amendment to this Agreement and shall not require the consent of any party hereto.

 

10.7                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes.

 

10.8                         Successors and Assigns .  The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

10.9                         Specific Performance .  The parties hereto hereby declare that it is impossible to measure in money the damages that will accrue to a party hereto, or to their heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, by reason of a failure to perform any of the obligations under this Agreement and agree that the terms of this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable.  If any party hereto, or his heirs, personal representatives, or successors or assigns, institutes any action or proceeding to specifically enforce the provisions hereof, any person against whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives the claim or defense therein that such party or such personal representative has an adequate remedy at law, and such person shall not offer in any such action or proceeding the claim or defense that such remedy at law exists.

 

10.10                  Voting Trust . This Agreement is not a voting trust governed by Section 218 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and should not be interpreted as such.

 

10.11                  Interpretation .  Any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

10.12                  Delays or Omissions .  Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

 

10.13                  Titles and Subtitles .  The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

10.14                  Ownership .  As of the date of each Common Holder’s execution and delivery of this Agreement that occurs as of the date of this Agreement or within 90 days hereafter, such Common Holder acknowledges  to the Company that (i) such Common Holder is the sole legal, beneficial and record owner of that number of shares and other securities of the Company set forth on Schedule B hereto opposite such Common Holder’s name and, subject to any restrictions set forth in the Company’s Certificate or bylaws, no other Person has any other interest (other than community property interest) in

 

16



 

such Shares, (ii) except as set forth on such Schedule B , such Common Holder does not own of record or beneficially, any other shares or securities of the Company or rights to purchase securities of the Company, and (iii) such Common Holder does not have any knowledge that (i) there are outstanding any other shares of capital stock or securities or rights to purchase securities of the Company, except as set forth on Schedule B , or (ii) that the information set forth on Schedule B hereto is incorrect or incomplete.

 

10.15                  Prior Agreement .  The Prior Agreement is hereby terminated and superseded in its entirety by this Agreement.  All provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, and the Company, the Investors and the Common Holders hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement among the Company, the Investors and the Common Holders with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Calvin Knowlton

 

Name:

Calvin Knowlton

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

110 Marter Ave., Suites 304/309/310

 

 

Moorestown, NJ 08057

 

 

Attn: Calvin Knowlton

 

 

Facsimile: 866-629-9245

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Name:

Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III QP, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Name:

Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III (OHIO), LP

 

 

 

 

By:

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III

 

 

(OHIO), LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III,

 

 

LLC, its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Name:

Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

ORIGINATE GROWTH FUND #1 A, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Originate Growth GP, LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Glen R. Bressner

 

 

Name: Glen R. Bressner

 

 

Title: Managing Partner

 

 

 

ORIGINATE GROWTH FUND #1 Q, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Originate Growth GP, LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Glen R. Bressner

 

 

Name: Glen R. Bressner

 

 

Title: Managing Partner

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

EMERALD STAGE2 VENTURES, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Stage 2 Capital Venture Associates, L.P.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce H. Luehrs

 

 

Name:

Bruce H. Luehrs

 

 

Title:

General Partner

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

COMMON HOLDERS:

 

 

 

/s/ Calvin Knowlton

 

Calvin Knowlton

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Orsula V. Knowlton

 

Orsula Knowlton

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

ADDITIONAL COMMON HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

Harry G. Hayman III and Nancy W. Hayman

 

Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship

 

Print Name of Entity or Individual

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harry G. Hayman III

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(If entity, please print name of officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(If entity, please print title of officer)

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Emerald Stage2 Ventures, L.P.

Suite 400, 4800 South 13 th  Street

Philadelphia, PA 19112

Attn: Bruce H. Luehrs

 

Originate Growth Fund #1 Q, L.P.

205 Webster Street

Bethlehem, PA 18015

Attn: Glen R. Bressner

 

Originate Growth Fund #1 A, L.P.

205 Webster Street

Bethlehem, PA 18015

Attn: Glen R. Bressner

 

Radius Venture Partners III, L.P.

400 Madison Avenue

8th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attn: Daniel C. Lubin

 

Radius Venture Partners III QP, L.P.

400 Madison Avenue

8th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attn: Daniel C. Lubin

 

Radius Venture Partners III (Ohio), L.P.

400 Madison Avenue

8th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attn: Daniel C. Lubin

 



 

SCHEDULE B

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

(see attached capitalization table)

 


 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (the “ Amendment ”), dated as of October 21, 2015, is made by and among (i) Tabula Rasa Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and (ii) those persons whose names are set forth under the heading “Investors” on the signature pages hereto.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Prior Agreement (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors entered into that certain Stockholders Agreement as of June 30, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend certain provisions of the Prior Agreement with respect to the number of authorized directors of the Company and the termination of the Prior Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Prior Agreement, any provision therein may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by the written consent of (a) the Company, (b) the Requisite Investors and (c) the Common Holders holding not less than a majority of the Common Stock then held by the Common Holders; and

 

WHEREAS, the Investors executing this Amendment constitute (a) the Requisite Investors, and (b) the Common Holders holding not less than a majority of the Common Stock held by the Common Holders, each as required to effect this Amendment in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Prior Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and with the intent to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Section 4.2 of the Prior Agreement is amended and restated as follows:

 

Number of Directors .  For as long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, each Holder agrees to vote all Shares beneficially owned by such Holder at any regular or special meeting of stockholders (or consent pursuant to a written consent in lieu of such meeting) to ensure that the total number of authorized directors of the Company shall not exceed nine directors.”

 

2.                                       Section 8 of the Prior Agreement is amended and restated as follows:

 

Termination .  Except as provided below, this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (i) a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Certificate), or (ii) occurrence of the sale of shares of Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act in which all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are converted to Common Stock (a “ Qualified IPO ”); provided however, that in the event of a Qualified IPO, Sections 1, 8 and 9 shall survive until such obligations under Section 9 expire, upon which time this Agreement shall terminate in its entirety.”

 

3.                                       This Amendment shall amend and is incorporated into and made part of the Prior Agreement. To the extent any term or provision of this Amendment may be deemed expressly

 



 

inconsistent with any term or provision in the Prior Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall control.  Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Prior Agreement are hereby ratified and continue unchanged and remain in full force and effect.

 

4.                                       This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

5.                                       This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2



 

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first written above.

 

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Calvin Knowlton

 

 

Name:

Calvin Knowlton

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Stockholders Agreement]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III, L.P.

 

By:

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Name:

Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III QP, L.P.

 

By:

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Name:

Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III (OHIO), L.P.

 

By:

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Name:

Daniel C. Lubin

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Stockholders Agreement]

 



 

 

ORIGINATE GROWTH FUND #1 A, L.P.

 

By:

ORIGINATE GROWTH GP, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Glen Bressner

 

 

Name:

Glen Bressner

 

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORIGINATE GROWTH FUND #1 Q, L.P.

 

By:

ORIGINATE GROWTH GP, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Glen Bressner

 

 

Name:

Glen Bressner

 

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

EMERALD STAGE2 VENTURES, L.P.

 

By:

STAGE 2 CAPITAL VENTURE ASSOCIATES, L.P.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bruce H. Luehrs

 

 

Name:

Bruce H. Luehrs

 

 

Title:

General Partner

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Stockholders Agreement]

 



 

 

/s/ Calvin Knowlton

 

CALVIN KNOWLTON

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Orsula Knowlton

 

ORSULA KNOWLTON

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John Durham

 

JOHN DURHAM

 

 

 

/s/ Joann Durham

 

JOANN DURHAM

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Stockholders Agreement]

 



 

 

/s/ Harry G. Hayman III

 

HARRY G. HAYMAN III

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Nancy W. Hayman

 

NANCY W. HAYMAN

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gary Tom

 

GARY TOM

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronda L. Hackbart-Reyes

 

RONDA L. HACKBART-REYES

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David M. Reyes

 

DAVID M. REYES

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Pamela Adams

 

PAMELA ADAMS

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William J. Adams

 

WILLIAM J. ADAMS

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gary E. Yetman

 

GARY E. YETMAN

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Stockholders Agreement]

 




Exhibit 4.8

 

NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF (1) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (2) AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Void after

October 26, 2022

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT, effective as of April , 2016, is by and among TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation having an address at 110 Mager Avenue, Suite 309, Moorestown, New Jersey 08057 (the “Company”), CAREKINESIS, INC., a Delaware corporation having an address at 110 Marter Avenue, Suite 309, Moorestown, New Jersey 08057 and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“CareKinesis”), and THE NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (“NJEDA”).

 

RECITALS

 

1.                                       A warrant exercisable for up to 62,500 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock of CareKinesis was originally issued to NJEDA on October 26, 2012 (the “Original Warrant”).

 

2.                                       Effective June 30, 2014, CK Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), merged with and into CareKinesis, whereby the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of CareKinesis and CareKinesis became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Reorganization”).

 

3.                                       The parties hereto desire to amend, restate and supersede the Original Warrant in its entirety as set forth herein to correct a misstatement in Article 17 of the Original Warrant and to reflect the Reorganization whereby the Original Warrant now represents the right to purchase 62,500 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock of the Company.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants set forth above and herein contained, the parties hereto agree to amend and restate the Original Warrant in its entirety as follows:

 



 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE 62,500 SHARES OF

SERIES A-1 PREFERRED STOCK

Of

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

Issue Date: October 26, 2012

 

Warrant No. 1

 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation having an address at 110 Marter Avenue, Suite 309, Moorestown, New Jersey 08057 (the “Company”) hereby certifies and agrees that THE NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (“NJEDA”), or its registered transferees, successors or assigns (each person or entity holding all or part of this Warrant from time to time being referred to as a “Holder”), is the registered holder of the warrant (“Warrant”) to subscribe for and purchase up to 62,500 shares (the “Warrant Shares”) of the fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable Series A-1 Preferred Stock, .0001 par value per share, of the Company (“Preferred Stock”), at a purchase price per share equal to $0.80 per share (the “Warrant Price”), at any time on or before 5:00 P.M., Eastern Time, on the tenth anniversary of the Issue Date set forth above (such time and date being referred to as the “Expiration Time” and the “Expiration Date,” respectively), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

This Warrant is issued in connection with, and is subject to, that certain Convertible Loan Agreement, of even date herewith, by and between CAREKINESIS, INC., a Delaware corporation having an address at 110 Marter Avenue, Suite 309, Moorestown, New Jersey 08057 and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ( “CareKinesis”), and the initial Holder (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”), and the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference as though set forth herein at length.

 

Article 1.                                   Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Warrant and not defined in context have the respective meanings ascribed to them below (or if not appearing below, then the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement):

 

1.1                                “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks located in the State of New Jersey, are open for the general transaction of business.

 

1.2                                “Company Value” means the fair market value that a willing buyer and willing seller, with neither acting under compulsion, would agree upon for the purchase and sale of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries in an arms length transaction, without any discounts for illiquidity, minority interest, or voting or transfer restrictions, as determined pursuant to Article 2.3(b).

 

1.3                                “Conversion Factor” means, at any given date of determination, the number of shares of common stock of the Company into which a share of Preferred Stock is convertible.

 

1.4                                “Exercise Date” means the date on which this Warrant is exercised, or automatically deemed to have been exercised, as provided herein.

 

1.5                                “Fair Market Value” of a Warrant Share, calculated as of any date of determination, shall mean:

 

(a)          if the exercise occurs in connection with and contingent upon an initial public offering of the Company’s shares involving gross proceeds to the Company of at least $10 million, and if the registration statement relating to such offering has been declared effective, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus or registration statement with respect to such offering, multiplied by the Conversion Factor;

 

(b)          for any other exercise, the Conversion Factor multiplied by: either (i) the Trading

 

2



 

Value, if applicable, or, otherwise (ii) the quotient of the Company Value divided by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis (but excluding instruments which are out-of-the-money).

 

1.6                                “Trading Value” means, as applicable: (i) if the Company’s common stock is then listed on a national securities exchange, then the closing sale price of one share of such common stock on such exchange on the last trading day prior to the Exercise Date, provided, however, that if such common stock has not traded on such trading day, then the average closing price of one share of such common stock on the three (3) most recent trading days during which such common stock has traded; (ii) if the Company’s common stock is then included in the OTC Bulletin Board, then the average closing price of one share of such common stock for the three (3) most recent trading days preceding the Exercise Date during which such common stock has traded; (iii) if the Company’s common stock is then included in the Pink OTC Markets, Inc. “pink sheets”, then the average closing price of one share of such common stock for the three (3) most recent trading days preceding the Exercise Date during which such common stock has traded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any of the circumstances described in clauses (i) through (iii) above, if the Company’s common stock has not traded for the requisite number of days within the 10 trading days immediately preceding the Exercise Date, then Fair Market Value shall be determined under clause (b)(ii) of the definition of Fair Market Value and not based upon Trading Value.

 

Article 2.                                   Exercise.

 

2.1                                     Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of New Warrant.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or part, at any time and from time to time, by: (I) the surrender of this Warrant on any Business Day at the office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as the Company may have designated by notice in writing to the Holder as provided in this Warrant), (ii) delivery to the Company of a completed and executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Appendix A, and (iii) unless the exercise is subject to Article 2.3, payment to the Company equal to the Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares then being acquired. The Holder may pay the aggregate Warrant Price (or shall be deemed to have paid such amount): (i) in cash or by check payable to the Company or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated to the Holder by the Company, (ii) by cancellation by the Holder of indebtedness or other obligations of the Company to the Holder, (iii) in a “cashless” exercise permitted under Article 2.3 below, or (iv) by any combination of the methods described in (I) through (iii) above.

 

(b)                                  Upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Holder (or such other person or persons as directed by the Holder in its Notice of Exercise) shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of the related Warrant Shares as of the time immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which the Holder shall have delivered the items required by Article 2.1(a) above.

 

(c)                                   Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall deliver certificates for the number of whole Warrant Shares so purchased to the Holder (or such other person or persons as directed by the Holder in its Notice of Exercise) as promptly as is reasonably practicable, but not later than three (3) Business Days, after the applicable Exercise Date, at the Company’s expense, and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised, the Company shall also issue a new Warrant (in the same form as this Warrant) representing the unexercised portion of this Warrant, to the Holder (or such other person

 

3



 

or persons as directed by the Holder in its Notice of Exercise) as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, but not later than three (3) Business Days, after the applicable Exercise Date.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if an exercise of any portion of this Warrant is to be made in connection with a registered public offering, sale of the Company or any other similar transaction involving the Company, the exercise of any portion of this Warrant may, at the election of the Holder, be conditioned upon the consummation of the public offering, sale of the Company or other transaction, in which case such exercise shall not be deemed to be effective until the consummation of such public offering, safe of the Company, or other transaction, as applicable,

 

(e)                                   No fractional shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued in connection with any exercise or cashless exercise hereunder, and in lieu of any such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor to the Holder based on the Fair Market Value of a Warrant Share on the date of exercise or cashless exercise of this Warrant.

 

2.2                                Automatic Exercise At Expiration Date. If any portion of this Warrant remains unexercised as of the Expiration Date and the Fair Market Value of one Warrant Share as of the Expiration Date is greater than the applicable Warrant Price as of the Expiration Date, then (i) this Warrant shall automatically (and without any delivery, surrender or action by the Holder) be deemed to have been fully exercised immediately prior to the Expiration Time in the manner provided in Article 2.3 below, and (ii) the Holder shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of the related Warrant Shares as of the close of business on the Exercise Date. As promptly as is reasonably practicable on or after the Exercise Date related to such an automatic exercise, but in no event before the date on which this Warrant is surrendered to the Company as provided herein, the Company, at its expense, shall issue and deliver to the Holder (or such other person or persons as directed by the Holder) a certificate or certificates for the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon such automatic exercise, in accordance with Article 2.3.

 

2.3                                Cashless Exercise.

 

(a)                                  The Holder may elect to receive, without the payment of the Warrant Price, Warrant Shares equal to the value of this Warrant or any portion hereof by so electing in its Notice of Exercise. Upon such an election, the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Warrant Shares determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

X = Y x (FMV-WP)

 

FMV

 

Where

 

X = the number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder (or such other person or persons as directed by the Holder) upon such exercise of the rights under this Article 2.3.

 

Y = the total number of Warrant Shares covered by this Warrant which the Holder has surrendered for cashless exercise.

 

FMV = the Fair Market Value on the applicable Exercise Date.

 

4



 

WP = the Warrant Price in effect under this Warrant on the applicable Exercise Date.

 

(b)                                  The Company Value shall initially be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, on such basis as it shall reasonably determine. The Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the determination of Company Value by its Board of Directors and shall send the Holder the data and computation forming the basis of the valuation, together with an explanation thereof. The Holder shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such determination in which to consult with the Company and request further information and, in such case, the Company shall consult with the Holder and provide such reasonably requested information. At any time prior to the expiration of the 30-day consulting period, the Holder may by notice in writing (the “Appraisal Notice”) request an independent appraisal of the Company Value. In the event that the Holder requests an independent appraisal, then the appraiser shall be an independent investment bank jointly appointed by the Company and the Holder. If the Holder and the Company are unable to agree upon the selection of an independent investment bank within twenty (20) days after delivery of the Appraisal Notice, then the Holder and the Company shall, within twenty (20) days after delivery of the Appraisal Notice, each select an independent investment bank who shall select a third independent investment bank to determine the fair market value, which valuation shall be final and binding upon the Holder and the Company with respect to the determination of the Company Value. All fees, costs and expenses of any appraiser or investment bank shall be borne by the Company. The Holder shall have the right and be given the opportunity to participate in the appraiser’s valuation process. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts, and the Holder shall cooperate, to cause the determination of the appraiser to be made within thirty (30) days after its appointment. The determination of the appraiser shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

Article 3.                                             Reservation of Shares; Status of Warrant Shares. The Company shall at all times through the Expiration Date reserve and keep available for issuance as Warrant Shares, a number of shares of its authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock equal to the maximum number of Warrant Shares then issuable hereunder. The Company shall issue all Warrant Shares as duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares, free and clear of all liens, claim and encumbrances.

 

Article 4.                                   Adjustments and Distributions. The Warrant Price and the number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

 

4.1                                Splits, Dividends and Subdivisions. If the Company shall at any time or from time to time while this Warrant is outstanding, pay a dividend or make a distribution on its Preferred Stock in shares of Preferred Stock, subdivide its outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into a greater number of shares or combine its outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into a smaller number of shares (and in each case where such an event occurs with respect to any other securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant then exist), then the Warrant Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant in effect immediately prior to the date upon which such change shall become effective shall be proportionally adjusted by the Company so that the Holder thereafter exercising this Warrant shall be entitled to receive, for the same aggregate Warrant Price payment, the number of shares of Preferred Stock or other capital stock which the Holder would have received if this Warrant had been fully exercised immediately prior to such event. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

 

5



 

4.2                                Recapitalization, Reclassification or Reorganization. If any recapitalization, reclassification or reorganization involving the capital stock of the Company (other than a change in par value or a subdivision or combination as provided for in Article 4.1 above) shall be effected in such a manner (including, without limitation, in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation), that holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive (without converting such Shares) stock, securities, or other assets or property (a “Reorganization”), then, as a condition of such Reorganization, the Company shall make lawful and adequate provision whereby the Holder hereof shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive (in lieu of the Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such Reorganization) such shares of stock, securities or other assets or property as would have been issued or payable in the Reorganization in exchange for the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such Reorganization. In the event of any Reorganization, appropriate provision shall be made by the Company with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder of this Warrant so that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Warrant Price and of the number of Warrant Shares) shall thereafter be applicable, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof; provided, however, that if pursuant to such Reorganization the entire outstanding class of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant are cancelled and the total consideration payable to the holders of such class of Warrant Shares consists entirely of cash, then, upon payment to the Holder of this Warrant of an amount equal to the amount such Holder would receive if such Holder held Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant and such Warrant Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Reorganization less the aggregate Warrant Price of such Warrant Shares, this Warrant shall be cancelled. The provisions of this Article 4.2 shall similarly apply to successive Reorganizations.

 

4.3                                Consolidation, Merger, Sale. If there shall occur (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company with another entity in which the Company is not the surviving entity or (ii) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another entity, then, as a condition of such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other disposition, the Company shall make lawful and adequate provision whereby the Holder shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions herein specified and in lieu of the Warrant Shares immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, such shares of stock, securities or assets (or any combination thereof) as would have been issuable or payable with respect to or in exchange for the number of Warrant Shares (without converting such Shares) immediately theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, had such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other disposition not taken place, and, in any such case, appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder so that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provision for adjustment of the Warrant Price and of the number of Warrant Shares) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly equivalent as may be practicable in relation to any shares of stock, securities or properties thereafter deliverable upon the exercise thereof. The Company shall not effect any such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other disposition unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor entity resulting from such consolidation or merger, or the entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring such assets or other appropriate entity shall assume (1) the obligation to deliver to the Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Holder may be entitled to purchase, and (2) the Company’s other obligations under this Warrant. The provisions of this Article 4.3 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers, sales, transfers or other dispositions.

 

4.4                                Distributions. If the Company shall fix a payment date for the making of a distribution to

 

6



 

all holders of Preferred Stock of rights or assets (other than dividends or distributions referred to in Article 4.1 hereof), including notes, subscription rights or warrants, the Holder shall be entitled to receive, simultaneous with the holders of Preferred Stock, such rights or assets so distributed, that the Holder would have received if this Warrant had been fully exercised immediately prior to such event.

 

4.5                                Further Adjustments to Other Securities. In the event that, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Article 4, the Holder shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock other than shares of Preferred Stock, then the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be subject thereafter to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Warrant Shares contained in this Warrant.

 

4.6                                Notice of Adjustments. With each adjustment pursuant to this Article 4, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate signed by its chief financial officer or chief executive officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, the Warrant Price and the number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, which shall be delivered to Holder as provided herein within ten (10) Business Days.

 

Article 5.                                   Transfer Taxes. The Company will pay any documentary stamp Taxes or other transfer Taxes or fees attributable to the initial issuance of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax or taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificates for Warrant Shares in a name other than that of the registered holder of this Warrant in respect of which such shares are issued, and in such case, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate for Warrant Shares or any Warrant until the person requesting the same has paid to the Company the amount of such tax or has established to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that such tax has been paid.

 

Article 6.                                   Mutilated or Missing Warrants. If this Warrant shall be mutilated, lost, stolen, or destroyed, then the Company shall issue in exchange and substitution of, and upon cancellation of a mutilated Warrant, or in lieu of and substitution for the Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed, a new Warrant of like tenor and for the purchase of a like number of Warrant Shares, subject to the Company’s receipt of (1) evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of such loss, theft or destruction, and, (ii) with respect to a lost, stolen or destroyed Warrant, a reasonable indemnity with respect thereto, if requested by the Company.

 

Article 7.                                   Compliance with Securities Act and Legends. The Holder, by acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant and the Warrant Shares are being acquired for investment only and not with a view toward distribution or resale. The Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act or any state securities laws. All certificates evidencing Warrant Shares (unless the Warrant Shares have been registered under the Securities Act) may contain any legend required, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, by applicable state and federal securities laws.

 

7



 

Article 8.                                             Additional Rights; Information.

 

8.1                                No Status as Stockholder Prior to Exercise. Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, the Loan Agreement or the Transaction Documents, the Holder, as such, shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of the directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise, until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

 

8.2                                Stockholder Notices. For its information, the Company will transmit to the Holder any such information, documents and reports as are generally distributed to the holders of any class or series of the securities of the Company, concurrently with the distribution thereof to such holders.

 

8.3                                Loan Agreement Information. For so long as this Warrant is outstanding, the Company shall deliver to Holder the information and reports required under the Loan Agreement whether or not the Loan remains outstanding; provided however, that after the Note has been repaid or converted in full, the Company will no longer be obligated to submit the status report along with its monthly financial statements.

 

8.4                                Notices of Certain Events and Actions. The Company shall give the Holder at least 30 and not more than 90 days prior written notice of the expiration of this Warrant on the Expiration Date. In addition, if the Company:

 

(a)                                  takes a record of the holders of the Preferred Stock (or other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant or upon conversion of Warrant Shares) for the purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for or purchase any securities, or to receive any other right; or

 

(b)                                  will pay any dividends or other distributions to holders of any class of securities;

 

(c)                                   intends to effect any Reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to another entity, or any other transaction of the types described in Article 4 of this Warrant; or

 

(d)                                  intends to effect any voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

 

then, in each such case, the Company will provide the Holder with thirty (30) days advance written notice of such an event, specifying, as the case may be, (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and stating the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the date on which such Reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation, winding-up or other transaction is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Preferred Stock (or such stock or securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant or on conversion of Warrant Shares) shall be entitled to exchange their Preferred Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property

 

8



 

deliverable upon such Reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

 

Article 9.                                             Modification and Waiver. This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the then current Holder, and such change, waiver, discharge or termination shall be binding on all future Holders.

 

Article 10.                                      Notices.

 

10.1                         Method of Notice. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be addressed to the receiving party’s address set forth below or to such other address as a party may designate by notice hereunder, and shall be either (i) delivered by hand, (ii) delivered by facsimile, (iii) sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (iv) sent by U.S. certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.

 

If to the Company:

 

110 Marter Avenue, Suite 309

Moorestown, New Jersey 08057

Attention: Brian Adams, Chief Financial Officer

Fax: 856-234-7957

 

 

if to the Holder:

New Jersey Economic Development Authority

PO Box 990

36 West State Street

Trenton, New Jersey 08625-0990

Attn: Director-Technology and Life Sciences

Fax: 609-292-5722

 

or to such other address as any party hereto shall notify the other parties hereto (as provided above) from time to time.

 

10.2                         Effectiveness of Notice. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been given either (i) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party at the address of such party set forth above, (ii) if sent by facsimile, at the time that receipt thereof has been acknowledged by electronic confirmation or otherwise, (iii) if sent by overnight courier, on the next Business Day following the day such notice is timely delivered to the courier service, or (iv) if sent by U.S. or certified mail, on the fifth (5 t1 ) Business Day following the day such mailing is made.

 

Article 11.                            Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings contained in this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant.

 

Article 12.                            Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction.

 

12.1                         Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New Jersey, without reference to the choice of law principles thereof.

 

12.2                         Jurisdiction and Service. Any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant, or the transactions contemplated hereby, shall only be instituted, heard and adjudicated in a state or federal court located in the State of New Jersey, and each party hereto knowingly,

 

9



 

voluntarily and intentionally waives any objection which such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such action, suit or proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of any such court in any such action, suit or proceeding. Service of process in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding may be served on each party hereto anywhere in the world by the same methods as are specified for the giving of notices under this Warrant except as otherwise required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the Holder may institute and prosecute any action, suit or proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction it shall deem advisable in connection with the enforcement of its rights hereunder.

 

Article 13.                                      Waiver of Jury Trial. THE COMPANY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THE COMPANY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS WARRANT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The Company certifies and acknowledges that (i) no other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver, (ii) the Company understands and has considered the implications of this waiver, and (iii) the Holder is relying upon and has been induced to enter into this Warrant by, among other things, the waivers and certifications in this Article 13.

 

Article 14.                                      No Impairment of Rights. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder against material impairment.

 

Article 15.                                      Assignment. A Holder may transfer its rights hereunder, in whole or in part, to any other Person provided that written notice is given to the Company of any such transfer and such transfer is in accordance with applicable law. Upon receipt by the Company of notice by a Holder of a transfer of any portion of this Warrant, the Company shall promptly deliver to a transferee a Warrant in the form hereof exercisable for the number of Warrant Shares as to which the right to purchase has been transferred.

 

Article 16.                                      Severability. In the event that any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any provision, or any portion thereof, contained in this Warrant shall be unenforceable in any respect, then such provision shall be deemed limited to the extent that such court deems it enforceable, and as so limited shall remain in full force and effect. In the event that such court shall deem any such provision, or portion thereof, wholly unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Warrant shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

 

Article 17.                                      Investor Rights Agreement; Stockholders Agreements. Upon any exercise or conversion of this Warrant, and at the request of the Company, the Holder agrees to become a party (by execution and delivery of a counterpart signature page, joinder agreement or similar instrument) to the stockholders agreements of the Company to which the other holders of Preferred Stock at that time are subject, including without limitation the Investor Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein) dated August 16, 2010, as amended on March 2, 2011, September 14, 2011, and June 30, 2014 and the Stockholders Agreement by and among the Company, the Common Holders (as defined therein) and the Investors (as defined therein) dated August 16, 2010, as amended on September 14, 2011, June 30, 2014 and October 21, 2015, as an Investor, solely with respect to

 

10



 

the Warrant Shares issued upon such exercise or conversion and solely to the extent that each such agreement is then still by its terms in force and effect ; provided however that so long as NJEDA is the Holder, prior to becoming a party to such stock holders agreements or investor rights agreements, a side letter or otherwise legally binding agreement shall be executed between the parties stating that the legally binding provisions as set forth in Appendix B attached hereto shall govern such stock holders or investor rights agreements as they relate to the Holder for so long as the NJEDA is a stcok holder of the Company.

 

Article 18.                                      Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed and delivered by telecopier, e-mail, PDF or other facsimile transmission all with the same force and effect as if the same were a fully executed and delivered original manual counterpart.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed on its behalf by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

CFO

 

Dated:

4/21/16

 

 

 

CAREKINESIS:

 

CAREKINESIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

CFO

 

Dated:

4/21/16

 


 

APPENDIX A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:                              Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. (the “Company”)

 

This Notice of Exercise is being issued to you pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Warrant, No. , issued by the Company as of , 20                             (the “Warrant”). Capitalized terms used in this Notice of Exercise and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Warrant.

 

1.                                       The undersigned hereby elects (check and complete where applicable):

 

to purchase                             shares of the Preferred Stock of the Company pursuant to the terms of the Warrant.

 

to surrender the right to purchase                             shares of the Preferred Stock of the Company pursuant to Article 2.3 of the Warrant and hereby requests the issuance of such number of Warrant Shares as are prescribed by Article 2.3 of the Warrant.

 

2.                                       Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the applicable number of Warrant Shares in the name or names as are specified below (or if not otherwise specified, in the name of the undersigned):

 

 

 

 

3.                                       Please issue a new Warrant of equivalent form and tenor for the unexercised portion of the attached Warrant in the name or names as are specified below (or if not otherwise specified, in the name                                                                                     the undersigned):

 

 

 

 



 

NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Address:

 

New Jersey Economic Development Authority

 

36 West State Street

 

PO Box 990

 

Trenton, New Jersey 08625-0990

 



 

APPENDIX B

 

Immunities. The Company understands and acknowledges that the NJEDA reserves all immunities, defenses, rights or actions arising out of its status as a sovereign entity, including those under the Eleventh Amendment to the United States Constitution and applicable New Jersey law. No provision of this letter agreement or the Shareholders Agreement shall be construed as a waiver or limitation of such immunities, defenses, rights or actions. Due to the NJEDA’s status as a sovereign entity, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this letter agreement or the Shareholders Agreement, any claims asserted against the NJEDA arising out of aforesaid agreements shall be subject to such immunities, defenses, rights or actions, including, but not limited to the New Jersey Tort Claims Act (N.J.S.A. 59:1-1 et seq.) and the New Jersey Contractual Liability Act (N.J.S.A. 59:13-1 et seq.).

 

Indemnification. The Company acknowledges that the NJEDA does not have authority to provide indemnification and agrees that the NJEDA shall not be obligated to provide indemnification to any other party in connection with its investment in the Company and that its failure to provide such indemnification shall not constitute a breach under this letter agreement or the Shareholders Agreement.

 

Public Disclosure. The Company acknowledges that the NJEDA is a public agency subject to New Jersey state laws, regulations and policies and applicable case law which could result in the disclosure of information regarding the Company that is provided to the NJEDA, including without limitation, the Open Public Records Act, NJSA 47:1A-1 et seq., which provides for government records to be readily accessible for inspection, copying or examination by citizens. NJEDA shall not be required to maintain the confidentiality of non-public information furnished to the NJEDA in connection with its investment in the Company to the extent the NJEDA is required to disclose such confidential information pursuant to the Open Public Records Act, N.J.S.A. 47:1A-1 et seq., as determined by the NJEDA in its reasonable discretion.

 

New Jersey Venue. By reason of the laws, regulations and public policies of the State of New Jersey applicable to the NJEDA as a governmental entity in the State of New Jersey, the Company freely agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this letter agreement or the Shareholders Agreement, any legal proceeding involving any claim asserted arising out of or related to this letter agreement or the Shareholder Agreement that (i) is brought by the Company against the NJEDA may be brought only in, and shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of, the trial division of the Superior Court of the State of New Jersey, and that such proceeding shall be governed by the procedural rules and laws of the State of New Jersey, without regard to principles of conflicts of law and (ii) is brought by the NJEDA against the Company may be brought in, and subject to the jurisdiction of, the Superior Court of the State of New Jersey, in which case such proceeding shall be governed by the procedural rules and laws of the State of New Jersey, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. The Company agrees that the NJEDA shall not be deemed to have waived any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of jurisdiction or venue of any such action or proceeding in the courts of any state other than the courts of the State of New Jersey, nor deemed to waive any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in a court without jurisdiction or an inconvenient or improper forum.

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

LOAN AND SECURITY MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Loan and Security Modification Agreement is entered into as of July 1, 2016 by and between WESTERN ALLIANCE BANK, as successor in interest to Bridge Bank, National Association (“Bank”), and CAREKINESIS, INC. (“CareKinesis”), TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC., (“Parent”), CAREVENTIONS, INC., (“Careventions”), CAPSTONE PERFORMANCE SYSTEMS, LLC, (“Capstone”), J. A.  ROBERTSON, INC. (“Robertson”) and MEDLIANCE LLC (“Medliance”). Parent, CareKinesis, Careventions, Capstone, Robertson and Medliance are each referred to herein as a “Borrower”, and collectively, as the “Borrowers”.

 

1.                                       DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS : Among other indebtedness which may be owing by Borrowers to Bank, Borrowers are indebted to Bank pursuant to, among other documents, a Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 29, 2015 by and between Borrowers and Bank, as may be amended from time to time (the “Loan and Security Agreement”).  Capitalized terms used without definition herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

2.                                       DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS .

 

A.                                     Modification(s) to Loan and Security Agreement:

 

(1)                                  Any reference to Bridge Bank, NA or Bridge Bank, National Association is hereby modified to read as Western Alliance Bank, an Arizona corporation, as successor in interest to Bridge Bank, National Association.

 

(2)                                  The following definitions are added to Section 1.1:

 

“Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests of any Person or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary of a Borrower, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person.

 

“First Amendment Date” means July 1, 2016.

 

“Liquidity Event” means any one of the following: (i) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of Borrowers’ assets (other than to another Borrower), (ii) a Change in Control, (iii) Parent’s underwritten initial public offering of its securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (iv) the repayment of all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) owing to Bank.

 

“Permitted Acquisition” means any Acquisition approved in writing by the Bank in its sole discretion; provided, that (a) no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition, (b) the Target is in the same, similar or complimentary line of business as the Borrowers, (c) EBITDA of the Target is greater than $0, (d) the proposed Acquisition is consensual, (e) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed or would exist with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries (including the Target) as a result of such Acquisition, other than Summit Lender Debt and Permitted Debt, and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries (including the Target) as a result of such Acquisition other than Permitted Liens, (f) the Parent Borrower will be in compliance with the financial covenants in Section 6.10 on a pro forma basis, (g) the Agent shall have received (i) at least 30 days prior to the consummation of the intended Acquisition, a description of the proposed

 



 

Acquisition, (ii) at least 20 days prior to the consummation of the intended Acquisition Agreement, pro forma consolidated projections with respect to the proposed Acquisition, historical financial information for the Target, due diligence materials prepared for any Borrower, a quality of earnings report (if obtained) and drafts of the acquisition agreement (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and, to the extent required in the acquisition agreement, all required regulatory and third party approvals) and (iii) on or prior to the date the Acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower with reasonably detailed calculations of item (f) and attaching the executed acquisition agreement, (h) the Target is not organized or domiciled in any jurisdiction outside of the United States and (i) all actions required of the Target and the Borrowers by Section 6.12 shall be completed substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition.

 

“Summit Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2016, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, among the Borrowers, the lenders party thereto from time to time and ABC Funding, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

“Summit Lender Debt” means “Lender Debt” as defined in the Summit Credit Agreement.

 

“Target” means any other Person or business unit or asset group or any other Person acquired or proposed to be acquired in an Acquisition.

 

(3)                                  The following definitions in Section 1.1 are amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

 

“Borrowing Base” means as of any date an amount equal to (a) (i) from the First Amendment Date through March 31, 2017, Borrowers’ trailing four (4) months of Monthly Recurring Revenue from Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts as of the last day of the most recently completed month, or (ii) from April 1, 2017 onward, Borrowers’ trailing three (3) months of Monthly Recurring Revenue from Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts as of the last day of the most recently completed month; multiplied by (b) the lesser of (i) one hundred percent (100%) or (ii) the MRR Retention Rate, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrowers; provided however that (x) clause (a) of the Borrowing Base definition may include rebate accrual receivables from Medliance’s Contracts, provided that such receivables are aged less than 180 days and aggregate amount to be included in the Borrowing Base from such Contracts does not exceed $1,500,000; and (y) that the aggregate amount of Monthly Recurring Revenue included in the Borrowing Base from Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts with customers outside the United States shall not exceed 10% without Bank’s prior written consent; and provided further that the Borrowing Base may be revised from time to time by Bank following each Collateral audit or as Bank deems necessary in Bank’s reasonable judgment and upon notification thereof to Borrowers.

 

“EBITDA” means, for any period, the sum of (a) net income (or net loss) attributable to the Borrowers, but excluding net income (or net loss) attributable to non-controlling interests (calculated before extraordinary items) during such period, plus (b) the result of the following, in each case (unless otherwise indicated) to the extent included in determining such net income (or net loss): (i) interest expense (including that portion attributable to capital leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized interest) during such period; plus (ii) income taxes accruing, paid or payable during such period; plus

 



 

(iii) depreciation and amortization expense; plus (iv) non-cash stock-compensation based expenses; plus (v) non-cash changes in respect of contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonus or otherwise); plus (vi) gain or loss on the change in the fair value of warrant liability, plus (vii) cash payments made on the earnout obligations with respect to Borrowers’ acquisition of Medliance, plus (viii) losses on the extinguishment of Indebtedness; in each case in accordance with GAAP

 

“MRR Retention Rate” means as of the last day of each month (the “Measurement Date”), the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (a)  average Monthly Recurring Revenue for the three (3) month period ending on the Measurement Date, to (b) average Monthly Recurring Revenue for the twelve (12) month period ending on the Measurement Date.

 

“Prime Rate” means the greater of three and one half percent (3.5%) or the Prime Rate published in the Money Rates section of the Western Edition of The Wall Street Journal, or such other rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Bank as its Prime Rate.

 

“Revolving Line” means a credit extension of up to Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000).

 

“Revolving Maturity Date” means the second anniversary of the First Amendment Date.

 

(4)                                  Clause (a) of the defined term “Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts” is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

(a)                                  Contracts with respect to any customer who has failed to pay to Borrowers more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the average monthly amount due to Borrowers under all of its Contracts within ninety (90) days from the invoice date;

 

(5)                                  Clause (g) of the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness” is amended by replacing “One Million Dollars ($1,000,000)” with “Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000)”.

 

(6)                                  The following is added as a new subsection (i) to the end of the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness”:

 

(i)                                      Summit Lender Debt.

 

(7)                                  The following is added as a new subsection (e) to the end of the defined term “Permitted Investments”:

 

(e)                                   Permitted Acquisitions.

 

(8)                                  Clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens” is amended by replacing the phrase “Permitted Liens” with the phrase “Permitted Indebtedness”.

 

(9)                                  The following is added as a new subsection (e) to the end of the defined term “Permitted Liens”:

 

(e)                                   Liens securing the Summit Lender Debt.

 



 

(10)                           Section 2.5(a) is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

(a)                                  Facility Fees.  On each of the First Amendment Date and on the first anniversary of the First Amendment Date, a fee with respect to the Revolving Facility equal to $62,500; and

 

(11)                           The following is added as a new subsection (c) to the end of Section 2.5:

 

(c)                                   Success Fee. On the occurrence of any Liquidity Event, a cash fee in the amount of $50,000 (in lieu of the issuance of a warrant to Bank on the First Amendment Date); it being acknowledged and agreed that Borrowers’ payment obligations hereunder shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

(12)                           The following is added after the end of the second sentence in Section 6.9:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payments received at a Borrower’s location shall be promptly deposited to the Cash Collateral Account using Bank’s Smart Deposit Express scanner.

 

(13)                           Section 6.10 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

6.10                         Financial Covenants

 

(a)                                  Minimum Liquidity. The amount of Borrowers’ unrestricted cash balances in its accounts at Bank plus amounts available for draw under the Revolving Facility shall be at least $3,000,000 at all times thereafter.

 

(b)                                  Mimium MRR Retention Rate. Borrowers shall maintain an MRR Retention Rate of at least ninety percent (90%), measured quarterly.

 

(c)                                   Minimum EBITDA. Borrowers’ quarterly EBITDA for quarter ending June 30, 2016 shall be at least $2,000,000; Borrowers’ quarterly EBITDA for quarter ending September 30, 2016 shall be at least $2,250,000; and Borrowers’ quarterly EBITDA for quarter ending December 31, 2016 and for each calendar quarter thereafter shall be at least $2,500,000.

 

(14)                           The following is added as a new clause (iii) to the end of Section 7.6:

 

and (iii) Parent may redeem shares of its preferred stock to the extent it is required to do so under its certificate of incorporation (as in effect on the First Amendment Date) and so long as such redemptions are fully funded with new cash proceeds received by Parent from the sale and issuance of its capital stock and/or Summit Lender Debt.

 

(15)                           Section 7.12 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

7.12                         Capital Expenditures. Make or contract to make, without Bank’s prior written consent, capital expenditures, including leasehold improvements, in any fiscal year in excess of $2,500,000 or incur liability for rentals of property (including both real and personal property) in an amount which, together with capital expenditures, shall in any fiscal year exceeds such sum; provided, however, capital expenditures shall not include expenditures paid prior to the First Amendment Date by Parent’s landlord in an amount not to exceed $1,900,000.

 



 

(16)                           Section 10 with respect to notices to the Borrowers is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

Tabula Rasa Healthcare, Inc.

228 Strawbridge Drive

Moorestown, NJ 08057

Attn: Brian Adams, CFO

FAX :(856)273-0254

EMAIL: badams@carekinesis.com

 

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius

1701 Market Street

Philadelphia, PA 19102-2921

Attn: Jeffrey P. Bodle

FAX: (215) 963-5001

EMAIL: jeffrey.bodle@morganlewis.com

 

(17)                           Exhibit C and Exhibit D to the Loan and Security Agreement are replaced in their entirety with the Exhibit C and Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

3.                                       CONSENT . Bank hereby consents to the repayment of approximately $18,000,000 owing to Stephen F. Olds, Fred Smith III, and the Olds Family 2002 Trust, with the proceeds from the Summit Lender Debt; provided such repayment shall occur concurrently with the initial closing of the Summit Lender Debt and Borrowers provide evidence satisfactory to Bank of the same.

 

4.                                       CONSISTENT CHANGES .  The Loan Documents are each hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

 

5.                                       NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER/GENERAL RELEASE .  Each Borrower agrees that, as of this date, it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under Loan Documents.  Each Borrower and its affiliates (each, a “Releasing Party”) acknowledges that Bank would not enter into this Loan and Security Modification Agreement without Releasing Party’s assurance that it has no claims against Bank or any of Bank’s officers, directors, employees or agents.  Except for the obligations arising hereafter under this Loan and Security Modification Agreement, each Releasing Party releases Bank and each of Bank’s officers, directors and employees from any known or unknown claims that Releasing Party now has against Bank of any nature, including any claims that Releasing Party, its successors, counsel, and advisors may in the future discover they would have now had if they had known facts not now known to them, whether founded in contract, in tort or pursuant to any other theory of liability, including but not limited to any claims arising out of or related to the Loan and Security Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby.  Each Releasing Party waives the provisions of California Civil Code section 1542, which states:

 

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

 

The provisions, waivers and releases set forth in this section are binding upon each Releasing Party and its shareholders, agents, employees, assigns and successors in interest.  The provisions, waivers and releases of this section shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its agents, employees, officers, directors, assigns and successors in interest.  The provisions of this section shall survive payment in full of the Obligations, full performance of all the terms of this Loan and Security Modification Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and/or Bank’s actions to exercise any remedy available under the Loan Documents or otherwise.

 

6.                                       CONTINUING VALIDITY .  Each Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Loan Documents, Bank is relying upon Borrowers’ representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Loan

 



 

Documents. Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Loan and Security Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Loan and Security Modification Agreement, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Loan and Security Modification Agreement, the terms of the Loan Documents remain unchanged and in full force and effect.  Bank’s agreement to modifications to the existing Loan Documents pursuant to this Loan and Security Modification Agreement in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Loan Documents.  Nothing in this Loan and Security Modification Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of the Obligations.  It is the intention of Bank and Borrowers to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of Loan Documents, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing.  No maker, endorser, or guarantor will be released by virtue of this Loan and Security Modification Agreement.  The terms of this paragraph apply not only to this Loan and Security Modification Agreement, but also to any subsequent loan and security modification agreements.

 

7.                                       CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; REFERENCE PROVISION .  This Loan and Security Modification Agreement constitutes a “Loan Document” as defined and set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement, and is subject to Sections 11 and 12 of the Loan and Security Agreement, which are incorporated by reference herein.

 

8.                                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT .  As a condition to the effectiveness of this Loan and Security Modification Agreement, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

(a)                                  payment of the facility fees due under Section 2.5(a) of the Loan and Security Agreement, as amended herein, less a pro-rated amount of the last facility fee paid by Borrowers prior to the date hereof, plus an amount equal to all Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Loan and Security Modification Agreement;

 

(b)                                  corporate resolutions and incumbency certificate for each Borrower;

 

(c)                                   affirmation(s) of subordination agreement(s), original signatures to which shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the date hereof;

 

(d)                                  subordination agreement with AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation and evidence of the removal of Bellco Drug Corp as a secured creditor of CareKinesis;

 

(e)                                   payoff letter from Eastward Capital;

 

(f)                                    intercreditor agreement with ABC Funding, LLC; and

 

(g)                                   such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

9.                                       COUNTERSIGNATURE .  This Loan and Security Modification Agreement shall become effective only when executed by Bank and Borrowers.

 

 

BORROWERS:

 

 

 

 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

CAREKINESIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

CAREVENTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

CAPSTONE PERFORMANCE SYSTEMS, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

J. A. ROBERTSON, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

MEDLIANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 



 

 

BANK:

 

 

 

 

 

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Holmes Dague

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joseph Holmes Dague

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 


 

EXHIBIT C

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWERS: TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC., CAREKINESIS, INC., CAREVENTIONS, INC.,
CAPSTONE PERFORMANCE SYSTEMS, LLC, J. A.  ROBERTSON, INC. and MEDLIANCE LLC

 

Monthly Recurring Revenue Borrowing Base Calculation

 

As of Date:

1 *

GAAP Monthly Recurring Revenue recognized during the trailing 3 months (or trailing 4 months through 3/31/17) from Contracts

 

$

 

 

 

2 *

Average GAAP Monthly Recurring Revenue for the trailing 3 months (or trailing 4 months through 3/31/17) from Contracts (#1 divided by 3 (or divided by 4, through 3/31/17))

 

$

 

 

 

3

GAAP Monthly Recurring Revenue recognized during the trailing twelve months from Contracts

 

$

 

 

 

4

Average GAAP Monthly Recurring Revenue for the trailing twelve months from Contracts (#3 divided by 12)

 

$

 

 

 

5

MRR Retention Rate (lesser of 100% or #2 divided by #4)

 

 

 

 

%

6.

GAAP Revenue from Contracts during the trailing three month period that are not Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts (i.e. customer (i) has elected to cancel or not renew its license or maintenance contract, or (ii) ceases conducting business, goes out of business or is insolvent, (iii) has failed to pay more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the average monthly amount due to Borrower under all of its Contracts within ninety (90) days from the invoice date; or (iv) with foreign customers) for such trailing three months

 

$

 

 

 

7.

Eligible Monthly Recurring Revenue (#1 minus #6)

 

 

 

$

 

8.

Borrowing Base Amount (#5 x #7)

 

 

 

$

 

9.

Maximum Loan Amount

 

 

 

$

25,000,000

 

10.

Total Funds Available (Lesser of #5 or #6)

 

 

 

$

 

11.

Less: Outstanding Advances

 

 

 

$

 

12.

Less: Outstanding Cash Management Services

 

 

 

$

 

13.

Less: Outstanding International Sublimit Amounts

 

 

 

$

 

14.

Available for Drawdown/Need to Pay

 

 

 

$

 

 

If line #14 is a negative number, this amount must be remitted to the Bank immediately to bring loan balance into compliance. By signing this form Borrowers authorize the bank to deduct any advance amounts directly from any Borrower’s account(s) at Bridge Bank, National Association in the event there is an overadvance.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Bridge Bank, National Association.

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Prepared By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Bank Reviewed:

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT D
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:                                                                            WESTERN ALLIANCE BANK

 

FROM:                                                        TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC., CAREKINESIS, INC., CAPSTONE PERFORMANCE SYSTEMS, LLC, J. A.  ROBERTSON, INC. CAREVENTIONS, INC., AND MEDLIANCE LLC

 

The undersigned authorized officer of Tabula Rasa Healthcare, Inc., on behalf of itself and all other Borrowers, hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrowers and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) each Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                 with all required covenants except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrowers stated in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Required

 

Complies

A/R & A/P Agings

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

 

No

Deferred Revenue Report

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

 

No

Borrowing Base Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

 

No

Monthly financial statements

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

 

No

Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

 

No

Annual audited financial statements

 

FYE within 180 days

 

Yes

 

No

Annual operating budget, sales projections and operating plans approved by board of directors

 

Annually no later than 30 days after  to the beginning of each fiscal year or Board approval

 

Yes

 

No

A/R Audit

 

Initial and Annual

 

Yes

 

No

Deposit balances with Bank

 

$                    

 

 

 

 

Deposit balance outside Bank

 

$                    

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Covenant

 

Required

 

Actual

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Unrestricted Cash at Bank + Availbility on Revolving Facility

 

$

3,000,000

 

$

            

 

Yes

 

No

Minimum MRR Retention Rate (Quarterly)

 

90

%

        

%

Yes

 

No

Minimum Quarterly EBITDA

 

$

2,000,000

 

$

            

 

Yes

 

No

 

Comments Regarding Exceptions: See Attached.

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

Received by:

 

Sincerely,

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Verified:

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

TITLE

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status

Yes

No

 

 

 

DATE

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENTS

 

1.                                       PARTIES

 

1.1          THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENTS (“Amendment”) is made by and between 228 Strawbridge Associates, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“Landlord”) and Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (“Tenant”), and is dated as of the last date on which this Amendment has been fully executed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

2.                                       STATEMENT OF FACTS

 

2.1          Landlord and Tenant entered into three (3) Lease Agreements, each dated August 21, 2015 (each individually, a “Lease” and collectively, the “Total Building Leases”) covering all of the rentable area of the existing building located at 228 Strawbridge Drive, Moorestown, NJ (the “Building”). The Total Building Leases include (i) the “Phase I Lease” covering 24,855 rentable square feet on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building (the “Phase I Premises”), (ii) the “Phase II Lease” covering 24,855 rentable square feet on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building (the “Phase II Premises”), and (iii) the “Phase III Lease” covering 24,855 rentable square feet on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (the “Phase III Premises”). For purposes of this Amendment, the “Premises” includes the Phase II Premises, the Phase I Premises and the Phase III Premises.

 

2.2          Substantial Completion of the Work with respect to the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises cannot be completed by March 31, 2016.  Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant have agreed that March 31, 2016 will be the Commencement Date of the Phase I Lease and the Phase II Lease.

 

2.3          Landlord and Tenant have agreed that October 1, 2016 will be the Commencement Date of the Phase III Lease.

 

2.4          Tenant desires to accept the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building from Landlord in “AS IS” condition and apply the full amount of the Allowance available with respect to the Phase III Premises under the Phase III Lease to the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises instead.

 

2.5          There are two (2) existing generators and UPS systems located at the Building. Tenant desires to utilize the two (2) existing generators and UPS systems to serve the Premises, on the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

 

2.6          Landlord and Tenant desire to modify the Total Building Leases as set forth in this Amendment.

 

3.             AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Premises and the covenants hereinafter set forth, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

3.1.         The above recitals are incorporated herein by reference.

 

3.2.         All capitalized and non-capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not separately defined herein but are defined in the Total Building Leases shall have the meaning given to any such term in the Total Building Leases.

 

3.3.         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Total Building Leases or any one of them, and notwithstanding Substantial Completion or any delay of Substantial Completion of any Work with respect to any part of the Premises, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

(a)           The “Commencement Date” of the Phase I Lease shall be March 31, 2016. The “Expiration Date” of the Phase I Lease shall be November 30, 2027. Base Rent for the Phase I Premises shall be as follows:

 

1



 

Period of Term

 

Base

 

Annual

 

Monthly

 

From

 

To

 

Rent/RSF

 

Base Rent

 

Base Rent

 

March 31, 2016

 

March 31, 2017

 

$

19.20

 

$

477,216.00

 

$

39,768.00

 

April 1, 2017

 

March 31, 2018

 

$

19.70

 

$

489,643.50

 

$

40,803.63

 

April 1, 2018

 

March 31, 2019

 

$

20.20

 

$

502,071.00

 

$

41,839.25

 

April 1, 2019

 

March 31, 2020

 

$

20.70

 

$

514,498.50

 

$

42,874.88

 

April 1, 2020

 

March 31, 2021

 

$

21.20

 

$

526,926.00

 

$

43,910.50

 

April 1, 2021

 

March 31, 2022

 

$

21.45

 

$

533,139.75

 

$

44,428.31

 

April 1, 2022

 

March 31, 2023

 

$

21.70

 

$

539,353.50

 

$

44,946.13

 

April 1, 2023

 

March 31, 2024

 

$

21.95

 

$

545,567.25

 

$

45,463.94

 

April 1, 2024

 

March 31, 2025

 

$

22.20

 

$

551,781.00

 

$

45,981.75

 

April 1, 2025

 

March 31, 2026

 

$

22.45

 

$

557,994.75

 

$

46,499.56

 

April 1, 2026

 

March 31, 2027

 

$

22.70

 

$

564,208.50

 

$

47,017.38

 

April 1, 2027

 

November 30, 2027

 

$

22.95

 

$

570,422.25

 

$

47,535.19

 

 

Provided there is no Event of Default by Tenant, Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent applicable to the Phase I Premises for the 8-month period consisting of October, 2016 through May, 2017 of the Term will be abated under the Phase I Lease only.

 

Notwithstanding the abatement of Base Rent applicable to the Phase I Premises provided for October, 2016 through May, 2017 of the Term as set forth herein above, Tenant’s obligation to pay Additional Rent including, without limitation, costs and charges for electricity and other utilities pursuant to Rider 2 of the Phase I Lease shall not be waived, released or abated and shall commence as of the Commencement Date or any earlier occupancy of the Phase I Premises.

 

(b)           The “Commencement Date” of the Phase II Lease shall be March 31, 2016. The “Expiration Date” of the Phase II Lease shall be November 30, 2027. Base Rent for the Phase II Premises shall be as follows:

 

Period of Term

 

Base

 

Annual

 

Monthly

 

From

 

To

 

Rent/RSF

 

Base Rent

 

Base Rent

 

March 31, 2016

 

March 31, 2017

 

$

19.20

 

$

477,216.00

 

$

39,768.00

 

April 1, 2017

 

March 31, 2018

 

$

19.70

 

$

489,643.50

 

$

40,803.63

 

April 1, 2018

 

March 31, 2019

 

$

20.20

 

$

502,071.00

 

$

41,839.25

 

April 1, 2019

 

March 31, 2020

 

$

20.70

 

$

514,498.50

 

$

42,874.88

 

April 1, 2020

 

March 31, 2021

 

$

21.20

 

$

526,926.00

 

$

43,910.50

 

April 1, 2021

 

March 31, 2022

 

$

21.45

 

$

533,139.75

 

$

44,428.31

 

April 1, 2022

 

March 31, 2023

 

$

21.70

 

$

539,353.50

 

$

44,946.13

 

April 1, 2023

 

March 31, 2024

 

$

21.95

 

$

545,567.25

 

$

45,463.94

 

April 1, 2024

 

March 31, 2025

 

$

22.20

 

$

551,781.00

 

$

45,981.75

 

April 1, 2025

 

March 31, 2026

 

$

22.45

 

$

557,994.75

 

$

46,499.56

 

April 1, 2026

 

March 31, 2027

 

$

22.70

 

$

564,208.50

 

$

47,017.38

 

April 1, 2027

 

November 30, 2027

 

$

22.95

 

$

570,422.25

 

$

47,535.19

 

 

Provided there is no Event of Default by Tenant, Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent applicable to the Phase II Premises for the first 3 full calendar months of the Term following the Commencement Date of the Phase II Lease, consisting of April, 2016, May, 2016 and June, 2016, will be abated under the Phase II Lease only.

 

Notwithstanding the abatement of Base Rent applicable to the Phase II Premises provided for April, 2016, May, 2016 and June, 2016, as set forth herein above, Tenant’s obligation to pay

 

2



 

Additional Rent including, without limitation, costs and charges for electricity and other utilities pursuant to Rider 2 of the Phase II Lease shall not be waived, released or abated and shall commence as of the Commencement Date or any earlier occupancy of the Phase II Premises.

 

(c)           The “Commencement Date” of the Phase III Lease shall be October 1, 2016. The “Expiration Date” of the Phase III Lease shall be November 30, 2027. Base Rent for the Phase III Premises shall be as follows:

 

Period of Term

 

Base

 

Annual

 

Monthly

 

From

 

To

 

Rent/RSF

 

Base Rent

 

Base Rent

 

October 1, 2016

 

March 31, 2017

 

$

19.70

 

$

489,643.50

 

$

40,803.63

 

April 1, 2017

 

March 31, 2018

 

$

19.70

 

$

489,643.50

 

$

40,803.63

 

April 1, 2018

 

March 31, 2019

 

$

20.20

 

$

502,071.00

 

$

41,839.25

 

April 1, 2019

 

March 31, 2020

 

$

20.70

 

$

514,498.50

 

$

42,874.88

 

April 1, 2020

 

March 31, 2021

 

$

21.20

 

$

526,926.00

 

$

43,910.50

 

April 1, 2021

 

March 31, 2022

 

$

21.45

 

$

533,139.75

 

$

44,428.31

 

April 1, 2022

 

March 31, 2023

 

$

21.70

 

$

539,353.50

 

$

44,946.13

 

April 1, 2023

 

March 31, 2024

 

$

21.95

 

$

545,567.25

 

$

45,463.94

 

April 1, 2024

 

March 31, 2025

 

$

22.20

 

$

551,781.00

 

$

45,981.75

 

April 1, 2025

 

March 31, 2026

 

$

22.45

 

$

557,994.75

 

$

46,499.56

 

April 1, 2026

 

March 31, 2027

 

$

22.70

 

$

564,208.50

 

$

47,017.38

 

April 1, 2027

 

November 30, 2027

 

$

22.95

 

$

570,422.25

 

$

47,535.19

 

 

Provided there is no Event of Default by Tenant, Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent applicable to the Phase III Premises for the first 2 full calendar months of the Term following the Commencement Date of the Phase III Lease, consisting of October, 2016 and November, 2016, will be abated under the Phase III Lease only.

 

Notwithstanding the abatement of Base Rent applicable to the Phase III Premises provided for October, 2016 and November, 2016 as set forth herein above, Tenant’s obligation to pay Additional Rent including, without limitation, costs and charges for electricity and other utilities pursuant to Rider 2 of the Phase III Lease shall not be waived, released or abated and shall commence as of the Commencement Date or any earlier occupancy of the Phase III Premises.

 

3.4          The Phase I Lease is modified to provide that the rights of Tenant to a rent credit or abatement under the terms and conditions of Section 4 of the Phase I Lease are hereby terminated, waived and released, and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

 

3.5          The Phase II Lease is modified as follows:

 

(a)           The maximum amount of the one-time “Allowance” for the cost of the Work, as provided under Paragraph E-8 of the Work Letter in Exhibit “E” of the Phase II Lease, is hereby increased by Six Hundred Twenty-Six Thousand Three Hundred Forty-Six and No/100 ($626,346.00) Dollars to the total sum of One Million Two Hundred Fifty-Two Thousand Six Hundred Ninety-Two and no/100 ($1,252,692.00) Dollars.

 

(b)           Landlord and Tenant agree that any available amount of the Allowance under the Phase I Lease and any available amount of the Allowance under the Phase II Lease, as modified hereby, less sums previously expended, may be applied to the cost of the Work with respect to the Phase II Premises under the Phase II Lease, or may be applied to the cost of the Work with respect to the Phase I Premises under the Phase I Lease, or may be applied to the cost of the Work (as defined in the Phase I Lease and Phase II Lease) with respect to the Phase III Premises under the Phase III Lease, or any of them, as Tenant may elect with written notice to Landlord.

 

3



 

(c)           The rights of Tenant to a rent credit or abatement under the terms and conditions of Section 4 of the Phase II Lease are hereby terminated, waived and released, and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

 

3.6          The Phase III Lease is modified as follows:

 

(a)           The Work Letter in Exhibit “E” of the Phase III Lease is deleted in its entirety. Tenant agrees to accept the Phase III Premises in “AS IS” condition, without relying on any representation, covenant or warranty by Landlord other than as expressly set forth in the Phase III Lease. Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish any work, labor, improvements or Alterations to the Phase III Premises or otherwise to prepare the same for Tenant’s use or occupancy, and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any tenant improvement allowance or other allowance with respect to the Phase III Premises. For clarity of understanding, the “Allowance” provided under Paragraph E-8 of the Work Letter in Exhibit “E” of the Phase III Lease is reduced to ZERO ($0.00). In furtherance of and without limiting the foregoing, Section 2 of the Phase III Lease is modified by deleting the phrase, “Subject to Landlord’s obligation to complete the Work,” in its entirety. All references to Work to be provided by Landlord in the Phase III Lease are hereby deleted.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant may apply any available amount of the Allowance under the Phase I Lease and Phase II Lease, less sums previously expended, to the cost of Alterations (as defined in the Phase III Lease) in the Phase III Premises, and such cost shall not count towards the $150,000.00 aggregate value set forth in Article 12 of the Phase III Lease.

 

(b)           The rights of Tenant to a rent credit or abatement under the terms and conditions of Section 4 of the Phase III Lease are hereby terminated, waived and released, and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

 

3.7          From and after the date of this Amendment:

 

(a)           The two (2) generators and UPS systems existing at the Building that Tenant will be permitted to use hereunder are collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Existing UPS.”

 

(b)           Commencing on the date of execution of this Amendment and throughout the remainder of the Term (subject to subparagraph (f) below), Tenant shall have the right to connect to the Existing UPS for the Building solely for the purpose of providing emergency electrical capacity to the Premises. Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, will install wiring as necessary to connect the Premises to the Existing UPS, as determined by Landlord, within a reasonable time after the date of this Amendment. Landlord may enter the Premises during normal business hours in connection with such work and the same shall not be construed as an eviction of Tenant nor shall Rent abate due to such work. All such costs shall be deemed Additional Rent under the Total Building Leases and shall be payable upon demand.

 

(c)           Tenant’s access to the Existing UPS shall be limited to such times, and under such rules and regulations as Landlord may reasonably impose. Tenant shall not do any work affecting the Existing UPS or the electrical connections of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

(d)           Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of its use of the Existing UPS as reasonably determined by Landlord and the cost of repairing any damage to the Existing UPS caused by Tenant’s use thereof. The costs to Maintain, including repair and if necessary, replacement of the Existing UPS shall be included in Operating Expenses for the Building for which Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share in accordance with Section 6 of the Total Building Leases. All such costs shall be deemed Additional Rent under the Total Building Leases.

 

(e)           Tenant hereby agrees that its use of the Existing UPS shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, and Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord and its Agents shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives, all claims for loss or damage to Tenant’s business or property, personal injury (including death), and loss or damage to any property sustained by Tenant or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant and Tenant’s Agents resulting from Tenant’s use of the Existing UPS, the failure of the Existing UPS to operate properly, Landlord’s inability to obtain fuel for the Existing UPS or the interruption or cessation of electrical service from the Existing UPS. Landlord does not warrant that any electrical service to be provided from the Existing UPS to the Premises shall be available upon demand or free from any slow-down, interruption or stoppage. Landlord shall not be responsible or

 

4



 

liable for any interruption in such services, nor shall such interruption affect the continuation or validity of this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary herein, if Tenant is prevented from using for the conduct of its business, and does not use for the conduct of its business, the Premises or any material portion thereof, for the Eligibility Period (as defined in Section 7 of each of the Total Building Leases) as a result of any failure, interruption or cessation of emergency electric power supplied by any of the Existing UPS, provided such failure is not due to any act or omission Tenant or its Agents, and is due to direct physical loss or damage affecting the Building or Property, then from the 11th consecutive Business Day that Tenant is so prevented from using or occupying for the conduct of its business and does not so use or occupy for the conduct of its business, the Premises or any material portion thereof, and continuing for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using or occupying for the conduct of its business, and does not so use or occupy for the conduct of its business, the Premises or a material portion thereof, Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be equitably abated or reduced, as the case may be, in the proportion that the rentable square feet of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using and occupying, and does not so use or occupy, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises, until the Existing UPS is restored to working condition. The conditional abatement of Base Rent and Additional Rent on the terms and conditions of the preceding sentence shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy against Landlord and its Agents for any such failure, cessation or interruption of utilities or services with respect to the Existing UPS.

 

(f)            Landlord may revoke Tenant’s right to connect to and use the Existing UPS as granted herein if Landlord determines that (i) Tenant’s emergency use of the Existing UPS exceeds safe operating parameters (estimated to be 200 amps of electricity), or (ii) Tenant fails to pay or perform its obligations with respect to the Existing UPS as described in this Section 3.7, and such failure is not cured within 30 days after written notice from Landlord. Such revocation shall be effective upon written notice of revocation and, upon giving such notice of revocation, Landlord may disconnect and remove any wiring and cabling servicing the Premises from the Existing UPS and charge Tenant for the cost thereof, which sum shall be paid as Additional Rent in accordance with Section 6 under the Total Building Leases. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not disconnect Tenant from the Existing UPS under clause (i) above if Tenant, within five (5) days after receipt of notice from Landlord, modifies its usage so that it will not exceed safe operating parameters (estimated to be 200 amps of emergency electrical capacity). From time to time during the Term, Landlord shall have the right to audit and monitor the level of amperage that Tenant has connected to and uses from the Existing UPS. Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in connection with any such auditing and monitoring.

 

(g)           Tenant’s connection to and use of the Existing UPS shall be for Tenant’s emergency use (not for any non-emergency use) at the Premises only (not at any other location). Tenant shall have no right to sublet or assign Tenant’s rights with respect to the Existing UPS.

 

(h)           Landlord represents that to Landlord’s knowledge as of the date hereof, the Existing UPS is in working order and the last service visit to the Existing UPS took place in January 2016. Tenant accepts the Existing UPS “AS IS” without representation or warranty from Landlord except as expressly set forth herein above.

 

3.8          Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that no broker brought about this transaction or was involved in the negotiations concerning this Amendment, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims of any broker engaged by Tenant arising out of or in connection with negotiations of, or entering into, this Amendment.  Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that no broker brought about this transaction or was involved in the negotiations concerning this Amendment, and Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any and all claims of any broker engaged by Landlord arising out of or in connection with negotiations of, or entering into, this Amendment.

 

3.9          Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that to Tenant’s knowledge (i) there exists no default under the Total Building Leases either by Tenant or Landlord; and (ii) there exists no offset, defense or counterclaim to Tenant’s obligations under the Total Building Leases.  Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that to Landlord’s knowledge (i) there exists no default under the Total Building Leases either by Tenant or Landlord; and (ii) there exists no offset, defense or counterclaim to Landlord’s obligations under the Total Building Leases, except with respect to Tenant’s obligation to pay the Excess Cost to Landlord before commencement of the Work in accordance with the Phase I Lease and the Phase II Lease. Together with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as payment to Landlord for Excess Cost items pursuant to paragraph E-8(a) of the Work Letter in Exhibit “E” of the Phase I Lease and the Phase II Lease, the sum of $506,544.12 for the Excess Cost

 

5



 

items described in Landlord’s invoice CareK-01 dated 02/09/16 and last revised 03/11/16. Pursuant to paragraph E-8(a) of the Work Letter in Exhibit “E” of the Phase I Lease and the Phase II Lease, in the event that the cost of Work shall change, any additional costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately as an addition to the Excess Cost or at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall make payments for such additional costs out of its own funds.

 

3.10        This Amendment contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the modification of the Total Building Leases and supersedes and replaces any prior agreement and understandings between the parties, either oral or written, concerning this Amendment.

 

3.11        Except as expressly amended herein, the Total Building Leases are unmodified and shall remain in full force and effect as if the same had been set forth in full herein, and Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and confirm all of the terms and conditions thereof.

 

3.12        This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

3.13        Each party agrees that it will not raise or assert as a defense to any obligation under the Total Building Leases or this Amendment or make any claim that the Total Building Leases or this Amendment is invalid or unenforceable due to any failure of this document to comply with requirements for corporate seals, attestations, witnesses, notarizations, or other similar requirements, and each party hereby waives the right to assert any such defense or make any claim of invalidity or unenforceability due to any of the foregoing.

 

3.14        This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which, when assembled to include an original signature for each party contemplated to sign this Amendment, will constitute a complete and fully executed original. All such fully executed counterparts will collectively constitute a single agreement.  Tenant expressly agrees that if the signature of Landlord and/or Tenant on this Amendment not an original, but is a digital, mechanical or electronic reproduction (such as, but not limited to, a photocopy, fax, e-mail, PDF, Adobe image, JPEG, telegram, telex or telecopy), then such digital, mechanical or electronic reproduction shall be as enforceable, valid and binding as, and the legal equivalent to, an authentic and traditional ink-on-paper original wet signature penned manually by its signatory.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands the date and year set forth below, and acknowledge one to the other they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to sign this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

228 Strawbridge Associates, LLC,

 

Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.,

a New Jersey limited liability company

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William H. Glazer

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

Name:

William H. Glazer

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

Title:

President

 

Title:

CFO

Date signed: March 22, 2016

 

Date signed: March 21, 2016

 

6




Exhibit 10.12

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of July 1, 2016

 

among

 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation,

CAREKINESIS, INC., a Delaware corporation,

CAREVENTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation,

CAPSTONE PERFORMANCE SYSTEMS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and

MEDLIANCE LLC, an Arizona limited liability company, as Co-Borrowers,

 

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO,

 

and

 

ABC FUNDING, LLC,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE 1 Definitions

1

1.1

Definitions

1

1.2

Other Terms; Rules of Construction

15

1.3

Accounting Terms

16

1.4

Joint and Several Liability

16

ARTICLE 2 Amounts and Terms of the Loans

18

2.1

Loans

18

2.2

Interest and Fees

19

2.3

Computation of Interest; Payment of Fees

19

2.4

Procedures for Payment

19

2.5

Indemnities

21

2.6

Maximum Interest

22

2.7

Incremental Loans

22

2.8

Protective Advances

23

ARTICLE 3 Payments and Prepayments on the Loan

24

3.1

Repayment at Maturity

24

3.2

Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss

24

3.3

Mandatory Prepayments

24

3.4

Voluntary Prepayments

25

3.5

Application of Payments and Collections

25

ARTICLE 4 Conditions Precedent

25

4.1

Conditions Precedent to Closing

25

4.2

Conditions Precedent to Delayed Draw Loans

27

ARTICLE 5 Representations and Warranties

28

5.1

Organization; Good Standing and Qualification

28

5.2

Authority; No Conflict

28

5.3

Compliance with Certain Material Agreements

28

5.4

Burdensome Agreements

29

5.5

Certain Fees

29

5.6

Valid and Binding Obligation; Enforceability

29

5.7

Permits, Licenses, and Other Approvals

29

5.8

Compliance with Health Care Laws

29

5.9

Subsidiaries; Capitalization

30

5.10

Real Property

30

5.11

Privacy and Data Security

30

5.12

Financial Statements and Other Information

30

5.13

Litigation

31

5.14

Locations

31

5.15

Taxes

31

5.16

Solvency

31

5.17

ERISA Matters

31

5.18

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

32

5.19

Sanctioned Persons

33

5.20

Insurance

33

5.21

Regulation U; Investment Company Act

33

ARTICLE 6 Affirmative Covenants

33

 

i



 

6.1

Compliance with Laws, Business and Properties

33

6.2

Offices, Records and Books of Account, Names

34

6.3

Intentionally Omitted

34

6.4

Audits

34

6.5

Reporting Requirements

34

6.6

Taxes

37

6.7

Preservation of Existence

37

6.8

Loan Documents

37

6.9

ERISA Compliance

37

6.10

Compliance with Environmental Laws

37

6.11

Insurance

38

6.12

Use of Proceeds of the Loans

38

6.13

Further Assurances

38

6.14

Post-Closing Obligations

39

ARTICLE 7 Negative Covenants

39

7.1

Corporate Documentation

39

7.2

Debt

39

7.3

Prepayment of Certain Debt

39

7.4

Liens

39

7.5

Intentionally Omitted

39

7.6

Asset Sales; Sale/Leaseback Transaction; Etc.

39

7.7

Intentionally Omitted

39

7.8

Intentionally Omitted

39

7.9

Margin Loan Restrictions

39

7.10

Loans or Investments

39

7.11

Transactions with Affiliates

39

7.12

Distributions

40

7.13

Subsidiaries

40

7.14

Change in Business, Operations or Management

40

ARTICLE 8 Financial Covenants

40

8.1

Maximum Total Leverage Ratio

40

8.2

Maximum First Lien Leverage Ratio

41

8.3

Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

41

8.4

Maximum Capital Expenditures

41

8.5

Minimum Cash

41

8.6

Minimum MRR Retention Rate

41

8.7

Minimum EBITDA

41

ARTICLE 9 Events of Default

41

9.1

Events of Default

41

9.2

Events of Default; Remedies

43

ARTICLE 10 The Agent

44

10.1

Agency Provisions

44

10.2

Replacement of Certain Lenders

48

10.3

Designation of a Different Lending Office

48

10.4

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

48

ARTICLE 11 Miscellaneous

48

11.1

Amendments

48

11.2

Notices

49

 

ii



 

11.3

Assignments; Participations

49

11.4

Costs and Expenses; Collection Costs

51

11.5

Confidentiality

51

11.6

Intentionally Omitted

52

11.7

No Liability

52

11.8

Entire Agreement; Severability

52

11.9

Governing Law

52

11.10

Waiver of Jury Trial, Jurisdiction, and Venue

52

11.11

Execution in Counterparts

52

11.12

Confidentiality and Notices

53

11.13

Accounting Information

53

11.14

USA PATRIOT Act

53

11.15

Survival of Agreement

53

11.16

Effectiveness

53

11.17

Headings

53

 

iii



 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit I

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit II

 

Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit III

 

Form of Request for Delayed Draw Loans

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 2.1(a)

 

Lenders

Schedule 5.3

 

Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 5.15

 

Taxes

Schedule 5.17

 

ERISA

Schedule 5.18

 

Intellectual Property

Schedule 5.20

 

Insurance

Schedule 6.14

Schedule 7.2

 

Post-Closing Obligations
Permitted Debt

Schedule 7.4

 

Permitted Liens

Schedule 7.10

 

Investments

Schedule 11.2

 

Notices

 

iv



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Agreement ”) dated as of July 1, 2016, among Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent Borrower ”), CareKinesis, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ CareKinesis ”), CareVentions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ CareVentions ”), Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Capstone ”) and Medliance LLC, an Arizona limited liability company (“ Medliance ” and, together with Parent, CareKinsesis, CareVentions and Capstone, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto from time to time, and ABC FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ ABC Funding ”) as administrative agent and as collateral agent for the Lenders (together with its successors and permitted assigns in those capacities, the “ Agent ”).

 

The Borrowers wish to borrow funds from the Lenders secured by certain assets of the Loan Parties, and the Lenders are prepared to make such loans to the Borrowers, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                                Definitions .  As used in this Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto), the following definitions apply:

 

ABC Funding ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests of any Person or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary of a Borrower, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person.

 

Additional Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b).

 

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or is a director, officer, partner, manager or member of such Person or , directly or indirectly, owns or controls 10% or more of any class of Equity Interests having ordinary voting power in the election of directors of such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Agent Advances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

 

Agent Fee Letter ” means that certain letter dated July 1, 2016, between the Agent and the Borrowers, pursuant to which the Borrowers agree to pay certain fees to the Agent from time to time.

 

Agent Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(o).

 



 

Agreement Value ” means, for each Hedging Agreement, on any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated on such date.

 

Allocable Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(g).

 

Applicable Premium ” means with respect to any prepayment or acceleration: (a) on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date,  the sum of (i) 3% of the principal amount of the Loans being repaid on the date of such prepayment or acceleration (the “ Prepayment Date ”) plus (ii) the present value at such Prepayment Date of all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on the Loans through the first anniversary of the Closing Date (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Prepayment Date) computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Prepayment Date plus 50 basis points, (b) at any time after the first anniversary of the Closing Date and on or prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 3% of the principal amount then being repaid and (c) at any time after the second anniversary of the Closing Date and on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 1.5% of the principal amount then being repaid.

 

Asset Sale ” means any sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets (collectively, a “ Transfer ”) by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (including by way of merger or consolidation or sale-leaseback transaction), whether in one transaction or a series or group of transactions, other than (a) Transfers of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, (b) Transfers of non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (c) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete Equipment.

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

Authorized Officer ” means the chief executive officer, the president or chief financial officer of each Loan Party.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Business Day ” means any day on which banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City, New York.

 

Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) of such Person during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated cash flow statement of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, other than the expenditures paid prior to the Closing Date by Parent Borrower’s landlord in an amount not to exceed $1,900,000.

 

Capital Lease ” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any Property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee, the obligations of which are required, in accordance with GAAP, to be capitalized on the balance sheet of that Person.

 

Change of Control ” means (a)(i) prior to, or in connection with, an Initial Public Offering, the Founders cease to own at least 90% of the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower owned by such Persons on the Closing Date and (ii) following an Initial Public Offering, (A) the Founders cease to own at least 67% of the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower owned by such Persons on the date of the Initial Public Offering or (B) any Person or Persons constituting a “group” (as such term is used in Sections

 

2



 

13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower , (b) Parent Borrower ceases to own, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding Equity Interests of the other Loan Parties, (c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower were not members as of the Closing Date or were approved by a majority of such directors as of the Closing Date or other directors so approved, (d) a “change of control” (or similar event) shall occur under any other instrument governing Material Debt or (e) a “liquidation event” (or similar event) shall occur under the certificate of incorporation of the Parent Borrower.

 

Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b).

 

Closing Date ” means the date that all of the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 have been satisfied and the Initial Loan has been funded.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Parent Borrower, in the form attached as Exhibit I hereto, that (a) states as of the date of such certificate that no Default or Event of Default has occurred since the date of the delivery of the most recent Compliance Certificate (or if any Default or Event of Default then exists, states the nature thereof and describes the steps being taken to address such Default or Event of Default); and (b) details compliance for the applicable fiscal period with all the financial covenants contained in Article 8 of this Agreement (and attaches a schedule showing the calculations thereof).

 

Contracts ” means subscription license contracts, maintenance contracts and support contracts of a Loan Party.

 

Debt ” of any Person means (without duplication): (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, other than deposits and advances incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, or other similar instruments or upon which interest payments are customarily made; (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than trade payables or other accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and not outstanding for more than 90 days after the date such payable was due); (d) all Debt of others directly or indirectly Guaranteed (which term shall not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business) by such Person; (e) all obligations created under Capital Leases of such Person; (f) all obligations secured by a Lien on any Property owned by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed by such Person or are non-recourse to the credit of such Person; (g) the aggregate unfunded pension liabilities pursuant to such Person’s pension plans; (h) the minimum assumed annual funding obligation pursuant to such Person’s pension plans; (i) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions that may have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person; (j) net obligations of such Person under any Hedging Agreement, valued at the Agreement Value thereof; (k) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Disqualified Stock of such Person or any other Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such Disqualified Stock, valued, in the case of redeemable preferred interests, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends and (l) the Vendor Obligations.

 

3


 

Declined Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

 

Default ” means an event, act or condition which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Delayed Draw Commitments ” means, with respect to each Lender, the amount indicated next to such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.1 hereto in the column titled “Delayed Draw Commitment”.

 

Delayed Draw Loans has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

 

Delayed Draw Loan Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date through and including the earlier of: (a) the second anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) the date on which all Loans have been repaid and (c) the date on which the Delayed Draw Commitments have been terminated or fully funded.

 

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

Disqualified Stock ”  shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or requires the payment of any cash dividend or any other scheduled payment constituting a return of capital, in each case at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Maturity Date in effect at the time such Equity Interest is issued, or (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (other than at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interest referred to in clause (a) above, in each case at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Maturity Date in effect at the time such Equity Interest is issued.

 

Distribution ” means any dividend payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any Equity Interests in any Loan Party, any return of capital to any Loan Party’s equity holders as such, or any action to purchase, retire, defease, redeem or otherwise acquire for value or make any payment in respect of any Equity Interests in any Loan Party or any warrants, rights or options to acquire any such interests, now or hereafter outstanding.

 

EBITDA ” of any Person for any period means, the sum of (a) net income (or net loss) attributable to such Person and its Subsidiaries, but excluding net income (or net loss) attributable to non-controlling interests (calculated before extraordinary items) during such period, plus (b) the result of the following, in each case (unless otherwise indicated) to the extent included in determining such net income (or net loss): (i) interest expense (including that portion attributable to Capital Leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized interest) during such period; plus (ii) income taxes accruing, paid or payable during such period; plus (iii) depreciation and amortization expense; plus (iv) non-cash stock-compensation based expenses; plus (v) non-cash changes in respect of contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonus or otherwise); plus (vi) gain or loss on the change in the fair value of warrant liability, plus (vii) cash payments made with respect to the Medliance Earnouts, plus (viii) losses on the extinguishment of indebtedness; in each case in accordance with GAAP.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender, any other financial institution or fund that extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses including insurance companies, mutual funds and lease financing companies, any trust or special purpose funding vehicle, and

 

4



 

any other Person approved by the Agent; provided, that none of the Loan Parties nor any Affiliate of a Loan Party shall be an Eligible Assignee.

 

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including a Plan) maintained for employees of a Borrower, or any of its ERISA Affiliates or any such plan to which any of them is required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees.

 

“Environmental Laws” means any and all applicable federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, licenses, approvals, interpretations and orders of courts or Governmental Entity, relating to the protection of human health from exposure to hazardous materials or the environment, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.), the Hazardous Material Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. § 331 et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.), the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. § 300, et seq.), the Environmental Protection Agency’s regulations relating to underground storage tanks (40 C.F.R. Parts 280 and 281), and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq.), and the rules and regulations thereunder, each as amended or supplemented from time to time. Environmental Laws include but are not limited to requirements pertaining to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation, handling, reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation or remediation of hazardous materials.

 

Equity Interest ” means any share, interest or other equivalent of capital stock of any Person, whether voting or non-voting and whether common or preferred (including any membership interest in a not-for-profit entity), all options, warrants and other rights to acquire, and all securities convertible into, any of the foregoing, all rights to receive interest, income, dividends, distributions, returns of capital and other amounts (whether in cash, securities, property, or a combination thereof), and including, without limitation, all rights to receive amounts due and to become due under or in respect of any investment agreement or upon the termination thereof, and all other rights, powers, privileges, interests, claims and other property in any manner arising out of or relating to any of the foregoing.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the guidance issued thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Loan Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the IRC or Section 4001 of ERISA.

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Plan; (b) the withdrawal of any Borrower , any of its Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA if there is any potential liability therefor; (c) the complete or partial withdrawal of any Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor; (d) a notice of reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (f) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan; (g) the failure to make any required contribution to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the imposition of a lien under Section 430(k) of the IRC or Section 303(k) of ERISA on any Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate; (i) the failure of any Plan to meet the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (j) [reserved]; (k) the determination that any

 

5



 

Plan is considered an at-risk plan under Section 430 of the IRC or Section 303 of ERISA or a Multiemployer Plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431, and 432 of the IRC or Sections 303, 304, and 305 of ERISA; (l) the occurrence or existence of any event or condition that might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (m) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA on any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

 

Event of Loss ” means the occurrence of any event by which any item of Collateral of any Loan Party is lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair, rendered permanently unfit for use, or seized by a Governmental Entity for any period of time.

 

Exchange Act ” means The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Excluded Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b).

 

Existing Debt ” means all Debt incurred under (a) that certain Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 2014, issued by the Parent Borrower in favor of Fred E. Smith III, (b) that certain Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 2014, issued by the Parent Borrower in favor of Stephen F. Olds, (c) that certain Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of December 31, 2014, issued by the Parent Borrower in favor of Olds Family 2002 Trust, (d) that certain Master Lease Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, among Eastward Fund Management, LLC, CareKinesis, Inc., J. A. Robertson, Inc. and Capstone Performance Systems, LLC and (e) that certain Master Lease Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2014, among Eastward Fund Management, LLC, CareKinesis, Inc., J. A. Robertson, Inc., Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, CareVentions, Inc., Tabula Rasa Healthcare, Inc. and Medliance LLC.

 

Existing Vendor Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Vendor Obligations”.

 

Extraordinary Receipt ” means, the receipt by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of cash receipts not in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, proceeds of insurance policies other than as a result of an Event of Loss).

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the IRC (as of the date of this Agreement and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the IRC.

 

First Lien Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of the Debt of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, but excluding any Subordinated Debt and Lender Debt.

 

First Lien Leverage Ratio ” mean s, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) First Lien Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) EBITDA of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such Test Period.

 

6



 

Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, the sum of (i)  regularly scheduled payments of principal on Debt (including payments in respect of Capital Leases which are allocable to principal) during such period, (ii) cash dividends or distributions on any series of Preferred Stock during such period and (iii) interest expense paid in cash during such period (including that portion attributable to Capital Leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized interest), but excluding, in each case, any payments in respect of the Earnouts and Preferred Stock Redemption.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of determining interest expense in this definition for any period ending prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, interest expense shall be an amount equal to actual interest expense from the Closing Date through the date of determination multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is 365 and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Closing Date through the date of determination.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” for any period or as of any date, means the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) EBITDA for the applicable Test Period minus (ii) Capital Expenditures during such period minus (iii) taxes accrued during such period to (b) Fixed Charges.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary incorporated or organized outside the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof and the District of Columbia.

 

Founders ” means, collectively, Calvin Knowlton, Orsula Knowlton and any trust, the beneficiaries of which, or a corporation or partnership, the stockholders or partners of which, include only the foregoing individuals and their parents, siblings, children and descendants.

 

Full Payment ” means, with respect to any Lender Debt, the full cash payment thereof, including any interest, fees and other charges accruing during (or that would have accrued but for the commencement of) any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding (whether or not allowed or allowable in such proceeding). No Lender Debt will be deemed to have been paid in full until all Lender Debt (other than unasserted contingent indemnification obligations) has been fully paid in cash and all commitments of the Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement have expired or been expressly terminated in writing.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 

Governmental Entity ” means the United States of America, any state thereof, any political subdivision of a state thereof and any agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or any state or political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, or administrative functions of or pertaining to government. Payments from Governmental Entities will be deemed to include payments governed under the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 1395 et seq.).

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ” means the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrowers, the Guarantor and the Agent, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Guarantor Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4(g).

 

Guarantors ” means the Persons from time to time providing a Guaranty of, or otherwise becoming obligated with respect to, any of the Lender Debt.

 

Guaranty ” by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other

 

7



 

obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, or to take-or-pay), or (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect the obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the term Guaranty shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guaranty” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Health Care Laws means, collectively, any and all federal, state or local laws, rules, regulations, orders, administrative manuals, guidelines and requirements relating to any of the following: (a) fraud and abuse (including the following statutes: the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the Stark Law (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn and §1395(q)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.), the Criminal False Claims Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b), all criminal laws relating to health care fraud and abuse including, 18 U.S.C. §§ 286, 287, 1001 and 1347, the Anti-Inducement Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a(a)(5)), the federal health care program exclusion provisions (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), the Civil Monetary Penalties Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), and the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (Pub. L. No. 108-173)); (b) the billing, coding, documentation or submission of claims or collection of accounts receivable or reporting and refunding of overpayments; (c) the provision of, or payment, for healthcare services, items and supplies, including Medicare (Section XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Section XIX of the Social Security Act), and any other Third Party Payor program requirements for participation and payment; (d) the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine and other applicable health care professions; (e) the privacy and security of health care information (including HIPAA); (f) healthcare facility and professional fee-splitting prohibitions; (g) federal and state laws related to facility and professional licensure; (h) the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.); (i) the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. §§ 801 et seq.); and (j) state pharmacy laws, including those governing compounding.

 

Hedging Agreement ” shall mean any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

 

HIPAA ” means (a) the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996; (b) the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (Title XIII of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009); (c) the Omnibus Rule effective March 26, 2013, and other implementing regulations at 45 CFR Parts 160 and 164; and (d) any state and local laws regulating the privacy and/or security of individually identifiable information.

 

Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b).

 

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b).

 

Initial Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the issuance by the Parent Borrower of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

 

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any case or proceeding commenced by or against a Person under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of such Person to, (a) the entry of an order for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other insolvency, debtor relief or debt

 

8



 

adjustment law; (b) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator, conservator or other custodian for such Person or any part of its Property; or (c) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Parent Borrower, the subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto as Grantors (as defined therein), Western Alliance Bank and the Agent.

 

Investment ” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (unless as specifically provided otherwise, as amended, or any successor statute thereto and the guidance thereunder).

 

IP Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.18.

 

IP Security Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

“Issuance” means the issuance by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Debt (other than the Loans and Permitted Debt), or the issuance by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Equity Interest; provided, however, that none of the following shall constitute an “Issuance”: (a) any Equity Interest in any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower issued to the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (b) any Equity Interest in Parent Borrower sold to, granted to, or issued upon exercise of any option granted to, any Person who (determined as at the time of the sale or grant) is an employee pursuant to a stock option (or equivalent) plan approved by the Agent, (c) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the issuance by Parent Borrower of any Equity Interests, to the extent the proceeds of which are used to pay all or a portion of the Medliance Earnouts or Preferred Stock Redemptions and (d) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the issuance by Parent Borrower of any Equity Interests in an Initial Public Offering.

 

Lender ” means (a) each persons listed on Schedule 2.1 hereto (other than any such person that has ceased to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance) and (b) any Person that has become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement.

 

Lender Advances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

 

Lender Debt ” means and includes any and all amounts due, whether now existing or hereafter arising, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any and all principal, interest, penalties, fees, charges, premiums, indemnities and costs owed or owing to the Agent or any Lender by the Borrowers, or any Guarantor or Affiliate of a Borrower (and including, to the extent due and owing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Applicable Premium), in each instance, whether absolute or contingent, direct or indirect, secured or unsecured, due or not due, arising by operation of law or otherwise, and all interest and other charges thereon, including, without limitation, post-petition interest whether or not such interest is an allowable claim in a bankruptcy proceeding.

 

Lender Group ” means (a) the Agent and (b) each Lender.

 

Licensed Personnel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8.

 

Lien ” means any lien, charge, deed of trust, mortgage, security interest, tax lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, preference, priority, other charge or encumbrance, or any other type of

 

9



 

preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever by or with any Person (including, without limitation, any conditional sale, capital lease or title retention agreement), or, in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities, in each case whether arising by contract, operation of law, or otherwise.

 

Loan ” means the Initial Loan and any Delayed Draw Loans, New Loans or Protective Advances.

 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, each promissory note (if any) evidencing any Loan, each Security Agreement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and each other document or instrument now or hereafter executed or delivered to the Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection herewith or therewith.

 

Loan Party ” means the Borrowers and each Guarantor.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, Properties, capitalization, assets, liabilities, operations or condition (financial or other) of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) the material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; (c) the material impairment of the validity or enforceability of, or the rights, remedies or benefits (when taken as a whole) available to the Agent or the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or (e) the material impairment of the validity, perfection or priority of any Lien granted on a material portion of the Collateral in favor of the Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Maturity Date ” means December 30, 2021.

 

Material Debt ” means any Debt which is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least $250,000 or as to which a default by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries thereunder could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Maximum Permissible Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

 

Measurement Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “MRR Retention Rate”.

 

Medliance Earnouts ” means each of the payments set forth in Section 1.1(b)(iii) and (iv) of the Medliance Purchase Agreement.

 

Medliance Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2014, by and between Parent Borrower, Fred Smith III, Olds Family 2002 Trust and Stephen F. Olds and, solely for the limited purposes set forth therein, Thomas Olds, Jr.

 

Monthly Recurring Revenue ” means with respect to any measurement period GAAP revenue recognized during such period from Contracts.

 

MRR Retention Rate ” means as of the last day of each month (the “ Measurement Date ”), the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (a) average Monthly Recurring Revenue for the three (3) months ending on the Measurement Date to (b) average Monthly Recurring Revenue for the twelve (12) month period ending on the Measurement Date.

 

10



 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions or, during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

 

Multiple Employer Plan ” means an Employee Benefit Plan that has two or more contributing sponsors (including any Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

 

Net Proceeds ” means with respect to any Asset Sale, Issuance or Extraordinary Receipt by any Loan Party, the aggregate amount of cash proceeds (after a reasonable estimate of taxes payable in connection therewith and payment of associated fees and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, appraisers, brokers, investment bankers and, with respect to any Issuance, any reasonable underwriter’s discount and, with respect to Asset Sales, repayment of any Debt secured specifically by and with a lien that is senior in priority to the Lender Group’s lien on the asset, the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Asset Sale)) received or receivable by such Person, and cash proceeds paid from time to time to such Person with respect to any promissory note or other instrument or security delivered in connection therewith.

 

New Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

 

New Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

 

OFAC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.19.

 

Other Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

 

Outstanding Balance ” means, with respect to any Loan, as of any date of determination, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of such Loan.

 

“Parent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(f).

 

“Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(f).

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

Pension Act ” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended (or any successor statute thereto), and the guidance issued thereunder.

 

Pension Funding Rules ” means the rules of the IRC and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act Section 412 of the IRC and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Sections 412, 430, 431, 432, and 436 of the IRC and Sections 302, 303, 304, and 305 of ERISA.

 

Perfection Certificate ” means the Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

11



 

Permits ” means, with respect to any Person, any permit, approval, consent, authorization, license, approval, registration, accreditation, certificate, concession, grant, franchise, variance or permission or similar authorization from any Governmental Entity, including any and all Permits issued or required under applicable Health Care Laws.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” means any Acquisition approved in writing by the Agent in its sole discretion; provided, that (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition, (b) the Target is in the same, similar or complimentary line of business as the Borrowers, (c) EBITDA of the Target is greater than $0, (d) the proposed Acquisition is consensual, (e) no Debt will be incurred, assumed or would exist with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries (including the Target) as a result of such Acquisition, other than Lender Debt and, so long as such Debt is not incurred in contemplation of such Acquisition, Permitted Debt and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries (including the Target) as a result of such Acquisition other than Permitted Liens, (f) the Parent Borrower will be in compliance with the financial covenants in Article 8 on a Pro Forma Basis, (g) the Agent shall have received (i) at least 30 days prior to the consummation of the intended Acquisition, a description of the proposed Acquisition, (ii) at least 20 days prior to the consummation of the intended Acquisition Agreement, pro forma consolidated projections with respect to the proposed Acquisition, historical financial information for the Target, due diligence materials prepared for any Loan Party, a quality of earnings report (if obtained) and drafts of the acquisition agreement (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto and, to the extent required in the acquisition agreement, all required regulatory and third party approvals) and (iii) on or prior to the date the Acquisition is consummated, a certificate of an Authorized Person of the Parent Borrower with reasonably detailed calculations of item (f) and attaching the executed acquisition agreement, (h) the Target is not organized or domiciled in any jurisdiction outside of the United States and (i) all actions required of the Target and the Loan Parties by Section 6.13 shall be completed substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition.

 

Permitted Debt ” means (a) Revolving Debt, (b) Vendor Obligations, (c) the Lender Debt, (d) Debt existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.2 and, with respect to Debt financing the acquisition or leasing of equipment, any extension, renewal or refinancing of such Debt; provided that the principal amount of the Debt being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase, (e) Debt arising after the Closing Date incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or leasing of equipment, including without limitation, Capital Leases in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 outstanding at any one time and (f) unsecured Debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed $100,000 outstanding at any one time.

 

Permitted Investments ” means (a) Investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.10, (b) Investments by any Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any Loan Party, (c) Investments by any Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any Subsidiary that is a not a Loan Party, upon Agent’s prior written consent, (d) Permitted Acquisitions and (e) (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein issued by Western Alliance Bank and (iv) Western Alliance Bank’s money market accounts.

 

Permitted Liens ” means the following (a) any Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.4 or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided the same have no priority over any of Agent’s security

 

12



 

interests, (c) Liens securing the Debt described in clause (e) of the defined term “Permitted Debt” provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired or leased and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such equipment and (d)  Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase.

 

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a Governmental Entity.

 

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (including a Multiemployer Plan and a Multiple Employer Plan) that is maintained or to which any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate must contribute and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA.

 

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

Preferred Stock Redemption ” means any redemption of the Preferred Stock of Parent Borrower to the extent it is required to do so under its certificate of incorporation (as in effect on the Closing Date).

 

Prepayment Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Premium”.

 

Pro Forma Basis ” means, with respect to demonstrating compliance on a pro forma basis with any covenant or the calculation of any ratio hereunder on a pro forma basis, in each case for the purposes of determining whether an incurrence of Debt or other transaction is permissible, the calculation of such covenant or ratio assuming that such Debt was incurred or such other transaction consummated, as applicable, on the first day of any applicable four quarter, with such calculation to be based on the actual EBITDA for such period of any business acquired or disposed of (for the avoidance of doubt, not taking any anticipated cost savings or synergies into account), and to be performed in a manner, and accompanied by supporting detail, satisfactory to the Agent in its sole discretion.

 

Pro Rata Share ” means a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the principal amount of the Loans owed to such Lender and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount of the Loans owed to the Lenders.

 

Property ” means property of all kinds, movable, immovable, corporeal, incorporeal, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible (including, without limitation, all rights relating thereto), whether owned or acquired on or after the date of this Agreement.

 

Protective Advances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8.

 

Related Person ” means any equityholder (or immediate family member of an equityholder), Affiliate (other than the Agent), agent, officer, director, member, manager, employee or partner of any Lender or its members or its equityholders.

 

Rejection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

 

13


 

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30-day notice period has been waived.

 

Required Lenders ” means: (a) at any time during the Delayed Draw Availability Period, Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate undrawn Delayed Draw Commitments plus the principal amount of the outstanding Loans and (b) at any time after the Delayed Draw Availability Period, Lenders holding more than 50% of the outstanding Loans.

 

Revolving Debt ” means Debt constituting Senior Priority Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

 

Security Documents ” means the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the IP Security Agreements, the Perfection Certificate, each Deposit Account Control Agreement and each of the security agreements, mortgages and other instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or pursuant to Section 6.14.

 

“Subordinated Debt” means any Debt subordinated in right of payment to the Lender Debt that is subject to a subordination agreement (or similar agreement) in favor of the Lenders on terms acceptable to the Agent.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or entity of which at least a majority of the outstanding shares of stock or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such corporation or entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time, in the case of a corporation, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any Borrower.

 

Target ” means any other Person or business unit or asset group or any other Person acquired or proposed to be acquired in an Acquisition.

 

Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

 

Test Period ” in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended on or prior to such time in respect of which internal financial statements of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries are available.

 

Third Party Payor ” means Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE and any other governmental payor, prescription drug plan, private insurer, managed care plan, or any other Person which presently or in the future maintains Third Party Payor Programs.

 

Third Party Payor Authorizations ” means all participation agreements, provider or supplier agreements, enrollments, accreditations and billing numbers necessary to participate in and receive reimbursement from a Third Party Payor Program, including all Medicare and Medicaid participation agreements.

 

Third Party Payor Programs ” means all payment or reimbursement programs, sponsored or maintained by any Third Party Payor, in which any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries participates.

 

Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of the Debt of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis

 

14



 

in accordance with GAAP, other than the Medliance Earnouts, the Preferred Stock Redemption and warrant liability.

 

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Total Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) EBITDA of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Test Period.

 

Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Asset Sale”.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any prepayment date, the yield to maturity as of such prepayment date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the prepayment date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the prepayment date to the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided , that if the period from the prepayment date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

 

Vendor Obligations ” means (a) Debt incurred pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2016, between CareKinesis, Inc. and AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation (the “ Existing Vendor Obligations ”) and (b) any Debt which serves to extend, replace, renew or refinance the Existing Vendor Obligations so long as: (i) the principal amount of such Debt does not exceed $6,000,000 at any time, (ii) the cash interest rate does not exceed 7.0%, (iii) such Debt is not secured by any assets or property of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that does not secure the Existing Vendor Obligations, (iv) any Liens securing such Debt (other than Liens on Inventory) is subordinated to the Liens securing the Loans to at least the same extent as the Existing Vendor Obligations pursuant to an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and (v) all other terms and conditions of such Debt shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

Withdrawal Liability ” means, with respect to any Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates at any time, the aggregate liability incurred (whether or not assessed) with respect to all Multiemployer Plans pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA.

 

1.2                                Other Terms; Rules of Construction .  All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9. Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference. For avoidance of doubt, a Default or Event of Default will be deemed to exist and be continuing at all times during the period commencing on the date that such Default or Event of Default occurs to the date on which such Default or Event of Default is waived in writing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or, in the case of a Default, is cured within the period of cure, if any, expressly provided for in this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise provides to the contrary, the term “month” means a calendar month. The terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph, subdivision, or clause. Any pronoun used shall be deemed to cover all genders. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, “from” means “from and including,”, “through” means “through and including,” and “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding,”. The terms “including” and “include” shall mean “including” and, for purposes of each Loan Document, the parties agree that the rule of ejusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit any provision. Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and

 

15



 

shall not affect the interpretation of any Loan Document. All references to (a) laws or statutes include all related rules, regulations, interpretations, amendments and successor provisions; (b) any document, instrument or agreement include any amendments, supplements, waivers and other modifications, extensions or renewals (to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents); (c) any Section or Article mean, unless the context otherwise requires, a Section or Article of this Agreement; (d) any Exhibits mean, unless the context otherwise requires, Exhibits attached hereto, and any Schedules mean, unless the context otherwise requires, the Schedules attached hereto, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference; and (e) unless otherwise specified, discretion of the Agent or any Lender mean the sole and absolute discretion of such Person. The Borrowers shall have the burden of establishing any alleged negligence, misconduct, or lack of good faith by the Agent or any Lender under any Loan Documents. No provision of any Loan Documents shall be construed against any party by reason of such party having, or being deemed to have, drafted the provision.

 

1.3                                Accounting Terms .  All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Defined terms and calculations in connection with the covenants and other provisions of this Agreement, including Article 8, shall be based upon and utilize GAAP applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the financial statements referred to in Section 6.5.  If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in this Agreement, and the Agent or the Borrowers shall so request, the Agent and the Borrowers shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) the Borrowers shall provide to the Agent financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

 

1.4                                Joint and Several Liability .

 

(a)                                  Joint and Several .  Each Borrower hereby agrees that such Borrower is jointly and severally liable for the full and prompt payment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and performance of, all Lender Debt owed or hereafter owing to the Agent and Lenders by each other Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each Borrower agrees that its obligations hereunder shall not be discharged until indefeasible payment in full in cash of all Lender Debt has occurred and the commitments to lend hereunder have been terminated, and that its obligations under this Section 1.4 shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and unaffected by,

 

(i)                                      the genuineness, validity, regularity, enforceability or any future amendment of, or change in, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, document or instrument to which any Borrower is or may become a party;

 

(ii)                                   the absence of any action to enforce this Agreement (including this Section 1.4) or any other Loan Document or the waiver or consent by Agent and Lenders with respect to any of the provisions thereof;

 

(iii)                                the existence, value or condition of, or failure to perfect its Lien against, any security for the Lender Debt or any action, or the absence of any action, by the Agent and Lenders in respect thereof (including the release of any such security);

 

(iv)                               the insolvency of any Loan Party; or

 

16



 

(v)                                  any other action or circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.

 

(b)                                  Waivers by Borrowers .  Each Borrower expressly waives all rights it may have now or in the future under any statute, or at common law, or at law or in equity, or otherwise, to compel the Agent or the Lenders to marshal assets or to proceed in respect of the Lender Debt against any other Loan Party, any other party or against any security for the payment and performance of the Lender Debt before proceeding against, or as a condition to proceeding against, such Borrower.  It is agreed among each Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders that the foregoing waivers are of the essence of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that, but for the provisions of this Section 1.4 and such waivers, the Agent and the Lenders would decline to enter into this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Benefit of Joint and Several Obligations .  Each Borrower agrees that the provisions of this Section 1.4 are for the benefit of the Agent and Lenders and their respective successors, transferees, endorsees and assigns, and nothing herein contained shall impair, as between any other Borrower and the Agent or the Lenders, the obligations of such other Borrower under the Loan Documents.

 

(d)                                  Subordination of Subrogation, Etc .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, each Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably subordinates to payment of the Lender Debt any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off and any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor with respect to any other Loan Party until the Lender Debt is irrevocably paid in full in cash (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due) and the commitments to lend hereunder have been terminated.  Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that this subordination is intended to benefit the Agent and Lenders and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Borrower’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Section 1.4 , and that the Agent, the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 1.4(d) .

 

(e)                                   Election of Remedies .  If the Agent may, under applicable law, proceed to realize its benefits under any of the Loan Documents giving the Agent a Lien upon any Collateral, whether owned by any Borrower or by any other Person, either by judicial foreclosure or by non-judicial sale or enforcement, the Agent may, at its sole option, determine which of its remedies or rights it may pursue without affecting any of its rights and remedies under this Section 1.4 .  If, in the exercise of any of its rights and remedies, the Agent shall forfeit any of its rights or remedies, including its right to enter a deficiency judgment against any Borrower or any other Person, whether because of any applicable laws pertaining to “election of remedies” or the like, each Borrower hereby consents to such action by the Agent, even if such action by the Agent shall result in a full or partial loss of any rights of subrogation that each Borrower might otherwise have had but for such action by Agent.

 

(f)                                    Limitation .  Notwithstanding any provision herein contained to the contrary, each Borrower’s liability under this Section 1.4 shall be limited to an amount not to exceed as of any date of determination the amount that could be claimed by the Agent and Lenders from such Borrower under this Section 1.4 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law after taking into account, among other things, such Borrower’s right of contribution and indemnification from each other Borrower under Section 1.4(g) .

 

(g)                                   Contribution with Respect to Guaranty Obligations .  To the extent that any Borrower shall make a payment under this Section 1.4 of all or any of the Lender Debt (other than Loans

 

17



 

made to that Borrower for which it is primarily liable) (a “ Guarantor Payment ”) that, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Borrower, exceeds the amount that such Borrower would otherwise have paid if each Borrower had paid the aggregate Lender Debt satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion that such Borrower’s Allocable Amount (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Borrowers as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following payment in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations) in cash of the Lender Debt and termination of the commitments to lend hereunder, such Borrower shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Borrower for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.  As of any date of determination, the “ Allocable Amount ” of any Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of the claim that could then be recovered from such Borrower under this Section 1.4 without rendering such claim voidable or avoidable under Section 548 of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law.  This Section 1.4(g)  is intended only to define the relative rights of Borrowers and nothing set forth in this Section 1.4(g)  is intended to or shall impair the obligations of Borrowers, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Section 1.4(a) .  Nothing contained in this Section 1.4(g)  shall limit the liability of any Borrower to pay the Loans made directly or indirectly to that Borrower and accrued interest, fees and expenses with respect thereto for which such Borrower shall be primarily liable.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of each Borrower to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.  The rights of the indemnifying Borrowers against other Loan Parties under this Section 1.4(g)  shall be exercisable upon the indefeasible payment in full in cash (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due) of the Lender Debt and the termination of the commitments to lend hereunder.

 

(h)                                  Liability Cumulative .  The liability of Borrowers under this Section 1.4 is in addition to and shall be cumulative with all liabilities of each Borrower to the Agent and Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party or in respect of any Lender Debt or obligation of the other Borrower, without any limitation as to amount, unless the instrument or agreement evidencing or creating such other liability specifically provides to the contrary

 

ARTICLE 2
AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE LOANS

 

2.1                                Loans .  (a)  Each Lender agrees to lend to the Borrowers, on the Closing Date, subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, the amount indicated next to such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.1 hereto in the column titled “Initial Loan Commitment”, as a single loan in the aggregate initial principal amount equal to $30,000,000 (the “ Initial Loan ”).  Amounts borrowed as the Initial Loan which are repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender agrees to lend to the Borrowers, in no more than three (3) installments, on any Business Day during the Delayed Draw Availability Period, subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, an aggregate amount not to exceed such Lender’s Delayed Draw Commitment (collectively, the “ Delayed Draw Loans ”); provided , however , the aggregate principal amount of each installment of Delayed Draw Loans borrowed shall be at least $5,000,000 and the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Delayed Draw Loans shall not exceed $20,000,000.  The Borrowers shall notify the Agent in writing of any request for a Delayed Draw Loan to be made pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to the date of such borrowing.  Any undrawn Delayed Draw Commitments shall automatically be terminated on

 

18



 

the second anniversary of the Closing Date.  Amounts borrowed as Delayed Draw Loans which are repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

 

(c)                                   The Loans made by each Lender may but need not be evidenced by one or more promissory notes, but in no event will the manner in which the Loans is evidenced limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loans or any other Lender Debt, and that obligation, howsoever evidenced, is and will remain a continuing obligation of the Borrowers under this Agreement. The Loans and each payment by the Borrowers thereon will be evidenced by the account or accounts maintained by each Lender pursuant to Section 2.4(e) and the register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 2.4(f).  Any Lender may request that the Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note.  In such event, the Borrowers shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Agent.  Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 11.3) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

 

2.2                                Interest and Fees .  (a)  The Borrowers shall pay (1) cash interest on the average daily Outstanding Balance of the Loans during the prior month on the first Business Day of each month, and (2) all accrued and unpaid interest on the Outstanding Balance of the Loans on the Maturity Date, in each case, at an interest rate per annum equal to 12.0%.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, at all times during the existence of any Event of Default, without notice to the Borrowers, interest on the Loans shall automatically accrue at a rate per annum equal to 2.0% in excess of the rate then otherwise applicable to such Loans. Interest accrued pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) shall be payable in cash on the earlier of (i) the next date for payment of interest pursuant to Sections 2.2(a) above and (ii) the date on which Agent makes demand therefor.

 

(c)                                   The Borrowers shall pay the fees set forth in the Agent Fee Letter.

 

2.3                                Computation of Interest; Payment of Fees .  (a)  Interest on the Loans and fees and other amounts calculated on the basis of a rate per annum shall be computed on the basis of actual days elapsed over a 360 day year.

 

(b)                                  Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be stated to be due and payable on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall in such case be included in computing interest on such payment.

 

(c)                                   All fees owed by the Borrowers under this Agreement are, and will be deemed hereunder for all purposes to be, fully earned and non-refundable on the due date thereof.

 

2.4                                Procedures for Payment .  (a)  Each payment hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be made not later than noon (New York City time) on the day when due in lawful money of the United States of America without counterclaim, defense, offset, claim or recoupment of any kind and free and clear of, and without deduction for, any present or future withholding or other taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or other liabilities of any nature imposed on such payments or prepayments by or on behalf of any Governmental Entity, except for (i) taxes upon or determined by reference to a Lender’s net income, franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of taxes on net income) or branch profits taxes, in each case, imposed by the United States or other jurisdiction in which such Lender is

 

19



 

organized or has its principal or registered lending office, (ii)  taxes attributable to the failure by any Lender or Agent to deliver the documentation required to be delivered pursuant to clause (g)  of this Section 2.4 ; (iii) with respect to a Lender, any U.S. federal withholding tax that is in effect and would apply to amounts payable hereunder under the law applicable at such time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or such Lender designates a new applicable lending office, except to the extent such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new applicable lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to this Section 2.4 ; and (iv) any U.S.  federal withholding taxes imposed as a result of FATCA (except where the applicable Lender has delivered to the Borrowers all required documentation to establish its exemption from FATCA) (all such nonexcluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”). If any such Taxes are so levied or imposed on any payment to any Lender, the Borrowers will make additional payments in such amounts as may be necessary so that the net amount received by such Lender, after withholding or deduction for or on account of all Taxes, including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.4, will be equal to the amount provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents. Whenever any Taxes are payable by the Borrowers with respect to any payments hereunder, the Borrowers shall furnish promptly to the Agent information, including certified copies of official receipts (to the extent that the relevant governmental authority delivers such receipts), evidencing payment of any such Taxes so withheld or deducted. If the Borrowers fail to pay any such Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Agent the required information evidencing payment of any such Taxes so withheld or deducted, the Borrowers shall indemnify the Agent and each Lender for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Agent or such Lender as a result of any such failure.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrowers shall pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes, any intangibles tax or any other sales, excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies now or hereafter assessed that arise from and are attributable to any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or performance of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Documents and any and all recording fees relating to any Loan Documents securing any Lender Debt (“ Other Taxes ”).

 

(c)                                   The Borrowers shall indemnify the Agent and each Lender for the full amount of any and all Taxes and Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes and Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.4) paid or payable by the Agent or such Lender (whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. Indemnification payments due to the Agent or any Lender under this Section 2.4 shall be made within 5 (five) days from the date the Agent or such Lender makes written demand therefor.

 

(d)                                  Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrowers hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrowers contained in this Section 2.4 shall survive the Full Payment of all Lender Debt hereunder.

 

(e)                                   Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from the Loans, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

(f)                                    The register maintained by the Agent with respect to the Loans shall include accounts for each Lender, in which accounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder, and (ii) the amount of any sum received by the Agent from the Borrowers hereunder and each

 

20



 

Lender’s share thereof. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the entries made by the Agent as provided in this Section 2.4(f) shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error .

 

(g)                                   Any Lender and the Agent, in each case, which is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the IRC, on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement and thereafter upon the expiration, invalidity or obsolescence of any previously delivered form, shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, furnish to the Borrowers and the Agent, as applicable, either (i) one accurate and complete originally executed IRS Form W-8BEN and a certificate to the effect that the Lender or the Agent is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the IRC, is not a “10-percent shareholder” of the Borrowers within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the IRC and is not a controlled foreign corporation described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the IRC, or (ii) IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8IMY, or W-8ECI.  Any Lender and the Agent, in each case, which is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the IRC, on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement and thereafter upon the expiration, invalidity or obsolescence of any previously delivered form, shall provide to the Borrowers and the Agent, as applicable, a IRS Form W-9 or other forms or information establishing an exemption from U.S. backup withholding.

 

(h)                                  Any Lender shall deliver any other applicable U.S. IRS forms to claim exemption or reduction of U.S. federal withholding to the Borrowers and the Agent, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, and to the extent that, in the judgment of such Lender, such delivery would be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

(i)                                      If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the IRC, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the IRC) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Agent as may be necessary for the Lender and the Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine whether such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (h), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

2.5                                Indemnities .  (a)  The Borrowers hereby agree to indemnify the Agent and each Lender on demand against any loss or expense which the Agent or such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of any of the following any default in payment or prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or any portion thereof or interest accrued thereon, as and when due and payable (at the due date thereof, by irrevocable notice of payment or prepayment, or otherwise). The Agent or Lender, as applicable, shall provide to the Borrowers a statement, supported when applicable by documentary evidence, explaining the amount of any such loss or expense it incurs, which statement shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(b)                                  The Borrowers hereby agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, the Lenders, and each of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, agents, representatives, counsel and employees and each other Person, if any, controlling them or any of their respective Affiliates within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented fees and disbursements for one counsel to the Agent and for the Lenders, taken as a group (with exceptions for conflicts of interest, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, and one counsel with respect to each regulatory specialty)) and liabilities which may

 

21



 

be incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Party with respect to or arising out of the Loans contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents, the Collateral (including, without limitation, the use thereof by any of such Persons or any other Person, the exercise by any Indemnified Party of rights and remedies or any power of attorney with respect thereto, and any action or inaction of any Indemnified Party under and in accordance with any Loan Documents), the use of proceeds of any financial accommodations provided hereunder, any investigation, litigation or other proceeding (pending or threatened) relating thereto, or the role of any such Person or Persons in connection with the foregoing whether or not they or any other Indemnified Party is named as a party to any legal action or proceeding (“ Claims ”). The Borrowers will not, however, be responsible to any Indemnified Party hereunder for any Claims to the extent that a court having jurisdiction shall have determined by a final nonappealable judgment that any such Claim shall have arisen out of or resulted solely from (i) actions taken or omitted to be taken by such Indemnified Party by reason of its willful misconduct or gross negligence, or (ii) a successful claim by the Borrowers against such Indemnified Party (“ Excluded Claims ”).

 

2.6                                Maximum Interest .  No provision of this Agreement shall require the payment to any Lender or permit the collection by any Lender of interest in excess of the maximum rate of interest from time to time permitted (after taking into account all consideration which constitutes interest) by laws applicable to the Lender Debt and binding on such Lender (such maximum rate being such Lender’s “ Maximum Permissible Rate ”). If the amount of interest (computed without giving effect to this Section 2.6) payable to any Lender in respect of any interest computation period would exceed the amount of interest computed in respect of such period at such Lender’s Maximum Permissible Rate, the amount of interest payable to such Lender in respect of such period shall be computed at such Lender’s Maximum Permissible Rate and any excess shall be applied to reduce any Lender Debt (other than interest) then owing to such Lender in such order as it shall determine.

 

2.7                                Incremental Loans.

 

(a)                                  The Borrowers may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Agent (whereupon the Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders) request one or more additional tranches of term loans (the “ New Loans ”), which may be of the same class as any existing class of Loans or a separate class of Loans (the “ New Commitments ”) for the purpose of funding Preferred Stock Redemptions; provided that both immediately before and immediately after the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, the conditions set forth in Section 4.2(a)-(d) shall be satisfied.  The terms and provisions of New Commitments (and the Loans in respect of the foregoing) shall be as agreed between the Borrowers, the lenders providing such New Commitments and the Required Lenders; provided , that, unless otherwise agreed by the Required Lenders: (a) such New Commitments shall (x) rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Initial Term Loan made on the Closing Date and (y) may not be (I) secured by any assets other than Collateral or (II) guaranteed by any Person other than a Guarantor, (b) New Loans shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date, (c) New Loans shall not have any scheduled amortization, (d) the New Loans may not participate in optional prepayments and mandatory prepayments on a greater than pro rata basis than the Loans, (e) the proceeds shall be used to fund Preferred Stock Redemptions and (f) the material terms of any such New Commitments, taken as a whole, shall be no more favorable to the new Lenders than those applicable to the Loans. The Borrowers shall offer each of Lender the opportunity to provide New Commitments on a pro rata basis (based on such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Loans), but no Lender shall be obligated to provide any New Commitments unless it so agrees.

 

(b)                                  Each notice from the Borrowers pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant New Loans and the date on which the Borrower proposes that the same shall be effective.  New Loans may be made by any existing Lender (but no existing Lender shall have any obligation to make a portion of any New Loan) or by any new lender

 

22



 

approved by the Required Lenders (each such lender, an “ Additional Lender ”).  New Commitments shall become effective under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrowers, each existing Lender agreeing to provide such New Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender agreeing to provide such New Commitment, if any, and the Agent.  The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Borrowers, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.8.  The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions as the Borrowers and the Lenders providing such Commitment shall agree, including, to the extent requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (a) (i) customary officer’s certificates and board resolutions and (ii) customary opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case, consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date and (b) supplemental or reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Security Documents as may be requested by the Agent in order to ensure that any New Commitment are provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents.

 

2.8                                Protective Advances .  (a)  Subject to the limitations set forth below, (i) the Agent is authorized by the Borrowers and the Lenders, from time to time in the Agent’s sole discretion (but the Agent shall have absolutely no obligation) to make extensions of credit in the manner set forth in Section 2.8(b) to the Borrowers for the purposes set forth below (any of such loans are herein referred to as “ Agent Advances ”) and (ii) the Required Lenders are authorized by the Borrowers, from time to time in the Required Lender’s sole discretion (but the Required Lenders shall have absolutely no obligation) to approve extensions of credit in the manner set forth in Section 2.8(c) (any of such loans are herein referred to as “ Lender Advances ” and together with the Agent Advances, the “ Protective Advances ”).  A Protective Advance shall be made if the Agent or the Lenders (as applicable), each in their sole and absolute discretion, deem such Protective Advance necessary or desirable to make pay or prepay the Vendor Obligations in the event that any of the obligations thereunder have been accelerated or any other event has occurred or condition exists, the effect of which is permit the acceleration any of the Vendor Obligations.  Protective Advances may be made even if the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 have not been satisfied.  The Protective Advances shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Agent in and to the Collateral and shall constitute Lender Debt hereunder.  Subject to Section 2.6, all Protective Advances shall bear interest at the 12% plus the default rate set forth in Section 2.2(b), on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed.  Interest on each Protective Advance shall be due and payable in arrears on the first Business Day of each calendar month, commencing on the calendar month such Protective Advance is made.  If not sooner paid, the Protective Advances shall be paid in full, together with accrued interest thereon, on the Maturity Date.  Each Protective Advance shall constitute “Loans” and shall be subject to the prepayment provisions set forth in Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 in the same manner as the other Loans made hereunder (including the limitation on prepayments and the Applicable Premium requirements set forth therein).  Unless expressly provided for in this Section 2.8 or elsewhere in this Agreement, Protective Advances shall constitute “Loans” in the same manner as the other Loans made under this Agreement for the purposes of each right, remedy, acknowledgement and obligation of the Lenders and Agent (and each obligation and acknowledgement of the Borrowers) provided for under this Agreement and the Loan Documents and for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement.  The Borrowers hereby irrevocably authorize the Agent to disburse the proceeds of any Protective Advance to the payment or prepayment of the Vendor Obligations.

 

(a)                                  Agent Advances .  The Agent shall deliver notice to each Lender and the Borrowers on the date of any Agent Advance. Such notice shall include the amount and funding date for such Agent Advance.  The amount of such Agent Advance shall be at the sole discretion of the Agent.  The Agent Advances shall be funded solely by the Agent (and its Affiliates) and the Lenders shall not be required to participate in, or provide commitments to fund, any Agent Advance.

 

23


 

(b)                                  Lender Advances .  The Required Lenders shall notify the Agent of the proposed Lender Advance, including the date on which such Lender Advance is to be made and the principal amount thereof.  Upon receipt of the notice, the Agent shall promptly deliver a copy of the notice to the other Lenders and the Borrowers.  Each Lender shall have the opportunity to provide the Lender Advance on a pro rata basis (based on such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Loans), but no Lender shall be obligated to provide any part of the Lender Advance unless it so agrees.

 

ARTICLE 3
PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS ON THE LOAN

 

3.1                                Repayment at Maturity .  To the extent not previously paid in accordance with this Article 3, the Loans shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

 

3.2                                Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss .  (a)  Subject to the other terms of this Section 3.2, if any equipment, inventory, real property or other assets included in the Collateral is subject to an Event of Loss, then the Loans shall be repaid, together with the Applicable Premium if the Event of Loss occurs on or prior to the third anniversary, (i) with the insurance proceeds received with respect thereto (to the extent such proceeds are received by the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall immediately, and in any event, within 2 days of receipt, turn such proceeds over to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders), and (ii) from any award paid by the seizing Governmental Entity (to the extent such award is received by the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall immediately, and in any event, within 2 days of receipt, turn such award over to the Agent on behalf of Lenders).

 

(b)                                  The Borrowers may utilize any such insurance proceeds in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 to replace the assets subject to an Event of Loss with substantially similar assets, subject also to satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) that no Event of Default is continuing; (ii) that within 15 days of receipt of proceeds in respect of that Event of Loss, the Borrowers provide the Agent with notice that the Borrowers intend to replace the assets subject to that Event of Loss with qualified replacement assets; (iii) that those replacement assets are subject to the Lien of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders with the same priority as the assets subject to the Event of Loss; and (iv) that those replacement assets are delivered and in full working order at the Borrower’s premises within 120 days of the date of receipt of proceeds in respect of that Event of Loss.

 

3.3                                Mandatory Prepayments .  Within five (5) Business Days of receipt of Net Proceeds by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from any Asset Sale, Issuance or Extraordinary Receipt, the Parent Borrower shall make a prepayment in respect of the Loans in amount equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale, Issuance or Extraordinary Receipt, together with the Applicable Premium if such Net Proceeds were received by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, such prepayment to be applied in the manner set forth in Section 3.5.

 

The Borrowers shall notify the Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment required to be made pursuant to this Section 3.3 at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each Lender may reject all or a portion of its Pro Rata Share of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the “ Declined Proceeds ”) required to be made pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3 by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Agent and the Borrowers no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) one Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Agent regarding such prepayment.  Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment to be rejected by such Lender.  If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment.  Any Declined Proceeds shall be offered to the Lenders not so

 

24



 

declining such prepayment in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (with such non-declining Lenders having the right to decline any prepayment with Declined Proceeds at the time and in the manner specified by the Agent).  To the extent such non-declining Lenders elect to decline their Pro Rata Share of such Declined Proceeds, any Declined Proceeds remaining thereafter shall be retained by the Borrowers.

 

3.4                                Voluntary Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  The Borrowers may not voluntarily prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, except pursuant to the following sentence.  At any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrowers may prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans, in whole but not in part, upon at least 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent; provided that, at the time of such repayment, (i) the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, (a) the entire principal amount of the Loans then outstanding, (b) any accrued but unpaid interest to the date of repayment, (c) fees and expenses required to be paid under the Loan Documents and any other Lender Debt then owed to the Agent or any Lender, and (d) the Applicable Premium and (ii) the Delayed Draw Commitments shall be terminated.

 

(b)                                  At any time after the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrowers may prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans, in whole or in part, upon at least 5 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent; provided that, at the time of such repayment, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, (a) the principal amount of the Loans then outstanding, (b) any accrued but unpaid interest to the date of repayment, (c) fees and expenses required to be paid under the Loan Documents and any other Lender Debt then owed to the Agent or any Lender, and (d) with respect to any prepayment on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the Applicable Premium.

 

3.5                                Application of Payments and Collections .  All mandatory and voluntary prepayments of the Loans under this Article 3 shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff, and shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the portion of the Loans being prepaid to the date of prepayment, all costs associated with such prepayment, and, for prepayments at any time on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the Applicable Premium.

 

ARTICLE 4
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

4.1                                Conditions Precedent to Closing .  The obligation of each Lender to make the Initial Loan on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  that the Agent has received (i) an executed counterpart signature of this Agreement signed by the Borrowers, and (ii) executed originals or copies (which may include facsimile or PDF copies) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Agent Fee Letter and any promissory notes requested by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.1(c) ;

 

(b)                                  that the Agent has received executed copies of: (i) the Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) an amendment to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2015, among Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc., CareKinesis, Inc., CareVentions, Inc., Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, J. A. Robertson, Inc., Medliance LLC and Western Alliance Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and (iii) payoff letters or other documentation satisfactory to the Agent evidencing the repayment of the Existing Debt.

 

25



 

(c)                                   that the Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, a written opinion of counsel to each Loan Party, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent;

 

(d)                                  that the Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation, certification of formation or other constitutive document, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization and a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State (or, in each case, a comparable governmental official, if available); (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party dated the Closing Date and certifying (1) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws, or operating, management or partnership agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date, (2) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors, board of managers, members of other governing body of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (3) that the certificate or articles of incorporation of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate from the applicable Secretary of State furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (4) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iii) a certificate of another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above; and (iii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Parent Borrower dated the Closing Date and certifying that attached thereto are true and complete copies of (1) all of the documents and agreements governing the Revolving Debt as of the Closing Date and (2) of all of the documents and agreements governing the Vendor Obligations as of the Closing Date;

 

(e)                                   that the Agent has received (i) payment of the fees due and payable to the Agent under the Agent Fee Letter and (ii) payment of closing costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees;

 

(f)                                    that each document (including any UCC financing statements) required by the Security Documents or reasonably requested by the Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Agent, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other person (other than Permitted Liens), shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Agent in proper form for filing, registration or recordation;

 

(g)                                   that the Agent shall have received the results of a recent lien search made with respect to the Loan Parties in the states (or other jurisdictions) of formation of such persons, in each case as indicated on such Perfection Certificate together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent that the Liens indicated in any such financing statement (or similar document) would be permitted under this Agreement or have been or will be contemporaneously released or terminated;

 

(h)                                  that the Agent shall have received a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, the insurance policies required by Section 6.11 and the applicable provisions of the Security Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a customary lender’s loss payable endorsement and to name the Agent as additional insured, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

(i)                                      that the Agent shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Parent Borrower, in the form of Exhibit II certifying that: (a) the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries,

 

26



 

on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the making of the Initial Loan to occur on the Closing Date, are solvent and (b) EBITDA of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Test Period ending March 31, 2016, calculated on a pro forma basis, is at least $9,000,000;

 

(j)                                     that the Agent has received projected consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a quarterly basis for the period from the Closing Date through the month following the first anniversary of the Closing Date and on a quarterly basis for the following two years;

 

(k)                                  that (i) no material litigation or investigation has been initiated or is ongoing involving any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or shareholders, whether relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise, and (ii) no judgment, order, injunction, or other similar restraint prohibiting any of the transactions contemplated hereby has been issued or is in effect;

 

(l)                                      that each Loan Party is in material compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and has obtained all material licenses, consents and approvals necessary to operate its respective business and shall have obtained all material and appropriate approvals pertaining to all applicable governmental, ERISA, retiree health benefits, workers’ compensation, and other requirements, regulations, and laws, including without limitation Environmental Laws;

 

(m)                              that the representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document are true and correct in all respects;

 

(n)                                  that no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default;

 

(o)                                  that the Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief financial officer of the Parent Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in clauses (j) through (n) of this Section 4.1;

 

(p)                                  that no material adverse change in the loan market and financial markets in general has occurred since June 10, 2016;

 

(q)                                  that the Lenders have completed the applicable business, legal and regulatory due diligence related to the Loan Parties with results satisfactory to the Lenders;

 

(r)                                     that the Lenders shall have received a quality of earnings report by a national accounting firm with results satisfactory to the Lenders;

 

(s)                                    that the Lenders shall have received background checks on certain personnel of the Loan Parties pursuant to internal policies of the Lenders with results satisfactory to the Lenders; and

 

(t)                                     that the Agent shall have received executed copies of employment and non-compete agreements for Calvin Knowlton and Orsula Knowlton in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

4.2                                Conditions Precedent to Delayed Draw Loans. The obligation of each Lender to make a Delayed Draw Loan is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  The representations and warranties of the Borrowers contained in Article V or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such

 

27



 

Delayed Draw Loan ; provided that to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided further that, any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates.

 

(b)                                  No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Delayed Draw Loan or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

 

(c)                                   The Total Leverage Ratio calculated on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the incurrence of the Delayed Draw Loans shall not exceed 4.00 to 1.00.

 

(d)                                  The Borrowers shall be in compliance with the financial covenants contained in Article 8 calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

(e)                                   The proceeds of the Delayed Draw Loan will be used to (a) repurchase outstanding warrants issued by the Parent Borrower, (b) fund Permitted Acquisitions and/or (c) pay fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing and with borrowing the Delayed Draw Loans.

 

(f)                                    The Agent shall have received a Request for Delayed Draw Loans in the form of Exhibit III.

 

ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Borrowers hereby make the following representations and warranties to the Agent and each Lender:

 

5.1                                Organization; Good Standing and Qualification .  Each Loan Party (a) is duly formed and organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization (as indicated in Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate) and (b) except where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in every jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified.

 

5.2                                Authority; No Conflict .  The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and any other documents to be delivered by it thereunder (a) are within its corporate powers; (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or partnership action, as applicable; (c) do not contravene (i) its organizational documents, (ii) any law, rule, or regulation applicable to it (including, without limitation, laws, rules and regulations relating to usury, truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices, licensing, and privacy), (iii) any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or its Property, or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its Property; (d) do not result in or require the creation of any Lien upon or with respect to any of its Properties, other than the security interests created by the Security Documents; and (e) do not and will not result in any default, noncompliance, suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or non-renewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to its operations or any of its Properties.

 

5.3                                Compliance with Certain Material Agreements .  No Loan Party is in violation of any material term of any material agreement or instrument binding on or otherwise affecting it or any of its Properties.  Schedule 5.3 sets forth a list of all material transactions as of the Closing Date between any Borrower and an Affiliate thereof (other than another Loan Party).

 

28



 

5.4                                Burdensome Agreements .  No Loan Party (a) is a party or subject to any contract, agreement, or restriction under its organizational documents that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) is a party or subject to any contract or agreement (other than this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) that conditions or restricts the right of that Loan Party to incur or repay Debt, to grant Liens on any assets, to declare or make Distributions, or to modify, extend, or renew any agreement evidencing any Debt.

 

5.5                                Certain Fees .  No investment banking, brokerage, finders’ or similar fees are payable to any Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents (other than to the Agent under the Loan Documents in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby).

 

5.6                                Valid and Binding Obligation; Enforceability .  Each of the Loan Documents to which any Loan Party is a party constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought at equity or law).

 

5.7                                Permits, Licenses, and Other Approvals .  Each Loan Party has all power and authority, and has all material permits, licenses, accreditations, certifications, authorizations, approvals, consents and agreements of all Governmental Entities and other Persons necessary or required for it (a) to own the assets that it now owns, (b) to carry on its business as now conducted, and (c) to execute, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

5.8                                Compliance with Health Care Laws .  Each of the Loan Parties is, and at all times during the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the Closing Date has been, in material compliance with all Health Care Laws.  To the knowledge of the Borrowers, no circumstances exist which could reasonably be expected to result in a violation of any Health Care Law.  Each of the Loan Parties holds all material Permits for it to own, lease, sublease or operate its assets, or to conduct its business or operations as presently conducted, and holds all Third Party Payor Authorizations necessary to participate in and be reimbursed by all Third Party Payor Programs in which such Loan Party participates.  All such Permits and Third Party Payor Authorizations are in full force and effect and there is no default under, violation of, or other noncompliance with the terms and conditions of any such Permits or any such Third Party Payor Authorizations.  Without limiting the generality of any other representation or warranty made herein, (i) each of the pharmacists, pharmacy technicians, physicians, nurses or other licensed personnel, whether employees, independent contractors or leased personnel of each of the Loan Parties (“ Licensed Personnel ”) holds a valid and unrestricted license to practice his or her profession from each state where he or she is required to be so licensed, and, when required, holds a valid and unrestricted Drug Enforcement Administration registration and applicable state license to prescribe controlled substances, (ii) all Licensed Personnel, in the exercise of their respective duties on behalf of each of the Loan Parties, are in material compliance with all applicable Health Care Laws, and (iii) all agreements between each of the Loan Parties and a hospital or other health care facility and all agreements between each of the Loan Parties and Licensed Personnel are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Health Care Laws.  No Loan Party is subject to any pending, or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened, investigation, hearing, litigation, suit, proceeding, audit, arbitration, claim review, or other action or communication from any Governmental Entity or Third Party Payor Program of any potential or actual material non-compliance by, or liability of, the Loan Parties under any Health Care Laws, any Permit or any Third Party Payor Authorization.  The Parent Borrower has adopted a compliance plan the purpose of which is to assure that each of the Loan Parties and Licensed Personnel are in material compliance with applicable Health Care Laws.  None of the Loan Parties, any of their respective owners, officers, directors, employees or independent contractors is

 

29



 

debarred, suspended or excluded from participation in any federal health care program, any Third Party Payor Program, or any government procurement or non-procurement program.  None of the Loan Parties is a party to, or bound by, any corporate integrity agreement, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, deferred prosecution agreement, settlement agreement, or similar formal or informal agreements with any Governmental Entity concerning compliance with Health Care Laws.

 

5.9                                Subsidiaries; Capitalization .  Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate sets forth the full and complete organizational structure of the Loan Parties, including the names of all equityholders, the nature and terms of each Equity Interest, and the capital account or number of shares of each equityholder as of the Closing Date. All of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in each Loan Party have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as indicated on Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate, the holders thereof are not entitled to any preemptive, first refusal or other similar rights.  Except as indicated on Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate, as of the Closing Date, all such Equity Interests are owned by the holder thereof free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate, there are no outstanding Debt or equity securities of any Loan Party and no outstanding obligations of any Loan Party convertible into or exchangeable for, or warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from any Loan Party, or other obligations of any Loan Party to issue, directly or indirectly, any Equity Interests. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any Subsidiaries, other than as listed on Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate.

 

5.10                         Real Property .  Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate contains a correct and complete list (indicating the location of such real property by street address and state) of all real property owned or leased by each Loan Party.  Each Loan Party has good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its material properties and assets, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes.  All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Liens. Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Loan Parties has defaulted under any lease to which it is a party and all such leases are in full force and effect.  Each Loan Party enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such leases, other than leases in respect of which the failure to enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.11                         Privacy and Data Security .  Each Loan Party’s use, collection, disclosure, access, maintenance, transmission, protection and dissemination of any personally-identifiable information concerning individuals is and for the past three (3) calendar years has been in material compliance with all laws.  Each of the Loan Parties maintain and have maintained for the past three (3) calendar years policies and procedures regarding data security, privacy, and the use of data and maintain administrative, technical, and physical safeguards that are commercially reasonable and, in any event, in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and all contractual obligations.  No Loan Party is now, and has not in the prior three (3) calendar years been, in breach of any Business Associate Agreement as defined under HIPAA.  No Loan Party has received any written claim or notice from any Governmental Entity, alleging or referencing the investigation of any breach, violation of its Information Systems as defined under HIPAA or the improper use, disclosure or access to any personally identifiable information in its possession, custody or control.

 

5.12                         Financial Statements and Other Information .  All of the financial statements of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries which have been furnished to the Agent, fairly present the consolidated financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates referred to therein and the results of the operations of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the periods ended on such dates, all in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal year-end adjustments, as applicable), and

 

30



 

since December 31, 2015, there has been no change which has had or resulted in, or is reasonably likely to have or result in, a Material Adverse Effect. All information provided in the application for the financing effectuated by this Agreement, and each other document and report provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Lender Group, when taken as a whole, is or shall be true and accurate in all material respects as of the date so furnished; provided that, with respect to projected financial information of the Loan Parties, the Borrowers represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time. Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Agent all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect, and there exists no contingent liability or other fact or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.13                         Litigation .  There is no pending or, to its knowledge, threatened action or proceeding or investigation, injunction, writ or order affecting any Loan Party before or by any court, Governmental Entity or arbitrator which could reasonably be expected to having or result in a Material Adverse Effect or which purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and none of the Loan Parties are currently the subject of, nor does any of such Persons have any present intention of commencing or filing, an insolvency proceeding or petition in bankruptcy.

 

5.14                         Locations .  Each Loan Parties’ exact name, principal place of business and chief executive office, and the office where it keeps its data, books, and records concerning the Collateral are located at the addresses referred to in Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate. Except as disclosed in Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate, no Loan Party has changed its principal place of business or chief executive office in the last five years. Except as disclosed in Section 1 of the Perfection Certificate, no Loan Party has used and does not now use any fictitious or trade name during the five years immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and has not changed its name in the last 24 months.

 

5.15                         Taxes .  The Loan Parties have filed on a timely basis all material tax returns (federal, state, and local) required to be filed and has paid, or made adequate provision for payment of, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges due from it. No tax Lien has been filed and is now effective against it or any of its respective Properties except any Lien in respect of taxes and other charges not yet due or contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings. To its best knowledge, and except as disclosed on Schedule 5.15 hereto, there is no pending investigation by any taxing authority or any pending but unassessed tax liability relating to it.

 

5.16                         Solvency .  Both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Loan Party (a) was and is solvent; (b) had not and has not incurred debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay; and (c) had and will have an adequate amount of capital to conduct its business in the foreseeable future.  The transactions contemplated hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, including the granting of Liens on the Collateral, are made by each Loan Party in good faith and without intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its present or future creditors.

 

5.17                         ERISA Matters .  (a)  Each Employee Benefit Plan has complied with and been administered in accordance with its terms and is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws including ERISA and the IRC. No Loan Party nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has any obligation to contribute to any Multiemployer Plan or any liability, whether absolute or contingent, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; and no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has any material unpaid liability for any Employee Benefit Plan. Schedule 5.17 identifies as of the date hereof all Plans and all Employee Benefit Plans and all material consulting agreements, executive employment agreements, executive compensation plans, deferred compensation agreements, employee stock purchase and stock option plans and severance

 

31



 

plans of each Loan Party, in each case, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $50,000.

 

(b)                                  Each Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the IRC has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the IRC and the trust related thereto has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(a) of the IRC, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the Internal Revenue Service. To the best knowledge of the Borrowers, and each ERISA Affiliate nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.

 

(c)                                   Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $50,000, (i) no ERISA Event has occurred, and none of the Borrowers and the ERISA Affiliates is aware of any fact, event, or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to constitute or result in an ERISA Event with respect to any Plan, (ii) each Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have met all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules with respect to each Plan, and no waiver under the Pension Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained, (iii)  neither the Borrowers nor any of the ERISA Affiliates has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of premiums, and there are no premiums that have become due that are unpaid; and (iv) neither the Borrowers nor any of the ERISA Affiliates has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA. No Plan has been terminated by the administrator thereof or by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Plan.  As of the most recent valuation date for each Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the IRC) is 60% or higher, and none of the Borrowers and the ERISA Affiliates knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage of any such Plan to drop below 60% as of the most recent valuation date.

 

(d)                                  There are no pending actions, claims or lawsuits that have been asserted or instituted against any of the Employee Benefit Plans, the assets of any of the trusts under such plans, the plan sponsor, the plan administrator or any fiduciary of any such plan (other than routine benefit claims), and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party and all ERISA Affiliates, there are no facts which could form the basis for any such action, claim or lawsuit. There are no investigations or audits by any Governmental Entity of any of the Employee Benefit Plans, any trusts under such plans, the plan sponsor, the plan administrator or any fiduciary of any such plan that have been instituted or threatened, and, to the knowledge of each Loan Party and all ERISA Affiliates, there are no facts that could form the basis for any such investigation or audit.

 

(e)                                   None of the Borrowers and the ERISA Affiliates maintains or contributes to, or has any unsatisfied obligation to contribute to, or liability under, any active or terminated Plan, other than those listed on Schedule 5.17.

 

5.18                         Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.   Each Loan Party owns, licenses or possesses the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are necessary for the operation of its respective business, as currently conducted, and such IP Rights do not conflict with the rights of any other person, except to the extent such failure to own, license or possess or such conflicts, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Set forth on Schedule 5.18 is a complete and accurate list of all material registered, or applications to register, IP Rights in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office owned or exclusively licensed by each Loan Party as of the Closing Date.  The conduct of the business of the Loan

 

32



 

Parties as currently conducted or as contemplated to be conducted does not infringe upon or violate any rights held by any other person, except for such infringements and violations which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of any of the Loan Parties, threatened in writing, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.19                         Sanctioned Persons .  None of the Loan Parties nor, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”) or sanctions under other similar applicable laws of other jurisdictions in which it conducts business with the result that any Lender would be in violation of applicable law; and the Borrowers do not intend to directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loans or otherwise make available such proceeds to any person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or sanctions under other similar applicable laws of other jurisdictions in which it conducts business with the result that any Lender would be in violation of applicable law.

 

5.20                         Insurance.   Schedule 5.20 sets forth an accurate list of all material policies of insurance (by policy number, insurer, policy holder, policy period, type, and amount of coverage) held by or for the benefit of the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date with respect to their businesses, assets and properties.

 

5.21                         Regulation U; Investment Company Act .

 

(a)                                  Neither (i) the making of the Loans available to the Borrowers, or (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Loan results in the Borrowers purchasing or carrying any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of Federal Reserve System) or extending any credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

 

(b)                                  No Borrower is an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

ARTICLE 6
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Borrower agrees to perform and cause each of the other Loan Parties to perform all covenants in this Article 6.

 

6.1                                Compliance with Laws, Business and Properties .  The Borrowers and each of their respective Subsidiaries shall comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders (including Health Care Laws), whether now in effect or hereafter enacted, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrowers shall obtain, maintain and preserve, and cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to obtain, maintain and preserve, and take all necessary action to timely renew, all permits, licenses, authorizations, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, approvals, entitlements and accreditations which, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrowers, are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business.  The Borrowers and each of their respective Subsidiaries shall maintain and operate the conduct of their business in substantially the manner in which it is presently conducted and operated.  The Borrowers and each of their respective Subsidiaries shall at times maintain and preserve all tangible property material to the conduct of such business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions, improvements and replacements

 

33


 

thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times.

 

6.2                                Offices, Records and Books of Account, Names .  Each Loan Party shall keep its principal place of business and chief executive office and the offices where it keeps its records concerning the Collateral at its address set forth in Section 2 of the Perfection Certificate or, upon 15 days’ prior notice to the Agent, at any other locations in jurisdictions where all actions reasonably requested by the Agent or otherwise necessary to protect, maintain and perfect the Agent’s Lien on the Collateral have been taken and completed. Each Loan Party shall maintain proper books and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and shall not make any notation on its books and records, including any computer files, that is inconsistent with the assignment of the Collateral to the Agent as collateral security.  Each Loan Party shall keep its exact legal name as set forth in Section 1 of the Perfection Certificate and will not change its name, jurisdiction or organization or formation, identity or corporate structure or Federal Taxpayer Identification Number without providing 15 days’ prior notice to the Agent and taking and completing all actions reasonably requested by the Agent or otherwise necessary to protect, maintain and perfect the Agent’s Lien on the Collateral.

 

6.3                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

6.4                                Audits .  Each Loan Party shall, at any time and from time to time during regular business hours as requested by the Agent, permit the Agent (who may be accompanied by any members of the Lender Group) or its representatives, upon reasonable prior written notice or during the continuance of any Event of Default, without notice and on a confidential basis, to do any of the following: (1) examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents (including, without limitation, computer tapes and disks) in such Loan Party’s possession or under its control relating to the Collateral and the financial condition and operations of the Loan Parties; (2) visit such Loan Party’s offices and properties for the purpose of discussing financial condition, performance and operations of the Loan Parties, and examining and auditing such materials described in clause (1) above; and (3) discuss accounting, operational, performance, financial and general business matters relating to the Loan Parties, matters relating to the Collateral, or matters relating to such Loan Party’s performance under the Loan Documents with any of such Loan Party’s officers or employees having knowledge of such matters.

 

6.5                                Reporting Requirements .  The Borrowers shall provide and shall cause each Loan Party to provide to the Agent the following:

 

(a)                                  as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrowers, the following:

 

(i)                                      a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholder’s equity (or deficit) and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations and the operations of such Subsidiaries during such year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all audited by independent public accountants of recognized national standing and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which opinion shall be without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrowers and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and a copy of any

 

34



 

management letter or written report submitted to the Borrowers by independent certified public accountants with respect to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, prospects, or Properties of the Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, together with a customary “management discussion and analysis of financial and result of operations”;

 

(ii)                                   a Compliance Certificate; and

 

(iii)                                a list of all material transactions for the prior fiscal year between any Borrower and an Affiliate thereof (other than another Loan Party).

 

(b)                                  as soon as available and in any event no later than 30 days after the end of each quarter, the following:

 

(i)                                      a copy of the consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such quarter and the results of its operations and the operations of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such month and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, together with comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, certified by the chief financial officer of the Parent Borrower; and

 

(ii)                                   a Compliance Certificate

 

(c)                                   as soon as available and in any event no later than 30 days after the end of each month, the following:

 

(i)                                      a copy of the consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and related statements of income and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the close of such month and the results of its operations and the operations of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such month and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, together with comparative figures for the same periods in the immediately preceding fiscal year, certified by the chief financial officer of the Parent Borrower; and

 

(ii)                                   a copy of the bank account statements demonstrating compliance with Section 8.5.

 

(d)                                  as soon as available, but in any event no later than the earlier to occur of 30 days following the beginning of each fiscal year of the Borrowers or the date of approval by such Borrowers’ boards of directors (or equivalent governing bodies), a consolidated and consolidating operating plan (together with a complete statement of the assumptions on which such plan is based) of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries approved by the applicable Boards of Directors (or equivalent governing bodies) which shall include budgeted monthly balance sheets and relates statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flow projections for the prospective year in a form reasonable acceptable to the Agent; and promptly when available, any significant revisions to such operating plan;

 

(e)                                   the Borrowers shall promptly (and in no event later than one Business Day following its obtaining actual knowledge thereof) notify the Agent of the following: (A) any breach by the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any covenants or representations and warranties hereunder or under any other Loan Document; and (B) the occurrence of any Default or any Event of

 

35



 

Default, such notice to be accompanied by a statement of the chief financial officer of a Borrower setting forth details of such Default or Event of Default, and the action that the applicable Loan Party has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(f)                                    (A) promptly and in any event within 10 days after any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event has occurred or that a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the IRC has been filed with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a written statement of an Authorized Officer of the applicable Loan Party describing such ERISA Event or waiver request and the action, if any, the applicable Loan Party , its Subsidiaries, and its ERISA Affiliates propose to take with respect thereto and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto and (B) simultaneously with the date that any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate files a notice of intent to terminate any Plan, if such termination would require material additional contributions in order to be considered a standard termination within the meaning of Section 4041(b) of ERISA, copies of each such notice.

 

(g)                                   immediately (and in no event later than one Business Day after actual knowledge or notice thereof is obtained or received), notice in reasonable detail, of the following: (A) any Lien asserted or claim made against any other Collateral other than a Permitted Lien; and (B) the occurrence of any other event which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the value of any equipment, inventory, real property or other assets of any Loan Party, the other Collateral or the interest of the Agent therein;

 

(h)                                  immediately (and in no event later than one Business Day after actual knowledge or notice thereof is obtained or received), notice in reasonable detail, of any notice of any investigations or audits (including cost reports or similar audits regarding the valuation of receivables payments) of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries being conducted by any federal, state or county Governmental Entity or its agents or designees, and the results thereof;

 

(i)                                      promptly, and in any event within two Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence thereof, notice of any matter that could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(j)                                     as soon as available, (A) copies of each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by any Loan Party to its stockholders generally, (B) copies of each press release or other statement made available by any Loan Party to the public concerning developments in the business of the such Loan Party, including any reports or materials submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission and (C) copies of any statement or report furnished by any Loan Party to any other party pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan, or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(k)                                  promptly after the receipt thereof by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any “management letter” received by any such Person from its certified public accountants and the management’s response thereto;

 

(l)                                      promptly after the request by any Lender, all documentation and other information that such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act; and

 

(m)                              such other information respecting the equipment, inventory, real property, deposit accounts or other assets of each Loan Party, the other Collateral or the condition or operations,

 

36



 

financial or otherwise, of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries as the Agent or any of the Lenders may from time to time reasonably request and, upon request of the Agent or Lenders, the Borrowers will participate in a meeting with the Agent and Lenders to be held at the Parent Borrower’s corporate offices (or such other location as may be agreed to by the Borrower and the Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by the Borrowers and the Agent.

 

6.6                                Taxes .  (a)  Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to do the following: (i) file when due all federal, national and state income and other material tax returns and other reports which it is required to file; and (ii) subject to the other terms of this Section 6.6, pay, or provide for the payment, when due, of all taxes (including, without limitation, sales taxes), fees, assessments and other governmental charges against it or upon its Property, income or franchises, including taxes relating to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, make all required withholding and other tax deposits, and establish adequate reserves for the payment of all such items, and provide to the Agent, upon request, satisfactory evidence of its timely compliance with the foregoing.

 

(b)                                  No Loan Party shall have any obligation under any tax sharing agreement.

 

6.7                                Preservation of Existence .  Each Loan Party shall preserve and maintain its existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its organization, and qualify and remain qualified in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to maintain such qualification would have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.8                                Loan Documents .  Each Loan Party shall, at its sole expense, timely and fully perform and comply with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Loan Documents, maintain the Loan Documents in full force and effect, enforce each Loan Document in accordance with its terms, take all such action to such end as may be from time to time reasonably requested by the Agent or any Lender and make upon any party to the Loan Documents such demands and requests for information and reports or for action as such Loan Party is entitled to make thereunder and as may be from time to time reasonably requested by the Agent or such Lender. Each Loan Party shall not permit any waiver, modification, or amendment of any Loan Document, except as may be requested by the Agent or Lenders.

 

6.9                                ERISA Compliance .  Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause its ERISA Affiliates to, make all required contributions to each Plan and shall not, nor shall it permit any ERISA Affiliate to, cause or permit to occur: (a) an event that could result in the imposition of a lien under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 or 4068 of ERISA, (b) an ERISA Event that would have a Material Adverse Effect in the aggregate, (c) the adoption of a new Plan or the amendment of an existing Plan, agreement to contribute to any Multiemployer Plan, or the acquisition of any liability or potential liability with respect to any Plan, in each case, if the increase in its liability or potential liability as a result thereof, either alone or in combination with any other event, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect in the aggregate.

 

6.10                         Compliance with Environmental Laws.  Each Loan Party shall comply, and cause all lessees and other persons occupying or operating its properties to comply, in all material respects with all Environmental Laws applicable to its operations and properties; obtain and renew all material environmental permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any response or remedial action in accordance with Environmental Laws; provided , however , that none of Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any response or remedial action required by Environmental Laws to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in

 

37



 

accordance with GAAP, except to the extent that such response or remedial action is necessary to prevent or abate an imminent and substantial danger to human health and/or the environment.

 

6.11                         Insurance .  Each Loan Party shall keep insured by financially sound and reputable insurers all Property of a character usually insured by corporations engaged in the same or similar business similarly situated, including without limitation, all Collateral, against loss or damage of the kinds and in the amounts customarily insured against by such corporations and carry such other insurance as is usually carried by such corporations conducting a similar business in similar locales, all in accordance with past practice. Each policy referred to in this Section 6.11 shall provide that it will not be canceled, amended, reduced or not renewed except (a) by reason of nonpayment of premium upon not less than 10 days prior written notice thereof to the Agent (giving the Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (b) for any other reason upon not less than 30 days’ prior notice to the Agent and shall also provide that the Agent (or its designees and assigns) shall be named as loss (or co-loss) payee and additional insured, as applicable and as its interests may appear, and such interests shall not be invalidated by any act or negligence of any Loan Party. The Borrowers shall advise the Agent promptly of any policy cancellation, reduction, or amendment. Each insurance policy for property, casualty, liability and business interruption coverage for any Loan Party shall name the Agent as lender loss payee (as its interests may appear) or an additional insured, as appropriate.

 

6.12                         Use of Proceeds of the Loans .  The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Initial Loan to (a) repay Existing Debt, (b) fund working capital needs and (c) to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with entering into the Loan Documents.  The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Delayed Draw Loans to (a) repurchase outstanding warrants issued by the Parent Borrower, (b) fund Permitted Acquisitions and (c) pay fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing and with borrowing the Delayed Draw Loans.

 

6.13                         Further Assurances .  Each Loan Party shall execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other financing statements, mortgages and deeds of trust) that may be required under applicable law, or that the Required Lenders or the Agent may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and required priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.  Parent Borrower will cause any subsequently acquired or organized wholly owned Subsidiary promptly to become a Loan Party by executing and delivering a supplement to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and each applicable Security Document in favor of the Agent. In addition, from time to time, Parent Borrower will, at its cost and expense, promptly secure the Lender Debt by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to such of its assets and properties as the Agent or the Required Lenders shall designate (it being understood that it is the intent of the parties that, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 6.13 and in the applicable Security Documents, the Lender Debt shall be secured by substantially all the assets of the Borrowers and Subsidiaries (including real and other properties acquired subsequent to the Closing Date)). Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, and the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lenders all such instruments and documents (including legal opinions, title insurance policies and lien searches) as the Agent shall reasonably request to evidence compliance with this Section 6.13. The Borrowers agree to provide such evidence as the Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority status of each such security interest and Lien.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrowers will each give prompt notice to the Agent of the acquisition by it or any of the Subsidiaries of any real property (or any interest in real property) having a value in excess of $500,000.

 

38



 

6.14                         Post-Closing Obligations.   The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that within the time periods set forth in Schedule 6.14, or within such longer period or periods that the Agent in its sole discretion may permit, Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall deliver to the Agent the documents, and perform the actions, set forth on Schedule 6.14.

 

ARTICLE 7
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Borrower agrees to perform and cause each of the other Loan Parties to perform all covenants in this Article 7.

 

7.1                                Corporate Documentation .  No Loan Party shall modify, amend, or alter its organizational documents in any manner that is adverse to the interests of the Agent or any Lender.

 

7.2                                Debt .  No Loan Party shall incur or assume any Debt following the Closing Date other than Permitted Debt.

 

7.3                                Prepayment of Certain Debt .  No Loan Party shall, directly or indirectly (a) at any time pay any amount of principal or prepay, defease, purchase or redeem any Debt (other than Lender Debt, Vendor Obligations and Revolving Debt) during the continuance of an Event of Default, (b) pay any amount of principal or interest on any Subordinated Debt, in each case whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof or (c) make any payment on account of any Medliance Earnout unless: (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Parent Borrower would have been in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Article 8 as of the end of the fiscal quarter most recently ended as to which financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.5.

 

7.4                                Liens .  No Loan Party shall create or suffer to exist any Liens upon or with respect to any of its Properties (including, without limitation, any Collateral) or assign any right to receive income in respect thereof, except Permitted Liens.

 

7.5                                Intentionally Omitted.

 

7.6                                Asset Sales; Sale/Leaseback Transaction; Etc.   No Loan Party shall consummate any Asset Sale.

 

7.7                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

7.8                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

7.9                                Margin Loan Restrictions .  No portion of the proceeds of any borrowing hereunder shall be used in any manner that might cause the borrowing or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation U, T, or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such .

 

7.10                         Loans or Investments .  No Loan Party shall make any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

7.11                         Transactions with Affiliates .  Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of the Borrowers except for transactions that are in the ordinary

 

39



 

course of the Borrowers’ business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to the Borrowers than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

 

7.12                         Distributions .  No Loan Party shall make, or enter into any agreement to make, or enter into any transaction or agreement which results or is intended to result in, any dividends or other Distributions being paid to any Person except that (a) Parent Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase and the aggregate amount of such repurchases does not exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year, (b) the Parent Borrower’s Subsidiaries may pay any dividend or make any other distributions to its equityholders and (c) the Parent Borrower may redeem Disqualified Stock to the extent it is required to do so under its certificate of incorporation (as in effect on the Closing Date) and so long as such redemptions are fully funded with new cash proceeds received by the Parent Borrower from the sale and issuance of its capital stock and/or Lender Debt.

 

7.13                         Subsidiaries .  No Loan Party shall maintain, suffer to exist, create or acquire any Subsidiaries other than those listed on Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate, unless (a) such Investment is otherwise permitted hereunder and (b) the Borrowers comply with the requirements set forth in Section 6.13.

 

7.14                         Change in Business, Operations or Management .  No Loan Party shall cease doing business as follows, nor shall any Loan Party engage in any business other than as follows: (a) with respect to the Parent Borrower, ownership of the other Borrowers and any IP Rights owned by it on the Closing Date, and (b) with respect to all other Loan Parties, the business engaged in by it on the Closing Date, provided that any such Loan Party (other than the Parent Borrower) may also engage in additional business reasonably related to such business engaged by it on the Closing Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Subsidiary of a Borrower may merge or consolidated with or into another Borrower so long as the Borrower is the surviving entity with written notice to the Agent.

 

ARTICLE 8
FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

Each Borrower agrees to perform and cause each of the other Loan Parties to perform all covenants in this Article 8.

 

8.1                                Maximum Total Leverage Ratio .  The Parent Borrower shall not permit the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period (beginning with the Test Period ending on June 30, 2016) specified below to be greater than the corresponding ratio set forth below:

 

Test Period(s) Ending:

 

Maximum Total Leverage
Ratio

September 30, 2016

 

6.50 to 1.00

December 31, 2016

 

6.25 to 1.00

March 31, 2017

 

6.00 to 1.00

June 30, 2017

 

5.75 to 1.00

September 30, 2017 through December 31, 2017

 

5.50 to 1.00

March 31, 2018 through December 31, 2018

 

5.25 to 1.00

March 31, 2019 and thereafter

 

5.00 to 1.00

 

40



 

8.2                                Maximum First Lien Leverage Ratio .  The Parent Borrower shall not permit the First Lien Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period (beginning with the Test Period ending on June 30, 2016) to be greater than 2.50 to 1.00.

 

8.3                                Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .  The Parent Borrower shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any Test Period (beginning with the Test Period ending on June 30, 2016), to be less than 1.35 to 1.00.

 

8.4                                Maximum Capital Expenditures .  The Parent Borrower shall not permit the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2016 to exceed $2,500,000 or incur liability for rentals of property (including both real and personal property) in an amount which, together with Capital Expenditures, shall in any fiscal year exceed such sum

 

8.5                                Minimum Cash .  The amount of Loan Parties’ unrestricted cash balances in its accounts at Western Alliance Bank plus amounts available for draw constituting Revolving Debt shall be at least $3,000,000 at all times.

 

8.6                                Minimum MRR Retention Rate. The Loan Parties shall maintain a MRR Retention Rate of at least ninety percent (90%), measured quarterly .

 

8.7                                Minimum EBITDA .  The Parent Borrower shall not permit EBITDA of the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, for any Test Period (beginning with the Test Period ending on June 30, 2016) specified below to be less than the corresponding amount set forth below:

 

Test Period(s) Ending:

 

Minimum EBITDA

 

June 30, 2016

 

$

2,000,000

 

September 30, 2016

 

$

2,250,000

 

December 31, 2016 and thereafter

 

$

2,500,000

 

 

ARTICLE 9
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

9.1                                Events of Default.  Each of the following will constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

 

(a)                                  The Borrowers fail to pay any principal hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

(b)                                  The Borrowers shall default in the due and punctual payment of interest or any other payment, fee or expense owing to the Agent or any Lender pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, when and such amount of payment, fee or expense shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue unremedied for two Business Days.

 

(c)                                   Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall at any time fail for any reason to be in full force and effect, or this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall terminate, be terminated or become void or unenforceable by the Agent or any Lender party thereto for any reason whatsoever without the prior written consent of the Agent.

 

41


 

(d)                                  Any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document in any material portion of the Collateral shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Borrower or any other Loan Party not to be, a valid, perfected security interest with the level of priority required by the applicable Security Document in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Agent to maintain possession of certificates representing securities pledged under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and except to the extent that such loss is covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the related insurer promptly after such loss shall have acknowledged in writing that such loss is covered by such title insurance policy;

 

(e)                                   The Borrowers shall default in the performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or provision contained in (X) Section 6.5(d), 6.7, 6.12, 6.13, 6.14 or Article 7 or 8; (Y) any other provision of Section 6.5 that continues for a period of 10 days following the earlier of (i) the date on which notice of such default is sent to the Parent Borrower by the Agent or any Lender, and (ii) the date on which any Borrower discovers such default; or (Z) any other Section or Article of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and, in the case of any default referred to in this clause (Z), that default continues for a period of 15 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which notice of such default is sent to the Parent Borrower by the Agent or any Lender, and (ii) the date on which any Borrower discovers such default.

 

(f)                                    Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any information or report delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered.

 

(g)                                   Any Loan Party shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any of its Material Debt when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise); or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any Material Debt, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both), the maturity of such Material Debt; or any Material Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to repay, redeem, purchase or defease such Material Debt shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof.

 

(h)                                  Any Loan Party shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any Loan Party seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its Property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 30 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its Property) shall occur; or any Loan Party shall take any action to institute, initiate or authorize any of the actions set forth above in this clause (h).

 

(i)                                      A Change of Control shall have occurred.

 

42



 

(j)                                     Judgments or orders for payment of money (other than judgments or orders in respect of which adequate insurance is maintained for the full payment thereof) in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate against the Loan Parties remain unpaid, unstayed on appeal, undischarged, unbonded, or undismissed for a period of 30 days or more.

 

(k)                                  Any of the following occurs: (i) the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any Governmental Entity from conducting all or any material part of its business; (ii) the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries suffers the loss, revocation or termination of any material license, permit, lease or agreement necessary to its business; (iii) there is a cessation of any material part of the business of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or (iv) any Governmental Entity (including, without limitation, the Internal Revenue Service or the PBGC) files a notice of a Lien against any assets of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(l)                                      The Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to discharge within a period of 30 days after the commencement thereof any attachment, sequestration, forfeiture, or similar proceeding or proceedings against any of its Properties.

 

(m)                              An ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect, or any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to any Withdrawal Liability.

 

(n)                                  Any Guaranty under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement for any reason shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms), or any Guarantor shall deny in writing that it has any further liability under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (other than as a result of the discharge of such Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents).

 

(o)                                  Any circumstance or circumstances occurs that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.2                                Events of Default; Remedies .  If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Borrowers, declare the Delayed Draw Commitments to be terminated, whereupon such Delayed Draw Commitments shall be terminated and declare the Maturity Date to have occurred with respect to the Loans, and all Lender Debt related thereto (including, but not limited to, accrued but unpaid interest and, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, the Applicable Premium if such acceleration is on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date), shall become immediately due and payable in full without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default under clause (h) of Section 9.1 occurs, the Delayed Draw Commitments shall automatically be terminated and the Maturity Date will be deemed to have occurred automatically and without notice and all Lender Debt (including, but not limited to, accrued but unpaid interest and, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, the Applicable Premium if such acceleration is on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date) shall automatically become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.  Upon any such declaration or designation, the Agent and the Lenders shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies which it may have under this Agreement, all other rights and remedies provided after default under the UCC and under other applicable law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative. Each Lender agrees that it will not have any right individually to enforce or seek to enforce this Agreement or any other Loan

 

43



 

Document or to realize upon any Collateral for the Lender Debt, it being understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be exercised only by the Agent in its discretion granted hereunder or at the direction of the applicable Lenders as set forth hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 10
 THE AGENT

 

10.1                         Agency Provisions .  (a)  Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent as its administrative and collateral agent and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on behalf of such Lender and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender authorizes and directs the Agent to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents for the benefit and obligation (subject to this Agreement) of the Agent and the Lenders. Each Lender agrees that any action taken by the Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the exercise by the Agent of its powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized by and binding upon all of the Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall have the sole and exclusive authority to (i) act as the disbursing and collecting agent for the Lenders with respect to all payments and collections arising in connection with the Loan Documents; (ii) execute and deliver as Agent each Loan Document, including any intercreditor or subordination agreement, and accept delivery of each Loan Document from any Loan Party or other Person; (iii) act as collateral agent for the Lender Group for purposes of perfecting and administering Liens under the Loan Documents, and for all other purposes stated therein; (iv) manage, supervise or otherwise deal with Collateral; and (v) exercise any rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral under the Loan Documents, applicable law or otherwise.

 

(c)                                   Each Person serving as an agent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an agent and each such Person and its respective Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with any Borrower or any Guarantor or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an agent hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

 

(d)                                  The duties of the Agent shall be ministerial and administrative in nature, and the Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) the Agent will not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Agent will not be required to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or thereby that the Agent is required to exercise pursuant to written instructions by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.1), and (iii) except as expressly set forth herein, the Agent will not be required to disclose, and will not be liable for any failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of the Guarantors that is communicated to or obtained by the Agent serving as an agent or any of the Agent’s respective Affiliates in any capacity.

 

(e)                                   The Agent will not be liable to the Lenders for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with respect to the Loans, with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.1) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Agent may request instructions from the Required Lenders with respect to any act (including the failure to act) in connection with any Loan Documents, and may seek assurances to its satisfaction from Lenders of their

 

44



 

indemnification obligations under Section 10.1(o) against all Claims that could be incurred by any Agent Indemnitees (as defined below) in connection with any act. Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act until it has received such instructions or assurances, and Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. In no event shall the Agent be required to take any action that, in its opinion, is contrary to applicable law or any Loan Documents or could subject any Agent Indemnitee to personal liability.

 

(f)                                    The Agent shall not be liable to Lenders for any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Loan Documents, except for losses directly and solely caused by the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Agent does not assume any responsibility for any failure or delay in performance or any breach by any Loan Party or Lender of any obligations under the Loan Documents. The Agent will not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice thereof is given to the Agent by a Borrower or a Lender, and the Agent will not be responsible for, or be required to ascertain or inquire into, any of the following: (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement; (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith; (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein; (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document; (v) the genuineness, enforceability, collectability, value, sufficiency, location or existence of any Collateral, or the validity, extent, perfection or priority of any Lien therein; (vi) the validity, enforceability or collectability of any Lender Debt; (vii) the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, creditworthiness or legal status of any Loan Party; or (viii) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

 

(g)                                   The Agent may rely upon, and will not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document, or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone or other means and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), accountants, appraisers, auditors, business valuation experts, environmental engineers or consultants, turnaround consultants, and other professionals and experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or other professionals or experts. The Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such professionals or experts selected by it with reasonable care.

 

(h)                                  The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by the Agent. The Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through its respective Related Persons. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Related Persons of the Agent.

 

(i)                                      With respect to the release of Collateral, the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Agent to release any Lien granted to or held by it upon any Property covered by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (i) upon the Full Payment of all Lender Debt; (ii) if any such Property constitutes Property being sold or disposed of in compliance with the provisions of the Loan Documents (and the Agent may rely in good faith conclusively on any certificate stating that the Property is being sold or disposed of in compliance with the provisions of the Loan Documents, without further inquiry); (iii) that does not constitute a material part of the Collateral; or (iv) with the written consent of the Required Lenders (or, if such release releases all of the Collateral, all of the Lenders). The Lenders

 

45



 

authorize the Agent to subordinate its Liens to any purchase money Lien permitted hereunder. The Agent will not be required to execute any release on terms which, in the Agent’s opinion, would expose the Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty. No release of Collateral authorized under this Section 10.1(i) will in any manner discharge, affect, or impair any Liens upon all interests retained, all of which will continue to constitute part of the Property covered by the Loan Documents. The Agent shall have no obligation to assure that any Collateral exists or is owned by the Borrowers, or is cared for, protected or insured, nor to assure that the Agent’s Liens have been properly created, perfected or enforced, or are entitled to any particular priority, nor to exercise any duty of care with respect to any Collateral.

 

(j)                                     With respect to perfecting security interests in Collateral which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any comparable provision of any Lien perfection statute in any applicable jurisdiction, can be perfected only by possession, each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender and the Agent as its agent for the purpose of perfecting such interest. Should any Lender obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Agent, and, promptly upon the Agent’s request, shall deliver such Collateral to the Agent or in accordance with the Agent’s instructions.

 

(k)                                  The Agent may forward to each Lender, when complete, copies of any field audit, examination or appraisal report prepared by or for the Agent with respect to any Loan Party or Collateral. Each Lender agrees (i) that the Agent does not make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any report, and shall not be liable for any information contained in or omitted from any such report; (ii) that such reports are not intended to be comprehensive audits or examinations, and that the Agent or any other Person performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding Lender Debt or the Collateral and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records as well as upon representations of the Loan Parties’ officers and employees; and (iii) to keep all such reports confidential and strictly for such Lender’s internal use, and not to distribute any such report (or the contents thereof) to any Person (except to such Lender’s participants, attorneys and accountants) or use any report in any manner other than administration of the Loans and other Lender Debt. Each Lender agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and any other Person preparing a report from any action such Lender may take as a result of or any conclusion it may draw from any report, as well as from any Claims arising as a direct or indirect result of the Agent furnishing a report to such Lender.

 

(l)                                      In the event that a petition seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or similar law is filed by or against any Borrower, any Guarantor, or any other Person obligated under any Loan Document, the Agent is authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to file proofs of claim on behalf of itself and the Lenders in such proceeding for the total amount of obligations owed by any Borrower, any Guarantor, or any other Person under any Loan Document. With respect to any such proof of claim which the Agent may file, each Lender acknowledges that without reliance on such proof of claim, such Lender shall make its own evaluation as to whether an individual proof of claim must be filed in respect of such obligations owed to such Lender and, if so, take the steps necessary to prepare and timely file such individual claim.

 

(m)                              Each Lender agrees that, except as otherwise provided in any Loan Documents or with the written consent of the Agent and the Required Lenders, it will not take any action to enforce any Lender Debt or Loan Documents or to realize upon any Collateral (whether by judicial action, self-help, notification of account debtors, exercise of setoff or recoupment, or otherwise), accelerate any Lender Debt, or exercise any right that it might otherwise have under applicable law to credit bid at foreclosure sales, UCC sales or other similar dispositions of Collateral.

 

46



 

(n)                                  If any Lender shall obtain any payment or reduction of any Lender Debt, whether through set-off or otherwise, in excess of its Pro Rata Share, such Lender shall (i) immediately notify the Agent of such fact and (ii) immediately purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Lenders such participations in the affected Lender Debt as are necessary to cause the purchasing Lender to share the excess payment or reduction on a pro rata basis. If any of such payment or reduction is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

(o)                                  EACH LENDER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE AGENT AND ITS AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, AGENTS, REPRESENTATIVES, COUNSEL AND EMPLOYEES AND EACH OTHER PERSON, IF ANY, CONTROLLING THEM OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF EITHER SECTION 15 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR SECTION 20(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT (COLLECTIVELY, “ AGENT INDEMNITEES ”), TO THE EXTENT NOT REIMBURSED BY LOAN PARTIES (BUT WITHOUT LIMITING THE INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS OF THE LOAN PARTIES UNDER ANY DOCUMENTS), ON A PRO RATA BASIS, AGAINST ALL CLAIMS THAT MAY BE INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY AGENT INDEMNITEE, PROVIDED THE CLAIM RELATES TO OR ARISES FROM AN AGENT INDEMNITEE ACTING AS OR FOR AGENT (IN ITS CAPACITY AS AGENT). In the Agent’s discretion, it may reserve for any such Claims made against an Agent Indemnitee, and may satisfy any judgment, order, or settlement relating thereto, from proceeds of Collateral prior to making any distribution of Collateral proceeds to Lenders. If the Agent is sued by any receiver, bankruptcy trustee, debtor-in-possession or other Person for any alleged preference or fraudulent transfer, then any monies paid by the Agent in settlement or satisfaction of such proceeding, together with all interest, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in the defense of same, shall be promptly reimbursed to the Agent by each Lender to the extent of its Pro Rata Share.

 

(p)                                  Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor agent as provided in this Section 10.1(p), the Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrowers, but unless that resignation is accepted by the Lenders, that resignation will not become effective until the appointment of a successor Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 10.1(p). Upon any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor for the Agent. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders within 30 days after the Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as the Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges, and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Borrowers and such successor. After any Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article 10 and Sections 2.5, 10.1(o), and 11.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Agent Indemnitees in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as the Agent. Any successor to the Agent by merger or acquisition shall continue to be the Agent hereunder without further act on the part of the parties hereto, unless such successor resigns as provided above.

 

(q)                                  Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any Related Person thereof or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender further acknowledges and agrees that the other Lenders and the Agent have made no representations or warranties concerning any Loan Party, any Collateral, or the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any Loan Documents or Lender Debt. Each Lender also acknowledges

 

47



 

that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, or any Related Person thereof or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

10.2                         Replacement of Certain Lenders.  If a Lender fails to give its consent to any amendment, waiver or action for which consent of all Lenders was required and Required Lenders consented, then, in addition to any other rights and remedies that any Person may have, the Agent may, by notice to such Lender, require such Lender to assign all of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents to one or more Eligible Assignees specified by the Agent, pursuant to appropriate Assignment and Assumption(s) and within 3 Business Days after the Agent’s notice. Agent is irrevocably appointed as attorney-in-fact to execute any such Assignment and Assumption if the Lender fails to execute same. Such Lender shall be entitled to receive, in cash, concurrently with such assignment, all amounts owed to it under the Loan Documents, including all principal, interest and fees through the date of assignment (but excluding any prepayment charge).

 

10.3                         Designation of a Different Lending Office .  If any Lender requires the Borrowers to pay any Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any governmental authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.4, then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment would (i) eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.4 in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

10.4                         No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Article 10 is an agreement solely among the Lenders and the Agent, and shall survive Full Payment of the Lender Debt. This Article 10 does not confer any rights or benefits upon the Borrowers or any other Person. As between the Borrowers and the Agent, any action that the Agent may take under any Loan Documents or with respect to any Lender Debt shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized and directed by the Lenders.

 

ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1                         Amendments .  (a)  Subject to the other terms of this Section 11.1, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure therefrom by a party hereto will be effective unless in a writing signed by the Agent, the Required Lenders, and the Borrowers, and then such amendment, waiver, or consent will be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. In addition, the following provisions apply to the effectiveness of any amendment, waiver, or consent with respect to this Agreement:

 

(b)                                  No amendment will be effective to reduce the principal amount of any Loan or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby.

 

(c)                                   No amendment will be effective to postpone the Maturity Date of any Loan without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby.

 

48



 

(d)                                  No amendment will be effective to release all or a material portion of the Collateral without the consent of the Agent and each Lender.

 

(e)                                   No amendment will be effective to release any Guaranty (other than in accordance with its terms) of any Loan without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby.

 

(f)                                    No amendment will be effective to change any of the provisions of this Section,  the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provisions hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby.

 

(g)                                   No agreement will be effective to amend, modify, or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Agent hereunder without the prior written consent of the Agent.

 

(i)                                      No failure on the part of the Agent or any Lender or any Borrower to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to the terms of this Section 11.1, each Lender agrees that any action taken by the Required Lenders, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the exercise by the Required Lenders of their respective powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

 

11.2                         Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (which may include email or facsimile) and shall be delivered to each applicable party at the address set forth under its name on Schedule 11.2 hereto (or in the case of a Lender, as set forth in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which it became a party hereto) or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties hereto. All notices by the Borrowers to the Agent shall be delivered by an Authorized Officer. Notices and communications sent by email and facsimile shall be effective when sent (and shall be immediately followed by hard copy sent by regular mail), and notices and communications sent by other means shall be effective when received.

 

11.3                         Assignments; Participations .  (a)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, that no Borrower may assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Agent and Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.3(c), each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of the Agent, provided that no consent of the Agent shall be required for an assignment to an assignee that is a Lender immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment or to any Affiliate or branch of any Lender, or to any trust or special purpose funding vehicle, whether or not the Agent maintains any interest in such trust or special purpose funding vehicle. The Agent shall notify the Parent Borrower of any such assignment; provided, however, that failure to so notify the Parent Borrower shall not affect the validity of such assignment.

 

(c)                                   The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that

 

49



 

such fee shall not apply to an assignment to another Lender or an Affiliate of the assigning Lender or to any assignment to an Affiliate of ABC Funding.

 

(d)                                  Subject to acceptance by the Agent, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and shall be bound by the terms of each of the other Loan Documents, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.5 and 11.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.3 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 11.3(f).

 

(e)                                   Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 11.3(c), if applicable, and any written consent to such assignment required by Section 11.3(c), the Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption.

 

(f)                                    Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower, any other Lender or the Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities(a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, if applicable, all or a portion of its commitments and the loans and advances owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the other Lenders and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with all of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, except that any such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in Section 11.1(a) that affects such Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The Borrowers agree, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.5 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.3(c). A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.5 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent.

 

(g)                                   Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights (and subject to the consent of the Agent, the Collateral) under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal

 

50



 

Reserve Bank, and this Section 11.3 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

11.4                         Costs and Expenses; Collection Costs .  (a)  The Borrowers agree to pay on demand (i) all reasonable and documented non-legal costs and expenses of the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the Loan Documents; (ii) the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one counsel (with exceptions for conflicts of interest, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, and one counsel with respect to each regulatory specialty) for the Agent and the Lenders, taken as a whole, in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (iii) all reasonable and documented costs and out-of-pocket expenses, if any (including reasonable and documented fees and expenses of one counsel for the Agent and the Lenders, taken as a whole (with exceptions for conflicts of interest, one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, and one counsel with respect to each regulatory specialty)), of the Agent and the Lenders in connection with any waiver, modification, supplement, or amendment hereto, or any action to collect, enforce, protect, maintain, preserve or foreclose its interests with respect to any Loan Document or Collateral and (iv) any and all wire fees for each wire initiated by Agent or any Lender to or for the benefit of the Borrowers.

 

(b)                                  The Borrowers further agree to pay on the Closing Date and thereafter on demand (i) all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Agent and any Lender in connection with periodic audits of the Collateral (including the books and records, accounting, financial and general business matters of each Loan Party); (ii) all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Agent to accommodate any significant coding or data system changes made by the Borrowers that would affect the transmission or interpretation of data received through the interface; (iii) all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Agent resulting from a lack of either cooperation or responsiveness of the Borrowers to agreed-upon protocol and schedules; provided, that the Borrowers have been informed of the alleged lack of cooperation or responsiveness and has been provided the opportunity to correct such problems; and (iv) all successor and substitute servicing costs.

 

(c)                                   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the expenses, costs, charges and fees referred to in this Section 11.4 may include the following: recording costs, appraisal costs, paralegal fees, costs and expenses; accountants’ fees, costs and expenses; court costs and expenses; photocopying and duplicating expenses; court reporter fees, costs and expenses; long distance telephone charges; air express charges; telegram charges; telecopier charges; secretarial overtime charges; and expenses for travel, lodging and food.

 

11.5                         Confidentiality .  Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any information relating to the Loan Parties or any member of the Lender Group) contain confidential and proprietary information. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement (and all drafts, memos and other documents delivered in connection herewith including, without limitation, any information relating to the Loan Parties or any member of the Lender Group delivered hereunder) in communications with third parties and otherwise and to take all reasonable actions to prevent the unauthorized use or disclosure of and to protect the confidentiality of such confidential information, except that such confidential information may be disclosed (in accordance with applicable laws) to (a) the Borrower’s legal counsel, accountants and investors and their respective affiliates and advisors; (b) each member of the Lender Group, current and potential investors in and creditors of any Lender or the Agent, appropriate rating agencies with respect to such Persons, and each of their respective legal counsel and auditors, and their respective affiliates and advisors, provided that any such party shall be notified of the confidentiality restrictions of this Section 11.5; (c) any assignee or

 

51


 

Participant or potential assignee or Participant that has agreed in writing to comply with this Section 11.5 (and any such assignee or Participant or potential assignee or Participant may disclose such information to Persons employed or engaged by them as described in clause (b) above); (d) any Person, if such information otherwise becomes available to such Person or publicly available through no fault of any party governed by this Section 11.5; (e) any Governmental Entity requesting such information, or any Governmental Entity in connection with an Initial Public Offering; and (f) any other Person with the written consent of each affected party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and provided further that no Borrower shall disclose such confidential information to any financial adviser, except with the consent of the Agent or the applicable Lender. Each member of the Lender Group hereby agrees to, and shall take reasonable steps to cause each other member of the Lender Group to, comply with all applicable laws regarding confidential information, if any, it receives in connection with the transactions described in this Agreement.

 

11.6        Intentionally Omitted .

 

11.7        No Liability .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, no recourse under any obligation, covenant, agreement or instrument of the Agent or any Lender contained herein or with respect hereto shall be had against any Related Person whether arising by breach of contract or otherwise at law or in equity (including any claim in tort), whether express or implied, it being understood that the agreements and other obligations of the Agent and each Lender herein and with respect hereto are solely its corporate obligations; provided, however, nothing herein shall operate as a release of any liability which may arise as a result of such Related Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

11.8        Entire Agreement; Severability .  This Agreement, including all exhibits and schedules hereto and the other Loan Documents, embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties concerning the subject matter contained herein. This Agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings between the parties, whether written or oral. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

11.9        Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT, AND ALL MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

11.10      Waiver of Jury Trial, Jurisdiction, and Venue .  EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTER RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK CITY, NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. IN ANY SUCH LITIGATION, EACH LOAN PARTY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS AND AGREES THAT SERVICE THEREOF MAY BE MADE BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL DIRECTED TO THE PARTIES HERETO AT THEIR ADDRESSES SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE 11.2 HERETO.

 

11.11      Execution in Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed will be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together will constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

52



 

11.12      Confidentiality and Notices .  The Borrowers hereby grant the Agent (together with its representatives, advisors and attorneys) the right to place one or more advertisements in newspapers and journals, on its website and in its other materials (all, at its own expense) that recite the transaction hereunder, the amount of such transaction and utilize the corporate logos of the Loan Parties.

 

11.13      Accounting Information .  The Borrowers hereby authorize the Agent and the Lenders to discuss the financial condition of the Borrowers with their independent public accountants and agree that such discussion or communication shall be without liability to such Person or the independent public accountants.

 

11.14      USA PATRIOT Act .  The Borrowers acknowledge and consent that, in accordance with the reporting requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), the Lenders may require, obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and addresses of the Borrowers and their respective principals, as well as any other information that will allow the Agent and the Lenders to identify the Borrowers and their respective principals in accordance with, and otherwise comply with the requirements of, the Act.

 

11.15      Survival of Agreement .  All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by Loan Parties herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans, regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid. The provisions of Sections 2.5, 10.1(o), and 11.5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Agent.

 

11.16      Effectiveness .  This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Agent and the Agent shall have received counterparts that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the other parties hereto.

 

11.17      Headings .  Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

[ REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ]

 

53



 

The parties are signing this Credit Agreement as of the date stated in the preamble.

 

BORROWERS:

 

 

 

 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

CAREKINESIS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

CAREVENTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

CAPSTONE PERFORMANCE SYSTEMS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

MEDLIANCE LLC, an Arizona limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Adams

 

Name:

Brian W. Adams

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

I- 2



 

The parties are signing this Credit Agreement as of the date stated in the preamble.

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABC FUNDING, LLC,

 

as the Agent

 

 

 

By: Summit Partners Credit Advisors, L.P.

 

Its: Manager

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Freeland

 

Name:

James Freeland

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

LENDERS:

Summit Partners Credit Fund II, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Summit Partners Credit II, L.P.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Freeland

 

Name:

James Freeland

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

Summit Partners Credit Fund A-2, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Summit Partners Credit A-2, L.P.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Freeland

 

Name:

James Freeland

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

Summit Partners Credit Fund B-2, L.P.

 

 

 

By: Summit Partners Credit B-2, L.P.

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Freeland

 

Name:

James Freeland

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 



 

 

Summit Investors Credit II, LLC

 

 

 

By: Summit Investors Management, LLC

 

Its: Manager

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Freeland

 

Name:

James Freeland

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

Summit Investors Credit II (UK), L.P.

 

 

 

By: Summit Investors Management, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Freeland

 

Name:

James Freeland

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

 


 

EXHIBIT I

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Financial Statement Date:                         

 

To:          ABC Funding, LLC, as Agent

 

ABC Funding, LLC

c/o Summit Partners Credit Advisors, L.P.

222 Berkeley Street, 28th Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Attention: James Freeland

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of June [30], 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Parent Borrower, CareKinesis, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CareKinesis”), CareVentions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CareVentions”), Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Capstone”) and Medliance LLC, an Arizona limited liability company (“Medliance” and, together with Parent Borrower, CareKinsesis, CareVentions and Capstone, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”) and ABC Funding, LLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent. Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby certifies as of the date hereof that [he/she] is an Authorized Officer of the Parent Borrower, and that, as such, [he/she] is authorized to execute and deliver this certificate to the Agent on the behalf of the Parent Borrower, and that:

 

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements](1)

 

1.             Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the year-end audited consolidated financial statements required by Section 6.5(a) of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal year of the Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all audited by and accompanied by the opinion of independent public accountants of national standing as required by Section 6.5(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 


(1)  Required to be delivered within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year.

 



 

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements](2)

 

1.             Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the unaudited consolidated financial statements required by Section 6.5(b) of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal month of the Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

 

2.             The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Credit Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under [his/her] supervision, a review of the activities of the Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries during the fiscal period covered by the attached financial statements.

 

3.             To the knowledge of the undersigned, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. [If unable to provide the foregoing certification, fully describe the nature and extent thereof any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto on Annex A attached hereto.]

 

4.             Attached as Schedule 2 hereto are reasonably detailed computations demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Article 8 of the Credit Agreement during such fiscal period and which such computations are true and accurate in all material respects on and as of the date hereof.

 

[for year-end certificate only:]

 

[5].          Attached as Schedule 3 is an updated perfection certificate in the form of Exhibit B to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 


(2)  Required to be delivered within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter.

 

I- 2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by an Authorized Officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

I- 3


 

Schedule 2

 

For the Quarter/Year ended [mm/dd/yy] ($ in 000’s)

 

I. Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement — Total Leverage Ratio

 

A. Total Debt

 

 

 

(i) all obligations for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind other than deposits and advances incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; plus

 

$

 

 

 

(ii) all obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, or other similar instruments or upon which interest payments are customarily made; plus

 

$

 

 

 

(iii)all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than trade payables or other accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course business and not outstanding for more than 90 days after the date such payable was due); plus

 

$

 

 

 

(iv) all Debt of others directly or indirectly Guaranteed (which term shall not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business); plus

 

$

 

 

 

(v) all obligations created under Capital Leases; plus

 

$

 

 

 

(vi) all obligations secured by a Lien on any Property, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed or are non-recourse to the credit of the Loan Parties; plus

 

$

 

 

 

(vii) the aggregate unfunded pension liabilities pursuant to the Loan Parties’ pension plans; plus

 

$

 

 

 

(viii) the minimum assumed annual funding obligation pursuant to the Loan Parties’ pension plans; plus

 

$

 

 

 

(ix) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions that may have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of any Loan Party; plus

 

$

 

I- 4



 

(x) net obligations under any Hedging Agreement, valued at the Agreement Value thereof; plus

 

$

 

 

 

(xi) all obligations to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Disqualified Stock of any Loan Party or any other Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such Disqualified Stock, valued, in the case of redeemable preferred interests, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; plus

 

$

 

 

 

(xii) the Vender Obligations; minus

 

$

 

 

 

(xiii) to the extent otherwise included above, the Medliance Earnouts; minus

 

$

 

 

 

(xiv) to the extent otherwise included above, any redemption of the Preferred Stock of Parent Borrower to the extent it is required to do so under its certificate of incorporation (as in effect on the Closing Date); minus

 

$

 

 

 

(xv) to the extent otherwise included above, any warrant liability.

 

$

 

 

 

1. Total Debt

 

$

 

B. EBITDA

 

 

 

(i) net income (or net loss) attributable, but excluding net income (or net loss) attributable to non-controlling interests (calculated before extraordinary items) during such period, plus

 

$

 

 

 

(ii) the result of the following, in each case (unless otherwise indicated) to the extent included in determining such net income (or net loss):

 

$

 

 

 

a. interest expense (including that portion attributable to Capital Leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized interest) during such period; plus

 

$

 

 

 

b. income taxes accruing, paid or payable during such period; plus

 

$

 

 

 

c. depreciation and amortization expense; plus

 

$

 

I- 5



 

d. non-cash stock-compensation based expenses; plus

 

$

 

 

 

e. non-cash charges in respect of contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonus or otherwise); plus

 

$

 

 

 

f. gain or loss on the change in the fair value of warrant liability; plus

 

$

 

 

 

g. cash payments made with respect to the Medliance Earnouts; plus

 

$

 

 

 

h. losses on the extinguishment of indebtedness.

 

$

 

 

 

1. EBITDA

 

$

 

 

 

C. Total Leverage Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Total Debt (Line I.A.1) divided by EBITDA (Line I.B.1)

 

      :1.00

 

I- 6



 

II. Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement — First Lien Leverage Ratio

 

A. Total Debt (Line I.A.1) minus

 

$

 

 

 

B. Debt that is not secured by a Lien on any asset or property of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries; minus

 

$

 

 

 

C. Subordinated Debt; minus

 

$

 

 

 

D. Lender Debt.

 

$

 

 

 

1. First Lien Debt

 

$

 

 

 

Divided by

 

 

 

 

 

D. EBITDA (Line I.B.1)

 

$

 

I- 7



 

III. Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement — Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

 

A. EBITDA (Line I.B.1) minus

 

$

 

 

 

B. Capital Expenditures minus

 

$

 

 

 

C. taxes accrued during the period

 

$

 

 

 

1. Sum

 

$

 

 

 

Divided by

 

 

 

 

 

D. regularly scheduled payments of principal on Debt (including payments in respect of Capital Leases which are allocable to principal, but excluding any payments in respect of the Medliance Earnouts or Preferred Stock Redemption) during the period plus

 

$

 

 

 

E. cash dividends or distributions on any series of Preferred Stock during such period plus

 

$

 

 

 

F. interest expense(3) during such period (including that portion attributable to Capital Leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized interest)

 

$

 

 

 

H. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

 

      :1.00

 


(3)  For purposes of determining interest expense in this definition for any period ending prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, interest expense shall be an amount equal to actual interest expense from the Closing Date through the date of determination multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is 365 and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Closing Date through the date of determination.

 

I- 8


 

IV. Section 8.4 of the Credit Agreement — Capital Expenditures

 

A. the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) of such Person during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated cash flow statement of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries plus

 

$

 

 

 

B. the aggregate amount of all liabilities for rentals of property (including both real and personal property); minus

 

$

 

 

 

C. expenditures paid prior to the Closing Date by Parent Borrower’s landlord (in an amount not to exceed $1,900,000)

 

$

 

 

 

Total:

 

$

 

I- 9



 

V. Section 8.5 of the Credit Agreement — Minimum Cash

 

A.

unrestricted cash balances in accounts at Western Alliance Bank; plus

 

$

 

 

 

 

B.

amounts available for draw constituting Revolving Debt

 

$

 

 

 

Total:

 

$

 

I- 10



 

VI. Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement — Minimum MRR Retention Rate

 

A.

average Monthly Recurring Revenue for the 3 month period ending on the last day of the most recent month divided by

 

$

 

 

 

 

B.

average Monthly Recurring Revenue for the 12 month period ending on the last day of the most recent month

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

I- 11



 

VI. Section 8.7 of the Credit Agreement — Minimum EBITDA

 

A. EBITDA (Line I.B.1)

 

$

 

I- 12


 

Schedule 3

 

[Follow format of Exhibit B to the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.]

 



 

EXHIBIT II

 

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

See attached.

 



 

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

of

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

[        ], [          ]

 

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of [ ], [ ] (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC. (the “Parent Borrower”), CAREKINESIS, INC., CAREVENTIONS, INC., CAPSTONE PERFORMANCE SYSTEMS, LLC, MEDLIANCE LLC, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto and ABC FUNDING, LLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”). Terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

The undersigned, in his capacity as Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower, hereby certifies, on behalf of the Parent Borrower only and not in any individual capacity, to the Administrative Agent that:

 

As of the date hereof, after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement, including the making of the Initial Loan under the Credit Agreement and the application of the proceeds thereof:

 

a.               The fair value of the assets of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds, on a consolidated basis, the sum of their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise;

 

b.               The present fair saleable value of the property and assets of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured;

 

c.                The Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such liabilities become absolute and matured; and

 

d.               The Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital.

 

For purposes of this certificate, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate in such undersigned’s capacity as Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower, on behalf of the Parent Borrower only and not individually, as of the date first stated above.

 

 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 



 

EXHIBIT III

 

FORM OF DELAYED DRAW BORROWING NOTICE

 

Date:                           ,         

 

To:

ABC Funding, LLC

 

222 Berkeley Street, 18th floor

 

Boston, MA 02116

 

Attention of: James Freeland and Adam Britt

 

Facsimile No.: (617) 598-4902

 

Email: JFreeland@summitpartners.com and ABritt@summitpartners.com

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of June [30], 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among the Tabula Rasa Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), CareKinesis, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ CareKinesis ”), CareVentions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ CareVentions ”), Capstone Performance Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Capstone ”) and Medliance LLC, an Arizona limited liability company (“ Medliance ” and, together with Parent Borrower, CareKinsesis, CareVentions and Capstone, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and ABC Funding, LLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Borrowers represents and warrants to the Agent and Lenders that on the date of the borrowing set forth below the conditions to the making of a Delayed Draw Term Loan specified in Section 4.2 of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied and gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.1(b)  of the Credit Agreement, of its request of a borrowing of a Delayed Draw Loan (the “Proposed Borrowing”) under the Credit Agreement and, in that connection, sets forth the following information:

 

A.             The proposed date of the borrowing is [            ], 20[ ], which is a Business Day.

 

B.             The aggregate principal amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loans is [$      ].

 

The Borrowers irrevocably request the Agent to disburse the proceeds of the Proposed Borrowing in immediately available funds by wire transfer to [wiring instructions].(4)

 

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. ]

 


(4)           Borrower to provide.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, each solely in his/her capacity as an Authorized Officer of the respective Borrowers, has executed this notice for and on behalf of each such Borrower, and has caused this notice to be delivered as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

TABULA RASA HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

CAREKINESIS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

CAREVENTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

CAPSTONE PERFORMANCE SYSTEMS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

MEDLIANCE LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

Confidential treatment requested under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4) and 230.406. The confidential portions of this exhibit have been omitted and are marked accordingly. The confidential portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Confidential Treatment Request.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PRIME VENDOR AGREEMENT

 

This Prime Vendor Agreement (“ PVA ”) is dated May 1, 2016 (“ Effective Date ”) between AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ ABDC ”), and CareKinesis, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and J.A. Robertson, Inc., a California corporation d/b/a St. Mary (collectively, “ Customer ”).

 

This PVA completely amends and restates the Prime Vendor Agreement made as of March 1, 2016 between ABDC and CareKinesis, Inc. and J.A. Robertson, Inc. (the “ Former Agreement ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Former Agreement is hereby terminated in its entirety.

 

Capitalized words used in this PVA that are not defined in the body of the PVA have the meaning given to them in the attached Exhibit incorporated herein. The parties agree as follows:

 

1.              Prime Vendor. ABDC will be Customer’s “ Prime Vendor ” for the entire Term. This means that Customer will participate in the PRxO® Generics program per ABDC’s requirements throughout the Term and each month: (a) purchase from ABDC for each Facility at least 95% of the total dollar amount of all Rx that Customer purchases that are available through pharmaceutical wholesaler distributors; (b) purchase from the PRxO Generics formulary at least 95% of the total dollar amount of all generic Rx that Customer purchases that are available through pharmaceutical wholesaler distributors; (c) maintain a minimum PRxO Ratio of [**] %; and (d) make Net Purchases of at least $1,750,000; provided, however, if Product is not available from ABDC which causes Customer to buy direct from a manufacturer, Customer may purchase such Product outside of ABDC with such purchases excluded from the foregoing minimums. In addition to other remedies, ABDC may increase Price of Goods for all Products on 10 days’ notice if any Prime Vendor requirement is not met.

 

2.      Price of Goods. Based on payment terms elected below, Customer’s Price of Goods for all Products other than Special Priced Products and CIIs not ordered by CSOS will be the Product’s Cost less the applicable discount set forth in the below grid, as determined within 15 days after the end of each month based on Customer’s Net Purchases and PRxO Ratio during the month.

 

 

 

Price of Goods

 

Monthly Net Sales

 

PRxO
Ratio:
[**]% -
[**]%

 

PRxO
Ratio:
[**]%
-
[**]%

 

PRxO
Ratio:
[**]%
-
[**]%

 

PRxO
Ratio:
[**]%
-
[**]%

 

PRxO
Ratio:
[**]%
-
[**]%

 

PRxO
Ratio:
[**]%
-
[**]%

 

PRxO
Ratio:
[**]%
-
[**]%

 

PRxO
Ratio:
[**]%
-
[**]%

 

PRxO Ratio:
[**]%
&
[**]

 

$ [**]

 

to

 

$ [**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

$ [**]

 

to

 

$ [**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

$ [**]

 

to

 

$ [**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

$ [**]

 

to

 

$ [**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

$ [**]

 

to

 

$ [**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

$ [**]

 

to

 

$ [**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

$ [**]

 

to

 

$ [**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

$ [**]

 

to

 

$ [**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

$ [**]

 

to

 

$ [**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

$ [**]

 

to

 

$ [**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

$ [**]

 

&

 

[**]

 

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

%

[**]

[**]

[**]

[**]

 

CII brand Rx will receive the same grid discount if ordered by CSOS and will be priced at Cost plus [**] % if not. Price of Goods for Special Priced Products is not determined per this Section but is set from time to time by ABDC. Price of Goods does not include any administrative fee to a GPO. If ABDC is required to pay any administrative fee to a GPO on Customer’s purchases, the GPO fee will be added to Price of Goods. Customer’s billed amount also will be increased by sales, use or business and occupation taxes or other charges on Net Purchases.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

** CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND WILL BE FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.

 



 

3.         Pricing Rebate. To protect pricing confidentiality, ABDC will invoice Customer for brand Rx (excluding
Special Priced Products and CIIs not orderedby CSOS) at Cost minus [**] %. Within 30 days after each month, if Customer is in compliance with this PVA, ABDC will credit Customer the difference between the invoiced amount and Customer’s effective Price of Goods on this brand Rx per Section 2 for the month (“ PEP Rebate ”).

 

4.             PRxO Rebates. Within 20 days after each month during which Customer met the Prime Vendor requirements and maintained a PRxO Ratio of at least [**] %, ABDC will issue a credit to Customer on Net Purchases of eligible PRxO Generics during the month per the below grid (“ PRxO Rebate ”). Only one level of rebate is credited based on Customer’s PRxO Ratio during the month, without carryover. Eligible PRxO Generics exclude drop ship, unit dose, injectable, Specialty Rx and biosimilar products.

 

PRxO Ratio During Month

 

PRxO % 
Rebate

 

[**] %

 

to

 

[**] %

 

[**]

%

[**] %

 

to

 

[**] %

 

[**]

%

[**] %

 

to

 

[**] %

 

[**]

%

[**] %

 

to

 

[**] %

 

[**]

%

[**] %

 

to

 

[**] %

 

[**]

%

[**] %

 

to

 

[**] %

 

[**]

%

[**] %

 

to

 

[**] %

 

[**]

%

[**] %

 

to

 

[**] %

 

[**]

%

[**] %

 

&

 

[**] %

 

[**]

%

 

5.         Volume Rebate. After the first $ [**] in Adjusted Net Purchases are made, if Customer is in compliance with this PVA, Customer will receive a $ [**] volume rebate (“ Volume Rebate ”), representing a [**] % discount on these Adjusted Net Purchases. The Volume Rebate will be credited within 45 days after it is earned.

 

6.         Payment. Price of Goods is based on Customer’s election of payment terms of Weekly Statement Due in 28 Days (ZF28; 32 DSO). Per this election, payment for invoices for purchases made Saturday - Friday must be received by the fourth following Friday. Price of Goods for all Products will be surcharged 0.05% if payment is not by ACH/EFT.

 

7.         Deliveries; Drop Ships. Price of Goods is based on a delivery schedule of once a day, Monday - Friday, except holidays and warehouse inventory days, per the Exhibit’s terms. Additionally, Customer will be entitled to one emergency delivery per calendar quarter at no additional charge. Customer may be charged for each additional emergency order. ABDC will use commercially reasonable efforts to meet a requested delivery time for emergency orders; provided that if ABDC cannot do so, Customer may fill emergency orders outside the Program on such occasions using another provider notwithstanding minimum purchase commitments in this PVA. Drop ships are subject to supplier terms, surcharges and return restrictions and ABDC is not responsible for them or these terms/surcharges/restrictions. For Rx Products, ABDC will meet an adjusted fill rate service level of 98% each calendar month.

 

8.         Returns & Recalls. When returning Products to ABDC, Customer will follow ABDC’s Returned Goods Policy, as amended from time to time, allowing for [**] % credit on Saleable Product returned within [**] days of invoice date; provided that if ABDC supplied defective Product to Customer, all such Product may be returned and need not be Saleable Product. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain restrictions and a restocking fee will apply to CIIs as set forth in the Returned Goods Policy. If a supplier notifies ABDC of a Product recall, Customer will receive prompt notice of the recall per the supplier’s notice.

 

8.        Ordering & Reporting. All Product orders must be placed electronically (CSOS for CIIs) or a surcharge will apply; provided that if Customer is unable to transmit orders for Products electronically due to ABDC’s system failure, Customer may transmit orders manually by telephone, fax or other available method and will not be subject to a surcharge. ABDC offers Customer, without additional charge, Web-based and smartphone ordering and reporting capability (ABDC PassPort TM ). ABDC’s PassPort TM  Nomad mobile solution is available for $100 per unit/month. Without additional charge, ABDC offers Customer bar-coded shelf labels and price stickers for Rx and OTC. All orders of controlled substances and listed chemicals are subject to the OMP. Orders identified by the OMP may be rejected and may result in future ordering restrictions.

 

9.         Credit. Customer will abide by ABDC’s standard credit terms. Late fees will be charged per the Exhibit. In addition to any security interest provided previously or later by Customer to ABDC, to secure all of Customer’s

 

CONFIDENTIAL

** CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND WILL BE FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.

 



 

existing and future liabilities to ABDC, Customer hereby grants to ABDC a security interest in the following property now owned or hereafter acquired or arising (collectively the “ Collateral ”): all of Customer’s (a) Accounts; (b) Inventory; (c) Equipment; and (d) General Intangibles. All capitalized terms used herein and not defined have the meaning set forth in the UCC as in effect in any jurisdiction in which any of the Collateral may be located. ABDC may do such things as are necessary to achieve the purposes of this Section.

 

10.       Term. This PVA starts on its Effective Date and ends April 30, 2019 (“ Term ”). After the Term, this PVA continues month-to-month until a party gives the other 90 days’ written notice. In addition to other remedies, this PVA may be terminated for cause upon written notice to the other party if the other party: (a) is bankrupt or insolvent; (b) fails to pay any amount due under this PVA and the failure continues for 5 days after receiving notice; (c) fails to perform any other material obligation of this PVA and the failure continues for 30 days after receiving notice; or (d) if it is determined that Customer has engaged in re-distribution of Product or places suspicious orders. ABDC also may terminate this PVA at any time after Customer’s Change in Control on 10 days’ notice. Within 5 days after this PVA ends, Customer will pay ABDC any amount owed and return to ABDC all hardware, software and other equipment or pay ABDC the item’s replacement cost. The prior sentence, the next Section, Exhibit Paragraphs 3, 5 and 6 and any other provision the context of which shows the parties intended it to survive after the PVA ends will remain in effect after the termination of the PVA.

 

11.       General.

 

(a)     Purchasing. Customer will (i) use all Products for its “own use” (as defined legally), (ii) not distribute Products to distributors, re-packagers or suppliers, (iii) not engage in speculative purchasing of Products, or (iv) not dispense Rx except as properly prescribed. ABDC may periodically audit compliance. Customer will promptly reimburse ABDC for chargebacks that are denied or not paid within 45 days.

 

(b)     Legal Matters. ABDC does not manufacture any Products and disclaims all warranties, express or implied, including those of merchantability, non-infringement and fitness for a particular purpose, for Products and services. These warranties cannot be created by any source. Except for ABDC’s indemnification obligation pursuant to Section 3 of the Exhibit, ABDC will not be liable for special, incidental or consequential damages of any type. The prevailing party in any legal action, including a bankruptcy action, may recover all costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. A waiver or delay in enforcing this PVA will not deprive a party of its right to act later or due to another breach. This PVA is governed by Pennsylvania law; supersedes prior agreements regarding this arrangement, other than ABDC’s credit terms; and cannot be amended unless each party agrees in writing. The term “including” means “including, without limitation,”.

 

(c)      Assignment. This PVA is for the benefit of, and binds the heirs, successors and assigns of, each party. However, Customer may only assign its rights or delegate its duties under this PVA, including by merger, Change in Control, asset sale, operation of law or otherwise, with ABDC’s prior written consent. Customer consents to ABDC assigning part or all of its obligations to any affiliate and to assigning or granting a security interest in this PVA in connection with any financing or securitization by ABDC or any affiliate.

 

(d)     Other Obligations. Each of CareKinesis, Inc., and J.A. Robertson, Inc. (i) is jointly and severally liable for the satisfaction of any payment or indemnification obligations under this PVA, (ii) must individually comply with applicable ABDC credit and insurance policy requirements, and (iii) hereby grants to ABDC the security interest in its Collateral as set forth in the Section entitled “Credit” above. In the event of any breach by either CareKinesis, Inc., or J.A. Robertson, Inc. that gives ABDC a right to terminate this PVA, ABDC may terminate the PVA with respect to such party or in its entirety.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have had a duly authorized officer, partner or principal execute this Amended and Restated Prime Vendor Agreement as of its Effective Date.

 

CUSTOMER: CareKinesis, Inc.

ABDC: AmerisourceBergen Drug Corporation

By:

/s/ Calvin H. Knowlton

 

By:

/s/ Richard Hazinski

 

Name/Title: Calvin H. Knowlton, PhD, CEO

Name/Title: Richard Hazinski, Vice President

 

Address for Notices: 1300 Morris Drive
Chesterbrook, PA 19087

CUSTOMER: J.A. Robertson, Inc.

Attn: VP & Group General Counsel - ABDC

By:

/s/ Calvin H. Knowlton

 

Fax: 866.925.8987

Name/Title: Calvin H. Knowlton, PhD, CEO

 

Address for Notices: 704 E. Main Street

 

Moorestown, NJ 08057

 

Attn:

 

Fax:

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 



 

EXHIBIT

 

1.      Deliveries. Excluding supplier back-ordered Products, ABDC will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver orders placed by its order cut-off time by the next scheduled delivery day. Other terms are:

1.1 Unscheduled deliveries, including for emergencies, may be surcharged up to $100 plus actual delivery cost.

1.2 All goods are F.O.B. a Facility, with freight prepaid for normal delivery. Title and risk of loss pass upon delivery. Deliveries outside the continental U.S. may be surcharged.

1.3 Facilities making monthly Net Purchases of less than $25,000 may be surcharged up to $50 on each order less than $1,250.

1.4 Customer will pay replacement cost of non-disposable equipment/ material like totes, padding, pallets, coolers, monitors/loggers not returned within 5 business days.

2.      Legal Compliance; Records; Audits. Pending rebates will be noted on invoices, credit memos or statements and Customer will indemnify ABDC pursuant to ¶3 for their use. Each party will comply with all applicable laws, including reporting or reflecting discounts, rebates and other price reductions pursuant to 42 USC §1320a-7b(b)(3)(A). ABDC will maintain records of transactions for one year during the Term or after, which may be audited by Customer per ABDC’s Audit Policy, as amended from time to time. If an audit establishes net overcharges or undercharges, ABDC will credit or charge Customer within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice of the net overcharge (or, if later, within thirty (30) days of receiving an applicable supplier’s credit) or undercharge. ABDC may audit Customer’s compliance with its obligations under this PVA by reviewing Customer’s books and records upon reasonable notice, requiring Customer to submit raw dispensing data upon request and/or using Customer or third party data (e.g., InSite or IMS data). To the extent required by 42 U.S.C. §1395x(v)(1), until four years after the Term, ABDC will make available to the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services Secretary, the Comptroller General, or their respective authorized representatives, upon their written request, a copy of this Agreement and all records required to certify the nature and extent of pricing for Products and Services from ABDC under this Agreement

3.      Indemnity. Each party ( “Indemnifying Party” ) will indemnify and defend the other, its employees and representatives ( “Indemnified Party” ) against all third-party claims and associated damages, including attorneys’ fees and costs ( “Claim” ), to the extent caused by the Indemnifying Party’s negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its performance of this PVA; or breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation in this PVA. Failure to give prompt written notice of a Claim will not relieve Indemnifying Party of liability except to the extent caused by the failure. Indemnifying Party will defend a Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnified Party. Indemnified Party will cooperate fully in this defense.

4.      Insurance. Customer will maintain (a) sufficient insurance to cover all unpaid inventory in its possession, naming ABDC on such policies as a loss payee, and (b) professional liability insurance with limits of at least $1 million per incident/$3 million aggregate (as reasonably increased by ABDC from time to time). Proof of this coverage will be provided to ABDC on request.

5.      Confidentiality. Each party and its employees/representatives will protect all proprietary and confidential information ( “Confidential Information” ) disclosed by the other and not use or disclose it unless legally required or in connection with this PVA. Confidential Information does not include information available on a non-confidential basis; known or able to be formulated by the receiving party; or required to be disclosed by law. Pricing is strictly confidential. Customer will request confidential treatment if this PVA is disclosed for any reason.

6.      Late Payment; Billing Disputes. All payments must be received in ABDC’s account during normal business hours on the date due. Customer’s payments obligations under this PVA are absolute, unconditional and not subject to reduction, set-off, counterclaim or delay. If payment amounts is not received by the due date, in addition to other remedies, ABDC may (a) withhold any payments or deliveries to Customer and will assess a per-day late payment fee of the lower of 0.05% (18%/360) or the maximum legal rate on the outstanding balance until paid, beginning on the first business day after such due date, and (b) adjust future Price of Goods on all Products to reflect Customer’s payment history. Billing disputes must be brought to the attention of ABDC’s accounts receivable department within 12 months after receipt of the first statement containing the disputed amount or Customer will be deemed to accept the statement’s accuracy.

7.      PassPort TM  Nomad . If Customer uses PassPortTM Nomad, ABDC retains title to the associated hardware (“ Hardware ”) and software (“ Software ”) and will maintain the Hardware unless damaged by Customer or stolen. ABDC grants Customer a non-exclusive, nontransferable and revocable license to use the Software. Customer cannot make, or allow others to make, copies except 1 backup copy that includes all proprietary notices. Customer cannot modify Software, create derivative works or translate, reverse engineer, disassemble or decompile Software. ABDC warrants that, for the first 90 days of the Term (a) Software will perform substantially per its documentation if operated as directed and (b) media on which Software is provided will be free from defects under normal use. ABDC DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, FOR HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE, AND ACCURACY OF ANY DATA; ALL DATA IS PROVIDED “AS IS”; ERRORS AND INTERRUPTIONS MAY OCCUR AND CUSTOMER HAS ALL RISKS FOR QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE. ABDC’s liability and Customer’s sole remedy for breach of these warranties will be, at ABDC’s option, to repair or replace Software or Hardware.

8.       Notices. Notices must be in writing and sent registered mail, prepaid, or by fax to other party’s address/fax number below its signature unless changed by written notice to the other party. Customer will promptly notify ABDC of changes in name or business form, or any intent to buy, sell, close, move or affiliate with a pharmacy, change or expand a Facility’s class of trade or otherwise materially modify operations. ABDC may reasonably adjust Price of Goods on all Products due to these or unforeseen market changes. Per the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991, 47 U.S.C. §227, Customer agrees to faxed notices and marketing materials from ABDC and its affiliates.

9.       EEO Requirements. ABDC warrants it does not and will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed,color, national origin, religion, gender, sexual preference, veteran status, handicap or as otherwise prohibited by law and will meet affirmative action obligations as are imposed by law.

10.     Force Majeure. ABDC’s failure to perform due to force majeure or other events beyond its control will be excused.

11.     Definitions.

Adjusted Net Purchases means Net Purchases less PEP Rebates and PRxO Rebates.

ACH/EFT means automated clearinghouse electronic funds transfer initiated by ABDC.

Carve-Out Manufacturers mean the following manufacturers and each of their respective affiliates or subsidiary companies as of the Effective Date: [**] Change in Control means sale or other transfer of 25% or more of Customer’s assets; or the voting equity or other voting interest in Customer.

Contract Product means a Product for which pricing is established by an agreement between Customer or Customer’s GPO and the supplier.

Cost means for (a) Contract Products, the Product’s price as set under the applicable contract and maintained in an ABDC bid file and (b) non-Contract Products, the applicable supplier’s published WAC. For all Products, Cost is set on the date Product is allocated to Customer; Cost outside of the continental U.S. may be higher than a Supplier’s normal price list or Contract Product price; and Cost is calculated after excluding any supplier prompt pay discount given to ABDC.

CSOS means a DEA-certified controlled substance ordering system.

DME means durable medical equipment and other home healthcare products carried by ABDC.

Facility means each of Customer’s owned or controlled pharmacies that is approved by ABDC to purchase Products under this PVA.

GPO means a buying group or group purchasing organization described in 42 CFR 1001.952(j).

HBC means health and beauty care products.

Net Purchases means the dollar amount of Customer’s Product purchases under this PVA at invoice, less returns and allowances and with any minimums prorated for any partial period.

OMP means ABDC’s Suspicious Order Monitoring Program.

OTC means over-the-counter pharmaceutical products.

PRxO Generics means generic Rx offered pursuant to ABDC’s preferred generic formulary program as set by ABDC from time to time.

PRxO Ratio means the ratio derived by dividing total PRxO Generics Net Purchases by total Rx Net Purchases.

Rx means prescription pharmaceutical products.

Products mean Rx, OTC, HBC and DME offered under this PVA, which specifically exclude blood products.

Special Priced Products means Products designated by ABDC including PRxO Generics and other generic Rx, biosimilars, Specialty BRx, med/surg, drop ships ( [**] %), DME, supplies (vials/bottles), private label, food, nutritionals, gift and general merchandise, OTC ( [**] %), HBC, repacks, slow-moving or difficult to manage Products (e.g., bulky, > 500 ml or refrigerated) and Products purchased from suppliers not offering ABDC cash discounts of [**] % or better, deliveries FOB destination or other standard terms.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

** CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND WILL BE FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST.

 



 

Specialty BRx means brand Rx designated by ABDC as such because it has a high cost, targets disease with a small-to-medium target population with serious unmet medical needs, requires high-touch disease management services (e.g., patient education, monitoring), requires special handling, storage or services or is prescribed or administered by a specialist.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors
Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.:

 

We consent to the use of our report dated April 25, 2016, except for notes 2, 9 and 10, as to which the date is July 21, 2016, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc. (formerly CareKinesis, Inc.) as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
July 21, 2016

 




Exhibit 23.2

 

Consent of Independent Auditors

 

The Board of Directors
Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.:

 

We consent to the use of our report dated August 31, 2015, with respect to the balance sheet of the Medliance Business (a Business of Medliance LLC) as of December 31, 2013, and the related statements of operations, changes in net parent investment, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
July 21, 2016